Datenblatt für PIC16(L)F18855/75 von Microchip Technology

6‘ ‘ MICRDCHIP P|C16(L)F18855/75
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 1
PIC16(L)F18855/75
Description
PIC16(L)F18855/75 microcontrollers feature Analog, Core Independent Peripherals and Communication Peripherals,
combined with eXtreme Low-Power (XLP) technology for a wide range of general purpose and low-power applications.
The family will feature the CRC/SCAN, Hardware Limit Timer (HLT) and Windowed Watchdog Timer (WWDT) to support
customers looking to add safety to their application. Additionally, this family includes up to 14 KB of Flash memory, along
with a 10-bit ADC with Computation (ADC2) extensions for automated signal analysis to reduce the complexity of the
application.
Core Features
• C Compiler Optimized RISC Architecture
• Only 49 Instructions
• Operating Speed:
- DC – 32 MHz clock input
- 125 ns minimum instruction cycle
• Interrupt Capability
• 16-Level Deep Hardware Stack
• Three 8-Bit Timers (TMR2/4/6) with Hardware
Limit Timer (HLT) Extensions
• Four 16-Bit Timers (TMR0/1/3/5)
• Low-Current Power-on Reset (POR)
• Configurable Power-up Timer (PWRTE)
• Brown-out Reset (BOR) with Fast Recovery
• Low-Power BOR (LPBOR) Option
• Windowed Watchdog Timer (WWDT):
- Variable prescaler selection
- Variable window size selection
- All sources configurable in hardware or
software
• Programmable Code Protection
Memory
• Up to 14 KB Flash Program Memory
• Up to 1 KB Data SRAM
• 256B of EEPROM
• Direct, Indirect and Relative Addressing modes
Operating Characteristics
• Operating Voltage Range:
- 1.8V to 3.6V (PIC16LF18855/75)
- 2.3V to 5.5V (PIC16F18855/75)
• Temperature Range:
- Industrial: -40°C to 85°C
- Extended: -40°C to 125°C
Power-Saving Functionality
• DOZE mode: Ability to run the CPU core slower
than the system clock
• IDLE mode: Ability to halt CPU core while internal
peripherals continue operating
• Sleep mode: Lowest Power Consumption
• Peripheral Module Disable (PMD):
- Ability to disable hardware module to
minimize power consumption of unused
peripherals
eXtreme Low-Power (XLP) Features
• Sleep mode: 50 nA @ 1.8V, typical
• Watchdog Timer: 500 nA @ 1.8V, typical
• Secondary Oscillator: 500 nA @ 32 kHz
• Operating Current:
-8 A @ 32 kHz, 1.8V, typical
-32 A/MHz @ 1.8V, typical
Digital Peripherals
• Four Configurable Logic Cells (CLC):
- Integrated combinational and sequential logic
• Three Complementary Waveform Generators
(CWG):
- Rising and falling edge dead-band control
- Full-bridge, half-bridge, 1-channel drive
- Multiple signal sources
• Five Capture/Compare/PWM (CCP) module:
- 16-bit resolution for Capture/Compare modes
- 10-bit resolution for PWM mode
• 10-bit PWM:
- Two 10-bit PWMs
• Numerically Controlled Oscillator (NCO):
- Generates true linear frequency control and
increased frequency resolution
- Input Clock: 0 Hz < FNCO < 32 MHz
- Resolution: FNCO/220
• Two Signal Measurement Timers (SMT):
- 24-bit Signal Measurement Timer
- Up to 12 different Acquisition modes
Full-Featured 28/40/44-Pin Microcontrollers
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 2
PIC16(L)F18855/75
Digital Peripherals (Cont.)
• Cyclical Redundancy Check (CRC/SCAN):
- 16-bit CRC
- Scans memory for NVM integrity
• Communication:
- EUSART, RS-232, RS-485, LIN compatible
-Two SPI
-Two I
2C, SMBus, PMBus™ compatible
• Up to 36 I/O Pins:
- Individually programmable pull-ups
- Slew rate control
- Interrupt-on-change with edge-select
- Input level selection control (ST or TTL)
- Digital open-drain enable
- Current mode enable
• Peripheral Pin Select (PPS):
- Enables pin mapping of digital I/O
• Data Signal Modulator (DSM)
- Modulates a carrier signal with digital data to
create custom carrier synchronized output
waveforms
Analog Peripherals
• Analog-to-Digital Converter with Computation
(ADC2):
- 10-bit with up to 35 external channels
- Automated post-processing
- Automates math functions on input signals:
averaging, filter calculations, oversampling
and threshold comparison
- Operates in Sleep
• Two Comparators (COMP):
- Fixed Voltage Reference at (non) inverting
input(s)
- Comparator outputs externally accessible
• 5-Bit Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC):
- 5-bit resolution, rail-to-rail
- Positive Reference Selection
- Unbuffered I/O pin output
- Internal connections to ADCs and
comparators
• Voltage Reference:
- Fixed Voltage Reference with 1.024V, 2.048V
and 4.096V output levels
Flexible Oscillator Structure
• High-Precision Internal Oscillator:
- Software selectable frequency range up to 32
MHz, ±1% typical
• x2/x4 PLL with Internal and External Sources
• Low-Power Internal 32 kHz Oscillator
(LFINTOSC)
• External 32 kHz Crystal Oscillator (SOSC)
• External Oscillator Block with:
- Three crystal/resonator modes up to 20 MHz
- Three external clock modes up to 20 MHz
• Fail-Safe Clock Monitor:
- Allows for safe shutdown if peripheral clock
stops
• Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST)
- Ensures stability of crystal oscillator
resources
mLmEE. gmér
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 3
PIC16(L)F18855/75
PIC16(L)F188XX Family Types
Device
Data Sheet Index
Program Flash
Memory (Words)
Program Flash
Memory (KB)
EEPROM
(bytes)
Data SRAM
(bytes)
I/O Pins(1)
10-Bit ADC2 (ch)
5-Bit DAC
Comparator
8-Bit (with HLT)/
16-Bit Timers
SMT
Windowed
Watchdog Timer
CRC and Memory Scan
CCP/10-Bit PWM
Zero-Cross Detect
CWG
NCO
CLC
DSM
EUSART/I2C/SPI
Peripheral Pin Select
Peripheral Module
Disable
PIC16(L)F18854 (1) 4096 7256 512 25 24 1 2 3/4 2 Y Y 5/2 Y 3 1 4 1 1/2 Y Y
PIC16(L)F18855 (2) 8192 14 256 1024 25 24 1 2 3/4 2 Y Y 5/2 Y 3 1 4 1 1/2 Y Y
PIC16(L)F18856 (3) 16384 28 256 2048 25 24 1 2 3/4 2 Y Y 5/2 Y 3 1 4 1 1/2 Y Y
PIC16(L)F18857 (4) 32768 56 256 4096 25 24 1 2 3/4 2 Y Y 5/2 Y 3 1 4 1 1/2 Y Y
PIC16(L)F18875 (2) 8192 14 256 1024 36 35 1 2 3/4 2 Y Y 5/2 Y 3 1 4 1 1/2 Y Y
PIC16(L)F18876 (3) 16384 28 256 2048 36 35 1 2 3/4 2 Y Y 5/2 Y 3 1 4 1 1/2 Y Y
PIC16(L)F18877 (4) 32768 56 256 4096 36 35 1 2 3/4 2 Y Y 5/2 Y 3 1 4 1 1/2 Y Y
Note 1: One pin is input-only.
Data Sheet Index: (Unshaded devices are described in this document)
1: DS40001826 PIC16(L)F18854 Data Sheet, 28-Pin, Full-Featured 8-bit Microcontrollers
2: DS40001802 PIC16(L)F18855/75 Data Sheet, 28/40-Pin, Full-Featured 8-bit Microcontrollers
3: DS40001824 PIC16(L)F18856/76 Data Sheet, 28/40-Pin, Full-Featured 8-bit Microcontrollers
4: DS40001825 PIC16(L)F18857/77 Data Sheet, 28/40-Pin, Full-Featured 8-bit Microcontrollers
Note: For other small form-factor package availability and marking information, please visit
http://www.microchip.com/packaging or contact your local sales office.
1111111111111] [[[EEEEEEEEEEE
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 4
PIC16(L)F18855/75
PIN DIAGRAMS
TABLE 1: PACKAGES
Packages (S)PDIP SOIC SSOP QFN
(6x6)
UQFN
(4x4) TQFP QFN
(8x8)
UQFN
(5x5)
PIC16(L)F18855 
PIC16(L)F18875 
Note: Pin details are subject to change.
Note 1: See Table 2 for location of all peripheral functions.
2: All VDD and all VSS pins must be connected at the circuit board level. Allowing one or more VSS or VDD pins
to float may result in degraded electrical performance or non-functionality.
PIC16(L)F18855
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
VPP/MCLR/RE3
RA0
RA1
RA2
RA3
RA4
RA5
RB6
RB5
RB4
RB3
RB2
RB1
RB0
VDD
VSS
11
12
13
14 15
16
17
18
19
20
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
VSS
RA7
RA6
RC0
RC1
RC2
RC3
RC5
RC4
RC7
RC6
RB7
28-pin SPDIP, SOIC, SSOP
jjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjj DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 5
PIC16(L)F18855/75
Note 1: See Table 2 for location of all peripheral functions.
2: All VDD and all VSS pins must be connected at the circuit board level. Allowing one or more VSS or VDD pins to
float may result in degraded electrical performance or non-functionality.
3: The bottom pad of the QFN/UQFN package should be connected to VSS at the circuit board level.
2
3
6
1
18
19
20
21
15
7
16
17
RC0
5
4
RB7
RB6
RB5
RB4
RB0
VDD
VSS
RC7
RC6
RC5
RC4
RE3/MCLR/VPP
RA0
RA1
RA2
RA3
RA4
RA5
VSS
RA7
RA6
RC1
RC2
RC3
9
10
13
8
14
12
11
27
26
23
28
22
24
25
RB3
RB2
RB1
PIC16(L)F18855
28-pin QFN (6x6), UQFN (4x4)
Note 1: See Table 3 for location of all peripheral function.
2: All VDD and all VSS pins must be connected at the circuit board level. Allowing one or more VSS or VDD pins to
float may result in degraded electrical performance or non-functionality.
PIC16(L)F18875
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
VPP/MCLR/RE3
RA0
RA1
RA2
RA3
RA4
RA5
RE0
RE1
RE2
RB6/ICSPCLK
RB5
RB4
RB0
VDD
VSS
RD2
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
VDD
VSS
RA7
RA6
RC0
RC1
RC2
RC3
RD0
RD1
RC5
RC4
RD3
RD4
RC7
RC6
RD7
RD6
RD5
RB7/ICSPDAT
1
RB3
RB2
RB1
40-pin PDIP
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 6
PIC16(L)F18855/75
Note 1: See Table 3 for location of all peripheral functions.
2: All VDD and all VSS pins must be connected at the circuit board level. Allowing one or more VSS or VDD pins to
float may result in degraded electrical performance or non-functionality.
3: The bottom pad of the QFN/UQFN package should be connected to VSS at the circuit board level.
10
11
2
3
4
5
6
1
18
19
20
21
22
12
13
14
15
38
8
7
40
39
16
17
29
30
31
32
33
23
24
25
26
27
28
36
34
35
9
37
RA1
RA0
VPP/MCLR/RE3
RB3
ICSPDAT/RB7
ICSPCLK/RB6
RB5
RB4 RC6
RC5
RC4
RD3
RD2
RD1
RD0
RC3
RC2
RC1
RC0
RA6
RA7
VSS
VDD
RE2
RE1
RE0
RA5
RA4
RC7
RD4
RD5
RD6
RD7
VSS
VDD
RB0
RB1
RB2
PIC16(L)F18875
RA3
RA2
40-pin UQFN (5x5)
Note 1: See Table 3 for location of all peripheral functions.
2: All VDD and all VSS pins must be connected at the circuit board level. Allowing one or more VSS or VDD pins to
float may result in degraded electrical performance or non-functionality.
10
11
2
3
6
1
18
19
20
21
22
12
13
14
15
38
8
7
44
43
42
41
40
39
16
17
29
30
31
32
33
23
24
25
26
27
28
36
34
35
9
37
5
4
PIC16(L)F18875
RC6
RC5
RC4
RD3
RD2
RD1
RD0
RC3
RC2
RC1
RC0
RA1
AN0/RA0
VPP/MCLR/RE3
RB3
ICSPDAT/RB7
ICSPCLK/RB6
RB5
RB4
NC
RA3
RA2
RC7
RD4
RD5
RD6
RD7
VSS
VDD
RB0
RB1
RB2
RA6
RA7
VSS
NC
VDD
RE2
RE1
RE0
RA5
RA4
NC
NC
44-pin TQFP (10x10)
MCLR
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 7
PIC16(L)F18855/75
Note 1: See Table 3 for location of all peripheral functions.
2: All VDD and all VSS pins must be connected at the circuit board level. Allowing one or more VSS or VDD pins to
float may result in degraded electrical performance or non-functionality.
3: The bottom pad of the QFN/UQFN package should be connected to VSS at the circuit board level.
10
11
2
3
4
5
6
1
18
19
20
21
22
12
13
14
15
38
8
7
44
43
42
41
40
39
16
17
29
30
31
32
33
23
24
25
26
27
28
36
34
35
9
37
RA0
VPP/MCLR/RE3
RB3
ICSPDAT/RB7
ICSPCLK/RB6
RB5
RB4
NC RC6
RC5
RC4
RD3
RD2
RD1
RD0
RC3
RC2
RC1
RC0
RA6
RA7
NC
VSS
NC
VDD
RE2
RE1
RE0
RA5
RA4
RC7
RD4
RD5
RD6
RD7
VSS
VDD
NC
RB0
RB1
RB2
PIC16(L)F18875
RA3
RA2
RA1
44-pin QFN (8x8)
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 14
PIC16(L)F18855/75
Table of Contents
1.0 Device Overview ........................................................................................................................................................................ 16
2.0 Enhanced Mid-Range CPU ........................................................................................................................................................ 33
3.0 Memory Organization ................................................................................................................................................................. 35
4.0 Device Configuration .................................................................................................................................................................. 91
5.0 Resets ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 100
6.0 Oscillator Module (with Fail-Safe Clock Monitor) ..................................................................................................................... 109
7.0 Interrupts .................................................................................................................................................................................. 128
8.0 Power-Saving Operation Modes .............................................................................................................................................. 154
9.0 Windowed Watchdog Timer (WWDT) ...................................................................................................................................... 161
10.0 Nonvolatile Memory (NVM) Control.......................................................................................................................................... 169
11.0 Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) Module ............................................................................................................................... 187
12.0 I/O Ports ................................................................................................................................................................................... 199
13.0 Peripheral Pin Select (PPS) Module ........................................................................................................................................ 234
14.0 Peripheral Module Disable ....................................................................................................................................................... 244
15.0 Interrupt-On-Change ................................................................................................................................................................ 251
16.0 Fixed Voltage Reference (FVR) .............................................................................................................................................. 259
17.0 Temperature Indicator Module ................................................................................................................................................. 262
18.0 Comparator Module.................................................................................................................................................................. 264
19.0 Pulse-Width Modulation (PWM) ............................................................................................................................................... 274
20.0 Complementary Waveform Generator (CWG) Module ............................................................................................................ 281
21.0 Zero-Cross Detection (ZCD) Module........................................................................................................................................ 305
22.0 Configurable Logic Cell (CLC).................................................................................................................................................. 311
23.0 Analog-to-Digital Converter With Computation (ADC2) Module............................................................................................... 328
24.0 Numerically Controlled Oscillator (NCO) Module ..................................................................................................................... 366
25.0 5-Bit Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC1) Module.................................................................................................................... 376
26.0 Data Signal Modulator (DSM) Module...................................................................................................................................... 381
27.0 Timer0 Module ......................................................................................................................................................................... 394
28.0 Timer1/3/5 Module with Gate Control....................................................................................................................................... 400
29.0 Timer2/4/6 Module ................................................................................................................................................................... 414
30.0 Capture/Compare/PWM Modules ............................................................................................................................................ 435
31.0 Master Synchronous Serial Port (MSSP) Modules .................................................................................................................. 448
32.0 Signal Measurement Timer (SMT) ........................................................................................................................................... 499
33.0 Enhanced Universal Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (EUSART) ............................................................... 544
34.0 Reference Clock Output Module .............................................................................................................................................. 572
35.0 In-Circuit Serial Programming™ (ICSP™) ............................................................................................................................... 576
36.0 Instruction Set Summary .......................................................................................................................................................... 578
37.0 Electrical Specifications............................................................................................................................................................ 592
38.0 DC and AC Characteristics Graphs and Charts ....................................................................................................................... 622
39.0 Development Support............................................................................................................................................................... 638
40.0 Packaging Information.............................................................................................................................................................. 642
Appendix A: Data Sheet Revision History ......................................................................................................................................... 665
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 15
PIC16(L)F18855/75
TO OUR VALUED CUSTOMERS
It is our intention to provide our valued customers with the best documentation possible to ensure successful use of your Microchip
products. To this end, we will continue to improve our publications to better suit your needs. Our publications will be refined and
enhanced as new volumes and updates are introduced.
If you have any questions or comments regarding this publication, please contact the Marketing Communications Department via
E-mail at docerrors@microchip.com. We welcome your feedback.
Most Current Data Sheet
To obtain the most up-to-date version of this data sheet, please register at our Worldwide Website at:
http://www.microchip.com
You can determine the version of a data sheet by examining its literature number found on the bottom outside corner of any page.
The last character of the literature number is the version number, (e.g., DS30000000A is version A of document DS30000000).
Errata
An errata sheet, describing minor operational differences from the data sheet and recommended workarounds, may exist for current
devices. As device/documentation issues become known to us, we will publish an errata sheet. The errata will specify the revision
of silicon and revision of document to which it applies.
To determine if an errata sheet exists for a particular device, please check with one of the following:
• Microchip’s Worldwide Website; http://www.microchip.com
• Your local Microchip sales office (see last page)
When contacting a sales office, please specify which device, revision of silicon and data sheet (include literature number) you are
using.
Customer Notification System
Register on our website at www.microchip.com to receive the most current information on all of our products.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 16
PIC16(L)F18855/75
1.0 DEVICE OVERVIEW
The PIC16(L)F18855/75 are described within this data
sheet. The PIC16(L)F18855 devices are available in
28-pin SPDIP, SSOP, SOIC, and UQFN packages. The
PIC16(L)F18875 devices are available in 40-pin PDIP
and UQFN and 44-pin TQFP and QFN packages.
Figure 1-1 shows a block diagram of the
PIC16(L)F18855/75 devices. Ta ble 1 - 2 and Table 1-3
show the pinout descriptions.
Reference Ta ble 1- 1 for peripherals available per device.
TABLE 1-1: DEVICE PERIPHERAL
SUMMARY
Peripheral
PIC16(L)F18855
PIC16(L)F18855
Analog-to-Digital Converter with Computation (ADC2)●●
Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) ●●
Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC) ●●
Fixed Voltage Reference (FVR) ●●
Enhanced Universal Synchronous/Asynchronous Receiver/
Transmitter (EUSART1)
●●
Digital Signal Modulator (DSM) ●●
Numerically Controlled Oscillator (NCO1) ●●
Temperature Indicator ●●
Zero-Cross Detect (ZCD) ●●
Capture/Compare/PWM (CCP/ECCP) Modules
CCP1 ●●
CCP2 ●●
CCP3 ●●
CCP4 ●●
CCP5 ●●
Comparators
C1 ●●
C2 ●●
Configurable Logic Cell (CLC)
CLC1 ●●
CLC2 ●●
CLC3 ●●
CLC4 ●●
Complementary Waveform Generator (CWG)
CWG1 ●●
CWG2 ●●
CWG3 ●●
Master Synchronous Serial Ports
MSSP1 ●●
MSSP2 ●●
Pulse-Width Modulator (PWM)
PWM6 ●●
PWM7 ●●
Signal Measure Timer (SMT)
SMT1 ●●
SMT2 ●●
Timers
Timer0 ●●
Timer1 ●●
Timer2 ●●
Timer3 ●●
Timer4 ●●
Timer5 ●●
Timer6 ●●
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 17
PIC16(L)F18855/75
1.1 Register and Bit naming
conventions
1.1.1 REGISTER NAMES
When there are multiple instances of the same
peripheral in a device, the peripheral control registers
will be depicted as the concatenation of a peripheral
identifier, peripheral instance, and control identifier.
The control registers section will show just one
instance of all the register names with an ‘x’ in the place
of the peripheral instance number. This naming
convention may also be applied to peripherals when
there is only one instance of that peripheral in the
device to maintain compatibility with other devices in
the family that contain more than one.
1.1.2 BIT NAMES
There are two variants for bit names:
• Short name: Bit function abbreviation
• Long name: Peripheral abbreviation + short name
1.1.2.1 Short Bit Names
Short bit names are an abbreviation for the bit function.
For example, some peripherals are enabled with the
EN bit. The bit names shown in the registers are the
short name variant.
Short bit names are useful when accessing bits in C
programs. The general format for accessing bits by the
short name is RegisterNamebits.ShortName. For
example, the enable bit, EN, in the COG1CON0 regis-
ter can be set in C programs with the instruction
COG1CON0bits.EN = 1.
Short names are generally not useful in assembly
programs because the same name may be used by
different peripherals in different bit positions. When this
occurs, during the include file generation, all instances
of that short bit name are appended with an underscore
plus the name of the register in which the bit resides to
avoid naming contentions.
1.1.2.2 Long Bit Names
Long bit names are constructed by adding a peripheral
abbreviation prefix to the short name. The prefix is
unique to the peripheral thereby making every long bit
name unique. The long bit name for the COG1 enable
bit is the COG1 prefix, G1, appended with the enable
bit short name, EN, resulting in the unique bit name
G1EN.
Long bit names are useful in both C and assembly pro-
grams. For example, in C the COG1CON0 enable bit
can be set with the G1EN = 1 instruction. In assembly,
this bit can be set with the BSF COG1CON0,G1EN
instruction.
1.1.2.3 Bit Fields
Bit fields are two or more adjacent bits in the same
register. Bit fields adhere only to the short bit naming
convention. For example, the three Least Significant
bits of the COG1CON0 register contain the mode
control bits. The short name for this field is MD. There
is no long bit name variant. Bit field access is only
possible in C programs. The following example
demonstrates a C program instruction for setting the
COG1 to the Push-Pull mode:
COG1CON0bits.MD = 0x5;
Individual bits in a bit field can also be accessed with
long and short bit names. Each bit is the field name
appended with the number of the bit position within the
field. For example, the Most Significant mode bit has
the short bit name MD2 and the long bit name is
G1MD2. The following two examples demonstrate
assembly program sequences for setting the COG1 to
Push-Pull mode:
Example 1:
MOVLW ~(1<<G1MD1)
ANDWF COG1CON0,F
MOVLW 1<<G1MD2 | 1<<G1MD0
IORWF COG1CON0,F
Example 2:
BSF COG1CON0,G1MD2
BCF COG1CON0,G1MD1
BSF COG1CON0,G1MD0
1.1.3 REGISTER AND BIT NAMING
EXCEPTIONS
1.1.3.1 Status, Interrupt, and Mirror Bits
Status, interrupt enables, interrupt flags, and mirror bits
are contained in registers that span more than one
peripheral. In these cases, the bit name shown is
unique so there is no prefix or short name variant.
1.1.3.2 Legacy Peripherals
There are some peripherals that do not strictly adhere
to these naming conventions. Peripherals that have
existed for many years and are present in almost every
device are the exceptions. These exceptions were
necessary to limit the adverse impact of the new
conventions on legacy code. Peripherals that do
adhere to the new convention will include a table in the
registers section indicating the long name prefix for
each peripheral instance. Peripherals that fall into the
exception category will not have this table. These
peripherals include, but are not limited to, the following:
• EUSART
• MSSP
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 19
PIC16(L)F18855/75
TABLE 1-2: PIC16F18855 PINOUT DESCRIPTION
Name Function Input
Type Output Type Description
RA0/ANA0/C1IN0-/C2IN0-/CLCIN0(1)/
IOCA0
RA0 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
ANA0 AN — ADC Channel A0 input.
C1IN0- AN — Comparator negative input.
C2IN0- AN — Comparator negative input.
CLCIN0(1) TTL/ST — Configurable Logic Cell source input.
IOCA0 TTL/ST — Interrupt-on-change input.
RA1/ANA1/C1IN1-/C2IN1-/CLCIN1(1)/
IOCA1
RA1 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
ANA1 AN — ADC Channel A1 input.
C1IN1- AN — Comparator negative input.
C2IN1- AN — Comparator negative input.
CLCIN1(1) TTL/ST — Configurable Logic Cell source input.
IOCA1 TTL/ST — Interrupt-on-change input.
RA2/ANA2/C1IN0+/C2IN0+/VREF-/
DAC1OUT1/IOCA2
RA2 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
ANA2 AN — ADC Channel A2 input.
C1IN0+ AN — Comparator positive input.
C2IN0+ AN — Comparator positive input.
VREF- AN — External ADC and/or DAC negative reference input.
DAC1OUT1 — AN Digital-to-Analog Converter output.
IOCA2 TTL/ST — Interrupt-on-change input.
RA3/ANA3/C1IN1+/VREF+/MDCARL(1)/
IOCA3
RA3 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
ANA3 AN — ADC Channel A3 input.
C1IN1+ AN — Comparator positive input.
VREF+ AN — External ADC and/or DAC positive reference input.
MDCARL(1) TTL/ST — Modular Carrier input 1.
IOCA3 TTL/ST — Interrupt-on-change input.
RA4/ANA4/MDCARH(1)/T0CKI(1)/
CCP5(1)/IOCA4
RA4 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
ANA4 AN — ADC Channel A4 input.
MDCARH(1) TTL/ST — Modular Carrier input 2.
T0CKI(1) TTL/ST — Timer0 clock input.
CCP5(1) TTL/ST CMOS/OD Capture/compare/PWM5 (default input location for capture
function).
IOCA4 TTL/ST — Interrupt-on-change input.
Legend: AN = Analog input or output CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output OD = Open-Drain
TTL = TTL compatible input ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels I2C = Schmitt Trigger input with I2C
HV = High Voltage XTAL = Crystal levels
Note 1: This is a PPS remappable input signal. The input function may be moved from the default location shown to one of several other PORTx
pins. Refer to Table 13-1 for details on which PORT pins may be used for this signal.
2: All output signals shown in this row are PPS remappable. These signals may be mapped to output onto one of several PORTx pin options
as described in Table 13-3.
3: This is a bidirectional signal. For normal module operation, the firmware should map this signal to the same pin in both the PPS input and
PPS output registers.
4: These pins are configured for I2C logic levels. The SCLx/SDAx signals may be assigned to any of the RB1/RB2/RC3/RC4 pins. PPS
assignments to the other pins (e.g., RA5) will operate, but input logic levels will be standard TTL/ST, as selected by the INLVL register,
instead of the I2C specific or SMBus input buffer thresholds.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 20
PIC16(L)F18855/75
RA5/ANA5/SS1(1)/MDSRC(1)/IOCA5 RA5 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
ANA5 AN — ADC Channel A5 input.
SS1(1) TTL/ST — MSSP1 SPI slave select input.
MDSRC(1) TTL/ST — Modulator Source input.
IOCA5 TTL/ST — Interrupt-on-change input.
RA6/ANA6/OSC2/CLKOUT/IOCA6 RA6 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
ANA6 AN — ADC Channel A6 input.
OSC2 — XTAL External Crystal/Resonator (LP, XT, HS modes) driver output.
CLKOUT — CMOS/OD FOSC/4 digital output (in non-crystal/resonator modes).
IOCA6 TTL/ST — Interrupt-on-change input.
RA7/ANA7/OSC1/CLKIN/IOCA7 RA7 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
ANA7 AN — ADC Channel A7 input.
OSC1 XTAL — External Crystal/Resonator (LP, XT, HS modes) driver input.
CLKIN TTL/ST — External digital clock input.
IOCA7 TTL/ST — Interrupt-on-change input.
RB0/ANB0/C2IN1+/ZCD/SS2(1)/
CCP4(1)/CWG1IN(1)/INT(1)/IOCB0
RB0 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
ANB0 AN — ADC Channel B0 input.
C2IN1+ AN — Comparator positive input.
ZCD AN AN Zero-cross detect input pin.
SS2(1) TTL/ST — MSSP2 SPI slave select input.
CCP4(1) TTL/ST CMOS/OD Capture/compare/PWM4 (default input location for capture
function).
CWG1IN(1) TTL/ST — Complementary Waveform Generator 1 input.
INT(1) TTL/ST — External interrupt request input.
IOCB0 TTL/ST — Interrupt-on-change input.
RB1/ANB1/C1IN3-/C2IN3-/SCL2(3,4)/
SCK2(1)/CWG2IN(1)/IOCB1
RB1 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
ANB1 AN — ADC Channel B1 input.
C1IN3- AN — Comparator negative input.
C2IN3- AN — Comparator negative input.
SCL2(3,4) I2C/
SMBus
OD MSSP2 I2C clock input/output.
SCK2(1) TTL/ST CMOS/OD MSSP2 SPI serial clock (default input location, SCK2 is a PPS
remappable input and output).
CWG2IN(1) TTL/ST — Complementary Waveform Generator 2 input.
IOCB1 TTL/ST — Interrupt-on-change input.
TABLE 1-2: PIC16F18855 PINOUT DESCRIPTION (CONTINUED)
Name Function Input
Type Output Type Description
Legend: AN = Analog input or output CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output OD = Open-Drain
TTL = TTL compatible input ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels I2C = Schmitt Trigger input with I2C
HV = High Voltage XTAL = Crystal levels
Note 1: This is a PPS remappable input signal. The input function may be moved from the default location shown to one of several other PORTx
pins. Refer to Table 13-1 for details on which PORT pins may be used for this signal.
2: All output signals shown in this row are PPS remappable. These signals may be mapped to output onto one of several PORTx pin options
as described in Table 13-3.
3: This is a bidirectional signal. For normal module operation, the firmware should map this signal to the same pin in both the PPS input and
PPS output registers.
4: These pins are configured for I2C logic levels. The SCLx/SDAx signals may be assigned to any of the RB1/RB2/RC3/RC4 pins. PPS
assignments to the other pins (e.g., RA5) will operate, but input logic levels will be standard TTL/ST, as selected by the INLVL register,
instead of the I2C specific or SMBus input buffer thresholds.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 21
PIC16(L)F18855/75
RB2/ANB2/SDA2(3,4)/SDI2(1)/
CWG3IN(1)/IOCB2
RB2 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
ANB2 AN — ADC Channel B2 input.
SDA2(3,4) I2C/
SMBus
OD MSSP2 I2C serial data input/output.
SDI2(1) TTL/ST — MSSP2 SPI serial data input.
CWG3IN(1) TTL/ST — Complementary Waveform Generator 3 input.
IOCB2 TTL/ST — Interrupt-on-change input.
RB3/ANB3/C1IN2-/C2IN2-/IOCB3 RB3 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
ANB3 AN — ADC Channel B3 input.
C1IN2- AN — Comparator negative input.
C2IN2- AN — Comparator negative input.
IOCB3 TTL/ST — Interrupt-on-change input.
RB4/ANB4/ADCACT(1)/T5G(1)/
SMTWIN2(1)/IOCB4
RB4 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
ANB4 AN — ADC Channel B4 input.
ADCACT(1) TTL/ST — ADC Auto-Conversion Trigger input.
T5G(1) TTL/ST — Timer5 gate input.
SMTWIN2(1) TTL/ST — Signal Measurement Timer 2 (SMT2) window input.
IOCB4 TTL/ST — Interrupt-on-change input.
RB5/ANB5/T1G(1)/SMTSIG2(1)/
CCP3(1)/IOCB5
RB5 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
ANB5 AN — ADC Channel B5 input.
T1G(1) TTL/ST — Timer1 gate input.
SMTSIG2(1) TTL/ST — Signal Measurement Timer 2 (SMT2) signal input.
CCP3(1) TTL/ST CMOS/OD Capture/compare/PWM3 (default input location for capture
function).
IOCB5 TTL/ST — Interrupt-on-change input.
RB6/ANB6/CLCIN2(1)/IOCB6/ICSPCLK RB6 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
ANB6 AN — ADC Channel B6 input.
CLCIN2(1) TTL/ST — Configurable Logic Cell source input.
IOCB6 TTL/ST — Interrupt-on-change input.
ICSPCLK ST — In-Circuit Serial Programming™ and debugging clock input.
TABLE 1-2: PIC16F18855 PINOUT DESCRIPTION (CONTINUED)
Name Function Input
Type Output Type Description
Legend: AN = Analog input or output CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output OD = Open-Drain
TTL = TTL compatible input ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels I2C = Schmitt Trigger input with I2C
HV = High Voltage XTAL = Crystal levels
Note 1: This is a PPS remappable input signal. The input function may be moved from the default location shown to one of several other PORTx
pins. Refer to Table 13-1 for details on which PORT pins may be used for this signal.
2: All output signals shown in this row are PPS remappable. These signals may be mapped to output onto one of several PORTx pin options
as described in Table 13-3.
3: This is a bidirectional signal. For normal module operation, the firmware should map this signal to the same pin in both the PPS input and
PPS output registers.
4: These pins are configured for I2C logic levels. The SCLx/SDAx signals may be assigned to any of the RB1/RB2/RC3/RC4 pins. PPS
assignments to the other pins (e.g., RA5) will operate, but input logic levels will be standard TTL/ST, as selected by the INLVL register,
instead of the I2C specific or SMBus input buffer thresholds.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 22
PIC16(L)F18855/75
RB7/ANB7/DAC1OUT2/T6IN(1)/
CLCIN3(1)/IOCB7/ICSPDAT
RB7 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
ANB7 AN — ADC Channel B7 input.
DAC1OUT2 — AN Digital-to-Analog Converter output.
T6IN(1) TTL/ST — Timer6 external digital clock input.
CLCIN3(1) TTL/ST — Configurable Logic Cell source input.
IOCB7 TTL/ST — Interrupt-on-change input.
ICSPDAT ST CMOS In-Circuit Serial Programming™ and debugging data input/out-
put.
RC0/ANC0/T1CKI(1)/T3CKI(1)/T3G(1)/
SMTWIN1(1)/IOCC0/SOSCO
RC0 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
ANC0 AN — ADC Channel C0 input.
T1CKI(1) TTL/ST — Timer1 external digital clock input.
T3CKI(1) TTL/ST — Timer3 external digital clock input.
T3G(1) TTL/ST — Timer3 gate input.
SMTWIN1(1) TTL/ST — Signal Measurement Timer1 (SMT1) input.
IOCC0 TTL/ST — Interrupt-on-change input.
SOSCO — AN 32.768 kHz secondary oscillator crystal driver output.
RC1/ANC1/SMTSIG1(1)/CCP2(1)/
IOCC1/SOSCI
RC1 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
ANC1 AN — ADC Channel C1 input.
SMTSIG1(1) TTL/ST — Signal Measurement Timer1 (SMT1) signal input.
CCP2(1) TTL/ST CMOS/OD Capture/compare/PWM2 (default input location for capture
function).
IOCC1 TTL/ST — Interrupt-on-change input.
SOSCI AN — 32.768 kHz secondary oscillator crystal driver input.
RC2/ANC2/T5CKI(1)/CCP1(1)/IOCC2 RC2 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
ANC2 AN — ADC Channel C2 input.
T5CKI(1) TTL/ST — Timer5 external digital clock input.
CCP1(1) TTL/ST CMOS/OD Capture/compare/PWM1 (default input location for capture
function).
IOCC2 TTL/ST — Interrupt-on-change input.
RC3/ANC3/SCL1(3,4)/SCK1(1)/T2IN(1)/
IOCC3
RC3 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
ANC3 AN — ADC Channel C3 input.
SCL1(3,4) I2C/
SMBus
OD MSSP1 I2C clock input/output.
SCK1(1) TTL/ST CMOS/OD MSSP1 SPI clock input/output (default input location, SCK1 is a
PPS remappable input and output).
T2IN(1) TTL/ST — Timer2 external input.
IOCC3 TTL/ST — Interrupt-on-change input.
TABLE 1-2: PIC16F18855 PINOUT DESCRIPTION (CONTINUED)
Name Function Input
Type Output Type Description
Legend: AN = Analog input or output CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output OD = Open-Drain
TTL = TTL compatible input ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels I2C = Schmitt Trigger input with I2C
HV = High Voltage XTAL = Crystal levels
Note 1: This is a PPS remappable input signal. The input function may be moved from the default location shown to one of several other PORTx
pins. Refer to Table 13-1 for details on which PORT pins may be used for this signal.
2: All output signals shown in this row are PPS remappable. These signals may be mapped to output onto one of several PORTx pin options
as described in Table 13-3.
3: This is a bidirectional signal. For normal module operation, the firmware should map this signal to the same pin in both the PPS input and
PPS output registers.
4: These pins are configured for I2C logic levels. The SCLx/SDAx signals may be assigned to any of the RB1/RB2/RC3/RC4 pins. PPS
assignments to the other pins (e.g., RA5) will operate, but input logic levels will be standard TTL/ST, as selected by the INLVL register,
instead of the I2C specific or SMBus input buffer thresholds.
MCLR
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 23
PIC16(L)F18855/75
RC4/ANC4/SDA1(3,4)/SDI1(1)/IOCC4 RC4 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
ANC4 AN — ADC Channel C4 input.
SDA1(3,4) I2C/
SMBus
OD MSSP1 I2C serial data input/output.
SDI1(1) TTL/ST — MSSP1 SPI serial data input.
IOCC4 TTL/ST — Interrupt-on-change input.
RC5/ANC5/T4IN(1)/IOCC5 RC5 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
ANC5 AN — ADC Channel C5 input.
T4IN(1) TTL/ST — Timer4 external input.
IOCC5 TTL/ST — Interrupt-on-change input.
RC6/ANC6/CK(3)/IOCC6 RC6 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
ANC6 AN — ADC Channel C6 input.
CK(3) TTL/ST CMOS/OD EUSART synchronous mode clock input/output.
IOCC6 TTL/ST — Interrupt-on-change input.
RC7/ANC7/RX(1)/DT(3)/IOCC7 RC7 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
ANC7 AN — ADC Channel C7 input.
RX(1) TTL/ST — EUSART Asynchronous mode receiver data input.
DT(3) TTL/ST CMOS/OD EUSART Synchronous mode data input/output.
IOCC7 TTL/ST — Interrupt-on-change input.
RE3/IOCE3/MCLR/VPP RE3 TTL/ST — General purpose input only (when MCLR is disabled by the
Configuration bit).
IOCE3 TTL/ST — Interrupt-on-change input.
MCLR ST — Master clear input with internal weak pull up resistor.
VPP HV — ICSP™ High-Voltage Programming mode entry input.
VDD VDD Power — Positive supply voltage input.
TABLE 1-2: PIC16F18855 PINOUT DESCRIPTION (CONTINUED)
Name Function Input
Type Output Type Description
Legend: AN = Analog input or output CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output OD = Open-Drain
TTL = TTL compatible input ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels I2C = Schmitt Trigger input with I2C
HV = High Voltage XTAL = Crystal levels
Note 1: This is a PPS remappable input signal. The input function may be moved from the default location shown to one of several other PORTx
pins. Refer to Table 13-1 for details on which PORT pins may be used for this signal.
2: All output signals shown in this row are PPS remappable. These signals may be mapped to output onto one of several PORTx pin options
as described in Table 13-3.
3: This is a bidirectional signal. For normal module operation, the firmware should map this signal to the same pin in both the PPS input and
PPS output registers.
4: These pins are configured for I2C logic levels. The SCLx/SDAx signals may be assigned to any of the RB1/RB2/RC3/RC4 pins. PPS
assignments to the other pins (e.g., RA5) will operate, but input logic levels will be standard TTL/ST, as selected by the INLVL register,
instead of the I2C specific or SMBus input buffer thresholds.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 24
PIC16(L)F18855/75
VSS VSS Power — Ground reference.
OUT(2) ADGRDA — CMOS/OD ADC Guard Ring A output.
ADGRDB — CMOS/OD ADC Guard Ring B output.
C1OUT — CMOS/OD Comparator 1 output.
C2OUT — CMOS/OD Comparator 2 output.
SDO1 — CMOS/OD MSSP1 SPI serial data output.
SCK1 — CMOS/OD MSSP1 SPI serial clock output.
SDO2 — CMOS/OD MSSP2 SPI serial data output.
SCK2 — CMOS/OD MSSP2 SPI serial clock output.
TX — CMOS/OD EUSART Asynchronous mode transmitter data output.
CK(3) — CMOS/OD EUSART Synchronous mode clock output.
DT(3) — CMOS/OD EUSART Synchronous mode data output.
DSM — CMOS/OD Data Signal Modulator output.
TMR0 — CMOS/OD Timer0 output.
CCP1 — CMOS/OD Capture/Compare/PWM1 output (compare/PWM functions).
CCP2 — CMOS/OD Capture/Compare/PWM2 output (compare/PWM functions).
CCP3 — CMOS/OD Capture/Compare/PWM3 output (compare/PWM functions).
CCP4 — CMOS/OD Capture/Compare/PWM4 output (compare/PWM functions).
CCP5 — CMOS/OD Capture/Compare/PWM5 output (compare/PWM functions).
PWM6OUT — CMOS/OD PWM6 output.
PWM7OUT — CMOS/OD PWM7 output.
CWG1A — CMOS/OD Complementary Waveform Generator 1 output A.
CWG1B — CMOS/OD Complementary Waveform Generator 1 output B.
CWG1C — CMOS/OD Complementary Waveform Generator 1 output C.
CWG1D — CMOS/OD Complementary Waveform Generator 1 output D.
CWG2A — CMOS/OD Complementary Waveform Generator 2 output A.
CWG2B — CMOS/OD Complementary Waveform Generator 2 output B.
CWG2C — CMOS/OD Complementary Waveform Generator 2 output C.
CWG2D — CMOS/OD Complementary Waveform Generator 2 output D.
CWG3A — CMOS/OD Complementary Waveform Generator 3 output A.
CWG3B — CMOS/OD Complementary Waveform Generator 3 output B.
TABLE 1-2: PIC16F18855 PINOUT DESCRIPTION (CONTINUED)
Name Function Input
Type Output Type Description
Legend: AN = Analog input or output CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output OD = Open-Drain
TTL = TTL compatible input ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels I2C = Schmitt Trigger input with I2C
HV = High Voltage XTAL = Crystal levels
Note 1: This is a PPS remappable input signal. The input function may be moved from the default location shown to one of several other PORTx
pins. Refer to Table 13-1 for details on which PORT pins may be used for this signal.
2: All output signals shown in this row are PPS remappable. These signals may be mapped to output onto one of several PORTx pin options
as described in Table 13-3.
3: This is a bidirectional signal. For normal module operation, the firmware should map this signal to the same pin in both the PPS input and
PPS output registers.
4: These pins are configured for I2C logic levels. The SCLx/SDAx signals may be assigned to any of the RB1/RB2/RC3/RC4 pins. PPS
assignments to the other pins (e.g., RA5) will operate, but input logic levels will be standard TTL/ST, as selected by the INLVL register,
instead of the I2C specific or SMBus input buffer thresholds.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 25
PIC16(L)F18855/75
OUT(2) CWG3C — CMOS/OD Complementary Waveform Generator 3 output C.
CWG3D — CMOS/OD Complementary Waveform Generator 3 output D.
CLC1OUT — CMOS/OD Configurable Logic Cell 1 output.
CLC2OUT — CMOS/OD Configurable Logic Cell 2 output.
CLC3OUT — CMOS/OD Configurable Logic Cell 3 output.
CLC4OUT — CMOS/OD Configurable Logic Cell 4 output.
NCO1 — CMOS/OD Numerically Controller Oscillator output.
CLKR — CMOS/OD Clock Reference module output.
TABLE 1-2: PIC16F18855 PINOUT DESCRIPTION (CONTINUED)
Name Function Input
Type Output Type Description
Legend: AN = Analog input or output CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output OD = Open-Drain
TTL = TTL compatible input ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels I2C = Schmitt Trigger input with I2C
HV = High Voltage XTAL = Crystal levels
Note 1: This is a PPS remappable input signal. The input function may be moved from the default location shown to one of several other PORTx
pins. Refer to Table 13-1 for details on which PORT pins may be used for this signal.
2: All output signals shown in this row are PPS remappable. These signals may be mapped to output onto one of several PORTx pin options
as described in Table 13-3.
3: This is a bidirectional signal. For normal module operation, the firmware should map this signal to the same pin in both the PPS input and
PPS output registers.
4: These pins are configured for I2C logic levels. The SCLx/SDAx signals may be assigned to any of the RB1/RB2/RC3/RC4 pins. PPS
assignments to the other pins (e.g., RA5) will operate, but input logic levels will be standard TTL/ST, as selected by the INLVL register,
instead of the I2C specific or SMBus input buffer thresholds.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 26
PIC16(L)F18855/75
TABLE 1-3: PIC16F18875 PINOUT DESCRIPTION
Name Function Input Type Output Type Description
RA0/ANA0/C1IN0-/C2IN0-/
CLCIN0(1)/IOCA0
RA0 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
ANA0 AN — ADC Channel A0 input.
C1IN0- AN — Comparator negative input.
C2IN0- AN — Comparator negative input.
CLCIN0(1) TTL/ST — Configurable Logic Cell source input.
IOCA0 TTL/ST — Interrupt-on-change input.
RA1/ANA1/C1IN1-/C2IN1-/
CLCIN1(1)/IOCA1
RA1 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
ANA1 AN — ADC Channel A1 input.
C1IN1- AN — Comparator negative input.
C2IN1- AN — Comparator negative input.
CLCIN1(1) TTL/ST — Configurable Logic Cell source input.
IOCA1 TTL/ST — Interrupt-on-change input.
RA2/ANA2/C1IN0+/C2IN0+/VREF-/
DAC1OUT1/IOCA2
RA2 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
ANA2 AN — ADC Channel A2 input.
C1IN0+ AN — Comparator positive input.
C2IN0+ AN — Comparator positive input.
VREF- AN — External ADC and/or DAC negative reference input.
DAC1OUT1 — AN Digital-to-Analog Converter output.
IOCA2 TTL/ST — Interrupt-on-change input.
RA3/ANA3/C1IN1+/VREF+/
MDCARL(1)/IOCA3
RA3 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
ANA3 AN — ADC Channel A3 input.
C1IN1+ AN — Comparator positive input.
VREF+ AN — External ADC and/or DAC positive reference input.
MDCARL(1) TTL/ST — Modular Carrier input 1.
IOCA3 TTL/ST — Interrupt-on-change input.
RA4/ANA4/MDCARH(1)/T0CKI(1)/
CCP5(1)/IOCA4
RA4 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
ANA4 AN — ADC Channel A4 input.
MDCARH(1) TTL/ST — Modular Carrier input 2.
T0CKI(1) TTL/ST — Timer0 clock input.
CCP5(1) TTL/ST CMOS/OD Capture/compare/PWM5 (default input location for capture
function).
IOCA4 TTL/ST — Interrupt-on-change input.
Legend: AN = Analog input or output CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output OD = Open-Drain
TTL = TTL compatible input ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels I2C = Schmitt Trigger input with I2CHV=
High Voltage XTAL= Crystal levels
Note 1: This is a PPS remappable input signal. The input function may be moved from the default location shown to one of several other PORTx
pins. Refer to Table 13-1 for details on which PORT pins may be used for this signal.
2: All output signals shown in this row are PPS remappable. These signals may be mapped to output onto one of several PORTx pin options
as described in Table 13-3.
3: This is a bidirectional signal. For normal module operation, the firmware should map this signal to the same pin in both the PPS input and
PPS output registers.
4: These pins are configured for I2C logic levels. The SCLx/SDAx signals may be assigned to any of the RB1/RB2/RC3/RC4 pins. PPS
assignments to the other pins (e.g., RA5) will operate, but input logic levels will be standard TTL/ST, as selected by the INLVL register,
instead of the I2C specific or SMBus input buffer thresholds.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 27
PIC16(L)F18855/75
RA5/ANA5/SS1(1)/MDSRC(1)/IOCA5 RA5 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
ANA5 AN — ADC Channel A5 input.
SS1(1) TTL/ST — MSSP1 SPI slave select input.
MDSRC(1) TTL/ST — Modulator Source input.
IOCA5 TTL/ST — Interrupt-on-change input.
RA6/ANA6/OSC2/CLKOUT/IOCA6 RA6 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
ANA6 AN — ADC Channel A6 input.
OSC2 — XTAL External Crystal/Resonator (LP, XT, HS modes) driver out-
put.
CLKOUT — CMOS/OD FOSC/4 digital output (in non-crystal/resonator modes).
IOCA6 TTL/ST — Interrupt-on-change input.
RA7/ANA7/OSC1/CLKIN/IOCA7 RA7 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
ANA7 AN — ADC Channel A7 input.
OSC1 XTAL — External Crystal/Resonator (LP, XT, HS modes) driver input.
CLKIN TTL/ST — External digital clock input.
IOCA7 TTL/ST — Interrupt-on-change input.
RB0/ANB0/C2IN1+/ZCD/SS2(1)/
CCP4(1)/CWG1IN(1)/INT(1)/IOCB0
RB0 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
ANB0 AN — ADC Channel B0 input.
C2IN1+ AN — Comparator positive input.
ZCD AN AN Zero-cross detect input pin.
SS2(1) TTL/ST — MSSP2 SPI slave select input.
CCP4(1) TTL/ST CMOS/OD Capture/compare/PWM4 (default input location for capture
function).
CWG1IN(1) TTL/ST — Complementary Waveform Generator 1 input.
INT(1) TTL/ST — External interrupt request input.
IOCB0 TTL/ST — Interrupt-on-change input.
RB1/ANB1/C1IN3-/C2IN3-/SCL2(3,4)/
SCK2(1)/CWG2IN(1)/IOCB1
RB1 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
ANB1 AN — ADC Channel B1 input.
C1IN3- AN — Comparator negative input.
C2IN3- AN — Comparator negative input.
SCL2(3,4) I2C/SMBus OD MSSP2 I2C clock input/output.
SCK2(1) TTL/ST CMOS/OD MSSP2 SPI serial clock (default input location, SCK2 is a
PPS remappable input and output).
CWG2IN(1) TTL/ST — Complementary Waveform Generator 2 input.
IOCB1 TTL/ST — Interrupt-on-change input.
TABLE 1-3: PIC16F18875 PINOUT DESCRIPTION (CONTINUED)
Name Function Input Type Output Type Description
Legend: AN = Analog input or output CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output OD = Open-Drain
TTL = TTL compatible input ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels I2C = Schmitt Trigger input with I2CHV=
High Voltage XTAL= Crystal levels
Note 1: This is a PPS remappable input signal. The input function may be moved from the default location shown to one of several other PORTx
pins. Refer to Table 13-1 for details on which PORT pins may be used for this signal.
2: All output signals shown in this row are PPS remappable. These signals may be mapped to output onto one of several PORTx pin options
as described in Table 13-3.
3: This is a bidirectional signal. For normal module operation, the firmware should map this signal to the same pin in both the PPS input and
PPS output registers.
4: These pins are configured for I2C logic levels. The SCLx/SDAx signals may be assigned to any of the RB1/RB2/RC3/RC4 pins. PPS
assignments to the other pins (e.g., RA5) will operate, but input logic levels will be standard TTL/ST, as selected by the INLVL register,
instead of the I2C specific or SMBus input buffer thresholds.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 28
PIC16(L)F18855/75
RB2/ANB2/SDA2(3,4)/SDI2(1)/
CWG3IN(1)/IOCB2
RB2 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
ANB2 AN — ADC Channel B2 input.
SDA2(3,4) I2C/SMBus OD MSSP2 I2C serial data input/output.
SDI2(1) TTL/ST — MSSP2 SPI serial data input.
CWG3IN(1) TTL/ST — Complementary Waveform Generator 3 input.
IOCB2 TTL/ST — Interrupt-on-change input.
RB3/ANB3/C1IN2-/C2IN2-/IOCB3 RB3 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
ANB3 AN — ADC Channel B3 input.
C1IN2- AN — Comparator negative input.
C2IN2- AN — Comparator negative input.
IOCB3 TTL/ST — Interrupt-on-change input.
RB4/ANB4/ADCACT(1)/T5G(1)/
SMTWIN2(1)/IOCB4
RB4 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
ANB4 AN — ADC Channel B4 input.
ADCACT(1) TTL/ST — ADC Auto-Conversion Trigger input.
T5G(1) TTL/ST — Timer5 gate input.
SMTWIN2(1) TTL/ST — Signal Measurement Timer2 (SMT2) window input.
IOCB4 TTL/ST — Interrupt-on-change input.
RB5/ANB5/T1G(1)/SMTSIG2(1)/
CCP3(1)/IOCB5
RB5 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
ANB5 AN — ADC Channel B5 input.
T1G(1) TTL/ST — Timer1 gate input.
SMTSIG2(1) TTL/ST — Signal Measurement Timer2 (SMT2) signal input.
CCP3(1) TTL/ST CMOS/OD Capture/compare/PWM3 (default input location for capture
function).
IOCB5 TTL/ST — Interrupt-on-change input.
RB6/ANB6/CLCIN2(1)/IOCB6/
ICSPCLK
RB6 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
ANB6 AN — ADC Channel B6 input.
CLCIN2(1) TTL/ST — Configurable Logic Cell source input.
IOCB6 TTL/ST — Interrupt-on-change input.
ICSPCLK ST — In-Circuit Serial Programming™ and debugging clock input.
RB7/ANB7/DAC1OUT2/T6IN(1)/
CLCIN3(1)/IOCB7/ICSPDAT
RB7 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
ANB7 AN — ADC Channel B7 input.
DAC1OUT2 — AN Digital-to-Analog Converter output.
T6IN(1) TTL/ST — Timer6 external digital clock input.
CLCIN3(1) TTL/ST — Configurable Logic Cell source input.
IOCB7 TTL/ST — Interrupt-on-change input.
ICSPDAT ST CMOS In-Circuit Serial Programming™ and debugging data input/
output.
TABLE 1-3: PIC16F18875 PINOUT DESCRIPTION (CONTINUED)
Name Function Input Type Output Type Description
Legend: AN = Analog input or output CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output OD = Open-Drain
TTL = TTL compatible input ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels I2C = Schmitt Trigger input with I2CHV=
High Voltage XTAL= Crystal levels
Note 1: This is a PPS remappable input signal. The input function may be moved from the default location shown to one of several other PORTx
pins. Refer to Table 13-1 for details on which PORT pins may be used for this signal.
2: All output signals shown in this row are PPS remappable. These signals may be mapped to output onto one of several PORTx pin options
as described in Table 13-3.
3: This is a bidirectional signal. For normal module operation, the firmware should map this signal to the same pin in both the PPS input and
PPS output registers.
4: These pins are configured for I2C logic levels. The SCLx/SDAx signals may be assigned to any of the RB1/RB2/RC3/RC4 pins. PPS
assignments to the other pins (e.g., RA5) will operate, but input logic levels will be standard TTL/ST, as selected by the INLVL register,
instead of the I2C specific or SMBus input buffer thresholds.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 29
PIC16(L)F18855/75
RC0/ANC0/T1CKI(1)/T3CKI(1)/T3G(1)/
SMTWIN1(1)/IOCC0/SOSCO
RC0 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
ANC0 AN — ADC Channel C0 input.
T1CKI(1) TTL/ST — Timer1 external digital clock input.
T3CKI(1) TTL/ST — Timer3 external digital clock input.
T3G(1) TTL/ST — Timer3 gate input.
SMTWIN1(1) TTL/ST — Signal Measurement Timer1 (SMT1) input.
IOCC0 TTL/ST — Interrupt-on-change input.
SOSCO — AN 32.768 kHz secondary oscillator crystal driver output.
RC1/ANC1/SMTSIG1(1)/CCP2(1)/
IOCC1/SOSCI
RC1 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
ANC1 AN — ADC Channel C1 input.
SMTSIG1(1) TTL/ST — Signal Measurement Timer1 (SMT1) signal input.
CCP2(1) TTL/ST CMOS/OD Capture/compare/PWM2 (default input location for capture
function).
IOCC1 TTL/ST — Interrupt-on-change input.
SOSCI AN — 32.768 kHz secondary oscillator crystal driver input.
RC2/ANC2/T5CKI(1)/CCP1(1)/IOCC2 RC2 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
ANC2 AN — ADC Channel C2 input.
T5CKI(1) TTL/ST — Timer5 external digital clock input.
CCP1(1) TTL/ST CMOS/OD Capture/compare/PWM1 (default input location for capture
function).
IOCC2 TTL/ST — Interrupt-on-change input.
RC3/ANC3/SCL1(3,4)/SCK1(1)/
T2IN(1)/IOCC3
RC3 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
ANC3 AN — ADC Channel C3 input.
SCL1(3,4) I2C/SMBus OD MSSP1 I2C clock input/output.
SCK1(1) TTL/ST CMOS/OD MSSP1 SPI clock input/output (default input location, SCK1
is a PPS remappable input and output).
T2IN(1) TTL/ST — Timer2 external input.
IOCC3 TTL/ST — Interrupt-on-change input.
RC4/ANC4/SDA1(3,4)/SDI1(1)/IOCC4 RC4 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
ANC4 AN — ADC Channel C4 input.
SDA1(3,4) I2C/SMBus OD MSSP1 I2C serial data input/output.
SDI1(1) TTL/ST — MSSP1 SPI serial data input.
IOCC4 TTL/ST — Interrupt-on-change input.
RC5/ANC5/T4IN(1)/IOCC5 RC5 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
ANC5 AN — ADC Channel C5 input.
T4IN(1) TTL/ST — Timer4 external input.
IOCC5 TTL/ST — Interrupt-on-change input.
TABLE 1-3: PIC16F18875 PINOUT DESCRIPTION (CONTINUED)
Name Function Input Type Output Type Description
Legend: AN = Analog input or output CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output OD = Open-Drain
TTL = TTL compatible input ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels I2C = Schmitt Trigger input with I2CHV=
High Voltage XTAL= Crystal levels
Note 1: This is a PPS remappable input signal. The input function may be moved from the default location shown to one of several other PORTx
pins. Refer to Table 13-1 for details on which PORT pins may be used for this signal.
2: All output signals shown in this row are PPS remappable. These signals may be mapped to output onto one of several PORTx pin options
as described in Table 13-3.
3: This is a bidirectional signal. For normal module operation, the firmware should map this signal to the same pin in both the PPS input and
PPS output registers.
4: These pins are configured for I2C logic levels. The SCLx/SDAx signals may be assigned to any of the RB1/RB2/RC3/RC4 pins. PPS
assignments to the other pins (e.g., RA5) will operate, but input logic levels will be standard TTL/ST, as selected by the INLVL register,
instead of the I2C specific or SMBus input buffer thresholds.
MCLR
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 30
PIC16(L)F18855/75
RC6/ANC6/CK(3)/IOCC6 RC6 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
ANC6 AN — ADC Channel C6 input.
CK(3) TTL/ST CMOS/OD EUSART synchronous mode clock input/output.
IOCC6 TTL/ST — Interrupt-on-change input.
RC7/ANC7/RX(1)/DT(3)/IOCC7 RC7 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
ANC7 AN — ADC Channel C7 input.
RX(1) TTL/ST — EUSART Asynchronous mode receiver data input.
DT(3) TTL/ST CMOS/OD EUSART Synchronous mode data input/output.
IOCC7 TTL/ST — Interrupt-on-change input.
RD0 RD0 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
AND0 AN — ADC Channel D0 input.
RD1 RD1 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
AND1 AN — ADC Channel D1 input.
RD2 RD2 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
AND2 AN — ADC Channel D2 input.
RD3 RD3 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
AND3 AN — ADC Channel D3 input.
RD4 RD4 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
AND4 AN — ADC Channel D4 input.
RD5 RD5 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
AND5 AN — ADC Channel D5 input.
RD6 RD6 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
AND6 AN — ADC Channel D6 input.
RD7 RD7 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
AND7 AN — ADC Channel D7 input.
RE0 RE0 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
ANE0 AN — ADC Channel E0 input.
RE1 RE1 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
ANE1 AN — ADC Channel E1 input.
RE2 RE2 TTL/ST CMOS/OD General purpose I/O.
ANE2 AN — ADC Channel E2 input.
RE3/IOCE3/MCLR/VPP RE3 TTL/ST — General purpose input-only (when MCLR is disabled by
config bit).
IOCE3 TTL/ST — Interrupt-on-change input.
MCLR ST — Master clear input with internal weak pull-up resistor.
VPP HV — ICSP™ high voltage programming mode entry input.
VDD VDD Power — Positive supply voltage input.
TABLE 1-3: PIC16F18875 PINOUT DESCRIPTION (CONTINUED)
Name Function Input Type Output Type Description
Legend: AN = Analog input or output CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output OD = Open-Drain
TTL = TTL compatible input ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels I2C = Schmitt Trigger input with I2CHV=
High Voltage XTAL= Crystal levels
Note 1: This is a PPS remappable input signal. The input function may be moved from the default location shown to one of several other PORTx
pins. Refer to Table 13-1 for details on which PORT pins may be used for this signal.
2: All output signals shown in this row are PPS remappable. These signals may be mapped to output onto one of several PORTx pin options
as described in Table 13-3.
3: This is a bidirectional signal. For normal module operation, the firmware should map this signal to the same pin in both the PPS input and
PPS output registers.
4: These pins are configured for I2C logic levels. The SCLx/SDAx signals may be assigned to any of the RB1/RB2/RC3/RC4 pins. PPS
assignments to the other pins (e.g., RA5) will operate, but input logic levels will be standard TTL/ST, as selected by the INLVL register,
instead of the I2C specific or SMBus input buffer thresholds.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 31
PIC16(L)F18855/75
VSS VSS Power — Ground reference.
OUT(2) ADGRDA — CMOS/OD ADC Guard Ring A output.
ADGRDB — CMOS/OD ADC Guard Ring B output.
C1OUT — CMOS/OD Comparator 1 output.
C2OUT — CMOS/OD Comparator 2 output.
SDO1 — CMOS/OD MSSP1 SPI serial data output.
SCK1 — CMOS/OD MSSP1 SPI serial clock output.
SDO2 — CMOS/OD MSSP2 SPI serial data output.
SCK2 — CMOS/OD MSSP2 SPI serial clock output.
TX — CMOS/OD EUSART Asynchronous mode transmitter data output.
CK(3) — CMOS/OD EUSART Synchronous mode clock output.
DT(3) — CMOS/OD EUSART Synchronous mode data output.
DSM — CMOS/OD Data Signal Modulator output.
TMR0 — CMOS/OD Timer0 output.
CCP1 — CMOS/OD Capture/Compare/PWM1 output (compare/PWM functions).
CCP2 — CMOS/OD Capture/Compare/PWM2 output (compare/PWM functions).
TABLE 1-3: PIC16F18875 PINOUT DESCRIPTION (CONTINUED)
Name Function Input Type Output Type Description
Legend: AN = Analog input or output CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output OD = Open-Drain
TTL = TTL compatible input ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels I2C = Schmitt Trigger input with I2CHV=
High Voltage XTAL= Crystal levels
Note 1: This is a PPS remappable input signal. The input function may be moved from the default location shown to one of several other PORTx
pins. Refer to Table 13-1 for details on which PORT pins may be used for this signal.
2: All output signals shown in this row are PPS remappable. These signals may be mapped to output onto one of several PORTx pin options
as described in Table 13-3.
3: This is a bidirectional signal. For normal module operation, the firmware should map this signal to the same pin in both the PPS input and
PPS output registers.
4: These pins are configured for I2C logic levels. The SCLx/SDAx signals may be assigned to any of the RB1/RB2/RC3/RC4 pins. PPS
assignments to the other pins (e.g., RA5) will operate, but input logic levels will be standard TTL/ST, as selected by the INLVL register,
instead of the I2C specific or SMBus input buffer thresholds.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 32
PIC16(L)F18855/75
OUT(2) CCP3 — CMOS/OD Capture/Compare/PWM3 output (compare/PWM functions).
CCP4 — CMOS/OD Capture/Compare/PWM4 output (compare/PWM functions).
CCP5 — CMOS/OD Capture/Compare/PWM5 output (compare/PWM functions).
PWM6OUT — CMOS/OD PWM6 output.
PWM7OUT — CMOS/OD PWM7 output.
CWG1A — CMOS/OD Complementary Waveform Generator 1 output A.
CWG1B — CMOS/OD Complementary Waveform Generator 1 output B.
CWG1C — CMOS/OD Complementary Waveform Generator 1 output C.
CWG1D — CMOS/OD Complementary Waveform Generator 1 output D.
CWG2A — CMOS/OD Complementary Waveform Generator 2 output A.
CWG2B — CMOS/OD Complementary Waveform Generator 2 output B.
CWG2C — CMOS/OD Complementary Waveform Generator 2 output C.
CWG2D — CMOS/OD Complementary Waveform Generator 2 output D.
CWG3A — CMOS/OD Complementary Waveform Generator 3 output A.
CWG3B — CMOS/OD Complementary Waveform Generator 3 output B.
CWG3C — CMOS/OD Complementary Waveform Generator 3 output C.
CWG3D — CMOS/OD Complementary Waveform Generator 3 output D.
CLC1OUT — CMOS/OD Configurable Logic Cell 1 output.
CLC2OUT — CMOS/OD Configurable Logic Cell 2 output.
CLC3OUT — CMOS/OD Configurable Logic Cell 3 output.
CLC4OUT — CMOS/OD Configurable Logic Cell 4 output.
NCO — CMOS/OD Numerically Controller Oscillator output.
CLKR — CMOS/OD Clock Reference module output.
TABLE 1-3: PIC16F18875 PINOUT DESCRIPTION (CONTINUED)
Name Function Input Type Output Type Description
Legend: AN = Analog input or output CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output OD = Open-Drain
TTL = TTL compatible input ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels I2C = Schmitt Trigger input with I2CHV=
High Voltage XTAL= Crystal levels
Note 1: This is a PPS remappable input signal. The input function may be moved from the default location shown to one of several other PORTx
pins. Refer to Table 13-1 for details on which PORT pins may be used for this signal.
2: All output signals shown in this row are PPS remappable. These signals may be mapped to output onto one of several PORTx pin options
as described in Table 13-3.
3: This is a bidirectional signal. For normal module operation, the firmware should map this signal to the same pin in both the PPS input and
PPS output registers.
4: These pins are configured for I2C logic levels. The SCLx/SDAx signals may be assigned to any of the RB1/RB2/RC3/RC4 pins. PPS
assignments to the other pins (e.g., RA5) will operate, but input logic levels will be standard TTL/ST, as selected by the INLVL register,
instead of the I2C specific or SMBus input buffer thresholds.
in 4U :7/ 5% © a, 1% g: @ ® 5
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 33
PIC16(L)F18855/75
2.0 ENHANCED MID-RANGE CPU
This family of devices contains an enhanced mid-range
8-bit CPU core. The CPU has 49 instructions. Interrupt
capability includes automatic context saving. The
hardware stack is 16-levels deep and has Overflow and
Underflow Reset capability. Direct, Indirect, and
Relative Addressing modes are available. Two File
Select Registers (FSRs) provide the ability to read
program and data memory.
• Automatic Interrupt Context Saving
• 16-level Stack with Overflow and Underflow
• File Select Registers
• Instruction Set
FIGURE 2-1: CORE BLOCK DIAGRAM
Data Bus 8
14
Program
Bus
Instruction reg
Program Counter
8 Level Stack
(13-bit)
Direct Addr 7
12
Addr MUX
FSR reg
STATUS reg
MUX
ALU
Power-up
Timer
Oscillator
Start-up Timer
Power-on
Reset
Watchdog
Timer
Instruction
Decode &
Control
Timing
Generation
OSC1/CLKIN
OSC2/CLKOUT
VDD
8
8
Brown-out
Reset
12
3
VSS
Internal
Oscillator
Block
Data Bus 8
14
Program
Bus
Instruction reg
Program Counter
8 Level Stack
(13-bit)
Direct Addr 7
Addr MUX
FSR reg
STATUS reg
MUX
ALU
W reg
Instruction
Decode &
Control
Timing
Generation
VDD
8
8
3
VSS
Internal
Oscillator
Block
15 Data Bus 8
14
Program
Bus
Instruction Reg
Program Counter
16-Level Stack
(15-bit)
Direct Addr 7
RAM Addr
Addr MUX
Indirect
Addr
FSR0 Reg
STATUS Reg
MUX
ALU
Instruction
Decode and
Control
Timing
Generation
VDD
8
8
3
VSS
Internal
Oscillator
Block
RAM
FSR regFSR reg
FSR1 Reg
15
15
MUX
15
Program Memory
Read (PMR)
12
FSR regFSR reg
BSR Reg
5
ConfigurationConfigurationConfiguration
Nonvolatile
Memory
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 34
PIC16(L)F18855/75
2.1 Automatic Interrupt Context
Saving
During interrupts, certain registers are automatically
saved in shadow registers and restored when returning
from the interrupt. This saves stack space and user
code. See Section 7.5 “Automatic Context Saving”
for more information.
2.2 16-Level Stack with Overflow and
Underflow
These devices have a hardware stack memory 15 bits
wide and 16 words deep. A Stack Overflow or
Underflow will set the appropriate bit (STKOVF or
STKUNF) in the PCON register, and if enabled, will
cause a software Reset. See Section 3.4 “Stack” for
more details.
2.3 File Select Registers
There are two 16-bit File Select Registers (FSR). FSRs
can access all file registers and program memory,
which allows one Data Pointer for all memory. When an
FSR points to program memory, there is one additional
instruction cycle in instructions using INDF to allow the
data to be fetched. General purpose memory can now
also be addressed linearly, providing the ability to
access contiguous data larger than 80 bytes. There are
also new instructions to support the FSRs. See
Section 3.5 “Indirect Addressing” for more details.
2.4 Instruction Set
There are 49 instructions for the enhanced mid-range
CPU to support the features of the CPU. See
Section 36.0 “Instruction Set Summary” for more
details.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 35
PIC16(L)F18855/75
3.0 MEMORY ORGANIZATION
These devices contain the following types of memory:
• Program Memory
- Configuration Words
-Device ID
-User ID
- Program Flash Memory
• Data Memory
- Core Registers
- Special Function Registers
- General Purpose RAM
- Common RAM
- Data EEPROM Memory
The following features are associated with access and
control of program memory and data memory:
• PCL and PCLATH
•Stack
• Indirect Addressing
• NVMREG access
3.1 Program Memory Organization
The enhanced mid-range core has a 15-bit program
counter capable of addressing 32K x 14 program
memory space. Table 3-1 shows the memory sizes
implemented. Accessing a location above these
boundaries will cause a wrap-around within the
implemented memory space. The Reset vector is at
0000h and the interrupt vector is at 0004h (see
Figure 3-1).
TABLE 3-1: DEVICE SIZES AND ADDRESSES
Device Program Memory Size (Words) Last Program Memory Address
PIC16(L)F18855/75 8192 1FFFh
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 36
PIC16(L)F18855/75
3.1.1 READING PROGRAM MEMORY AS
DATA
There are two methods of accessing constants in
program memory. The first method is to use tables of
RETLW instructions. The second method is to set an
FSR to point to the program memory.
3.1.1.1 RETLW Instruction
The RETLW instruction can be used to provide access
to tables of constants. The recommended way to create
such a table is shown in Example 3-1.
EXAMPLE 3-1: RETLW INSTRUCTION
The BRW instruction makes this type of table very
simple to implement. If your code must remain portable
with previous generations of microcontrollers, the older
table read method must be used because the BRW
instruction is not available in some devices.
FIGURE 3-1: PROGRAM MEMORY MAP
AND STACK FOR
PIC16(L)F18855/75
Stack Level 0
Stack Level 15
Stack Level 1
Reset Vector
PC<14:0>
Interrupt Vector
0000h
0004h
0005h
0FFFh
CALL, CALLW
RETURN, RETLW
Interrupt, RETFIE
On-chip
Program
Memory
15
1000h
7FFFh
1FFFh
2000h
3FFFh
4000h
Rev. 10-000040H
8/23/2016
Unimplemented
constants
BRW ;Add Index in W to
;program counter to
;select data
RETLW DATA0 ;Index0 data
RETLW DATA1 ;Index1 data
RETLW DATA2
RETLW DATA3
my_function
;… LOTS OF CODE…
MOVLW DATA_INDEX
call constants
;… THE CONSTANT IS IN W
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 37
PIC16(L)F18855/75
3.1.1.2 Indirect Read with FSR
The program memory can be accessed as data by
setting bit 7 of the FSRxH register and reading the
matching INDFx register. The MOVIW instruction will
place the lower eight bits of the addressed word in the
W register. Writes to the program memory cannot be
performed via the INDF registers. Instructions that
access the program memory via the FSR require one
extra instruction cycle to complete. Example 3-2
demonstrates accessing the program memory via an
FSR.
The HIGH directive will set bit 7 if a label points to a
location in the program memory.
EXAMPLE 3-2: ACCESSING PROGRAM
MEMORY VIA FSR
3.2 Data Memory Organization
The data memory is partitioned into 32 memory banks
with 128 bytes in each bank. Each bank consists of
(Figure 3-2):
• 12 core registers
• 20 Special Function Registers (SFR)
• Up to 80 bytes of General Purpose RAM (GPR)
• 16 bytes of common RAM
The active bank is selected by writing the bank number
into the Bank Select Register (BSR). Unimplemented
memory will read as ‘0’. All data memory can be
accessed either directly (via instructions that use the
file registers) or indirectly via the two File Select
Registers (FSR). See Section 3.5 “Indirect
Addressing”” for more information.
Data memory uses a 12-bit address. The upper five bits
of the address define the Bank address and the lower
seven bits select the registers/RAM in that bank.
3.2.1 CORE REGISTERS
The core registers contain the registers that directly
affect the basic operation. The core registers occupy
the first 12 addresses of every data memory bank
(addresses x00h/x08h through x0Bh/x8Bh). These
registers are listed below in Table 3-2. For detailed
information, see Table 3-12.
TABLE 3-2: CORE REGISTERS
constants
RETLW DATA0 ;Index0 data
RETLW DATA1 ;Index1 data
RETLW DATA2
RETLW DATA3
my_function
;… LOTS OF CODE…
MOVLW LOW constants
MOVWF FSR1L
MOVLW HIGH constants
MOVWF FSR1H
MOVIW 0[FSR1]
;THE PROGRAM MEMORY IS IN W
Addresses BANKx
x00h or x80h INDF0
x01h or x81h INDF1
x02h or x82h PCL
x03h or x83h STATUS
x04h or x84h FSR0L
x05h or x85h FSR0H
x06h or x86h FSR1L
x07h or x87h FSR1H
x08h or x88h BSR
x09h or x89h WREG
x0Ah or x8Ah PCLATH
x0Bh or x8Bh INTCON
Dow (11
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 38
PIC16(L)F18855/75
3.2.1.1 STATUS Register
The STATUS register, shown in Register 3-1, contains:
• the arithmetic status of the ALU
• the Reset status
The STATUS register can be the destination for any
instruction, like any other register. If the STATUS
register is the destination for an instruction that affects
the Z, DC or C bits, then the write to these three bits is
disabled. These bits are set or cleared according to the
device logic. Furthermore, the TO and PD bits are not
writable. Therefore, the result of an instruction with the
STATUS register as destination may be different than
intended.
For example, CLRF STATUS will clear the upper three
bits and set the Z bit. This leaves the STATUS register
as ‘000u u1uu’ (where u = unchanged).
It is recommended, therefore, that only BCF, BSF,
SWAPF and MOVWF instructions are used to alter the
STATUS register, because these instructions do not
affect any Status bits. For other instructions not
affecting any Status bits (refer to Section 3.0 “Memory
Organization”).
Note 1: The C and DC bits operate as Borrow
and Digit Borrow out bits, respectively, in
subtraction.
REGISTER 3-1: STATUS: STATUS REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 R-1/q R-1/q R/W-0/u R/W-0/u R/W-0/u
— — — TO PD ZDC
(1) C(1)
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4 TO: Time-Out bit
1 = After power-up, CLRWDT instruction or SLEEP instruction
0 = A WDT time-out occurred
bit 3 PD: Power-Down bit
1 = After power-up or by the CLRWDT instruction
0 = By execution of the SLEEP instruction
bit 2 Z: Zero bit
1 = The result of an arithmetic or logic operation is zero
0 = The result of an arithmetic or logic operation is not zero
bit 1 DC: Digit Carry/Digit Borrow bit (ADDWF, ADDLW, SUBLW, SUBWF instructions)(1)
1 = A carry-out from the 4th low-order bit of the result occurred
0 = No carry-out from the 4th low-order bit of the result
bit 0 C: Carry/Borrow bit(1) (ADDWF, ADDLW, SUBLW, SUBWF instructions)(1)
1 = A carry-out from the Most Significant bit of the result occurred
0 = No carry-out from the Most Significant bit of the result occurred
Note 1: For Borrow, the polarity is reversed. A subtraction is executed by adding the two’s complement of the
second operand. For rotate (RRF, RLF) instructions, this bit is loaded with either the high-order or low-order
bit of the source register.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 39
PIC16(L)F18855/75
3.2.2 SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER
The Special Function Registers are registers used by
the application to control the desired operation of
peripheral functions in the device. The Special Function
Registers occupy the 20 bytes after the core registers of
every data memory bank (addresses x0Ch/x8Ch
through x1Fh/x9Fh). The registers associated with the
operation of the peripherals are described in the
appropriate peripheral chapter of this data sheet.
3.2.3 GENERAL PURPOSE RAM
There are up to 80 bytes of GPR in each data memory
bank. The Special Function Registers occupy the 20
bytes after the core registers of every data memory
bank (addresses x0Ch/x8Ch through x1Fh/x9Fh).
3.2.3.1 Linear Access to GPR
The general purpose RAM can be accessed in a
non-banked method via the FSRs. This can simplify
access to large memory structures. See Section 3.5.2
“Linear Data Memory” for more information.
3.2.4 COMMON RAM
There are 16 bytes of common RAM accessible from all
banks.
FIGURE 3-2: BANKED MEMORY
PARTITIONING
3.2.5 DEVICE MEMORY MAPS
The memory maps are as shown in Tab l e 3-3 through
Table 3-13.
0Bh
0Ch
1Fh
20h
6Fh
70h
7Fh
00h
Common RAM
(16 bytes)
General Purpose RAM
(80 bytes maximum)
Core Registers
(12 bytes)
Special Function Registers
(20 bytes maximum)
Memory Region
7-bit Bank Offset
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 45
PIC16(L)F18855/75
TABLE 3-8: PIC16(L)F18855/75 MEMORY MAP, BANK 28
Bank 28
E0Ch —
E0Dh —
E0Eh —
E0Fh CLCDATA
E10h CLC1CON
E11h CLC1POL
E12h CLC1SEL0
E13h CLC1SEL1
E14h CLC1SEL2
E15h CLC1SEL3
E16h CLC1GLS0
E17h CLC1GLS1
E18h CLC1GLS2
E19h CLC1GLS3
E1Ah CLC2CON
E1Bh CLC2POL
E1Ch CLC2SEL0
E1Dh CLC2SEL1
E1Eh CLC2SEL2
E1Fh CLC2SEL3
E20h CLC2GLS0
E21h CLC2GLS1
E22h CLC2GLS2
E23h CLC2GLS3
E24h CLC3CON
E25h CLC3POL
E26h CLC3SEL0
E27h CLC3SEL1
E28h CLC3SEL2
E29h CLC3SEL3
E2Ah CLC3GLS0
E2Bh CLC3GLS1
E2Ch CLC3GLS2
E2Dh CLC3GLS3
Legend: = Unimplemented data memory locations, read as ‘0’.
Bank 28
E2Eh CLC4CON
E2Fh CLC4POL
E30h CLC4SEL0
E31h CLC4SEL1
E32h CLC4SEL2
E33h CLC4SEL3
E34h CLC4GLS0
E35h CLC4GLS1
E36h CLC4GLS2
E37h CLC4GLS3
E38h
—
E6Fh
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 46
PIC16(L)F18855/75
TABLE 3-9: PIC16(L)F18855/75 MEMORY MAP, BANK 29
Bank 29
E8Ch —
E8Dh —
E8Eh —
E8Fh PPSLOCK
E90h INTPPS
E91h T0CKIPPS
E92h T1CKIPPS
E93h T1GPPS
E94h T3CKIPPS
E95h T3GPPS
E96h T5CKIPPS
E97h T5GPPS
E98h —
E99h —
E9Ah —
E9Bh —
E9Ch T2AINPPS
E9Dh T4AINPPS
E9Eh T6AINPPS
E9Fh —
EA0h —
EA1h CCP1PPS
EA2h CCP2PPS
EA3h CCP3PPS
EA4h CCP4PPS
EA5h CCP5PPS
EA6h —
EA7h —
EA8h —
EA9h SMT1WINPPS
EAAh SMT1SIGPPS
EABh SMT2WINPPS
EACh SMT2SIGPPS
EADh —
EAEh —
EAFh —
EB0h —
Legend: = Unimplemented data memory locations, read as ‘0’.
Bank 29
EB1h CWG1PPS
EB2h CWG2PPS
EB3h CWG3PPS
EB4h —
EB5h —
EB6h —
EB7h —
EB8h MDCARLPPS
EB9h MDCARHPPS
EBAh MDSRCPPS
EBBh CLCIN0PPS
EBCh CLCIN1PPS
EBDh CLCIN2PPS
EBEh CLCIN3PPS
EBFh —
EC0h —
EC1h —
EC2h —
EC3h ADCACTPPS
EC4h —
EC5h SSP1CLKPPS
EC6h SSP1DATPPS
EC7h SSP1SSPPS
EC8h SSP2CLKPPS
EC9h SSP2DATPPS
ECAh SSP2SSPPS
ECBh RXPPS
ECCh TXPPS
ECDh
—
EEFh
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 47
PIC16(L)F18855/75
TABLE 3-10: PIC16(L)F18855 MEMORY MAP, BANK 30
Bank 30
F0Ch —
F0Dh —
F0Eh —
F0Fh —
F10h RA0PPS
F11h RA1PPS
F12h RA2PPS
F13h RA3PPS
F14h RA4PPS
F15h RA5PPS
F16h RA6PPS
F17h RA7PPS
F18h RB0PPS
F19h RB1PPS
F1Ah RB2PPS
F1Bh RB3PPS
F1Ch RB4PPS
F1Dh RB5PPS
F1Eh RB6PPS
F1Fh RB7PPS
F20h RC0PPS
F21h RC1PPS
F22h RC2PPS
F23h RC3PPS
F24h RC4PPS
F25h RC5PPS
F26h RC6PPS
F27h RC7PPS
F28h
—
F37h
F38h ANSELA
F39h WPUA
F3Ah ODCONA
F3Bh SLRCONA
F3Ch INLVLA
F3Dh IOCAP
F3Eh IOCAN
F3Fh IOCAF
Legend: = Unimplemented data memory locations, read as ‘0’.
Note 1: Reserved, maintain as ‘0’.
Bank 30
F40h —(1)
F41h —(1)
F42h —
F43h ANSELB
F44h WPUB
F45h ODCONB
F46h SLRCONB
F47h INLVLB
F48h IOCBP
F49h IOCBN
F4Ah IOCBF
F4Bh —(1)
F4Ch —(1)
F4Dh —
F4Eh ANSELC
F4Fh WPUC
F50h ODCONC
F51h SLRCONC
F52h INLVLC
F53h IOCCP
F54h IOCCN
F55h IOCCF
F56h —(1)
F57h —(1)
F58h
—
F64h
F65h WPUE
F66h —
F67h —
F68h INLVLE
F69h IOCEP
F6Ah IOCEN
F6Bh IOCEF
F6Ch —
F6Dh —
F6Eh —
F6Fh —
Re
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 48
PIC16(L)F18855/75
TABLE 3-11: PIC16(L)F18875 MEMORY MAP, BANK 30
Legend: = Unimplemented data memory locations, read as ‘0’.
Note 1: Reserved, read as ‘0’.
Bank 30
F0Ch —
F0Dh —
F0Eh —
F0Fh —
F10h RA0PPS
F11h RA1PPS
F12h RA2PPS
F13h RA3PPS
F14h RA4PPS
F15h RA5PPS
F16h RA6PPS
F17h RA7PPS
F18h RB0PPS
F19h RB1PPS
F1Ah RB2PPS
F1Bh RB3PPS
F1Ch RB4PPS
F1Dh RB5PPS
F1Eh RB6PPS
F1Fh RB7PPS
F20h RC0PPS
F21h RC1PPS
F22h RC2PPS
F23h RC3PPS
F24h RC4PPS
F25h RC5PPS
F26h RC6PPS
F27h RC7PPS
F28h
—
F37h
F38h ANSELA
F39h WPUA
F3Ah ODCONA
F3Bh SLRCONA
F3Ch INLVLA
F3Dh IOCAP
F3Eh IOCAN
F3Fh IOCAF
Bank 30
F40h —(1)
F41h —(1)
F42h —
F43h ANSELB
F44h WPUB
F45h ODCONB
F46h SLRCONB
F47h INLVLB
F48h IOCBP
F49h IOCBN
F4Ah IOCBF
F4Bh —(1)
F4Ch —(1)
F4Dh —
F4Eh ANSELC
F4Fh WPUC
F50h ODCONC
F51h SLRCONC
F52h INLVLC
F53h IOCCP
F54h IOCCN
F55h IOCCF
F56h —(1)
F57h —(1)
F58h —
F59h ANSELD
F5Ah WPUD
F5Bh ODCOND
F5Ch SLRCOND
F5Dh INLVLD
F5Eh —
F5Fh —
F60h —
F61h —(1)
F62h —(1)
F63h —
Bank 30
F64h ANSELE
F65h WPUE
F66h ODCONE
F67h SLRCONE
F68h INLVLE
F69h IOCEP
F6Ah IOCEN
F6Bh IOCEF
F6Ch —(1)
F6Dh —(1)
F6Eh —
F6Fh —
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 49
PIC16(L)F18855/75
TABLE 3-12: SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER SUMMARY BANKS 0-31 (ALL BANKS)
Address Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on:
POR, BOR
Value on all
other
Resets
All Banks
000h INDF0 Addressing this location uses contents of FSR0H/FSR0L to address data memory (not a
physical register)
xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx
001h INDF1 Addressing this location uses contents of FSR1H/FSR1L to address data memory (not a
physical register)
xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx
002h PCL Program Counter (PC) Least Significant Byte 0000 0000 0000 0000
003h STATUS — — —TOPD ZDCC---1 1000 ---q quuu
004h FSR0L Indirect Data Memory Address 0 Low Pointer 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu
005h FSR0H Indirect Data Memory Address 0 High Pointer 0000 0000 0000 0000
006h FSR1L Indirect Data Memory Address 1 Low Pointer 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu
007h FSR1H Indirect Data Memory Address 1 High Pointer 0000 0000 0000 0000
008h BSR — — — BSR4 BSR3 BSR2 BSR1 BSR0 ---0 0000 ---0 0000
009h WREG Working Register 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu
00Ah PCLATH — Write Buffer for the upper 7 bits of the Program Counter -000 0000 -000 0000
00Bh INTCON GIE PEIE — — — — —INTEDG00-- ---1 00-- ---1
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, q =depends on condition, - = unimplemented, read as ‘0’, r = reserved. Shaded locations
unimplemented, read as ‘0’.
Note 1: These Registers can be accessed from any bank
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 84
PIC16(L)F18855/75
3.3 PCL and PCLATH
The Program Counter (PC) is 15 bits wide. The low byte
comes from the PCL register, which is a readable and
writable register. The high byte (PC<14:8>) is not directly
readable or writable and comes from PCLATH. On any
Reset, the PC is cleared. Figure 3-3 shows the five
situations for the loading of the PC.
FIGURE 3-3: LOADING OF PC IN
DIFFERENT SITUATIONS
3.3.1 MODIFYING PCL
Executing any instruction with the PCL register as the
destination simultaneously causes the Program
Counter PC<14:8> bits (PCH) to be replaced by the
contents of the PCLATH register. This allows the entire
contents of the program counter to be changed by writ-
ing the desired upper seven bits to the PCLATH regis-
ter. When the lower eight bits are written to the PCL
register, all 15 bits of the program counter will change
to the values contained in the PCLATH register and
those being written to the PCL register.
3.3.2 COMPUTED GOTO
A computed GOTO is accomplished by adding an offset to
the program counter (ADDWF PCL). When performing a
table read using a computed GOTO method, care should
be exercised if the table location crosses a PCL memory
boundary (each 256-byte block). Refer to Application
Note AN556, “Implementing a Table Read” (DS00556).
3.3.3 COMPUTED FUNCTION CALLS
A computed function CALL allows programs to maintain
tables of functions and provide another way to execute
state machines or look-up tables. When performing a
table read using a computed function CALL, care
should be exercised if the table location crosses a PCL
memory boundary (each 256-byte block).
If using the CALL instruction, the PCH<2:0> and PCL
registers are loaded with the operand of the CALL
instruction. PCH<6:3> is loaded with PCLATH<6:3>.
The CALLW instruction enables computed calls by
combining PCLATH and W to form the destination
address. A computed CALLW is accomplished by
loading the W register with the desired address and
executing CALLW. The PCL register is loaded with the
value of W and PCH is loaded with PCLATH.
3.3.4 BRANCHING
The branching instructions add an offset to the PC.
This allows relocatable code and code that crosses
page boundaries. There are two forms of branching,
BRW and BRA. The PC will have incremented to fetch
the next instruction in both cases. When using either
branching instruction, a PCL memory boundary may be
crossed.
If using BRW, load the W register with the desired
unsigned address and execute BRW. The entire PC will
be loaded with the address PC + 1 + W.
If using BRA, the entire PC will be loaded with PC + 1,
the signed value of the operand of the BRA instruction.
78
6
14
0
0
411
0
60
14
78
60
014
15
014
15
014
PCL
PCL
PCL
PCL
PCL
PCH
PCH
PCH
PCH
PCH
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PCLATH
PCLATH
PCLATH
Instruction
with PCL as
Destination
GOTO,
CALL
CALLW
BRW
BRA
ALU result
OPCODE <10:0>
W
PC + W
PC + OPCODE <8:0>
Rev. 10-000042A
7/30/2013
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 85
PIC16(L)F18855/75
3.4 Stack
All devices have a 16-level x 15-bit wide hardware
stack (refer to Figure 3-4 through Figure 3-7). The
stack space is not part of either program or data space.
The PC is PUSHed onto the stack when CALL or
CALLW instructions are executed or an interrupt causes
a branch. The stack is POPed in the event of a
RETURN, RETLW or a RETFIE instruction execution.
PCLATH is not affected by a PUSH or POP operation.
The stack operates as a circular buffer if the STVREN
bit is programmed to ‘0‘ (Configuration Words). This
means that after the stack has been PUSHed sixteen
times, the seventeenth PUSH overwrites the value that
was stored from the first PUSH. The eighteenth PUSH
overwrites the second PUSH (and so on). The
STKOVF and STKUNF flag bits will be set on an
Overflow/Underflow, regardless of whether the Reset is
enabled.
3.4.1 ACCESSING THE STACK
The stack is available through the TOSH, TOSL and
STKPTR registers. STKPTR is the current value of the
Stack Pointer. TOSH:TOSL register pair points to the
TOP of the stack. Both registers are read/writable. TOS
is split into TOSH and TOSL due to the 15-bit size of the
PC. To access the stack, adjust the value of STKPTR,
which will position TOSH:TOSL, then read/write to
TOSH:TOSL. STKPTR is five bits to allow detection of
overflow and underflow.
During normal program operation, CALL, CALLW and
interrupts will increment STKPTR while RETLW,
RETURN, and RETFIE will decrement STKPTR. At any
time, STKPTR can be inspected to see how much
stack is left. The STKPTR always points at the currently
used place on the stack. Therefore, a CALL or CALLW
will increment the STKPTR and then write the PC, and
a return will unload the PC and then decrement the
STKPTR.
Reference Figure 3-4 through Figure 3-7 for examples
of accessing the stack.
FIGURE 3-4: ACCESSING THE STACK EXAMPLE 1
Note 1: There are no instructions/mnemonics
called PUSH or POP. These are actions
that occur from the execution of the
CALL, CALLW, RETURN, RETLW and
RETFIE instructions or the vectoring to
an interrupt address.
Note: Care should be taken when modifying the
STKPTR while interrupts are enabled.
STKPTR = 0x1F Stack Reset Disabled
(STVREN = 0)
Stack Reset Enabled
(STVREN = 1)
Initial Stack Configuration:
After Reset, the stack is empty. The
empty stack is initialized so the Stack
Pointer is pointing at 0x1F. If the Stack
Overflow/Underflow Reset is enabled, the
TOSH/TOSL register will return ‘0’.Ifthe
Stack Overflow/Underflow Reset is
disabled, the TOSH/TOSL register will
return the contents of stack address
0x0F.
0x0000 STKPTR = 0x1F
TOSH:TOSL 0x0F
0x0E
0x0D
0x0C
0x0B
0x0A
0x09
0x08
0x07
0x06
0x04
0x05
0x03
0x02
0x01
0x00
0x1F
TOSH:TOSL
Rev. 10-000043A
7/30/2013
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 86
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 3-5: ACCESSING THE STACK EXAMPLE 2
FIGURE 3-6: ACCESSING THE STACK EXAMPLE 3
STKPTR = 0x00
Return Address
This figure shows the stack configuration
after the first CALL or a single interrupt.
If a RETURN instruction is executed, the
return address will be placed in the
Program Counter and the Stack Pointer
decremented to the empty state (0x1F).
0x0F
0x0E
0x0D
0x0C
0x0B
0x0A
0x09
0x08
0x07
0x06
0x04
0x05
0x03
0x02
0x01
0x00
TOSH:TOSL
Rev. 10-000043B
7/30/2013
STKPTR = 0x06
After seven CALLsorsixCALLs and an
interrupt, the stack looks like the figure on
the left. A series of RETURN instructions will
repeatedly place the return addresses into
the Program Counter and pop the stack.
Return Address
0x0F
0x0E
0x0D
0x0C
0x0B
0x0A
0x09
0x08
0x07
0x06
0x04
0x05
0x03
0x02
0x01
0x00
Return Address
Return Address
Return Address
Return Address
Return Address
Return Address
TOSH:TOSL
Rev. 10-000043C
7/30/2013
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 87
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 3-7: ACCESSING THE STACK EXAMPLE 4
3.4.2 OVERFLOW/UNDERFLOW RESET
If the STVREN bit in Configuration Words is
programmed to ‘1’, the device will be Reset if the stack
is PUSHed beyond the sixteenth level or POPed
beyond the first level, setting the appropriate bits
(STKOVF or STKUNF, respectively) in the PCON
register.
3.5 Indirect Addressing
The INDFn registers are not physical registers. Any
instruction that accesses an INDFn register actually
accesses the register at the address specified by the
File Select Registers (FSR). If the FSRn address
specifies one of the two INDFn registers, the read will
return ‘0’ and the write will not occur (though Status bits
may be affected). The FSRn register value is created
by the pair FSRnH and FSRnL.
The FSR registers form a 16-bit address that allows an
addressing space with 65536 locations. These locations
are divided into three memory regions:
• Traditional Data Memory
• Linear Data Memory
• Data EEPROM Memory
• Program Flash Memory
STKPTR = 0x10
When the stack is full, the next CALL or
an interrupt will set the Stack Pointer to
0x10. This is identical to address 0x00 so
the stack will wrap and overwrite the
return address at 0x00. If the Stack
Overflow/Underflow Reset is enabled, a
Reset will occur and location 0x00 will
not be overwritten.
Return Address0x0F
0x0E
0x0D
0x0C
0x0B
0x0A
0x09
0x08
0x07
0x06
0x04
0x05
0x03
0x02
0x01
0x00
Return Address
Return Address
Return Address
Return Address
Return Address
Return Address
Return Address
Return Address
Return Address
Return Address
Return Address
Return Address
Return Address
Return Address
Return Address
TOSH:TOSL
Rev. 10-000043D
7/30/2013
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 88
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 3-8: INDIRECT ADDRESSING
0x0000
0x0FFF
0x0000
0x7FFF0xFFFF
0x0000
0x0FFF
0x1000
0x1FFF
0x2000
0x29AF
0x29B0
0x7FFF
0x8000
Reserved
Reserved
Traditional
Data Memory
Linear
Data Memory
Program
Flash Memory
FSR
Address
Range
Note: Not all memory regions are completely implemented. Consult device memory tables for memory limits.
Rev. 10-000044A
7/30/2013
{ZEEEEIUJJJJJJ g;
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 89
PIC16(L)F18855/75
3.5.1 TRADITIONAL DATA MEMORY
The traditional data memory is a region from FSR
address 0x000 to FSR address 0xFFF. The addresses
correspond to the absolute addresses of all SFR, GPR
and common registers.
FIGURE 3-9: TRADITIONAL DATA MEMORY MAP
Direct Addressing
40BSR 60
From Opcode
0
07FSRxH
000
07FSRxL
Indirect Addressing
00000 00001 00010 11111
Bank Select Location Select
0x00
0x7F
Bank Select Location Select
Bank 0 Bank 1 Bank 2 Bank 31
Rev. 10-000056A
7/31/2013
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 90
PIC16(L)F18855/75
3.5.2 LINEAR DATA MEMORY
The linear data memory is the region from FSR
address 0x2000 to FSR address 0x29AF. This region is
a virtual region that points back to the 80-byte blocks of
GPR memory in all the banks.
Unimplemented memory reads as 0x00. Use of the
linear data memory region allows buffers to be larger
than 80 bytes because incrementing the FSR beyond
one bank will go directly to the GPR memory of the next
bank.
The 16 bytes of common memory are not included in
the linear data memory region.
3.5.3 DATA EEPROM MEMORY
The EEPROM memory can be read or written through
the NVMCONx/NVMADRx/NVMDATx register
interface (see section Section 10.2 “Data EEPROM
Memory”). However, to make access to the EEPROM
memory easier, read-only access to the EEPROM
contents are also available through indirect addressing
by an FSR. When the MSB of the FSR (ex: FSRxH) is
set to 0x70, the lower 8-bit address value (in FSRxL)
determines the EEPROM location that may be read
from (through the INDF register). In other words, the
EEPROM address range 0x00-0xFF is mapped into the
FSR address space between 0x7000-0x70FF. Writing
to the EEPROM cannot be accomplished via the
FSR/INDF interface. Reads from the EEPROM through
the FSR/INDF interface will require one additional
instruction cycle to complete.
3.5.4 PROGRAM FLASH MEMORY
To make constant data access easier, the entire
Program Flash Memory is mapped to the upper half of
the FSR address space. When the MSB of FSRnH is
set, the lower 15 bits are the address in program
memory which will be accessed through INDF. Only the
lower eight bits of each memory location is accessible
via INDF. Writing to the Program Flash Memory cannot
be accomplished via the FSR/INDF interface. All
instructions that access Program Flash Memory via the
FSR/INDF interface will require one additional
instruction cycle to complete.
FIGURE 3-11: PROGRAM FLASH
MEMORY MAP
FIGURE 3-10: TRADITIONAL DATA
MEMORY MAP
0x020
Bank 0
0x06F
0x0A0
Bank 1
0x0EF
0x120
Bank 2
0x16F
0xF20
Bank 30
0xF6F
001
0077FSRnH FSRnL
Location Select 0x2000
0x29AF
Rev. 10-000057A
7/31/2013
7
1
7
00
Location Select 0x8000
FSRnH FSRnL
0x0000
0x7FFF
0xFFFF
Program
Flash
Memory
(low 8
bits)
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 91
PIC16(L)F18855/75
4.0 DEVICE CONFIGURATION
Device configuration consists of Configuration Words,
Code Protection and Device ID.
4.1 Configuration Words
There are several Configuration Word bits that allow
different oscillator and memory protection options.
These are implemented as shown in Ta b le 4-1 .
TABLE 4-1: CONFIGURATION WORD
LOCATIONS
Configuration Word Location
CONFIG1 8007h
CONFIG2 8008h
CONFIG3 8009h
CONFIG4 800Ah
CONFIG5 800Bh
Note: The DEBUG bit in Configuration Words is
managed automatically by device
development tools including debuggers
and programmers. For normal device
operation, this bit should be maintained as
a ‘1’.
If FEXTOSC : EC high mid or \ow or Not Enab‘ed Otherwise
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 92
PIC16(L)F18855/75
4.2 Register Definitions: Configuration Words
REGISTER 4-1: CONFIG1: CONFIGURATION WORD 1: OSCILLATORS
R/P-1 U-1 R/P-1 U-1 U-1 R/P-1
FCMEN —CSWEN ——CLKOUTEN
bit 13 bit 8
U-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 U-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1
—RSTOSC<2:0>— FEXTOSC<2:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit P = Programmable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘1’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared ‘1’ = Bit is
set
n = Value when blank or after Bulk Erase
bit 13 FCMEN: Fail-Safe Clock Monitor Enable bit
1 = ON FSCM timer enabled
0 = OFF FSCM timer disabled
bit 12 Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’
bit 11 CSWEN: Clock Switch Enable bit
1 = ON Writing to NOSC and NDIV is allowed
0 = OFF The NOSC and NDIV bits cannot be changed by user software
bit 10-9 Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’
bit 8 CLKOUTEN: Clock Out Enable bit
If FEXTOSC = EC (high, mid or low) or Not Enabled
1 = OFF CLKOUT function is disabled; I/O or oscillator function on OSC2
0 = ON CLKOUT function is enabled; FOSC/4 clock appears at OSC2
Otherwise
This bit is ignored.
bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’
bit 6-4 RSTOSC<2:0>: Power-up Default Value for COSC bits
This value is the Reset default value for COSC, and selects the oscillator first used by user software
111 = EXT1X EXTOSC operating per FEXTOSC bits
110 = HFINT1 HFINTOSC (1 MHz)
101 = LFINT LFINTOSC
100 = SOSC SOSC
011 = Reserved
010 = EXT4X EXTOSC with 4x PLL, with EXTOSC operating per FEXTOSC bits
001 = HFINTPLL HFINTOSC with 2x PLL, with OSCFRQ = 16 MHz and CDIV = 1:1(FOSC = 32 MHz)
000 = HFINT32 HFINTOSC with OSCFRQ= 32 MHz and CDIV = 1:1
bit 3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’
bit 2-0 FEXTOSC<2:0>: FEXTOSC External Oscillator mode Selection bits
111 = ECH EC(External Clock)
110 = ECM EC(External Clock)
101 = ECL EC(External Clock)
100 = OFF External Oscillator is disabled. RA7 is available as a general purpose I/O.
011 = Reserved
010 = HS HS(Crystal oscillator)
001 = XT XT(Crystal oscillator)
000 = LP LP(Crystal oscillator)
LPBOREN PWRTE
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 93
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 4-2: CONFIG2: CONFIGURATION WORD 2: SUPERVISORS
R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 U-1
DEBUG STVREN PPS1WAY ZCDDIS BORV —
bit 13 bit 8
R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 U-1 U-1 U-1 R/P-1 R/P-1
BOREN<1:0> LPBOREN ———PWRTEMCLRE
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit P = Programmable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘1’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared ‘1’ = Bit is set n = Value when blank or after Bulk Erase
bit 13 DEBUG: Debugger Enable bit(2)
1 = OFF Background debugger disabled; ICSPCLK and ICSPDAT are general purpose I/O pins
0 = ON Background debugger enabled; ICSPCLK and ICSPDAT are dedicated to the debugger
bit 12 STVREN: Stack Overflow/Underflow Reset Enable bit
1 = ON Stack Overflow or Underflow will cause a Reset
0 = OFF Stack Overflow or Underflow will not cause a Reset
bit 11 PPS1WAY: PPSLOCKED One-Way Set Enable bit
1 = ON The PPSLOCKED bit can be cleared and set only once; PPS registers remain locked after one clear/set cycle
0 = OFF The PPSLOCKED bit can be set and cleared repeatedly (subject to the unlock sequence)
bit 10 ZCDDIS: Zero-Cross Detect Disable bit
1 = ON ZCD disabled. ZCD can be enabled by setting the EN bit of the ZCDxCON register
0 = OFF ZCD always enabled (EN bit is ignored)
bit 9 BORV: Brown-out Reset Voltage Selection bit(1)
1 = LOW Brown-out Reset voltage (VBOR) set to lower trip point level
0 = HIGH Brown-out Reset voltage (VBOR) set to higher trip point level
The higher voltage setting is recommended for operation at or above 16 MHz.
bit 8 Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’
bit 7-6 BOREN<1:0>: Brown-out Reset Enable bits
When enabled, Brown-out Reset Voltage (VBOR) is set by the BORV bit
11 = ON Brown-out Reset is enabled; SBOREN bit is ignored
10 = SLEEP Brown-out Reset is enabled while running, disabled in Sleep; SBOREN bit is ignored
01 = SBOREN Brown-out Reset is enabled according to SBOREN
00 = OFF Brown-out Reset is disabled
bit 5 LPBOREN: Low-Power BOR Enable bit
1 = LPBOR disabled
0 = LPBOR enabled
bit 4-2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’
bit 1 PWRTE: Power-up Timer Enable bit
1 = OFF PWRT is disabled
0 = ON PWRT is enabled
bit 0 MCLRE: Master Clear (MCLR) Enable bit
If LVP = 1:
RE3 pin function is MCLR.
If LVP = 0:
1 = ON MCLR pin is MCLR.
0 = OFF MCLR pin function is port-defined function.
Note 1: See VBOR parameter for specific trip point voltages.
2: The DEBUG bit in Configuration Words is managed automatically by device development tools including debuggers and programmers.
For normal device operation, this bit should be maintained as a ‘1’.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 94
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 4-3: CONFIG3: CONFIGURATION WORD 3: WINDOWED WATCHDOG
R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1
WDTCCS<2:0> WDTCWS<2:0>
bit 13 bit 8
U-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1
WDTE<1:0> WDTCPS<4:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit P = Programmable bit x = Bit is unknown U = Unimplemented bit, read
as ‘1’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared ‘1’ = Bit is set W = Writable bit n = Value when blank or after
Bulk Erase
bit 13-11 WDTCCS<2:0>: WDT Input Clock Selector bits
111 = Software Control
110 = Reserved
.
.
.
010 = Reserved
001 = WDT reference clock is the MFINTOSC/16 output (31.25 kHz)
000 = WDT reference clock is the 31.0 kHz LFINTOSC (default value)
bit 10-8 WDTCWS<2:0>: WDT Window Select bits
bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’
bit 6-5 WDTE<1:0>: WDT Operating mode:
11 = WDT enabled regardless of Sleep; SWDTEN is ignored
10 = WDT enabled while Sleep = 0, suspended when Sleep = 1; SWDTEN ignored
01 = WDT enabled/disabled by SWDTEN bit in WDTCON0
00 = WDT disabled, SWDTEN is ignored
WDTCWS
WDTWS at POR
Software
control of
WDTWS?
Keyed
access
required?
Value Window delay
Percent of time
Window
opening
Percent of time
111 111 n/a 100 Yes No
110 111 n/a 100
No Yes
101 101 25 75
100 100 37.5 62.5
011 011 50 50
010 010 62.5 37.5
001 001 75 25
000 000 87.5 12.5
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 95
PIC16(L)F18855/75
bit 4-0 WDTCPS<4:0>: WDT Period Select bits
REGISTER 4-3: CONFIG3: CONFIGURATION WORD 3: WINDOWED WATCHDOG (CONTINUED)
WDTCPS
WDTPS at POR
Software control
of WDTPS?
Value Divider Ratio Typical time out
(FIN =31kHz)
11110
...
10011
11110
...
10011
1:32 251ms No
10010 10010 1:8388608 223 256 s
No
10001 10001 1:4194304 222 128 s
10000 10000 1:2097152 221 64 s
01111 01111 1:1048576 220 32 s
01110 01110 1:524299 219 16 s
01101 01101 1:262144 218 8s
01100 01100 1:131072 217 4s
01011 01011 1:65536 216 2s
01010 01010 1:32768 215 1s
01001 01001 1:16384 214 512 ms
01000 01000 1:8192 213 256 ms
00111 00111 1:4096 212 128 ms
00110 00110 1:2048 211 64 ms
00101 00101 1:1024 210 32 ms
00100 00100 1:512 2916 ms
00011 00011 1:256 288ms
00010 00010 1:128 274ms
00001 00001 1:64 262ms
00000 00000 1:32 251ms
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 96
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 4-4: CONFIG4: CONFIGURATION WORD 4: MEMORY
R/P-1 R/P-1 U-1 U-1 U-1 U-1 U-1 U-1 U-1 U-1 U-1 U-1 R/P-1 R/P-1
LVP SCANE — — — — — — — — — —WRT<1:0>
bit 13 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit P = Programmable bit x = Bit is
unknown
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘1’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared ‘1’ = Bit is set W = Writable bit n = Value when blank or after Bulk Erase
bit 13 LVP: Low-Voltage Programming Enable bit
1 = Low-Voltage Programming is enabled. MCLR/VPP pin function is MCLR. MCLRE Configuration bit is
ignored.
0 = High voltage (meeting VIHH level) on MCLR/VPP must be used for programming.
The LVP bit cannot be written (to zero) while operating from the LVP programming interface. This prevents
accidental lockout from low-voltage programming while using low-voltage programming. High voltage
programming is always available, regardless of the LVP Configuration bit value.
bit 12 SCANE: Scanner Enable bit
1 = Scanner module is available for use, SCANMD bit enables the module.
0 = Scanner module is NOT available for use, SCANMD bit is ignored.
bit 11-2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’
bit 1-0 WRT<1:0>: Program Flash Self-Write Erase Protection bits
11 = Write protection off
10 = 0000h to 01FFh write-protected, 0200h to 1FFFh may be modified by EECON control
01 = 0000h to 0FFFh write-protected, 1000h to 1FFFh may be modified by EECON control
00 = 0000h to 1FFFh write-protected, no addresses may be modified by EECON control
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 97
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 4-5: CONFIG5: CONFIGURATION WORD 5: CODE PROTECTION
U-1 U-1 U-1 U-1 U-1 U-1
— — — — — —
bit 13 bit 8
U-1 U-1 U-1 U-1 U-1 U-1 R/P-1 R/P-1
— — — — — — CPD CP
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit P = Programmable bit x = Bit is unknown U = Unimplemented bit, read
as ‘1’
‘0’ = Bit is cleared ‘1’ = Bit is set W = Writable bit n = Value when blank or after
Bulk Erase
bit 13-2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’
bit 1 CPD: Data NVM (EEPROM) Memory Code Protection bit
1 = EEPROM code protection disabled
0 = EEPROM code protection enabled
bit 0 CP: Program Flash Memory Code Protection bit
1 = Program Flash Memory code protection disabled
0 = Program Flash Memory code protection enabled
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 98
PIC16(L)F18855/75
4.3 Code Protection
Code protection allows the device to be protected from
unauthorized access. Program memory protection and
data memory are controlled independently. Internal
access to the program memory is unaffected by any
code protection setting.
4.3.1 PROGRAM MEMORY PROTECTION
The entire program memory space is protected from
external reads and writes by the CP bit in Configuration
Words. When CP = 0, external reads and writes of
program memory are inhibited and a read will return all
‘0’s. The CPU can continue to read program memory,
regardless of the protection bit settings. Self-writing the
program memory is dependent upon the write
protection setting. See Section 4.4 “Write
Protection” for more information.
4.3.2 DATA MEMORY PROTECTION
The entire data EEPROM memory space is protected
from external reads and writes by the CPD bit in the
Configuration Words. When CPD = 0, external reads
and writes of EEPROM memory are inhibited and a
read will return all ‘0’s. The CPU can continue to read
EEPROM memory, regardless of the protection bit
settings.
4.4 Write Protection
Write protection allows the device to be protected from
unintended self-writes. Applications, such as boot
loader software, can be protected while allowing other
regions of the program memory to be modified.
The WRT<1:0> bits in Configuration Words define the
size of the program memory block that is protected.
4.5 User ID
Four memory locations (8000h-8003h) are designated
as ID locations where the user can store checksum or
other code identification numbers. These locations are
readable and writable during normal execution. See
Section 10.4.7 “NVMREG Data EEPROM Memory,
User ID, Device ID and Configuration Word
Access” for more information on accessing these
memory locations. For more information on checksum
calculation, see the “PIC16(L)F188XX Memory
Programming Specification” (DS40001753).
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 99
PIC16(L)F18855/75
4.6 Device ID and Revision ID
The 14-bit device ID word is located at 8006h and the
14-bit revision ID is located at 8005h. These locations
are read-only and cannot be erased or modified.
Development tools, such as device programmers and
debuggers, may be used to read the Device ID,
Revision ID and Configuration Words. These locations
can also be read from the NVMCON register.
4.7 Register Definitions: Device and Revision
REGISTER 4-6: DEVID: DEVICE ID REGISTER
RRRRRR
DEV<13:8>
bit 13 bit 8
RRRRRRRR
DEV<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 13-0 DEV<13:0>: Device ID bits
REGISTER 4-7: REVISIONID: REVISION ID REGISTER
R R RRRRRRRRRRRR
1 0 MJRREV<5:0> MNRREV<5:0>
bit 13 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
‘0’ = Bit is cleared ‘1’ = Bit is set x = Bit is unknown
bit 13-12 Fixed Value: Read-only bits
These bits are fixed with value ‘10’ for all devices included in this data sheet.
bit 11-6 MJRREV<5:0>: Major Revision ID bits
These bits are used to identify a major revision. A major revision is indicated by an all layer revision (B0,
C0, etc.)
bit 5-0 MNRREV<5:0>: Minor Revision ID bits
These bits are used to identify a minor revision.
Device DEVID<13:0> Values
PIC16F18855 11 0000 0110 1100 (306Ch)
PIC16LF18855 11 0000 0110 1110 (306Eh)
PIC16F18875 11 0000 0110 1101 (306Dh)
PIC16LF18875 11 0000 0110 1111 (306Fh)
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 100
PIC16(L)F18855/75
5.0 RESETS
There are multiple ways to reset this device:
• Power-On Reset (POR)
• Brown-Out Reset (BOR)
•MCLR
Reset
• WDT Reset
•RESET instruction
• Stack Overflow
• Stack Underflow
• Programming mode exit
To allow VDD to stabilize, an optional Power-up timer
can be enabled to extend the Reset time after a BOR
or POR event.
A simplified block diagram of the On-Chip Reset Circuit
is shown in Figure 5-1.
FIGURE 5-1: SIMPLIFIED BLOCK DIAGRAM OF ON-CHIP RESET CIRCUIT
Note 1: See Tab l e 5 - 1 for BOR active conditions.
Device
Reset
Power-on
Reset
WDT
Time-out
Brown-out
Reset
LPBOR
Reset
RE SE T Instruction
MCLRE
Sleep
BOR Active(1)
PWRTE
LFINTOSC
VDD
ICSP™ Programming Mode Exit
Stack Underflow
Stack Overflow
RPower-up
Timer
Rev . 10-000 006D
1/ 22 / 201 4
WDT
Window
Violation
VPP/MCLR
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 101
PIC16(L)F18855/75
5.1 Power-On Reset (POR)
The POR circuit holds the device in Reset until VDD has
reached an acceptable level for minimum operation.
Slow rising VDD, fast operating speeds or analog
performance may require greater than minimum VDD.
The PWRT, BOR or MCLR features can be used to
extend the start-up period until all device operation
conditions have been met.
5.2 Brown-Out Reset (BOR)
The BOR circuit holds the device in Reset when VDD
reaches a selectable minimum level. Between the
POR and BOR, complete voltage range coverage for
execution protection can be implemented.
The Brown-out Reset module has four operating
modes controlled by the BOREN<1:0> bits in
Configuration Words. The four operating modes are:
• BOR is always on
• BOR is off when in Sleep
• BOR is controlled by software
• BOR is always off
Refer to Tab l e 5-1 for more information.
The Brown-out Reset voltage level is selectable by
configuring the BORV bit in Configuration Words.
A VDD noise rejection filter prevents the BOR from
triggering on small events. If VDD falls below VBOR for
a duration greater than parameter TBORDC, the device
will reset. See Figure 5-2 for more information.
TABLE 5-1: BOR OPERATING MODES
5.2.1 BOR IS ALWAYS ON
When the BOREN bits of Configuration Words are
programmed to ‘11’, the BOR is always on. The device
start-up will be delayed until the BOR is ready and VDD
is higher than the BOR threshold.
BOR protection is active during Sleep. The BOR does
not delay wake-up from Sleep.
5.2.2 BOR IS OFF IN SLEEP
When the BOREN bits of Configuration Words are
programmed to ‘10’, the BOR is on, except in Sleep.
The device start-up will be delayed until the BOR is
ready and VDD is higher than the BOR threshold.
BOR protection is not active during Sleep. The device
wake-up will be delayed until the BOR is ready.
BOREN<1:0> SBOREN Device Mode BOR Mode Instruction Execution upon:
Release of POR or Wake-up from Sleep
11 X X Active Wait for release of BOR(1) (BORRDY = 1)
10 X
Awake Active Waits for release of BOR (BORRDY = 1)
Waits for BOR Reset release
Sleep Disabled
01 1X Active Waits for BOR Reset release (BORRDY = 1)
0X Disabled Begins immediately (BORRDY = x)
00 X X Disabled
Note 1: In these specific cases, “Release of POR” and “Wake-up from Sleep”, there is no delay in start-up. The BOR
ready flag, (BORRDY = 1), will be set before the CPU is ready to execute instructions because the BOR
circuit is forced on by the BOREN<1:0> bits.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 102
PIC16(L)F18855/75
5.2.3 BOR CONTROLLED BY SOFTWARE
When the BOREN bits of Configuration Words are
programmed to ‘01’, the BOR is controlled by the
SBOREN bit of the BORCON register. The device
start-up is not delayed by the BOR ready condition or
the VDD level.
BOR protection begins as soon as the BOR circuit is
ready. The status of the BOR circuit is reflected in the
BORRDY bit of the BORCON register.
BOR protection is unchanged by Sleep.
5.2.4 BOR IS ALWAYS OFF
When the BOREN bits of the Configuration Words are
programmed to ‘00’, the BOR is off at all times. The
device start-up is not delayed by the BOR ready
condition or the VDD level.
FIGURE 5-2: BROWN-OUT SITUATIONS
TPWRT(1)
VBOR
VDD
Internal
Reset
VBOR
VDD
Internal
Reset TPWRT(1)
< TPWRT
TPWRT(1)
VBOR
VDD
Internal
Reset
Note 1: TPWRT delay only if PWRTE bit is programmed to ‘0’.
[1) If BOREN <1.0> in Configurafion Words 7 D; If BOREN <1.0> in Configurafion Words : Q MCLR
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 103
PIC16(L)F18855/75
5.3 Register Definitions: Brown-out Reset Control
5.4 MCLR
The MCLR is an optional external input that can reset
the device. The MCLR function is controlled by the
MCLRE bit of Configuration Words and the LVP bit of
Configuration Words (Tabl e 5 -2).
5.4.1 MCLR ENABLED
When MCLR is enabled and the pin is held low, the
device is held in Reset. The MCLR pin is connected to
VDD through an internal weak pull-up.
The device has a noise filter in the MCLR Reset path.
The filter will detect and ignore small pulses.
5.4.2 MCLR DISABLED
When MCLR is disabled, the pin functions as a general
purpose input and the internal weak pull-up is under
software control. See Section 12.1 “I/O Priorities” for
more information.
5.5 Windowed Watchdog Timer
(WWDT) Reset
The Watchdog Timer generates a Reset if the firmware
does not issue a CLRWDT instruction within the time-out
period and the window is open. The TO and PD bits in
the STATUS register and the WDT bit in PCON are
changed to indicate a WDT Reset caused by the timer
overflowing, and WDTWV bit in the PCON register is
changed to indicate a WDT Reset caused by a window
violation. See Section 9.0 “Windowed Watchdog
Timer (WWDT)” for more information.
REGISTER 5-1: BORCON: BROWN-OUT RESET CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-1/u U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R-q/u
SBOREN(1) — — — — — — BORRDY
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7 SBOREN: Software Brown-out Reset Enable bit(1)
If BOREN <1:0> in Configuration Words 01:
SBOREN is read/write, but has no effect on the BOR.
If BOREN <1:0> in Configuration Words = 01:
1 = BOR Enabled
0 = BOR Disabled
bit 6-1 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 0 BORRDY: Brown-out Reset Circuit Ready Status bit
1 = The Brown-out Reset circuit is active
0 = The Brown-out Reset circuit is inactive
Note 1: BOREN<1:0> bits are located in Configuration Words.
TABLE 5-2: MCLR CONFIGURATION
MCLRE LVP MCLR
00Disabled
10Enabled
x1Enabled
Note: A Reset does not drive the MCLR pin low.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 104
PIC16(L)F18855/75
5.6 RESET Instruction
A RESET instruction will cause a device Reset. The RI
bit in the PCON register will be set to ‘0’. See Tab l e 5-4
for default conditions after a RESET instruction has
occurred.
5.7 Stack Overflow/Underflow Reset
The device can reset when the Stack Overflows or
Underflows. The STKOVF or STKUNF bits of the PCON
register indicate the Reset condition. These Resets are
enabled by setting the STVREN bit in Configuration
Words. See Section 3.4.2 “Overflow/Underflow
Reset” for more information.
5.8 Programming Mode Exit
Upon exit of In-Circuit Serial Programming (ICSP)
mode, the device will behave as if a POR had just
occurred (the device does not reset upon run time
self-programming/erase operations).
5.9 Power-Up Timer
The Power-up Timer optionally delays device execution
after a BOR or POR event. This timer is typically used to
allow VDD to stabilize before allowing the device to start
running.
The Power-up Timer is controlled by the PWRTE bit of
the Configuration Words.
The Power-up Timer provides a nominal 64 ms time out
on POR or Brown-out Reset. The device is held in
Reset as long as PWRT is active. The PWRT delay
allows additional time for the VDD to rise to an accept-
able level. The Power-up Timer is enabled by clearing
the PWRTE bit in the Configuration Words. The
Power-up Timer starts after the release of the POR and
BOR. For additional information, refer to Application
Note AN607, “Power-up Trouble Shooting” (DS00607).
5.10 Start-up Sequence
Upon the release of a POR or BOR, the following must
occur before the device will begin executing:
1. Power-up Timer runs to completion (if enabled).
2. Oscillator start-up timer runs to completion (if
required for oscillator source).
3. MCLR must be released (if enabled).
The total time-out will vary based on oscillator
configuration and Power-up Timer Configuration. See
Section 6.0 “Oscillator Module (with Fail-Safe
Clock Monitor)” for more information.
The Power-up Timer and oscillator start-up timer run
independently of MCLR Reset. If MCLR is kept low
long enough, the Power-up Timer and oscillator
start-up timer will expire. Upon bringing MCLR high, the
device will begin execution after 10 FOSC cycles (see
Figure 5-3). This is useful for testing purposes or to
synchronize more than one device operating in parallel.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 105
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 5-3: RESET START-UP SEQUENCE
TOST
TMCLR
TPWRT
VDD
Internal POR
Power-up Timer
MCLR
Internal RESET
Oscillator Modes
Oscillator Start-up Timer
Oscillator
FOSC
Internal Oscillator
Oscillator
FOSC
External Clock (EC)
CLKIN
FOSC
External Crystal
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 106
PIC16(L)F18855/75
5.11 Determining the Cause of a Reset
Upon any Reset, multiple bits in the STATUS and
PCON register are updated to indicate the cause of the
Reset. Tabl e 5 -3 and Table 5-4 show the Reset
conditions of these registers.
TABLE 5-3: RESET STATUS BITS AND THEIR SIGNIFICANCE
TABLE 5-4: RESET CONDITION FOR SPECIAL REGISTERS
STKOVF STKUNF RWDT RMCLR RI POR BOR TO PD Condition
001110x11Power-on Reset
001110x0xIllegal, TO is set on POR
001110xx0Illegal, PD is set on POR
00u11u011Brown-out Reset
uu0uuuu0uWDT Reset
uuuuuuu00WDT Wake-up from Sleep
uuuuuuu10Interrupt Wake-up from Sleep
uuu0uuuuuMCLR Reset during normal operation
uuu0uuu10MCLR Reset during Sleep
u u u u 0 u u u u RESET Instruction Executed
1uuuuuuuuStack Overflow Reset (STVREN = 1)
u1uuuuuuuStack Underflow Reset (STVREN = 1)
Condition Program
Counter
STATUS
Register
PCON0
Register
Power-on Reset 0000h ---1 1000 00-- 110x
MCLR Reset during normal operation 0000h ---u uuuu uu-- 0uuu
MCLR Reset during Sleep 0000h ---1 0uuu uu-- 0uuu
WDT Reset 0000h ---0 uuuu uu-0 uuuu
WDT Wake-up from Sleep PC + 1 ---0 0uuu uu-u uuuu
WDT Window Violation 0000h ---0 uuuu uu00 uuuu
Brown-out Reset 0000h ---1 1000 00-1 11u0
Interrupt Wake-up from Sleep PC + 1(1) ---1 0uuu uu-u uuuu
RESET Instruction Executed 0000h ---u uuuu uu-u u0uu
Stack Overflow Reset (STVREN = 1) 0000h ---u uuuu 1u-u uuuu
Stack Underflow Reset (STVREN = 1) 0000h ---u uuuu u1-u uuuu
Legend: u = unchanged, x = unknown, - = unimplemented bit, reads as ‘0’.
Note 1: When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and Global Enable bit (GIE) is set, the return address is pushed on
the stack and PC is loaded with the interrupt vector (0004h) after execution of PC + 1.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 107
PIC16(L)F18855/75
5.12 Power Control (PCON) Register
The Power Control (PCON) register contains flag bits
to differentiate between a:
• Power-on Reset (POR)
• Brown-out Reset (BOR)
• Reset Instruction Reset (RI)
•MCLR
Reset (RMCLR)
• Watchdog Timer Reset (RWDT)
• Watchdog Timer Window Violation Reset
(WDTWV)
• Stack Underflow Reset (STKUNF)
• Stack Overflow Reset (STKOVF)
The PCON0 register bits are shown in Register 5-2.
Hardware will change the corresponding register bit
during the Reset process; if the Reset was not caused
by the condition, the bit remains unchanged
(Table 5-4).
Software should reset the bit to the inactive state after
the restart (hardware will not reset the bit).
Software may also set any PCON bit to the active state,
so that user code may be tested, but no reset action will
be generated.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 108
PIC16(L)F18855/75
5.13 Register Definitions: Power Control
TABLE 5-5: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH RESETS
REGISTER 5-2: PCON0: POWER CONTROL REGISTER 0
R/W/HS-0/q R/W/HS-0/q R/W/HC-1/q R/W/HC-1/q R/W/HC-1/q R/W/HC-1/q R/W/HC-q/u R/W/HC-q/u
STKOVF STKUNF WDTWV RWDT RMCLR RI POR BOR
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
HC = Bit is cleared by hardware HS = Bit is set by hardware
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -m/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7 STKOVF: Stack Overflow Flag bit
1 = A Stack Overflow occurred
0 = A Stack Overflow has not occurred or cleared by firmware
bit 6 STKUNF: Stack Underflow Flag bit
1 = A Stack Underflow occurred
0 = A Stack Underflow has not occurred or cleared by firmware
bit 5 WDTWV: WDT Window Violation Flag bit
1 = A WDT Window Violation Reset has not occurred or set by firmware
0 = A WDT Window Violation Reset has occurred (a CLRWDT instruction was executed either without
arming the window or outside the window (cleared by hardware)
bit 4 RWDT: Watchdog Timer Reset Flag bit
1 = A Watchdog Timer Reset has not occurred or set to ‘1’ by firmware
0 = A Watchdog Timer Reset has occurred (cleared by hardware)
bit 3 RMCLR: MCLR Reset Flag bit
1 = A MCLR Reset has not occurred or set to ‘1’ by firmware
0 = A MCLR Reset has occurred (cleared by hardware)
bit 2 RI: RESET Instruction Flag bit
1 = A RESET instruction has not been executed or set to ‘1’ by firmware
0 = A RESET instruction has been executed (cleared by hardware)
bit 1 POR: Power-on Reset Status bit
1 = No Power-on Reset occurred
0 = A Power-on Reset occurred (must be set in software after a Power-on Reset occurs)
bit 0 BOR: Brown-out Reset Status bit
1 = No Brown-out Reset occurred
0 = A Brown-out Reset occurred (must be set in software after a Power-on Reset or Brown-out Reset
occurs)
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
BORCON SBOREN —————— BORRDY 103
PCON0 STKOVF STKUNF WDTWV RWDT RMCLR RI POR BOR 108
STATUS ———TOPD ZDC C38
WDTCON0 ——WDTPS<4:0>SWDTEN165
Legend: — = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by Resets.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 109
PIC16(L)F18855/75
6.0 OSCILLATOR MODULE (WITH
FAIL-SAFE CLOCK MONITOR)
6.1 Overview
The oscillator module has a wide variety of clock
sources and selection features that allow it to be used
in a wide range of applications while maximizing
performance and minimizing power consumption.
Figure 6-1 illustrates a block diagram of the oscillator
module.
Clock sources can be supplied from external oscillators,
quartz-crystal resonators and ceramic resonators. In
addition, the system clock source can be supplied from
one of two internal oscillators and PLL circuits, with a
choice of speeds selectable via software. Additional
clock features include:
• Selectable system clock source between external
or internal sources via software.
• Fail-Safe Clock Monitor (FSCM) designed to
detect a failure of the external clock source (LP,
XT, HS, ECH, ECM, ECL) and switch
automatically to the internal oscillator.
• Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) ensures stability
of crystal oscillator sources.
The RSTOSC bits of Configuration Word 1 determine
the type of oscillator that will be used when the device
reset, including when it is first powered up.
The internal clock modes, LFINTOSC, HFINTOSC (set
at 1 MHz), or HFINTOSC (set at 32 MHz) can be set
through the RSTOSC bits.
If an external clock source is selected, the FEXTOSC
bits of Configuration Word 1 must be used in
conjunction with the RSTOSC bits to select the external
clock mode.
The external oscillator module can be configured in one
of the following clock modes, by setting the
FEXTOSC<2:0> bits of Configuration Word 1:
1. ECL – External Clock Low-Power mode
(below 500 kHz)
2. ECM – External Clock Medium Power mode
(500 kHz to 8 MHz)
3. ECH – External Clock High-Power mode
(above 8 MHz)
4. LP – 32 kHz Low-Power Crystal mode.
5. XT – Medium Gain Crystal or Ceramic Resonator
Oscillator mode (between 100 kHz and 4 MHz)
6. HS – High Gain Crystal or Ceramic Resonator
mode (above 4 MHz)
The ECH, ECM, and ECL clock modes rely on an
external logic level signal as the device clock source.
The LP, XT, and HS clock modes require an external
crystal or resonator to be connected to the device.
Each mode is optimized for a different frequency range.
The INTOSC internal oscillator block produces low and
high-frequency clock sources, designated LFINTOSC
and HFINTOSC. (see Internal Oscillator Block,
Figure 6-1). A wide selection of device clock
frequencies may be derived from these clock sources.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 111
PIC16(L)F18855/75
6.2 Clock Source Types
Clock sources can be classified as external or internal.
External clock sources rely on external circuitry for the
clock source to function. Examples are: oscillator
modules (ECH, ECM, ECL mode), quartz crystal
resonators or ceramic resonators (LP, XT and HS
modes).
Internal clock sources are contained within the
oscillator module. The internal oscillator block has two
internal oscillators and a dedicated Phase Lock Loop
(PLL) that are used to generate internal system clock
sources. The High-Frequency Internal Oscillator
(HFINTOSC) can produce a range from 1 to 32 MHz.
The Low-Frequency Internal Oscillator (LFINTOSC)
generates a 31 kHz frequency. The external oscillator
block can also be used with the PLL. See
Section 6.2.1.4 “4x PLL” for more details.
The system clock can be selected between external or
internal clock sources via the NOSC bits in the
OSCCON1 register. See Section 6.3 “Clock
Switching” for additional information.
6.2.1 EXTERNAL CLOCK SOURCES
An external clock source can be used as the device
system clock by performing one of the following
actions:
• Program the RSTOSC<2:0> bits in the
Configuration Words to select an external clock
source that will be used as the default system
clock upon a device Reset
• Write the NOSC<2:0> and NDIV<4:0> bits in the
OSCCON1 register to switch the system clock
source
See Section 6.3 “Clock Switching”for more
information.
6.2.1.1 EC Mode
The External Clock (EC) mode allows an externally
generated logic level signal to be the system clock
source. When operating in this mode, an external clock
source is connected to the OSC1 input.
OSC2/CLKOUT is available for general purpose I/O or
CLKOUT. Figure 6-2 shows the pin connections for EC
mode.
EC mode has three power modes to select from through
Configuration Words:
• ECH – High power, 4-32 MHz
• ECM – Medium power, 0.1-4 MHz
• ECL – Low power, 0-0.1 MHz
The Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) is disabled when
EC mode is selected. Therefore, there is no delay in
operation after a Power-on Reset (POR) or wake-up
from Sleep. Because the PIC® MCU design is fully
static, stopping the external clock input will have the
effect of halting the device while leaving all data intact.
Upon restarting the external clock, the device will
resume operation as if no time had elapsed.
FIGURE 6-2: EXTERNAL CLOCK (EC)
MODE OPERATION
6.2.1.2 LP, XT, HS Modes
The LP, XT and HS modes support the use of quartz
crystal resonators or ceramic resonators connected to
OSC1 and OSC2 (Figure 6-3). The three modes select
a low, medium or high gain setting of the internal
inverter-amplifier to support various resonator types
and speed.
LP Oscillator mode selects the lowest gain setting of the
internal inverter-amplifier. LP mode current consumption
is the least of the three modes. This mode is designed to
drive only 32.768 kHz tuning-fork type crystals (watch
crystals).
XT Oscillator mode selects the intermediate gain
setting of the internal inverter-amplifier. XT mode
current consumption is the medium of the three modes.
This mode is best suited to drive resonators with a
medium drive level specification.
HS Oscillator mode selects the highest gain setting of the
internal inverter-amplifier. HS mode current consumption
is the highest of the three modes. This mode is best
suited for resonators that require a high drive setting.
Figure 6-3 and Figure 6-4 show typical circuits for
quartz crystal and ceramic resonators, respectively.
OSC1/CLKIN
OSC2/CLKOUT
Clock from
Ext. System
PIC® MCU
FOSC/4 or I/O(1)
Note 1: Output depends upon CLKOUTEN bit of the
Configuration Words.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 112
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 6-3: QUARTZ CRYSTAL
OPERATION (LP, XT OR
HS MODE)
FIGURE 6-4: CERAMIC RESONATOR
OPERATION
(XT OR HS MODE)
6.2.1.3 Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST)
If the oscillator module is configured for LP, XT or HS
modes, the Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) counts
1024 oscillations from OSC1. This occurs following a
Power-on Reset (POR), or a wake-up from Sleep. The
OST ensures that the oscillator circuit, using a quartz
crystal resonator or ceramic resonator, has started and
is providing a stable system clock to the oscillator
module.
Note 1: Quartz crystal characteristics vary
according to type, package and
manufacturer. The user should consult the
manufacturer data sheets for specifications
and recommended application.
2: Always verify oscillator performance over
the VDD and temperature range that is
expected for the application.
3: For oscillator design assistance, reference
the following Microchip Application Notes:
• AN826, “Crystal Oscillator Basics and
Crystal Selection for rfPIC® and PIC®
Devices” (DS00826)
• AN849, “Basic PIC® Oscillator Design”
(DS00849)
• AN943, “Practical PIC® Oscillator
Analysis and Design” (DS00943)
• AN949, “Making Your Oscillator Work”
(DS00949)
Note 1: A series resistor (RS) may be required for
quartz crystals with low drive level.
2: The value of RF varies with the Oscillator mode
selected (typically between 2 M to 10 M.
C1
C2
Quartz
RS(1)
OSC1/CLKIN
RF(2) Sleep
To Internal
Logic
PIC® MCU
Crystal
OSC2/CLKOUT
Note 1: A series resistor (RS) may be required for
ceramic resonators with low drive level.
2: The value of RF varies with the Oscillator mode
selected (typically between 2 M to 10 M.
3: An additional parallel feedback resistor (RP)
may be required for proper ceramic resonator
operation.
C1
C2 Ceramic RS(1)
OSC1/CLKIN
RF(2) Sleep
To Internal
Logic
PIC® MCU
RP(3)
Resonator
OSC2/CLKOUT
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 113
PIC16(L)F18855/75
6.2.1.4 4x PLL
The oscillator module contains a PLL that can be used
with external clock sources to provide a system clock
source. The input frequency for the PLL must fall within
specifications. See the PLL Clock Timing
Specifications in Ta ble 37-9.
The PLL may be enabled for use by one of two
methods:
1. Program the RSTOSC bits in the Configuration
Word 1 to enable the EXTOSC with 4x PLL.
2. Write the NOSC bits in the OSCCON1 register
to enable the EXTOSC with 4x PLL.
6.2.1.5 Secondary Oscillator
The secondary oscillator is a separate oscillator block
that can be used as an alternate system clock source.
The secondary oscillator is optimized for 31 kHz, and
can be used with an external crystal oscillator con-
nected to the SOSCI and SOSCO device pins, or an
external clock source connected to the SOSCIN pin.
The secondary oscillator can be selected during
run-time using clock switching. Refer to Section 6.3
“Clock Switching” for more information.
FIGURE 6-5: QUARTZ CRYSTAL
OPERATION
(SECONDARY
OSCILLATOR)
C1
C2
32.768 kHz
SOSCI
To Internal
Logic
PIC® MCU
Crystal
SOSCO
Quartz
Note 1: Quartz crystal characteristics vary
according to type, package and
manufacturer. The user should consult the
manufacturer data sheets for specifications
and recommended application.
2: Always verify oscillator performance over
the VDD and temperature range that is
expected for the application.
3: For oscillator design assistance, reference
the following Microchip Application Notes:
• AN826, “Crystal Oscillator Basics and
Crystal Selection for rfPIC® and PIC®
Devices” (DS00826)
• AN849, “Basic PIC® Oscillator Design”
(DS00849)
• AN943, “Practical PIC® Oscillator
Analysis and Design” (DS00943)
• AN949, “Making Your Oscillator Work”
(DS00949)
• TB097, “Interfacing a Micro Crystal
MS1V-T1K 32.768 kHz Tuning Fork
Crystal to a PIC16F690/SS” (DS91097)
• AN1288, “Design Practices for
Low-Power External Oscillators”
(DS01288)
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 114
PIC16(L)F18855/75
6.2.2 INTERNAL CLOCK SOURCES
The device may be configured to use the internal
oscillator block as the system clock by performing one
of the following actions:
• Program the RSTOSC<2:0> bits in Configuration
Words to select the INTOSC clock source, which
will be used as the default system clock upon a
device Reset.
• Write the NOSC<2:0> bits in the OSCCON1
register to switch the system clock source to the
internal oscillator during run-time. See
Section 6.3 “Clock Switching” for more
information.
In INTOSC mode, OSC1/CLKIN is available for general
purpose I/O. OSC2/CLKOUT is available for general
purpose I/O or CLKOUT.
The function of the OSC2/CLKOUT pin is determined
by the CLKOUTEN bit in Configuration Words.
The internal oscillator block has two independent
oscillators that can produce two internal system clock
sources.
1. The HFINTOSC (High-Frequency Internal
Oscillator) is factory calibrated and operates up
to 32 MHz. The frequency of HFINTOSC can be
selected through the OSCFRQ Frequency
Selection register, and fine-tuning can be done
via the OSCTUNE register.
2. The LFINTOSC (Low-Frequency Internal
Oscillator) is factory-calibrated and operates at
31 kHz.
6.2.2.1 HFINTOSC
The High-Frequency Internal Oscillator (HFINTOSC) is
a precision digitally-controlled internal clock source
that produces a stable clock up to 32 MHz. The
HFINTOSC can be enabled through one of the
following methods:
• Programming the RSTOSC<2:0> bits in
Configuration Word 1 to ‘110’ (1 MHz) or ‘000’
(32 MHz) to set the oscillator upon device
Power-up or Reset.
• Write to the NOSC<2:0> bits of the OSCCON1
register during run-time.
The HFINTOSC frequency can be selected by setting
the HFFRQ<2:0> bits of the OSCFRQ register.
The NDIV<3:0> bits of the OSCCON1 register allow for
division of the HFINTOSC output from a range between
1:1 and 1:512.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 115
PIC16(L)F18855/75
6.2.2.2 Internal Oscillator Frequency
Adjustment
The internal oscillator is factory-calibrated. This
internal oscillator can be adjusted in software by writing
to the OSCTUNE register (Register 6-7).
The default value of the OSCTUNE register is 00h. The
value is a 6-bit two’s complement number. A value of
1Fh will provide an adjustment to the maximum
frequency. A value of 20h will provide an adjustment to
the minimum frequency.
When the OSCTUNE register is modified, the oscillator
frequency will begin shifting to the new frequency. Code
execution continues during this shift. There is no
indication that the shift has occurred.
OSCTUNE does not affect the LFINTOSC frequency.
Operation of features that depend on the LFINTOSC
clock source frequency, such as the Power-up Timer
(PWRT), Watchdog Timer (WDT), Fail-Safe Clock
Monitor (FSCM) and peripherals, are not affected by the
change in frequency.
6.2.2.3 LFINTOSC
The Low-Frequency Internal Oscillator (LFINTOSC) is
a factory calibrated 31 kHz internal clock source.
The LFINTOSC is the frequency for the Power-up Timer
(PWRT), Watchdog Timer (WDT) and Fail-Safe Clock
Monitor (FSCM).
The LFINTOSC is enabled through one of the following
methods:
• Programming the RSTOSC<2:0> bits of
Configuration Word 1 to enable LFINTOSC.
• Write to the NOSC<2:0> bits of the OSCCON1
register.
Peripherals that use the LFINTOSC are:
• Power-up Timer (PWRT)
• Watchdog Timer (WDT)
•TMR1
•TMR0
•TMR2
•SMT1
•SMT2
•CLKREF
•CLC
6.2.2.4 MFINTOSC
In addition to the two independent internal oscillators,
the internal oscillator block also contains a divider block
called MFINTOSC, to supply certain specific frequen-
cies to other modules on the device. The MFINTOSC
module takes the undivided HFINTOSC clock as an
input and outputs two clocks, a 500 kHz clock
(MFINTOSC) and a 31.25 kHz clock (MFINTOSC/16).
The MFINTOSC is enabled through one of the follow-
ing methods:
• Setting the MFOEN bit of OSCEN (see
Section 6.2.2.5 “Oscillator Status and Manual
Enable”)
• Selecting MFINTOSC or MFINTOSC/16 as an input
clock for one of the peripherals that uses the clock.
Peripherals that use the MFINTOSC output (500 kHz)
are:
• TMR1
• TMR3
• TMR5
• SMT1
• SMT2
• CLKREF
Peripherals that use the MFINTOSC/16 output
(31.25 kHz) are:
• WDT
• TMR2
• TMR4
• TMR6
• SMT1
• SMT2
• CLKREF
6.2.2.5 Oscillator Status and Manual Enable
The ‘ready’ status of each oscillator is displayed in the
OSCSTAT register (Register 6-4). The oscillators can
also be manually enabled through the OSCEN register
(Register 6-7). Manual enabling makes it possible to
verify the operation of the EXTOSC or SOSC crystal
oscillators. This can be achieved by enabling the
selected oscillator, then watching the corresponding
‘ready’ state of the oscillator in the OSCSTAT register.
Note: Enabling the MFINTOSC will also enable
the HFINTOSC.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 116
PIC16(L)F18855/75
6.3 Clock Switching
The system clock source can be switched between
external and internal clock sources via software using
the New Oscillator Source (NOSC) and New Divider
selection request (NDIV) bits of the OSCCON1 register.
The following clock sources can be selected using the
following:
• External oscillator
• Internal Oscillator Block (INTOSC)
6.3.1 NEW OSCILLATOR SOURCE
(NOSC) AND NEW DIVIDER
SELECTION REQUEST (NDIV) BITS
The New Oscillator Source (NOSC) and New Divider
selection request (NDIV) bits of the OSCCON1 register
select the system clock source that is used for the CPU
and peripherals.
When new values of NOSC and NDIV are written to
OSCCON1, the current oscillator selection will
continue to operate while waiting for the new clock
source to indicate that it is stable and ready. In some
cases, the newly requested source may already be in
use, and is ready immediately. In the case of a
divider-only change, the new and old sources are the
same, so the old source will be ready immediately. The
device may enter Sleep while waiting for the switch as
described in Section 6.3.3, Clock Switch and Sleep.
When the new oscillator is ready, the New Oscillator is
Ready (NOSCR) bit of OSCCON3 and the Clock
Switch Interrupt Flag (CSWIF) bit of PIR1 become set
(CSWIF = 1). If Clock Switch Interrupts are enabled
(CLKSIE = 1), an interrupt will be generated at that
time. The Oscillator Ready (ORDY) bit of OSCCON3
can also be polled to determine when the oscillator is
ready in lieu of an interrupt.
If the Clock Switch Hold (CSWHOLD) bit of OSCCON3
is clear, the oscillator switch will occur when the New
Oscillator is ready bit (NOSCR) is set, and the interrupt
(if enabled) will be serviced at the new oscillator
setting.
If CSWHOLD is set, the oscillator switch is suspended,
while execution continues using the current (old) clock
source. When the NOSCR bit is set, software should:
• Set CSWHOLD = 0 so the switch can complete,
or
• Copy COSC into NOSC to abandon the switch.
If DOZE is in effect, the switch occurs on the next clock
cycle, whether or not the CPU is operating during that
cycle.
Changing the clock post-divider without changing the
clock source (i.e., changing FOSC from 1 MHz to 2
MHz) is handled in the same manner as a clock source
change, as described previously. The clock source will
already be active, so the switch is relatively quick.
CSWHOLD must be clear (CSWHOLD = 0) for the
switch to complete.
The current COSC and CDIV are indicated in the
OSCCON2 register up to the moment when the switch
actually occurs, at which time OSCCON2 is updated
and ORDY is set. NOSCR is cleared by hardware to
indicate that the switch is complete.
6.3.2 PLL INPUT SWITCH
Switching between the PLL and any non-PLL source is
managed as described above. The input to the PLL is
established when NOSC selects the PLL, and main-
tained by the COSC setting.
When NOSC and COSC select the PLL with different
input sources, the system continues to run using the
COSC setting, and the new source is enabled per
NOSC. When the new oscillator is ready (and
CSWHOLD = 0), system operation is suspended while
the PLL input is switched and the PLL acquires lock.
6.3.3 CLOCK SWITCH AND SLEEP
If OSCCON1 is written with a new value and the device
is put to Sleep before the switch completes, the switch
will not take place and the device will enter Sleep
mode.
When the device wakes from Sleep and the
CSWHOLD bit is clear, the device will wake with the
‘new’ clock active, and the clock switch interrupt flag bit
(CSWIF) will be set.
When the device wakes from Sleep and the
CSWHOLD bit is set, the device will wake with the ‘old’
clock active and the new clock will be requested again.
Note: If the PLL fails to lock, the FSCM will
trigger.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 117
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 6-6: CLOCK SWITCH (CSWHOLD = 0)
FIGURE 6-7: CLOCK SWITCH (CSWHOLD = 1)
Note 1: CSWIF is asserted coincident with NOSCR; interrupt is serviced at OSC#2 speed.
2: The assertion of NOSCR is hidden from the user because it appears only for the duration of the switch.
CSWHOLD
NOSCR
OSC #2
CSWIF
OSCCON1
WRITTEN
NOTE 1
USER
CLEAR
OSC #1
NOTE 2
ORDY
Note 1: CSWIF is asserted coincident with NOSCR, and may be cleared before or after clearing CSWHOLD = 0.
CSWHOLD
NOSCR
OSC #1 OSC #2
CSWIF
OSCCON1
WRITTEN
NOTE 1
ORDY
USER
CLEAR
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 118
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 6-8: CLOCK SWITCH ABANDONED
Note 1: CSWIF may be cleared before or after rewriting OSCCON1; CSWIF is not automatically cleared.
2: ORDY = 0 if OSCCON1 does not match OSCCON2; a new switch will begin.
CSWHOLD
NOSCR
OSC #1
CSWIF
OSCCON1
WRITTEN
NOTE 1
OSCCON1
WRITTEN
NOTE 2
ORDY
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 119
PIC16(L)F18855/75
6.4 Fail-Safe Clock Monitor
The Fail-Safe Clock Monitor (FSCM) allows the device
to continue operating should the external oscillator fail.
The FSCM is enabled by setting the FCMEN bit in the
Configuration Words. The FSCM is applicable to all
external Oscillator modes (LP, XT, HS, EC and
Secondary Oscillator).
FIGURE 6-9: FSCM BLOCK DIAGRAM
6.4.1 FAIL-SAFE DETECTION
The FSCM module detects a failed oscillator by
comparing the external oscillator to the FSCM sample
clock. The sample clock is generated by dividing the
LFINTOSC by 64. See Figure 6-9. Inside the fail
detector block is a latch. The external clock sets the
latch on each falling edge of the external clock. The
sample clock clears the latch on each rising edge of the
sample clock. A failure is detected when an entire
half-cycle of the sample clock elapses before the
external clock goes low.
6.4.2 FAIL-SAFE OPERATION
When the external clock fails, the FSCM switches the
device clock to the HFINTOSC at 1 MHz clock
frequency and sets the bit flag OSFIF of the PIR1
register. Setting this flag will generate an interrupt if the
OSFIE bit of the PIE1 register is also set. The device
firmware can then take steps to mitigate the problems
that may arise from a failed clock. The system clock will
continue to be sourced from the internal clock source
until the device firmware successfully restarts the
external oscillator and switches back to external
operation, by writing to the NOSC and NDIV bits of the
OSCCON1 register.
6.4.3 FAIL-SAFE CONDITION CLEARING
The Fail-Safe condition is cleared after a Reset,
executing a SLEEP instruction or changing the NOSC
and NDIV bits of the OSCCON1 register. When
switching to the external oscillator or PLL, the OST is
restarted. While the OST is running, the device
continues to operate from the INTOSC selected in
OSCCON1. When the OST times out, the Fail-Safe
condition is cleared after successfully switching to the
external clock source. The OSFIF bit should be cleared
prior to switching to the external clock source. If the
Fail-Safe condition still exists, the OSFIF flag will again
become set by hardware.
External
LFINTOSC ÷ 64
S
R
Q
31 kHz
(~32 s)
488 Hz
(~2 ms)
Clock Monitor
Latch
Clock
Failure
Detected
Oscillator
Clock
Q
Sample Clock
m;u3%
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 120
PIC16(L)F18855/75
6.4.4 RESET OR WAKE-UP FROM SLEEP
The FSCM is designed to detect an oscillator failure
after the Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) has expired.
The OST is used after waking up from Sleep and after
any type of Reset. The OST is not used with the EC
Clock modes so that the FSCM will be active as soon
as the Reset or wake-up has completed. Therefore, the
device will always be executing code while the OST is
operating.
FIGURE 6-10: FSCM TIMING DIAGRAM
OSCFIF
System
Clock
Output
Sample Clock
Failure
Detected
Oscillator
Failure
Note: The system clock is normally at a much higher frequency than the sample clock. The relative frequencies in
this example have been chosen for clarity.
(Q)
Test Test Test
Clock Monitor Output
,m m m) 2_0>(2,3) ‘ (2,3,4) ‘2‘ an/n‘z’ ‘1’ an/n‘z) an/n‘z) ‘2’ an/n‘z)
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 121
PIC16(L)F18855/75
6.5 Register Definitions: Oscillator Control
REGISTER 6-1: OSCCON1: OSCILLATOR CONTROL REGISTER1
U-0 R/W-f/f(1) R/W-f/f(1) R/W-f/f(1) R/W-q/q R/W-q/q R/W-q/q R/W-q/q
— NOSC<2:0>(2,3) NDIV<3:0>(2,3,4)
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared f = determined by fuse setting
bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 6-4 NOSC<2:0>: New Oscillator Source Request bits
The setting requests a source oscillator and PLL combination per Table 6-1.
POR value = RSTOSC (Register 4-1).
bit 3-0 NDIV<3:0>: New Divider Selection Request bits
The setting determines the new postscaler division ratio per Ta b le 6-1 .
Note 1: The default value (f/f) is set equal to the RSTOSC Configuration bits.
2: If NOSC is written with a reserved value (Table 6-1), the operation is ignored and neither NOSC nor NDIV
is written.
3: When CSWEN = 0, this register is read-only and cannot be changed from the POR value.
4: When NOSC = 110 (HFINTOSC 4 MHz), the NDIV bits will default to ‘0010’ upon Reset; for all other
NOSC settings the NDIV bits will default to ‘0000’ upon Reset.
REGISTER 6-2: OSCCON2: OSCILLATOR CONTROL REGISTER 2
U-0 R-n/n(2) R-n/n(2) R-n/n(2) R-n/n(2) R-n/n(2) R-n/n(2) R-n/n(2)
— COSC<2:0> CDIV<3:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 6-4 COSC<2:0>: Current Oscillator Source Select bits (read-only)
Indicates the current source oscillator and PLL combination per Table 6-1.
bit 3-0 CDIV<3:0>: Current Divider Select bits (read-only)
Indicates the current postscaler division ratio per Table 6-1.
Note 1: The POR value is the value present when user code execution begins.
2: The reset value (n/n) is the same as the NOSC/NDIV bits.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 122
PIC16(L)F18855/75
TABLE 6-1: NOSC/COSC BIT SETTINGS
NOSC<2:0>/
COSC<2:0> Clock Source
111 EXTOSC(1)
110 HFINTOSC(2)
101 LFINTOSC
100 SOSC
011 Reserved (it operates like
NOSC = 110)
010 EXTOSC with 4x PLL(1)
001 HFINTOSC with 2x PLL(1)
000 Reserved (it operates like
NOSC = 110)
Note 1: EXTOSC configured by the FEXTOSC bits of
Configuration Word 1 (Register 4-1).
2: HFINTOSC settings are configured with the
HFFRQ bits of the OSCFRQ register
(Register 6-6).
TABLE 6-2: NDIV/CDIV BIT SETTINGS
NDIV<3:0>/
CDIV<3:0> Clock divider
1111-1010 Reserved
1001 512
1000 256
0111 128
0110 64
0101 32
0100 16
0011 8
0010 4
0001 2
0000 1
REGISTER 6-3: OSCCON3: OSCILLATOR CONTROL REGISTER 3
R/W/HC-0/0 R/W-0/0 U-0 R-0/0 R-0/0 U-0 U-0 U-0
CSWHOLD SOSCPWR — ORDY NOSCR — — —
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared HC = Bit is cleared by hardware
bit 7 CSWHOLD: Clock Switch Hold bit
1 = Clock switch will hold (with interrupt) when the oscillator selected by NOSC is ready
0 = Clock switch may proceed when the oscillator selected by NOSC is ready; if this bit
is clear at the time that NOSCR becomes ‘1’, the switch will occur
bit 6 SOSCPWR: Secondary Oscillator Power Mode Select bit
1 = Secondary oscillator operating in High-power mode
0 = Secondary oscillator operating in Low-power mode
bit 5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’.
bit 4 ORDY: Oscillator Ready bit (read-only)
1 = OSCCON1 = OSCCON2; the current system clock is the clock specified by NOSC
0 = A clock switch is in progress
bit 3 NOSCR: New Oscillator is Ready bit (read-only)
1 = A clock switch is in progress and the oscillator selected by NOSC indicates a “ready” condition
0 = A clock switch is not in progress, or the NOSC-selected oscillator is not yet ready
bit 2-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 123
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 6-4: OSCSTAT: OSCILLATOR STATUS REGISTER 1
R-q/q R-0/q R-0/q R-0/q R-q/q R-q/q U-0 R-q/q
EXTOR HFOR MFOR LFOR SOR ADOR —PLLR
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 EXTOR: EXTOSC (external) Oscillator Ready bit
1 = The oscillator is ready to be used
0 = The oscillator is not enabled, or is not yet ready to be used.
bit 6 HFOR: HFINTOSC Oscillator Ready bit
1 = The oscillator is ready to be used
0 = The oscillator is not enabled, or is not yet ready to be used.
bit 5 MFOR: MFINTOSC Oscillator Ready bit
1 = The oscillator is ready to be used
0 = The oscillator is not enabled, or is not yet ready to be used
bit 4 LFOR: LFINTOSC Oscillator Ready bit
1 = The oscillator is ready to be used
0 = The oscillator is not enabled, or is not yet ready to be used.
bit 3 SOR: Secondary (Timer1) Oscillator Ready bit
1 = The oscillator is ready to be used
0 = The oscillator is not enabled, or is not yet ready to be used.
bit 2 ADOR: CRC Oscillator Ready bit
1 = The oscillator is ready to be used
0 = The oscillator is not enabled, or is not yet ready to be used
bit 1 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 0 PLLR: PLL is Ready bit
1 = The PLL is ready to be used
0 = The PLL is not enabled, the required input source is not ready, or the PLL is not locked.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 124
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 6-5: OSCEN: OSCILLATOR MANUAL ENABLE REGISTER
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 U-0 U-0
EXTOEN HFOEN MFOEN LFOEN SOSCEN ADOEN — —
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 EXTOEN: External Oscillator Manual Request Enable bit(1)
1 = EXTOSC is explicitly enabled, operating as specified by FEXTOSC
0 = EXTOSC could be enabled by another module
bit 6 HFOEN: HFINTOSC Oscillator Manual Request Enable bit
1 = HFINTOSC is explicitly enabled, operating as specified by OSCFRQ
0 = HFINTOSC could be enabled by another module
bit 5 MFOEN: MFINTOSC Oscillator Manual Request Enable bit
1 = MFINTOSC is explicitly enabled
0 = MFINTOSC could be enabled by another module
bit 4 LFOEN: LFINTOSC (31 kHz) Oscillator Manual Request Enable bit
1 = LFINTOSC is explicitly enabled
0 = LFINTOSC could be enabled by another module
bit 3 SOSCEN: Secondary (Timer1) Oscillator Manual Request bit
1 = Secondary oscillator is explicitly enabled, operating as specified by SOSCPWR
0 = Secondary oscillator could be enabled by another module
bit 2 ADOEN: FRC Oscillator Manual Request Enable bit
1 = FRC is explicitly enabled
0 = FRC could be enabled by another module
bit 1-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
o>(1l Nomma‘ Freg (MHz NOSC : 11: .
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 125
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 6-6: OSCFRQ: HFINTOSC FREQUENCY SELECTION REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-q/q R/W-q/q R/W-q/q
— — — — —HFFRQ<2:0>
(1)
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2-0 HFFRQ<2:0>: HFINTOSC Frequency Selection bits
Nominal Freq (MHz) (NOSC = 110):
111 = Reserved
110 = 32
101 = 16
100 = 12
011 = 8
010 = 4
001 = 2
000 = 1
Note 1: When RSTOSC=110 (HFINTOSC 1 MHz), the HFFRQ bits will default to ‘010’ upon Reset; when RSTOSC = 000
(HFINTOSC 32 MHz), the HFFRQ bits will default to ‘110’ upon Reset.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 126
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 6-7: OSCTUNE: HFINTOSC TUNING REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-1/1 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
—— HFTUN<5:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’.
bit 5-0 HFTUN<5:0>: HFINTOSC Frequency Tuning bits
10 0000 = Minimum frequency
•
•
•
10 0001
00 0000 = Center frequency. Oscillator module is running at the calibrated frequency (default value).
01 1111
•
•
•
01 1111 = Maximum frequency
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 127
PIC16(L)F18855/75
TABLE 6-3: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH CLOCK SOURCES
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
OSCCON1 — NOSC<2:0> NDIV<3:0> 121
OSCCON2 — COSC<2:0> CDIV<3:0> 121
OSCCON3 CWSHOLD SOSCPWR — ORDY NOSCR — — — 122
OSCFRQ — — — — — HFFRQ<2:0> 125
OSCSTAT EXTOR HFOR MFOR LFOR SOR ADOR — PLLR 123
OSCTUNE —— HFTUN<5:0> 126
OSCEN EXTOEN HFOEN MFOEN LFOEN SOSCEN ADOEN — — 124
Legend: — = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by clock sources.
TABLE 6-4: SUMMARY OF CONFIGURATION WORD WITH CLOCK SOURCES
Name Bits Bit -/7 Bit -/6 Bit 13/5 Bit 12/4 Bit 11/3 Bit 10/2 Bit 9/1 Bit 8/0 Register
on Page
CONFIG1 13:8 — — FCMEN — CSWEN — — CLKOUTEN
92
7:0 — RSTOSC<2:0> — FEXTOSC<2:0>
Legend: — = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by clock sources.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 128
PIC16(L)F18855/75
7.0 INTERRUPTS
The interrupt feature allows certain events to preempt
normal program flow. Firmware is used to determine
the source of the interrupt and act accordingly. Some
interrupts can be configured to wake the MCU from
Sleep mode.
This chapter contains the following information for
Interrupts:
•Operation
• Interrupt Latency
• Interrupts During Sleep
•INT Pin
• Automatic Context Saving
Many peripherals produce interrupts. Refer to the
corresponding chapters for details.
A block diagram of the interrupt logic is shown in
Figure 7-1.
FIGURE 7-1: INTERRUPT LOGIC
TMR0IF
TMR0IE
INTF
INTE
IOCIF
IOCIE Interrupt
to CPU
Wake-up
(If in Sleep mode)
GIE
(TMR1IF) PIR1<0>
PIRn<7>
PEIE
(TMR1IE) PIE1<0>
Peripheral Interrupts
PIEn<7>
Rev. 10-000010A
1/13/2014
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 129
PIC16(L)F18855/75
7.1 Operation
Interrupts are disabled upon any device Reset. They
are enabled by setting the following bits:
• GIE bit of the INTCON register
• Interrupt Enable bit(s) for the specific interrupt
event(s)
• PEIE bit of the INTCON register (if the Interrupt
Enable bit of the interrupt event is contained in the
PIEx registers)
The PIR1, PIR2, PIR3 and PIR4 registers record
individual interrupts via interrupt flag bits. Interrupt flag
bits will be set, regardless of the status of the GIE, PEIE
and individual interrupt enable bits.
The following events happen when an interrupt event
occurs while the GIE bit is set:
• Current prefetched instruction is flushed
• GIE bit is cleared
• Current Program Counter (PC) is pushed onto the
stack
• Critical registers are automatically saved to the
shadow registers (See “Section 7.5 “Automatic
Context Saving”)
• PC is loaded with the interrupt vector 0004h
The firmware within the Interrupt Service Routine (ISR)
should determine the source of the interrupt by polling
the interrupt flag bits. The interrupt flag bits must be
cleared before exiting the ISR to avoid repeated
interrupts. Because the GIE bit is cleared, any interrupt
that occurs while executing the ISR will be recorded
through its interrupt flag, but will not cause the
processor to redirect to the interrupt vector.
The RETFIE instruction exits the ISR by popping the
previous address from the stack, restoring the saved
context from the shadow registers and setting the GIE
bit.
For additional information on a specific interrupt’s
operation, refer to its peripheral chapter.
7.2 Interrupt Latency
Interrupt latency is defined as the time from when the
interrupt event occurs to the time code execution at the
interrupt vector begins. The latency for synchronous
interrupts is three or four instruction cycles. For
asynchronous interrupts, the latency is three to five
instruction cycles, depending on when the interrupt
occurs. See Figure 7-2 and Figure 7-3 for more details.
Note 1: Individual interrupt flag bits are set,
regardless of the state of any other
enable bits.
2: All interrupts will be ignored while the GIE
bit is cleared. Any interrupt occurring
while the GIE bit is clear will be serviced
when the GIE bit is set again.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 130
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 7-2: INTERRUPT LATENCY
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
OSC1
CLKR
PC 0004h 0005h
PC
Inst(0004h)NOP
GIE
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
1 Cycle Instruction at PC
PC
Inst(0004h)NOP
2 Cycle Instruction at PC
FSR ADDR PC+1 PC+2 0004h 0005h
PC
Inst(0004h)NOP
GIE
PCPC-1
3 Cycle Instruction at PC
Execute
Interrupt
Inst(PC)
Interrupt Sampled
during Q1
Inst(PC)
PC-1 PC+1
NOP
PC New PC/
PC+1 0005hPC-1 PC+1/FSR
ADDR 0004h
NOP
Interrupt
GIE
Interrupt
INST(PC) NOPNOP
FSR ADDR PC+1 PC+2 0004h 0005h
PC
Inst(0004h)NOP
GIE
PCPC-1
3 Cycle Instruction at PC
Interrupt
INST(PC) NOPNOP NOP
Inst(0005h)
Execute
Execute
Execute
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 131
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 7-3: INT PIN INTERRUPT TIMING
Q2Q1 Q3 Q4 Q2Q1 Q3 Q4 Q2Q1 Q3 Q4 Q2Q1 Q3 Q4 Q2Q1 Q3 Q4
OSC1
CLKOUT
INT pin
INTF
GIE
INSTRUCTION FLOW
PC
Instruction
Fetched
Instruction
Executed
Interrupt Latency
PC PC + 1 PC + 1 0004h 0005h
Inst (0004h) Inst (0005h)
Forced NOP
Inst (PC) Inst (PC + 1)
Inst (PC – 1) Inst (0004h)
Forced NOP
Inst (PC)
—
Note 1: INTF flag is sampled here (every Q1).
2: Asynchronous interrupt latency = 3-5 TCY. Synchronous latency = 3-4 TCY, where TCY = instruction cycle time.
Latency is the same whether Inst (PC) is a single cycle or a 2-cycle instruction.
3: CLKOUT not available in all oscillator modes.
4: For minimum width of INT pulse, refer to AC specifications in Section 37.0 “Electrical Specifications”.
5: INTF is enabled to be set any time during the Q4-Q1 cycles.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(1)
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 132
PIC16(L)F18855/75
7.3 Interrupts During Sleep
Some interrupts can be used to wake from Sleep. To
wake from Sleep, the peripheral must be able to
operate without the system clock. The interrupt source
must have the appropriate Interrupt Enable bit(s) set
prior to entering Sleep.
On waking from Sleep, if the GIE bit is also set, the
processor will branch to the interrupt vector. Otherwise,
the processor will continue executing instructions after
the SLEEP instruction. The instruction directly after the
SLEEP instruction will always be executed before
branching to the ISR. Refer to Section 8.0
“Power-Saving Operation Modes” for more details.
7.4 INT Pin
The INT pin can be used to generate an asynchronous
edge-triggered interrupt. This interrupt is enabled by
setting the INTE bit of the PIE0 register. The INTEDG bit
of the INTCON register determines on which edge the
interrupt will occur. When the INTEDG bit is set, the
rising edge will cause the interrupt. When the INTEDG
bit is clear, the falling edge will cause the interrupt. The
INTF bit of the PIR0 register will be set when a valid
edge appears on the INT pin. If the GIE and INTE bits
are also set, the processor will redirect program
execution to the interrupt vector.
7.5 Automatic Context Saving
Upon entering an interrupt, the return PC address is
saved on the stack. Additionally, the following registers
are automatically saved in the shadow registers:
• W register
• STATUS register (except for TO and PD)
• BSR register
• FSR registers
• PCLATH register
Upon exiting the Interrupt Service Routine, these
registers are automatically restored. Any modifications
to these registers during the ISR will be lost. If
modifications to any of these registers are desired, the
corresponding shadow register should be modified and
the value will be restored when exiting the ISR. The
shadow registers are available in Bank 31 and are
readable and writable. Depending on the user’s
application, other registers may also need to be saved.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 133
PIC16(L)F18855/75
7.6 Register Definitions: Interrupt Control
REGISTER 7-1: INTCON: INTERRUPT CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1/1
GIE PEIE — — — — —INTEDG
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 GIE: Global Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables all active interrupts
0 = Disables all interrupts
bit 6 PEIE: Peripheral Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables all active peripheral interrupts
0 = Disables all peripheral interrupts
bit 5-1 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 0 INTEDG: Interrupt Edge Select bit
1 = Interrupt on rising edge of INT pin
0 = Interrupt on falling edge of INT pin
Note: Interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt
condition occurs, regardless of the state of
its corresponding enable bit or the Global
Enable bit, GIE, of the INTCON register.
User software should ensure the
appropriate interrupt flag bits are clear
prior to enabling an interrupt.
F
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 134
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 7-2: PIE0: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT ENABLE REGISTER 0
U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0
—— TMR0IE IOCIE — — —INTE
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared HS = Hardware set
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5 TMR0IE: TMR0 Overflow Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the TMR0 interrupt
0 = Disables the TMR0 interrupt
bit 4 IOCIE: Interrupt-on-Change Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the IOC change interrupt
0 = Disables the IOC change interrupt
bit 3-1 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 0 INTE: INT External Interrupt Flag bit(1)
1 = Enables the INT external interrupt
0 = Disables the INT external interrupt
Note 1: The External Interrupt GPIO pin is selected by INTPPS (Register 13-1).
Note: Bit PEIE of the INTCON register must be
set to enable any peripheral interrupt
controlled by PIE1-PIE8. Interrupt sources
controlled by the PIE0 register do not
require PEIE to be set in order to allow
interrupt vectoring (when GIE is set).
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 135
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 7-3: PIE1: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT ENABLE REGISTER 1
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
OSFIE CSWIE — — — — ADTIE ADIE
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 OSFIE: Oscillator Fail Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the Oscillator Fail Interrupt
0 = Disables the Oscillator Fail Interrupt
bit 6 CSWIE: Clock Switch Complete Interrupt Enable bit
1 = The clock switch module interrupt is enabled
0 = The clock switch module interrupt is disabled
bit 5-2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 1 ADTIE: Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) Threshold Compare Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the ADC threshold compare interrupt
0 = Disables the ADC threshold compare interrupt
bit 0 ADIE: Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the ADC interrupt
0 = Disables the ADC interrupt
Note 1: Bit PEIE of the INTCON register must be set to enable any peripheral interrupt controlled by registers
PIE1-PIE8.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 136
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 7-4: PIE2: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT ENABLE REGISTER 2
U-0 R/W-0/0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
— ZCDIE — — — —C2IEC1IE
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 6 ZCDIE: Zero-Cross Detection (ZCD) Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the ZCD interrupt
0 = Disables the ZCD interrupt
bit 5-2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 1 C2IE: Comparator C2 Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the Comparator C2 interrupt
0 = Disables the Comparator C2 interrupt
bit 0 C1IE: Comparator C1 Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the Comparator C1 interrupt
0 = Disables the Comparator C1 interrupt
Note: Bit PEIE of the INTCON register must be
set to enable any peripheral interrupt
controlled by registers PIE1-PIE8.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 137
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 7-5: PIE3: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT ENABLE REGISTER 3
U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
— — RCIE TXIE BCL2IE SSP2IE BCL1IE SSP1IE
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5 RCIE: USART Receive Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the USART receive interrupt
0 = Enables the USART receive interrupt
bit 4 TXIE: USART Transmit Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the USART transmit interrupt
0 = Disables the USART transmit interrupt
bit 3 BCL2IE: MSSP2 Bus Collision Interrupt Enable bit
1 = MSSP bus Collision interrupt enabled
0 = MSSP bus Collision interrupt disabled
bit 2 SSP2IE: Synchronous Serial Port (MSSP2) Interrupt Enable bit
1 = MSSP bus collision Interrupt
0 = Disables the MSSP Interrupt
bit 1 BCL1IE: MSSP1 Bus Collision Interrupt Enable bit
1 = MSSP bus collision interrupt enabled
0 = MSSP bus collision interrupt disabled
bit 0 SSP1IE: Synchronous Serial Port (MSSP1) Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the MSSP interrupt
0 = Disables the MSSP interrupt
Note: Bit PEIE of the INTCON register must be
set to enable any peripheral interrupt
controlled by PIE1-PIE8.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 138
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 7-6: PIE4: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT ENABLE REGISTER 4
U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
—— TMR6IE TMR5IE TMR4IE TMR3IE TMR2IE TMR1IE
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared HS = Hardware set
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5 TMR6IE: TMR6 to PR6 Match Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the Timer6 to PR6 match interrupt
0 = Disables the Timer6 to PR6 match interrupt
bit 4 TMR5IE: Timer5 Overflow Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the Timer5 overflow interrupt
0 = Disables the Timer5 overflow interrupt
bit 3 TMR4IE: TMR4 to PR4 Match Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the Timer4 to PR4 match interrupt
0 = Disables the Timer4 to PR4 match interrupt
bit 2 TMR3IE: TMR3 Overflow Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the Timer3 overflow interrupt
0 = Enables the Timer3 overflow interrupt
bit 1 TMR2IE: TMR2 to PR2 Match Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the Timer2 to PR2 match interrupt
0 = Disables the Timer2 to PR2 match interrupt
bit 0 TMR1IE: Timer1 Overflow Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the Timer1 overflow interrupt
0 = Enables the Timer1 overflow interrupt
Note: Bit PEIE of the INTCON register must be
set to enable any peripheral interrupt
controlled by registers PIE1-PIE8.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 139
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 7-7: PIE5: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT ENABLE REGISTER 5
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
CLC4IE CLC3IE CLC2IE CLC1IE — TMR5GIE TMR3GIE TMR1GIE
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared HS = Hardware set
bit 7 CLC4IE: CLC4 Interrupt Enable bit
1 = CLC4 interrupt enabled
0 = CLC4 interrupt disabled
bit 6 CLC3IE: CLC3 Interrupt Enable bit
1 = CLC3 interrupt enabled
0 = CLC3 interrupt disabled
bit 5 CLC2IE: CLC2 Interrupt Enable bit
1 = CLC2 interrupt enabled
0 = CLC2 interrupt disabled
bit 4 CLC1IE: CLC1 Interrupt Enable bit
1 = CLC1 interrupt enabled
0 = CLC1 interrupt disabled
bit 3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2 TMR5GIE: Timer5 Gate Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the Timer5 gate acquisition interrupt
0 = Disables the Timer5 gate acquisition interrupt
bit 1 TMR3GIE: Timer3 Gate Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the Timer3 gate acquisition interrupt
0 = Disables the Timer3 gate acquisition interrupt
bit 0 TMR1GIE: Timer1 Gate Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the Timer1 gate acquisition interrupt
0 = Disables the Timer1 gate acquisition interrupt
Note: Bit PEIE of the INTCON register must be
set to enable any peripheral interrupt
controlled by registers PIE1-PIE8.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 140
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 7-8: PIE6: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT ENABLE REGISTER 6
U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
— — — CCP5IE CCP4IE CCP3IE CCP2IE CCP1IE
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared HS = Hardware set
bit 7-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’.
bit 4 CCP5IE: CCP5 Interrupt Enable bit
1 = CCP5 interrupt is enabled
0 = CCP5 interrupt is disabled
bit 3 CCP4IE: CCP4 Interrupt Enable bit
1 = CCP4 interrupt is enabled
0 = CCP4 interrupt is disabled
bit 2 CCP3IE: CCP3 Interrupt Enable bit
1 = CCP3 interrupt is enabled
0 = CCP3 interrupt is disabled
bit 1 CCP2IE: CCP2 Interrupt Enable bit
1 = CCP2 interrupt is enabled
0 = CCP2 interrupt is disabled
bit 0 CCP1IE: CCP1 Interrupt Enable bit
1 = CCP1 interrupt is enabled
0 = CCP1 interrupt is disabled
Note: Bit PEIE of the INTCON register must be
set to enable any peripheral interrupt
controlled by registers PIE1-PIE8.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 141
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 7-9: PIE7: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT ENABLE REGISTER 7
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
SCANIE CRCIE NVMIE NCO1IE — CWG3IE CWG2IE CWG1IE
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared HS = Hardware set
bit 7 SCANIE: Scanner Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the scanner interrupt
0 = Disables the scanner interrupt
bit 6 CRCIE: CRC Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the CRC interrupt
0 = Disables the CRC interrupt
bit 5 NVMIE: NVM Interrupt Enable bit
1 = NVM task complete interrupt enabled
0 = NVM interrupt not enabled
bit 4 NCO1IE: NCO Interrupt Enable bit
1 = NCO rollover interrupt enabled
0 = NCO rollover interrupt disabled
bit 3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’.
bit 2 CWG3IE: Complementary Waveform Generator (CWG) 3 Interrupt Enable bit
1 = CWG3 interrupt enabled
0 = CWG3 interrupt disabled
bit 1 CWG2IE: Complementary Waveform Generator (CWG) 2 Interrupt Enable bit
1 = CWG2 interrupt is enabled
0 = CWG2 interrupt disabled
bit 0 CWG1IE: Complementary Waveform Generator (CWG) 2 Interrupt Enable bit
1 = CWG1 interrupt is enabled
0 = CWG1 interrupt disabled
Note: Bit PEIE of the INTCON register must be
set to enable any peripheral interrupt
controlled by registers PIE1-PIE8.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 142
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 7-10: PIE8: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT ENABLE REGISTER 8
U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
—— SMT2PWAIE SMT2PRAIE SMT2IE SMT1PWAIE SMT1PRAIE SMT1IE
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared HS = Hardware set
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’.
bit 6 SMT2PWAIE: SMT2 Pulse-Width Acquisition Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the SMT acquisition interrupt
0 = Disables the SMT acquisition interrupt
bit 5 SMT2PRAIE: SMT2 Period Acquisition Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the SMT acquisition interrupt
0 = Disables the SMT acquisition interrupt
bit 4 SMT2IE: SMT2 Overflow Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the SMT overflow interrupt
0 = Disables the SMT overflow interrupt
bit 2 SMT1PWAIE: SMT1 Pulse-Width Acquisition Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the SMT acquisition interrupt
0 = Disables the SMT acquisition interrupt
bit 1 SMT1PRAIE: SMT1 Period Acquisition Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the SMT acquisition interrupt
0 = Disables the SMT acquisition interrupt
bit 0 SMT1IE: SMT1 Overflow Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the SMT overflow interrupt
0 = Disables the SMT overflow interrupt
Note: Bit PEIE of the INTCON register must be
set to enable any peripheral interrupt
controlled by registers PIE1-PIE8.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 143
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 7-11: PIR0: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT STATUS REGISTER 0
U-0 U-0 R/W/HS-0/0 R-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W/HS-0/0
— — TMR0IF IOCIF — — —INTF
(1)
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared HS= Hardware Set
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5 TMR0IF: TMR0 Overflow Interrupt Flag bit
1 = TMR0 register has overflowed (must be cleared in software)
0 = TMR0 register did not overflow
bit 4 IOCIF: Interrupt-on-Change Interrupt Flag bit (read-only)(2)
1 = One or more of the IOCAF-IOCEF register bits are currently set, indicating an enabled edge was
detected by the IOC module.
0 = None of the IOCAF-IOCEF register bits are currently set
bit 3-1 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 0 INTF: INT External Interrupt Flag bit(1)
1 = The INT external interrupt occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = The INT external interrupt did not occur
Note 1: The External Interrupt GPIO pin is selected by INTPPS (Register 13-1).
2: The IOCIF bits are the logical OR of all the IOCAF-IOCEF flags. Therefore, to clear the IOCIF flag,
application firmware should clear all of the lower level IOCAF-IOCEF register bits.
Note: Interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt
condition occurs, regardless of the state of
its corresponding enable bit or the Global
Enable bit, GIE, of the INTCON register.
User software should ensure the
appropriate interrupt flag bits are clear
prior to enabling an interrupt.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 144
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 7-12: PIR1: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT REQUEST REGISTER 1
R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0
OSFIF CSWIF — — — — ADTIF ADIF
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared HS = Hardware set
bit 7 OSFIF: Oscillator Fail-Safe Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Oscillator fail-safe interrupt has occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = No oscillator fail-safe interrupt
bit 6 CSWIF: Clock Switch Complete Interrupt Flag bit
1 = The clock switch module indicates an interrupt condition (must be cleared in software)
0 = The clock switch does not indicate an interrupt condition
bit 5-2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 1 ADTIF: Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) Threshold Compare Interrupt Flag bit
1 = An A/D measurement was beyond the configured threshold (must be cleared in software)
0 = A/D measurements have been within the configured threshold
bit 0 ADIF: Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) Interrupt Flag bit
1 = An A/D conversion or complex operation has completed (must be cleared in software)
0 = An A/D conversion or complex operation is not complete
Note: Interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt
condition occurs, regardless of the state of
its corresponding enable bit or the Global
Enable bit, GIE, of the INTCON register.
User software should ensure the
appropriate interrupt flag bits are clear
prior to enabling an interrupt.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 145
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 7-13: PIR2: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT REQUEST REGISTER 2
U-0 R/W/HS-0/0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0
— ZCDIF — — — — C2IF C1IF
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared HS = Hardware set
bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 6 ZCDIF: Zero-Cross Detect (ZCD) Interrupt Flag bit
1 = An enabled rising and/or falling ZCD event has been detected (must be cleared in software)
0 = No ZCD event has occurred
bit 5-2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 1 C2IF: Comparator C2 Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Comparator 2 interrupt asserted (must be cleared in software)
0 = Comparator 2 interrupt not asserted
bit 0 C1IF: Comparator C1 Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Comparator 1 interrupt asserted (must be cleared in software)
0 = Comparator 1 interrupt not asserted
Note: Interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt
condition occurs, regardless of the state of
its corresponding enable bit or the Global
Enable bit, GIE, of the INTCON register.
User software should ensure the
appropriate interrupt flag bits are clear
prior to enabling an interrupt.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 146
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 7-14: PIR3: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT REQUEST REGISTER 3
U-0 U-0 R-0 R-0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0
—— RCIF TXIF BCL2IF SSP2IF BCL1IF SSP1IF
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared HS = Hardware clearable
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5 RCIF: EUSART Receive Interrupt Flag (read-only) bit (1)
1 = The EUSART receive buffer is not empty (contains at least one byte)
0 = The EUSART receive buffer is empty
bit 4 TXIF: EUSART Transmit Interrupt Flag (read-only) bit(2)
1 = The EUSART transmit buffer contains at least one unoccupied space
0 = The EUSART transmit buffer is currently full. The application firmware should not write to TXREG
again, until more room becomes available in the transmit buffer.
bit 3 BCL2IF: MSSP2 Bus Collision Interrupt Flag bit
1 = A bus collision was detected (must be cleared in software)
0 = No bus collision was detected
bit 2 SSP2IF: Synchronous Serial Port (MSSP2) Interrupt Flag bit
1 = The Transmission/Reception/Bus Condition is complete (must be cleared in software)
0 = Waiting for the Transmission/Reception/Bus Condition in progress
bit 1 BCL1IF: MSSP1 Bus Collision Interrupt Flag bit
1 = A bus collision was detected (must be cleared in software)
0 = No bus collision was detected
bit 0 SSP1IF: Synchronous Serial Port (MSSP1) Interrupt Flag bit
1 = The Transmission/Reception/Bus Condition is complete (must be cleared in software)
0 = Waiting for the Transmission/Reception/Bus Condition in progress
Note 1: The RCIF flag is a read-only bit. To clear the RCIF flag, the firmware must read from RCREG enough
times to remove all bytes from the receive buffer.
2: The TXIF flag is a read-only bit, indicating if there is room in the transmit buffer. To clear the TXIF flag, the
firmware must write enough data to TXREG to completely fill all available bytes in the buffer. The TXIF flag
does not indicate transmit completion (use TRMT for this purpose instead).
Note: Interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt
condition occurs, regardless of the state of
its corresponding enable bit or the Global
Enable bit, GIE, of the INTCON register.
User software should ensure the
appropriate interrupt flag bits are clear
prior to enabling an interrupt.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 147
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 7-15: PIR4: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT REQUEST REGISTER 4
U-0 U-0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0
—— TMR6IF TMR5IF TMR4IF TMR3IF TMR2IF TMR1IF
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared HS = Hardware set
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5 TRM6IF: Timer6 Interrupt Flag bit
1 = The TMR6 postscaler overflowed, or in 1:1 mode, a TMR6 to PR6 match occurred (must be cleared
in software)
0 = No TMR6 event has occurred
bit 4 TRM5IF: Timer5 Overflow Interrupt Flag bit
1 = TMR5 overflow occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = No TMR5 overflow occurred
bit 3 TRM4IF: Timer4 Interrupt Flag bit
1 = The TMR4 postscaler overflowed, or in 1:1 mode, a TMR4 to PR4 match occurred (must be cleared
in software)
0 = No TMR4 event has occurred
bit 2 TRM3IF: Timer3 Overflow Interrupt Flag bit
1 = TMR3 overflow occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = No TMR3 overflow occurred
bit 1 TRM2IF: Timer2 Interrupt Flag bit
1 = The TMR2 postscaler overflowed, or in 1:1 mode, a TMR2 to PR2 match occurred (must be cleared
in software)
0 = No TMR2 event has occurred
bit 0 TRM1IF: Timer1 Overflow Interrupt Flag bit
1 = TMR1 overflow occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = No TMR1 overflow occurred
F
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 148
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 7-16: PIR5: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT REQUEST REGISTER 5
R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 U-0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0
CLC4IF CLC3IF CLC2IF CLC1IF — TMR5GIF TMR3GIF TMR1GIF
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared HS = Hardware set
bit 7 CLC4IF: CLC4 Interrupt Flag bit
1 = A CLC4OUT interrupt condition has occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = No CLC4 interrupt event has occurred
bit 6 CLC3IF: CLC3 Interrupt Flag bit
1 = A CLC4OUT interrupt condition has occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = No CLC4 interrupt event has occurred
bit 5 CLC2IF: CLC2 Interrupt Flag bit
1 = A CLC4OUT interrupt condition has occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = No CLC4 interrupt event has occurred
bit 4 CLC1IF: CLC1 Interrupt Flag bit
1 = A CLC4OUT interrupt condition has occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = No CLC4 interrupt event has occurred
bit 3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2 TMR5GIF: Timer5 Gate Interrupt Flag bit
1 = The Timer5 Gate has gone inactive (the gate is closed)
0 = The Timer5 Gate has not gone inactive
bit 1 TMR3GIF: Timer3 Gate Interrupt Flag bit
1 = The Timer5 Gate has gone inactive (the gate is closed)
0 = The Timer5 Gate has not gone inactive
bit 0 TMR1GIF: Timer1 Gate Interrupt Flag bit
1 = The Timer1 Gate has gone inactive (the gate is closed)
0 = The Timer1 Gate has not gone inactive
Note: Interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt
condition occurs, regardless of the state of
its corresponding enable bit or the Global
Enable bit, GIE, of the INTCON register.
User software should ensure the
appropriate interrupt flag bits are clear
prior to enabling an interrupt.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 149
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 7-17: PIR6: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT REQUEST REGISTER 6
U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0
— — — CCP5IF CCP4IF CCP3IF CCP2IF CCP1IF
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared HS = Hardware set
bit 7-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4 CCP5IF: CCP5 Interrupt Flag bit
bit 3 CCP4IF: CCP4 Interrupt Flag bit
bit 2 CCP3IF: CCP3 Interrupt Flag bit
bit 1 CCP2IF: CCP2 Interrupt Flag bit
bit 0 CCP1IF: CCP1 Interrupt Flag bit
Value
CCPM Mode
Capture Compare PWM
1Capture occurred
(must be cleared in software)
Compare match occurred
(must be cleared in software)
Output trailing edge occurred
(must be cleared in software)
0Capture did not occur Compare match did not occur Output trailing edge did not occur
Value
CCPM Mode
Capture Compare PWM
1Capture occurred
(must be cleared in software)
Compare match occurred
(must be cleared in software)
Output trailing edge occurred
(must be cleared in software)
0Capture did not occur Compare match did not occur Output trailing edge did not occur
Value
CCPM Mode
Capture Compare PWM
1Capture occurred
(must be cleared in software)
Compare match occurred
(must be cleared in software)
Output trailing edge occurred
(must be cleared in software)
0Capture did not occur Compare match did not occur Output trailing edge did not occur
Value
CCPM Mode
Capture Compare PWM
1Capture occurred
(must be cleared in software)
Compare match occurred
(must be cleared in software)
Output trailing edge occurred
(must be cleared in software)
0Capture did not occur Compare match did not occur Output trailing edge did not occur
Value
CCPM Mode
Capture Compare PWM
1Capture occurred
(must be cleared in software)
Compare match occurred
(must be cleared in software)
Output trailing edge occurred
(must be cleared in software)
0Capture did not occur Compare match did not occur Output trailing edge did not occur
Note: Interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt
condition occurs, regardless of the state of
its corresponding enable bit or the Global
Enable bit, GIE, of the INTCON register.
User software should ensure the
appropriate interrupt flag bits are clear
prior to enabling an interrupt.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 150
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 7-18: PIR6: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT REQUEST REGISTER 6
U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0
— — — CCP5IF CCP4IF CCP3IF CCP2IF CCP1IF
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared HS = Hardware set
bit 7-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4 CCP5IF: CCP5 Interrupt Flag bit
CCP5IF = 1:
Capture mode: Capture occurred (must be cleared in software)
Compare mode: Compare match occurred (must be cleared in software)
PWM mode: Output trailing edge occurred (must be cleared in software)
CCP5IF = 0:
Capture mode: Capture did not occur
Compare mode: Compare match did not occur
PWM mode: Output trailing edge did not occur
bit 3 CCP4IF: CCP4 Interrupt Flag bit
CCP4IF = 1:
Capture mode: Capture occurred (must be cleared in software)
Compare mode: Compare match occurred (must be cleared in software)
PWM mode: Output trailing edge occurred (must be cleared in software)
CCP4IF = 0:
Capture mode: Capture did not occur
Compare mode: Compare match did not occur
PWM mode: Output trailing edge did not occur
bit 2 CCP3IF: CCP3 Interrupt Flag bit
CCP3IF = 1:
Capture mode: Capture occurred (must be cleared in software)
Compare mode: Compare match occurred (must be cleared in software)
PWM mode: Output trailing edge occurred (must be cleared in software)
CCP3IF = 0:
Capture mode: Capture did not occur
Compare mode: Compare match did not occur
PWM mode: Output trailing edge did not occur
bit 1 CCP2IF: CCP2 Interrupt Flag bit
CCP2IF = 1:
Capture mode: Capture occurred (must be cleared in software)
Compare mode: Compare match occurred (must be cleared in software)
PWM mode: Output trailing edge occurred (must be cleared in software)
CCP2IF = 0:
Capture mode: Capture did not occur
Compare mode: Compare match did not occur
PWM mode: Output trailing edge did not occur
bit 0 CCP1IF: CCP1 Interrupt Flag bit
CCP1IF = 1:
Capture mode: Capture occurred (must be cleared in software)
Compare mode: Compare match occurred (must be cleared in software)
PWM mode: Output trailing edge occurred (must be cleared in software)
CCP1IF = 0:
Capture mode: Capture did not occur
Compare mode: Compare match did not occur
PWM mode: Output trailing edge did not occur
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 151
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 7-19: PIR7: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT REQUEST REGISTER 7
R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 U-0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0
SCANIF CRCIF NVMIF NCO1IF — CWG3IF CWG2IF CWG1IF
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared HS = Hardware set
bit 7 SCANIF: Program Memory Scanner Interrupt Flag bit
1 = The operation has completed (a SCANGO 1 to 0 transition has occurred)
0 = No operation is pending or the operation is still in progress
bit 6 CRCIF: CRC Interrupt Flag bit
1 = The operation has completed (a BUSY 1 to 0 transition has occurred)
0 = No operation is pending or the operation is still in progress
bit 5 NVMIF: Non-Volatile Memory (NVM) Interrupt Flag bit
1 = The requested NVM operation has completed
0 = NVM interrupt not asserted
bit 4 NCO1IF: Numerically Controlled Oscillator (NCO) Interrupt Flag bit
1 = The NCO has rolled over
0 = No CLC4 interrupt event has occurred
bit 3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2 CWG3IF: CWG3 Interrupt Flag bit
1 = CWG3 has gone into shutdown
0 = CWG3 is operating normally, or interrupt cleared
bit 1 CWG2IF: CWG2 Interrupt Flag bit
1 = CWG2 has gone into shutdown
0 = CWG3 is operating normally, or interrupt cleared
bit 0 CWG1IF: CWG1 Interrupt Flag bit
1 = CWG1 has gone into shutdown
0 = CWG1 is operating normally, or interrupt cleared
Note: Interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt
condition occurs, regardless of the state of
its corresponding enable bit or the Global
Enable bit, GIE, of the INTCON register.
User software should ensure the
appropriate interrupt flag bits are clear
prior to enabling an interrupt.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 152
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 7-20: PIR8: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT REQUEST REGISTER 8
U-0 U-0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0
—— SMT2PWAIF SMT2PRAIF SMT2IF SMT1PWAIF SMT1PRAIF SMT1IF
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared HS = Hardware set
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’.
bit 5 SMT2PWAIF: SMT2 Pulse Width Acquisition Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Interrupt is pending
0 = Interrupt is not pending
bit 4 SMT2PRAIF: SMT2 Period Acquisition Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Interrupt is pending
0 = Interrupt is not pending
bit 3 SMT2IF: SMT2 Overflow Interrupt Flag bit
1 = An SMT overflow event has occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = No overflow event detected
bit 2 SMT1PWAIF: SMT1 Pulse Width Acquisition Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Interrupt is pending
0 = Interrupt is not pending
bit 1 SMT1PRAIF: SMT1 Period Acquisition Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Interrupt is pending
0 = Interrupt is not pending
bit 0 SMT1IF: SMT1 Overflow Interrupt Flag bit
1 = An SMT overflow event has occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = No overflow event detected
Note: Interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt
condition occurs, regardless of the state of
its corresponding enable bit or the Global
Enable bit, GIE, of the INTCON register.
User software should ensure the
appropriate interrupt flag bits are clear
prior to enabling an interrupt.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 153
PIC16(L)F18855/75
TABLE 7-1: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH INTERRUPTS
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
INTCON GIE PEIE — — — — —INTEDG133
PIE0 ——TMR0IEIOCIE — — —INTE134
PIE1 OSFIE CSWIE — — — — ADTIE ADIE 135
PIE2 — ZCDIE — — — — C2IE C1IE 136
PIE3 — — RCIE TXIE BCL2IE SSP2IE BCL1IE SSP1IE 137
PIE4 —— TMR6IE TMR5IE TMR4IE TMR3IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 138
PIE5 CLC4IE CLC3IE CLC2IE CLC1IE — TMR5GIE TMR3GIE TMR1GIE 139
PIE6 — — — CCP5IE CCP4IE CCP3IE CCP2IE CCP1IE 140
PIE7 SCANIE CRCIE NVMIE NCO1IE — CWG3IE CWG2IE CWG1IE 141
PIE8 —— SMT2PWAIE SMT2PRAIE SMT2IE SMT1PWAIE SMT1PRAIE SMT1IE 142
PIR0 ——TMR0IFIOCIF — — —INTF
143
PIR1 OSFIF CSWIF — — — — ADTIF ADIF 144
PIR2 —ZCDIF — — — — C2IF C1IF 145
PIR3 —— RCIF TXIF BCL2IF SSP2IF BCL1IF SSP1IF 146
PIR4 —— TMR6IF TMR5IF TMR4IF TMR3IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 147
PIR5 CLC4IF CLC3IF CLC2IF CLC1IF — TMR5GIF TMR3GIF TMR1GIF 148
PIR6 — — — CCP5IF CCP4IF CCP3IF CCP2IF CCP1IF 149
PIR7 SCANIF CRCIF NVMIF NCO1IF — CWG3IF CWG2IF CWG1IF 151
PIR8 —— SMT2PWAIF SMT2PRAIF SMT2IF SMT1PWAIF SMT1PRAIF SMT1IF 152
Legend: — = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by interrupts.
IHHHHIHHHIHHHHHHHHHHIH H‘WH‘W'W‘W‘W‘W‘W'W‘W'W‘W min fliflifliflifliflifliflmiflim jifl Hifliflifliflimflifliflimn ‘ dffifljr‘r'r‘r'r‘fl
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 154
PIC16(L)F18855/75
8.0 POWER-SAVING OPERATION
MODES
The purpose of the Power-Down modes is to reduce
power consumption. There are two Power-Down
modes: DOZE mode and Sleep mode.
8.1 DOZE Mode
DOZE mode allows for power saving by reducing CPU
operation and program memory (PFM) access, without
affecting peripheral operation. DOZE mode differs from
Sleep mode because the system oscillators continue to
operate, while only the CPU and PFM are affected. The
reduced execution saves power by eliminating
unnecessary operations within the CPU and memory.
When the Doze Enable (DOZEN) bit is set (DOZEN =
1), the CPU executes only one instruction cycle out of
every N cycles as defined by the DOZE<2:0> bits of the
CPUDOZE register. For example, if DOZE<2:0> = 100,
the instruction cycle ratio is 1:32. The CPU and
memory execute for one instruction cycle and then lay
idle for 31 instruction cycles. During the unused cycles,
the peripherals continue to operate at the system clock
speed.
FIGURE 8-1: DOZE MODE OPERATION EXAMPLE
8.1.1 DOZE OPERATION
The Doze operation is illustrated in Figure 8-1. For this
example:
• Doze enable (DOZEN) bit set (DOZEN = 1)
• DOZE<2:0> = 001 (1:4) ratio
• Recover-on-Interrupt (ROI) bit set (ROI = 1)
As with normal operation, the PFM fetches for the next
instruction cycle. The Q-clocks to the peripherals
continue throughout.
System
Clock
/ŶƐƚƌƵĐƚŝŽŶ
WĞƌŝŽĚ
CPU Clock
PFM Op’s
CPU Op’s
1111111111111
1234 2 22222
22222222222 2
1 111113 333334 44444
2
3333333333333
4444444444444
Fetch Fetch FetchFetch
Exec Exec Exec(1,2) Exec Exec Exec
Push
NOP
0004h
Inter rup t
Here
(ROI = 1)
Note 1: Multi-cycle instructions are executed to completion befo re fetching 0004h.
2: If the pre-fetc hed i nstructi on clears GIE, th e ISR will not oc cur, bu t DOZEN is still cleared and the CPU will r esume exec utio n at full speed.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 155
PIC16(L)F18855/75
8.1.2 INTERRUPTS DURING DOZE
If an interrupt occurs and the Recover-On-Interrupt bit
is clear (ROI = 0) at the time of the interrupt, the
Interrupt Service Routine (ISR) continues to execute at
the rate selected by DOZE<2:0>. Interrupt latency is
extended by the DOZE<2:0> ratio.
If an interrupt occurs and the ROI bit is set (ROI = 1) at
the time of the interrupt, the DOZEN bit is cleared and
the CPU executes at full speed. The prefetched instruc-
tion is executed and then the interrupt vector sequence
is executed. In Figure 8-1, the interrupt occurs during
the 2nd instruction cycle of the Doze period, and imme-
diately brings the CPU out of Doze. If the Doze-On-Exit
(DOE) bit is set (DOE = 1) when the RETFIE operation
is executed, DOZEN is set, and the CPU executes at
the reduced rate based on the DOZE<2:0> ratio.
8.2 Sleep Mode
Sleep mode is entered by executing the SLEEP
instruction, while the Idle Enable (IDLEN) bit of the
CPUDOZE register is clear (IDLEN = 0). If the SLEEP
instruction is executed while the IDLEN bit is set
(IDLEN = 1), the CPU will enter the IDLE mode
(Section 8.2.3 “Low-Power Sleep Mode”).
Upon entering Sleep mode, the following conditions
exist:
1. WDT will be cleared but keeps running if
enabled for operation during Sleep
2. The PD bit of the STATUS register is cleared
3. The TO bit of the STATUS register is set
4. The CPU clock is disabled
5. 31 kHz LFINTOSC, HFINTOSC and SOSC are
unaffected and peripherals using them may
continue operation in Sleep.
6. Timer1 and peripherals that use it continue to
operate in Sleep when the Timer1 clock source
selected is:
•LFINTOSC
•T1CKI
• Secondary Oscillator
7. ADC is unaffected if the dedicated FRC
oscillator is selected
8. I/O ports maintain the status they had before
Sleep was executed (driving high, low, or
high-impedance)
9. Resets other than WDT are not affected by
Sleep mode
Refer to individual chapters for more details on
peripheral operation during Sleep.
To minimize current consumption, the following
conditions should be considered:
- I/O pins should not be floating
- External circuitry sinking current from I/O pins
- Internal circuitry sourcing current from I/O
pins
- Current draw from pins with internal weak
pull-ups
- Modules using any oscillator
I/O pins that are high-impedance inputs should be
pulled to VDD or VSS externally to avoid switching
currents caused by floating inputs.
Examples of internal circuitry that might be sourcing
current include modules such as the DAC and FVR
modules. See Section 25.0 “5-Bit Digital-to-Analog
Converter (DAC1) Module” and 16.0 “Fixed Voltage
Reference (FVR)” for more information on these
modules.
8.2.1 WAKE-UP FROM SLEEP
The device can wake-up from Sleep through one of the
following events:
1. External Reset input on MCLR pin, if enabled.
2. BOR Reset, if enabled.
3. POR Reset.
4. Watchdog Timer, if enabled.
5. Any external interrupt.
6. Interrupts by peripherals capable of running
during Sleep (see individual peripheral for more
information).
The first three events will cause a device Reset. The
last three events are considered a continuation of
program execution. To determine whether a device
Reset or wake-up event occurred, refer to Section 5.11
“Determining the Cause of a Reset”.
When the SLEEP instruction is being executed, the next
instruction (PC + 1) is prefetched. For the device to
wake-up through an interrupt event, the corresponding
interrupt enable bit must be enabled. Wake-up will
occur regardless of the state of the GIE bit. If the GIE
bit is disabled, the device continues execution at the
instruction after the SLEEP instruction. If the GIE bit is
enabled, the device executes the instruction after the
SLEEP instruction, the device will then call the Interrupt
Service Routine. In cases where the execution of the
instruction following SLEEP is not desirable, the user
should have a NOP after the SLEEP instruction.
The WDT is cleared when the device wakes-up from
Sleep, regardless of the source of wake-up.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 156
PIC16(L)F18855/75
8.2.2 WAKE-UP USING INTERRUPTS
When global interrupts are disabled (GIE cleared) and
any interrupt source, with the exception of the clock
switch interrupt, has both its interrupt enable bit and
interrupt flag bit set, one of the following will occur:
• If the interrupt occurs before the execution of a
SLEEP instruction
-SLEEP instruction will execute as a NOP
- WDT and WDT prescaler will not be cleared
-TO
bit of the STATUS register will not be set
-PD
bit of the STATUS register will not be
cleared
• If the interrupt occurs during or after the
execution of a SLEEP instruction
-SLEEP instruction will be completely
executed
- Device will immediately wake-up from Sleep
- WDT and WDT prescaler will be cleared
-TO
bit of the STATUS register will be set
-PD
bit of the STATUS register will be cleared
Even if the flag bits were checked before executing a
SLEEP instruction, it may be possible for flag bits to
become set before the SLEEP instruction completes. To
determine whether a SLEEP instruction executed, test
the PD bit. If the PD bit is set, the SLEEP instruction
was executed as a NOP.
FIGURE 8-2: WAKE-UP FROM SLEEP THROUGH INTERRUPT
8.2.3 LOW-POWER SLEEP MODE
The PIC16F18855/75 device contains an internal Low
Dropout (LDO) voltage regulator, which allows the
device I/O pins to operate at voltages up to 5.5V while
the internal device logic operates at a lower voltage.
The LDO and its associated reference circuitry must
remain active when the device is in Sleep mode.
The PIC16F18855/75 allows the user to optimize the
operating current in Sleep, depending on the
application requirements.
Low-Power Sleep mode can be selected by setting the
VREGPM bit of the VREGCON register. Depending on
the configuration of these bits, the LDO and reference
circuitry are placed in a low-power state when the
device is in Sleep.
8.2.3.1 Sleep Current vs. Wake-up Time
In the default operating mode, the LDO and reference
circuitry remain in the normal configuration while in
Sleep. The device is able to exit Sleep mode quickly
since all circuits remain active. In Low-Power Sleep
mode, when waking-up from Sleep, an extra delay time
is required for these circuits to return to the normal
configuration and stabilize.
The Low-Power Sleep mode is beneficial for
applications that stay in Sleep mode for long periods of
time. The Normal mode is beneficial for applications
that need to wake from Sleep quickly and frequently.
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
CLKIN(1)
CLKOUT(2)
Interrupt flag
GIE bit
(INTCON reg.)
Instruction Flow
PC
Instruction
Fetched
Instruction
Executed
PC PC + 1 PC + 2
Inst(PC) = Sleep
Inst(PC - 1)
Inst(PC + 1)
Sleep
Processor in
Sleep
Interrupt Latency(4)
Inst(PC + 2)
Inst(PC + 1)
Inst(0004h) Inst(0005h)
Inst(0004h)
Forced NOP
PC + 2 0004h 0005h
Forced NOP
TOST(3)
PC + 2
Note 1: External clock. High, Medium, Low mode assumed.
2: CLKOUT is shown here for timing reference.
3: TOST = 1024 TOSC. This delay does not apply to EC and INTOSC Oscillator modes.
4: GIE = 1 assumed. In this case after wake-up, the processor calls the ISR at 0004h. If GIE = 0, execution will continue in-line.
| W H
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 157
PIC16(L)F18855/75
8.2.3.2 Peripheral Usage in Sleep
Some peripherals that can operate in Sleep mode will
not operate properly with the Low-Power Sleep mode
selected. The Low-Power Sleep mode is intended for
use with these peripherals:
• Brown-out Reset (BOR)
• Watchdog Timer (WDT)
• External interrupt pin/interrupt-on-change pins
• Timer1 (with external clock source)
It is the responsibility of the end user to determine what
is acceptable for their application when setting the
VREGPM settings in order to ensure operation in
Sleep.
8.2.4 IDLE MODE
When the Idle Enable (IDLEN) bit is clear (IDLEN = 0),
the SLEEP instruction will put the device into full Sleep
mode (see Section 8.2 “Sleep Mode”). When IDLEN
is set (IDLEN = 1), the SLEEP instruction will put the
device into IDLE mode. In IDLE mode, the CPU and
memory operations are halted, but the peripheral
clocks continue to run. This mode is similar to DOZE
mode, except that in IDLE both the CPU and PFM are
shut off.
8.2.4.1 Idle and Interrupts
IDLE mode ends when an interrupt occurs (even if GIE
= 0), but IDLEN is not changed. The device can
re-enter IDLE by executing the SLEEP instruction.
If Recover-on-Interrupt is enabled (ROI = 1), the
interrupt that brings the device out of Idle also restores
full-speed CPU execution when doze is also enabled.
8.2.4.2 Idle and WDT
When in Idle, the WDT Reset is blocked and will
instead wake the device. The WDT wake-up is not an
interrupt, therefore ROI does not apply.
Note: The PIC16LF18855/75 does not have a
configurable Low-Power Sleep mode.
PIC16LF18855/75 is an unregulated
device and is always in the lowest power
state when in Sleep, with no wake-up time
penalty. This device has a lower maximum
VDD and I/O voltage than the
PIC16F18855/75. See Section 37.0
“Electrical Specifications” for more
information.
Note: Peripherals using FOSC will continue
running while in Idle (but not in Sleep).
Peripherals using HFINTOSC,
LFINTOSC, or SOSC will continue
running in both Idle and Sleep.
Note: If CLKOUT is enabled (CLKOUT = 0,
Configuration Word 1), the output will
continue operating while in Idle.
Note: The WDT can bring the device out of Idle,
in the same way it brings the device out of
Sleep. The DOZEN bit is not affected.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 158
PIC16(L)F18855/75
8.3 Register Definitions: Voltage Regulator and DOZE Control
REGISTER 8-1: VREGCON: VOLTAGE REGULATOR CONTROL REGISTER (1)
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-1/1
— — — — — —VREGPMReserved
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 1 VREGPM: Voltage Regulator Power Mode Selection bit
1 = Low-Power Sleep mode enabled in Sleep(2)
Draws lowest current in Sleep, slower wake-up
0 = Normal Power mode enabled in Sleep(2)
Draws higher current in Sleep, faster wake-up
bit 0 Reserved: Read as ‘1’. Maintain this bit set.
Note 1: PIC16F18855/75 only.
2: See Section 37.0 “Electrical Specifications”.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 159
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 8-2: CPUDOZE: DOZE AND IDLE REGISTER
R/W-0/u R/W/HC/HS-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
IDLEN DOZEN(1,2) ROI DOE — DOZE<2:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
HC = Bit is cleared by hardware HS = Bit is set by hardware
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 IDLEN: Idle Enable bit
1 =A SLEEP instruction inhibits the CPU clock, but not the peripheral clock(s)
0 =A SLEEP instruction places the device into full Sleep mode
bit 6 DOZEN: Doze Enable bit(1,2)
1 = The CPU executes instruction cycles according to DOZE setting
0 = The CPU executes all instruction cycles (fastest, highest power operation)
bit 5 ROI: Recover-on-Interrupt bit
1 = Entering the Interrupt Service Routine (ISR) makes DOZEN = 0 bit, bringing the CPU to full-speed operation.
0 = Interrupt entry does not change DOZEN
bit 4 DOE: Doze on Exit bit
1 = Executing RETFIE makes DOZEN = 1, bringing the CPU to reduced speed operation.
0 = RETFIE does not change DOZEN
bit 3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2-0 DOZE<2:0>: Ratio of CPU Instruction Cycles to Peripheral Instruction Cycles
111 = 1:256
110 = 1:128
101 = 1:64
100 = 1:32
011 = 1:16
010 = 1:8
001 = 1:4
000 = 1:2
Note 1: When ROI = 1 or DOE = 1, DOZEN is changed by hardware interrupt entry and/or exit.
2: Entering ICD overrides DOZEN, returning the CPU to full execution speed; this bit is not affected.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 160
PIC16(L)F18855/75
TABLE 8-1: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH POWER-DOWN MODE
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
INTCON GIE PEIE — — — — —INTEDG133
PIE0 ——TMR0IEIOCIE — — —INTE
134
PIE1 OSFIE CSWIE — — — — ADTIE ADIE 135
PIE2 — ZCDIE — — — —C2IEC1IE136
PIE3 —— RCIE TXIE BCL2IE SSP2IE BCL1IE SSP1IE 137
PIE4 — — TMR6IE TMR5IE TMR4IE TMR3IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 138
PIR0 —— TMR0IF IOCIF — — — INTF 143
PIR1 OSFIF CSWIF — — — —ADTIFADIF144
PIR2 — ZCDIF — — — — C2IF C1IF 145
PIR3 —— RCIF TXIF BCL2IF SSP2IF BCL1IF SSP1IF 146
PIR4 —— TMR6IF TMR5IF TMR4IF TMR3IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 147
IOCAP IOCAP7 IOCAP6 IOCAP5 IOCAP4 IOCAP3 IOCAP2 IOCAP1 IOCAP0 253
IOCAN IOCAN7 IOCAN6 IOCAN5 IOCAN4 IOCAN3 IOCAN2 IOCAN1 IOCAN0 253
IOCAF IOCAF7 IOCAF6 IOCAF5 IOCAF4 IOCAF3 IOCAF2 IOCAF1 IOCAF0 253
IOCCP IOCCP7 IOCCP6 IOCCP5 IOCCP4 IOCCP3 IOCCP2 IOCCP1 IOCCP0 255
IOCBP IOCBP7 IOCBP6 IOCBP5 IOCBP4 IOCBP3 IOCBP2 IOCBP1 IOCBP0 254
IOCBN IOCBN7 IOCBN6 IOCBN5 IOCBN4 IOCBN3 IOCBN2 IOCBN1 IOCBN0 254
IOCBF IOCBF7 IOCBF6 IOCBF5 IOCBF4 IOCBF3 IOCBF2 IOCBF1 IOCBF0 254
IOCCN IOCCN7 IOCCN6 IOCCN5 IOCCN4 IOCCN3 IOCCN2 IOCCN1 IOCCN0 255
IOCCF IOCCF7 IOCCF6 IOCCF5 IOCCF4 IOCCF3 IOCCF2 IOCCF1 IOCCF0 255
IOCEP ————IOCEP3— — — 256
IOCEN ————IOCEN3— — — 256
IOCEF ———— IOCEF3 — — — 257
STATUS ———TOPD ZDCC 38
VREGCON ——————VREGPMReserved 158
CPUDOZE IDLEN DOZEN ROI DOE — DOZE<2:0> 159
WDTCON0 —— WDTPS<4:0> SWDTEN 165
IOCEP ————IOCEP3— — — 256
IOCEN ————IOCEN3— — — 256
IOCEF ————IOCEF3— — — 257
Legend: — = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used in Power-Down mode.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 161
PIC16(L)F18855/75
9.0 WINDOWED WATCHDOG
TIMER (WWDT)
The Watchdog Timer (WDT) is a system timer that
generates a Reset if the firmware does not issue a
CLRWDT instruction within the time-out period. The
Watchdog Timer is typically used to recover the system
from unexpected events. The Windowed Watchdog
Timer (WDT) differs in that CLRWDT instructions are
only accepted when they are performed within a
specific window during the time-out period.
The WDT has the following features:
• Selectable clock source
• Multiple operating modes
- WDT is always on
- WDT is off when in Sleep
- WDT is controlled by software
- WDT is always off
• Configurable time-out period is from 1 ms to 256
seconds (nominal)
• Configurable window size from 12.5 to 100
percent of the time-out period
• Multiple Reset conditions
• Operation during Sleep
,:::L
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 162
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 9-1: WATCHDOG TIMER BLOCK DIAGRAM
Rev. 10-000162B
8/21/2015
WDTWS
CLRWDT
RESET
WDT Time-out
WDT
Window
Violation
WDTPS
5-bit
WDT Counter
Overflow
Latch
18-bit Prescale
Counter
000
011
010
001
100
101
110
111
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
MFINTOSC/16
LFINTOSC
R
R
WDTCS
WWDT
Armed
Window
Sizes Comparator
Window Closed
E
WDTE<1:0> = 01
WDTE<1:0> = 11
WDTE<1:0> = 10
SWDTEN
Sleep
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 163
PIC16(L)F18855/75
9.1 Independent Clock Source
The WDT can derive its time base from either the 31
kHz LFINTOSC or 31.25 kHz MFINTOSC/16 internal
oscillators, depending on the value of either the
WDTCCS<2:0> Configuration bits or the WDTCS<2:0>
bits of WDTCON1. Time intervals in this chapter are
based on a minimum nominal interval of 1 ms. See
Section 37.0 “Electrical Specifications” for
LFINTOSC and MFINTOSC tolerances.
9.2 WDT Operating Modes
The Watchdog Timer module has four operating modes
controlled by the WDTE<1:0> bits in Configuration
Words. See Ta b le 9-1 .
9.2.1 WDT IS ALWAYS ON
When the WDTE bits of Configuration Words are set to
‘11’, the WDT is always on.
WDT protection is active during Sleep.
9.2.2 WDT IS OFF IN SLEEP
When the WDTE bits of Configuration Words are set to
‘10’, the WDT is on, except in Sleep.
WDT protection is not active during Sleep.
9.2.3 WDT CONTROLLED BY SOFTWARE
When the WDTE bits of Configuration Words are set to
‘01’, the WDT is controlled by the SEN bit of the
WDTCON0 register.
WDT protection is unchanged by Sleep. See Table 9-1
for more details.
TABLE 9-1: WDT OPERATING MODES
9.3 Time-Out Period
The WDTPS bits of the WDTCON0 register set the
time-out period from 1 ms to 256 seconds (nominal).
After a Reset, the default time-out period is two
seconds.
9.4 Watchdog Window
The Watchdog Timer has an optional Windowed mode
that is controlled by the WDTCWS<2:0> Configuration
bits and WINDOW<2:0> bits of the WDTCON1 register.
In the Windowed mode, the CLRWDT instruction must
occur within the allowed window of the WDT period.
Any CLRWDT instruction that occurs outside of this win-
dow will trigger a window violation and will cause a
WDT Reset, similar to a WDT time out. See Figure 9-2
for an example.
The window size is controlled by the WDTCWS<2:0>
Configuration bits, or the WINDOW<2:0> bits of
WDTCON1, if WDTCWS<2:0> = 111.
In the event of a window violation, a Reset will be
generated and the WDTWV bit of the PCON register
will be cleared. This bit is set by a POR or can be set in
firmware.
9.5 Clearing the WDT
The WDT is cleared when any of the following
conditions occur:
• Any Reset
•Valid CLRWDT instruction is executed
• Device enters Sleep
• Device wakes up from Sleep
• WDT is disabled
• Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) is running
• Any write to the WDTCON0 or WDTCON1 registers
9.5.1 CLRWDT CONSIDERATIONS
(WINDOWED MODE)
When in Windowed mode, the WDT must be armed
before a CLRWDT instruction will clear the timer. This is
performed by reading the WDTCON0 register. Execut-
ing a CLRWDT instruction without performing such an
arming action will trigger a window violation.
See Tabl e 9 - 2 for more information.
9.6 Operation During Sleep
When the device enters Sleep, the WDT is cleared. If
the WDT is enabled during Sleep, the WDT resumes
counting. When the device exits Sleep, the WDT is
cleared again.
The WDT remains clear until the OST, if enabled, com-
pletes. See Section 6.0 “Oscillator Module (with Fail-
Safe Clock Monitor)” for more information on the OST.
When a WDT time-out occurs while the device is in
Sleep, no Reset is generated. Instead, the device
wakes up and resumes operation. The TO and PD bits
in the STATUS register are changed to indicate the
event. The RWDT bit in the PCON register can also be
used. See Section 3.0 “Memory Organization” for
more information.
WDTE<1:0> SEN Device
Mode
WDT
Mode
11 X XActive
10 X
Awake Active
Sleep Disabled
01 1XActive
0X Disabled
00 X X Disabled
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 164
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 9-2: WINDOW PERIOD AND DELAY
TABLE 9-2: WDT CLEARING CONDITIONS
Conditions WDT
WDTE<1:0> = 00
Cleared
WDTE<1:0> = 01 and SEN = 0
WDTE<1:0> = 10 and enter Sleep
CLRWDT Command
Oscillator Fail Detected
Exit Sleep + System Clock = T1OSC, EXTRC, INTOSC, EXTCLK
Change INTOSC divider (IRCF bits) Unaffected
Rev. 10-000163A
8/15/2016
Window Period
CLRWDT Instruction
(or other WDT Reset)
Window Delay
(window violation can occur)
Window Closed Window Open
Time-out Event
R/wl3) (1) w”) (1] Wm 12) Wm [1) w”) [1) \fWDTE<1.0> : ,x \fWDTE<1.0> : ” l \fWDTE<1.0> ,
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 165
PIC16(L)F18855/75
9.7 Register Definitions: Windowed Watchdog Timer Control
REGISTER 9-1: WDTCON0: WATCHDOG TIMER CONTROL REGISTER 0
U-0 U-0 R/W(3)-q/q(2) R/W(3)-q/q(2) R/W(3)-q/q(2) R/W(3)-q/q(2) R/W(3)-q/q(2) R/W-0/0
— — WDTPS<4:0>(1) SEN
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5-1 WDTPS<4:0>: Watchdog Timer Prescale Select bits(1)
Bit Value = Prescale Rate
11111 = Reserved. Results in minimum interval (1:32)
•
•
•
10011 = Reserved. Results in minimum interval (1:32)
10010 = 1:8388608 (223) (Interval 256s nominal)
10001 = 1:4194304 (222) (Interval 128s nominal)
10000 = 1:2097152 (221) (Interval 64s nominal)
01111 = 1:1048576 (220) (Interval 32s nominal)
01110 = 1:524288 (219) (Interval 16s nominal)
01101 = 1:262144 (218) (Interval 8s nominal)
01100 = 1:131072 (217) (Interval 4s nominal)
01011 = 1:65536 (Interval 2s nominal) (Reset value)
01010 = 1:32768 (Interval 1s nominal)
01001 = 1:16384 (Interval 512 ms nominal)
01000 = 1:8192 (Interval 256 ms nominal)
00111 = 1:4096 (Interval 128 ms nominal)
00110 = 1:2048 (Interval 64 ms nominal)
00101 = 1:1024 (Interval 32 ms nominal)
00100 = 1:512 (Interval 16 ms nominal)
00011 = 1:256 (Interval 8 ms nominal)
00010 = 1:128 (Interval 4 ms nominal)
00001 = 1:64 (Interval 2 ms nominal)
00000 = 1:32 (Interval 1 ms nominal)
bit 0 SEN: Software Enable/Disable for Watchdog Timer bit
If WDTE<1:0> = 1x:
This bit is ignored.
If WDTE<1:0> = 01:
1 = WDT is turned on
0 = WDT is turned off
If WDTE<1:0> = 00:
This bit is ignored.
Note 1: Times are approximate. WDT time is based on 31 kHz LFINTOSC.
2: When WDTCPS <4:0> in CONFIG3 = 11111, the Reset value of WDTPS<4:0> is 01011. Otherwise, the
Reset value of WDTPS<4:0> is equal to WDTCPS<4:0> in CONFIG3.
3: When WDTCPS <4:0> in CONFIG3 ≠ 11111, these bits are read-only.
Wish/gm R/Wl3),q/q11) W131,q,q11) W14),q,q(2) R/Wqu/q‘z) R/Wwfl/qa)
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 166
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 9-2: WDTCON1: WATCHDOG TIMER CONTROL REGISTER 1
U-0 R/W(3)-q/q(1) R/W(3)-q/q(1) R/W(3)-q/q(1) U-0 R/W(4)-q/q(2) R/W(4)-q/q(2) R/W(4)-q/q(2)
—WDTCS<2:0> —WINDOW<2:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 6-4 WDTCS<2:0>: Watchdog Timer Clock Select bits
111 = Reserved
•
•
•
010 = Reserved
001 = MFINTOSC/16 (31.25 kHz)
000 = LFINTOSC (31 kHz)
bit 3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2-0 WINDOW<2:0>: Watchdog Timer Window Select bits
Note 1: If WDTCCS <2:0> in CONFIG3 = 111, the Reset value of WDTCS<2:0> is 000.
2: The Reset value of WINDOW<2:0> is determined by the value of WDTCWS<2:0> in the CONFIG3 register.
3: If WDTCCS<2:0> in CONFIG3 ≠ 111, these bits are read-only.
4: If WDTCWS<2:0> in CONFIG3 ≠ 111, these bits are read-only.
WINDOW<2:0> Window delay
Percent of time
Window opening
Percent of time
111 N/A 100
110 12.5 87.5
101 25 75
100 37.5 62.5
011 50 50
010 62.5 37.5
001 75 25
000 87.5 12.5
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 167
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 9-3: WDTPSL: WDT PRESCALE SELECT LOW BYTE REGISTER (READ-ONLY)
R-0/0 R-0/0 R-0/0 R-0/0 R-0/0 R-0/0 R-0/0 R-0/0
PSCNT<7:0>(1)
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 PSCNT<7:0>: Prescale Select Low Byte bits(1)
Note 1: The 18-bit WDT prescale value, PSCNT<17:0> includes the WDTPSL, WDTPSH and the lower bits of the WDTTMR
registers. PSCNT<17:0> is intended for debug operations and should be read during normal operation.
REGISTER 9-4: WDTPSH: WDT PRESCALE SELECT HIGH BYTE REGISTER (READ-ONLY)
R-0/0 R-0/0 R-0/0 R-0/0 R-0/0 R-0/0 R-0/0 R-0/0
PSCNT<15:8>(1)
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 PSCNT<15:8>: Prescale Select High Byte bits(1)
Note 1: The 18-bit WDT prescale value, PSCNT<17:0> includes the WDTPSL, WDTPSH and the lower bits of the WDTTMR
registers. PSCNT<17:0> is intended for debug operations and should be read during normal operation.
REGISTER 9-5: WDTTMR: WDT TIMER REGISTER (READ-ONLY)
U-0 R-0/0 R-0/0 R-0/0 R-0/0 R-0/0 R-0/0 R-0/0
— WDTTMR<3:0> STATE PSCNT<17:16>(1)
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 6-3 WDTTMR<3:0>: Watchdog Timer Value bits
bit 2 STATE: WDT Armed Status bit
1 = WDT is armed
0 = WDT is not armed
bit 1-0 PSCNT<17:16>: Prescale Select Upper Byte bits(1)
Note 1: The 18-bit WDT prescale value, PSCNT<17:0> includes the WDTPSL, WDTPSH and the lower bits of the WDTTMR
registers. PSCNT<17:0> is intended for debug operations and should be read during normal operation.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 168
PIC16(L)F18855/75
TABLE 9-3: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH WATCHDOG TIMER
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
OSCCON1 — NOSC<2:0> NDIV<3:0> 121
OSCCON2 — COSC<2:0> CDIV<3:0> 121
OSCCON3 CSWHOLD SOSCPWR — ORDY NOSCR — — — 122
PCON0 STKOVF STKUNF WDTWV RWDT RMCLR RI POR BOR 108
STATUS — — —TOPD ZDC C38
WDTCON0 —— WDTPS<4:0> SEN 165
WDTCON1 —WDTCS<2:0> —WINDOW<2:0> 165
WDTPSL PSCNT<7:0> 165
WDTPSH PSCNT<15:8> 165
WDTTMR — WDTTMR<4:0> STATE PSCNT<17:16> 165
Legend: – = unimplemented locations read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by Watchdog Timer.
TABLE 9-4: SUMMARY OF CONFIGURATION WORD WITH WATCHDOG TIMER
Name Bits Bit -/7 Bit -/6 Bit 13/5 Bit 12/4 Bit 11/3 Bit 10/2 Bit 9/1 Bit 8/0 Register
on Page
CONFIG1 13:8 — — FCMEN —CSWEN — — CLKOUTEN
92
7:0 —RSTOSC<2:0> — FEXTOSC<2:0>
Legend: — = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by clock sources.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 169
PIC16(L)F18855/75
10.0 NONVOLATILE MEMORY
(NVM) CONTROL
NVM is separated into two types: Program Flash
Memory (PFM) and Data EEPROM Memory.
NVM is accessible by using both the FSR and INDF
registers, or through the NVMREG register interface.
The write time is controlled by an on-chip timer. The
write/erase voltages are generated by an on-chip
charge pump rated to operate over the operating
voltage range of the device.
NVM can be protected in two ways; by either code
protection or write protection.
Code protection (CP and CPD bits in Configuration
Word 5) disables access, reading and writing, to both
the PFM and EEPROM via external device program-
mers. Code protection does not affect the self-write and
erase functionality. Code protection can only be Reset
by a device programmer performing a Bulk Erase to the
device, clearing all nonvolatile memory, Configuration
bits, and User IDs.
Write protection prohibits self-write and erase to a
portion or all of the PFM, as defined by the WRT<1:0>
bits of Configuration Word 4. Write protection does not
affect a device programmer’s ability to read, write, or
erase the device.
10.1 Program Flash Memory (PFM)
PFM consists of an array of 14-bit words as user
memory, with additional words for User ID information,
Configuration words, and interrupt vectors. PFM
provides storage locations for:
• User program instructions
• User defined data
PFM data can be read and/or written to through:
• CPU instruction fetch (read-only)
• FSR/INDF indirect access (read-only)
(Section 10.3 “FSR and INDF Access”)
• NVMREG access (Section 10.4 “NVMREG
Access”
• In-Circuit Serial Programming™ (ICSP™)
Read operations return a single word of memory. When
write and erase operations are done on a row basis, the
row size is defined in Table 10-1. PFM will erase to a
logic ‘1’ and program to a logic ‘0’.
It is important to understand the PFM memory structure
for erase and programming operations. PFM is
arranged in rows. A row consists of 32 14-bit program
memory words. A row is the minimum size that can be
erased by user software.
After a row has been erased, all or a portion of this row
can be programmed. Data to be written into the
program memory row is written to 14-bit wide data write
latches. These latches are not directly accessible, but
may be loaded via sequential writes to the
NVMDATH:NVMDATL register pair.
10.1.1 PROGRAM MEMORY VOLTAGES
The PFM is readable and writable during normal
operation over the full VDD range.
10.1.1.1 Programming Externally
The program memory cell and control logic support
write and Bulk Erase operations down to the minimum
device operating voltage. Special BOR operation is
enabled during Bulk Erase (Section 5.2.4 “BOR is
always OFF”).
10.1.1.2 Self-programming
The program memory cell and control logic will support
write and row erase operations across the entire VDD
range. Bulk Erase is not supported when self-
programming.
TABLE 10-1: FLASH MEMORY
ORGANIZATION BY DEVICE
Device Row Erase
(words)
Write
Latches
(words)
Total
Program
Flash
(words)
PIC16(L)F18855 32 32 8192
PIC16(L)F18875
Note: To modify only a portion of a previously
programmed row, then the contents of the
entire row must be read and saved in
RAM prior to the erase. Then, the new
data and retained data can be written into
the write latches to reprogram the row of
PFM. However, any unprogrammed
locations can be written without first
erasing the row. In this case, it is not
necessary to save and rewrite the other
previously programmed locations
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 170
PIC16(L)F18855/75
10.2 Data EEPROM Memory
Data EEPROM Memory consists of 256 bytes of user
data memory. The EEPROM provides storage
locations for 8-bit user defined data.
EEPROM can be read and/or written through:
• FSR/INDF indirect access (Section 10.3 “FSR
and INDF Access”)
• NVMREG access (Section 10.4 “NVMREG
Access”)
• In-Circuit Serial Programming (ICSP)
Unlike PFM, which must be written to by row, EEPROM
can be written to word by word.
10.3 FSR and INDF Access
The FSR and INDF registers allow indirect access to
the PFM or EEPROM.
10.3.1 FSR READ
With the intended address loaded into an FSR register
a MOVIW instruction or read of INDF will read data from
the PFM or EEPROM.
Reading from NVM requires one instruction cycle. The
CPU operation is suspended during the read, and
resumes immediately after. Read operations return a
single word of memory.
10.3.2 FSR WRITE
Writing/erasing the NVM through the FSR registers (ex.
MOVWI instruction) is not supported in the
PIC16(L)F18855/75 devices.
10.4 NVMREG Access
The NVMREG interface allows read/write access to all
the locations accessible by FSRs, and also read/write
access to the User ID locations, and read-only access
to the device identification, revision, and Configuration
data.
Reading, writing, or erasing of NVM via the NVMREG
interface is prevented when the device is code-
protected.
10.4.1 NVMREG READ OPERATION
To read a NVM location using the NVMREG interface,
the user must:
1. Clear the NVMREGS bit of the NVMCON1
register if the user intends to access PFM
locations, or set NMVREGS if the user intends
to access User ID, Configuration, or EEPROM
locations.
2. Write the desired address into the
NVMADRH:NVMADRL register pair (Table 10-
2).
3. Set the RD bit of the NVMCON1 register to
initiate the read.
Once the read control bit is set, the CPU operation is
suspended during the read, and resumes immediately
after. The data is available in the very next cycle, in the
NVMDATH:NVMDATL register pair; therefore, it can be
read as two bytes in the following instructions.
NVMDATH:NVMDATL register pair will hold this value
until another read or until it is written to by the user.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 171
PIC16(L)F18855/75
Upon completion, the RD bit is cleared by hardware.
FIGURE 10-1: FLASH PROGRAM
MEMORY READ
FLOWCHART
EXAMPLE 10-1: PFM PROGRAM MEMORY READ
Start
Read Operation
Select Memory:
PFM, EEPROM, Config Words, User
ID (NVMREGS)
Select
Word Address
(NVMADRH:NVMADRL)
Data read now in
NVMDATH:NVMDATL
End
Read Operation
Rev. 10-000046C
8/21/2015
* This code block will read 1 word of program
* memory at the memory address:
PROG_ADDR_HI : PROG_ADDR_LO
* data will be returned in the variables;
* PROG_DATA_HI, PROG_DATA_LO
BANKSEL NVMADRL ; Select Bank for NVMCON registers
MOVLW PROG_ADDR_LO ;
MOVWF NVMADRL ; Store LSB of address
MOVLW PROG_ADDR_HI ;
MOVWF NVMADRH ; Store MSB of address
BCF NVMCON1,NVMREGS ; Do not select Configuration Space
BSF NVMCON1,RD ; Initiate read
MOVF NVMDATL,W ; Get LSB of word
MOVWF PROG_DATA_LO ; Store in user location
MOVF NVMDATH,W ; Get MSB of word
MOVWF PROG_DATA_HI ; Store in user location
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 172
PIC16(L)F18855/75
10.4.2 NVM UNLOCK SEQUENCE
The unlock sequence is a mechanism that protects the
NVM from unintended self-write programming or
erasing. The sequence must be executed and
completed without interruption to successfully
complete any of the following operations:
• PFM Row Erase
• Load of PFM write latches
• Write of PFM write latches to PFM memory
• Write of PFM write latches to User IDs
• Write to EEPROM
The unlock sequence consists of the following steps
and must be completed in order:
• Write 55h to NVMCON2
• Write AAh to NMVCON2
• Set the WR bit of NVMCON1
Once the WR bit is set, the processor will stall internal
operations until the operation is complete and then
resume with the next instruction.
Since the unlock sequence must not be interrupted,
global interrupts should be disabled prior to the unlock
sequence and re-enabled after the unlock sequence is
completed.
FIGURE 10-2: NVM UNLOCK
SEQUENCE FLOWCHART
EXAMPLE 10-2: NVM UNLOCK SEQUENCE
Note: The two NOP instructions after setting the
WR bit that were required in previous
devices are not required for
PIC16(L)F18855/75 devices. See
Figure 10-2.
Start
Unlock Sequence
End
Unlock Sequence
Write 0x55 to
NVMCON2
Write 0xAA to
NVMCON2
Initiate
Write or Erase operation
(WR = 1)
Rev. 10-000047B
8/24/2015
BCF INTCON, GIE ; Recommended so sequence is not interrupted
BANKSEL NVMCON1 ;
BSF NVMCON1, WREN ; Enable write/erase
MOVLW 55h ; Load 55h
MOVWF NVMCON2 ; Step 1: Load 55h into NVMCON2
MOVLW AAh ; Step 2: Load W with AAh
MOVWF NVMCON2 ; Step 3: Load AAH into NVMCON2
BSF NVMCON1, WR ; Step 4: Set WR bit to begin write/erase
BSF INTCON, GIE ; Re-enable interrupts
Note 1: Sequence begins when NVMCON2 is written; steps 1-4 must occur in the cycle-accurate order shown.
2: Opcodes shown are illustrative; any instruction that has the indicated effect may be used.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 173
PIC16(L)F18855/75
10.4.3 NVMREG WRITE TO EEPROM
Writing to the EEPROM is accomplished by the
following steps:
1. Set the NVMREGS and WREN bits of the
NVMCON1 register.
2. Write the desired address (address + F000h)
into the NVMADRH:NVMADRL register pair
(Table 10-2).
3. Perform the unlock sequence as described in
Section 10.4.2 “NVM Unlock Sequence”.
A single EEPROM word is written with NVMDATA. The
operation includes an implicit erase cycle for that word
(it is not necessary to set the FREE bit), and requires
many instruction cycles to finish. CPU execution
continues in parallel and, when complete, WR is
cleared by hardware, NVMIF is set, and an interrupt will
occur if NVMIE is also set. Software must poll the WR
bit to determine when writing is complete, or wait for the
interrupt to occur. WREN will remain unchanged.
Once the EEPROM write operation begins, clearing the
WR bit will have no effect; the operation will continue to
run to completion.
10.4.4 NVMREG ERASE OF PFM
Before writing to PFM, the word(s) to be written must
be erased or previously unwritten. PFM can only be
erased one row at a time. No automatic erase occurs
upon the initiation of the write to PFM.
To erase a PFM row:
1. Clear the NVMREGS bit of the NVMCON1
register to erase PFM locations, or set the
NMVREGS bit to erase User ID locations.
2. Write the desired address into the
NVMADRH:NVMADRL register pair (Table 10-
2).
3. Set the FREE and WREN bits of the NVMCON1
register.
4. Perform the unlock sequence as described in
Section 10.4.2 “NVM Unlock Sequence”.
If the PFM address is write-protected, the WR bit will be
cleared and the erase operation will not take place.
While erasing PFM, CPU operation is suspended, and
resumes when the operation is complete. Upon
completion, the NVMIF is set, and an interrupt will
occur if the NVMIE bit is also set.
Write latch data is not affected by erase operations,
and WREN will remain unchanged.
FIGURE 10-3: NVM ERASE
FLOWCHART
Start
Erase Operation
End
Erase Operation
Select Memory:
PFM, Config Words, User ID
(NVMREGS)
Select Word Address
(NVMADRH:NVMADRL)
Enable Write/Erase Operation
(WREN=1)
Select Erase Operation
(FREE=1)
Disable Interrupts
(GIE=0)
Unlock Sequence
(See Note 1)
Re-enable Interrupts
(GIE = 1)
Disable Write/Erase Operation
(WREN = 0)
CPU stalls while
Erase operation completes
(2 ms typical)
Rev. 10-000048B
8/24/2015
Note 1: See Figure 10-2.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 174
PIC16(L)F18855/75
EXAMPLE 10-3: ERASING ONE ROW OF PROGRAM FLASH MEMORY (PFM)
; This sample row erase routine assumes the following:
; 1.A valid address within the erase row is loaded in variables ADDRH:ADDRL
; 2.ADDRH and ADDRL are located in common RAM (locations 0x70 - 0x7F)
BANKSEL NVMADRL
MOVF ADDRL,W
MOVWF NVMADRL ; Load lower 8 bits of erase address boundary
MOVF ADDRH,W
MOVWF NVMADRH ; Load upper 6 bits of erase address boundary
BCF NVMCON1,NVMREGS ; Choose PFM memory area
BSF NVMCON1,FREE ; Specify an erase operation
BSF NVMCON1,WREN ; Enable writes
BCF INTCON,GIE ; Disable interrupts during unlock sequence
; -------------------------------REQUIRED UNLOCK SEQUENCE:------------------------------
MOVLW 55h ; Load 55h to get ready for unlock sequence
MOVWF NVMCON2 ; First step is to load 55h into NVMCON2
MOVLW AAh ; Second step is to load AAh into W
MOVWF NVMCON2 ; Third step is to load AAh into NVMCON2
BSF NVMCON1,WR ; Final step is to set WR bit
; --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BSF INTCON,GIE ; Re-enable interrupts, erase is complete
BCF NVMCON1,WREN ; Disable writes
TABLE 10-2: NVM ORGANIZATION AND ACCESS INFORMATION
Master Values NVMREG Access FSR Access
Memory
Function
ICSP™
Address
Memory
Type
NVMREGS
bit
(NVMCON1)
NVMADR
<15:0>
Allowed
Operations
FSR
Address
FSR
Programming
Address
Reset Vector 0000h
PFM
08000h
Read
Write
8000h
Read-Only
User Memory 0001h 08001h 8001h
0003h 8003h 8003h
INT Vector 0004h 08004h 8004h
User Memory 0005h 08005h 8005h
07FFh 87FFh 87FFh
User ID 8000h PFM 18000h Read
No Access
8003h 8003h Write
Reserved 8004h ——8004h —
Rev ID 8005h
PFM
18005h Read
Write
Device ID 8006h 18006h
CONFIG1 8007h 18007h
Read-Only
CONFIG2 8008h 18008h
CONFIG3 8009h 18009h
CONFIG4 800Ah 1800Ah
CONFIG5 800Bh 1800Bh
User Memory F000h EEPROM 1F000h Read
Write
7000h Read-Only
F0FFh F0FFh 70FFh
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 175
PIC16(L)F18855/75
10.4.5 NVMREG WRITE TO PFM
Program memory is programmed using the following
steps:
1. Load the address of the row to be programmed
into NVMADRH:NVMADRL.
2. Load each write latch with data.
3. Initiate a programming operation.
4. Repeat steps 1 through 3 until all data is written.
Before writing to program memory, the word(s) to be
written must be erased or previously unwritten.
Program memory can only be erased one row at a time.
No automatic erase occurs upon the initiation of the
write.
Program memory can be written one or more words at
a time. The maximum number of words written at one
time is equal to the number of write latches. See
Figure 10-4 (row writes to program memory with 32
write latches) for more details.
The write latches are aligned to the Flash row address
boundary defined by the upper ten bits of
NVMADRH:NVMADRL, (NVMADRH<6:0>:NVMADRL<7:5>)
with the lower five bits of NVMADRL,
(NVMADRL<4:0>)
determining the write latch being loaded. Write opera-
tions do not cross these boundaries. At the completion
of a program memory write operation, the data in the
write latches is reset to contain 0x3FFF.
The following steps should be completed to load the
write latches and program a row of program memory.
These steps are divided into two parts. First, each write
latch is loaded with data from the
NVMDATH:NVMDATL using the unlock sequence with
LWLO = 1. When the last word to be loaded into the
write latch is ready, the LWLO bit is cleared and the
unlock sequence executed. This initiates the
programming operation, writing all the latches into
Flash program memory.
1. Set the WREN bit of the NVMCON1 register.
2. Clear the NVMREGS bit of the NVMCON1
register.
3. Set the LWLO bit of the NVMCON1 register.
When the LWLO bit of the NVMCON1 register is
‘1’, the write sequence will only load the write
latches and will not initiate the write to Flash
program memory.
4. Load the NVMADRH:NVMADRL register pair
with the address of the location to be written.
5. Load the NVMDATH:NVMDATL register pair
with the program memory data to be written.
6. Execute the unlock sequence (Section
10.4.2 “NVM Unlock Sequence”). The write
latch is now loaded.
7. Increment the NVMADRH:NVMADRL register
pair to point to the next location.
8. Repeat steps 5 through 7 until all but the last
write latch has been loaded.
9. Clear the LWLO bit of the NVMCON1 register.
When the LWLO bit of the NVMCON1 register is
‘0’, the write sequence will initiate the write to
Flash program memory.
10. Load the NVMDATH:NVMDATL register pair
with the program memory data to be written.
11. Execute the unlock sequence (Section
10.4.2 “NVM Unlock Sequence”). The entire
program memory latch content is now written to
Flash program memory.
An example of the complete write sequence is shown in
Example 10-4. The initial address is loaded into the
NVMADRH:NVMADRL register pair; the data is loaded
using indirect addressing.
Note: The special unlock sequence is required
to load a write latch with data or initiate a
Flash programming operation. If the
unlock sequence is interrupted, writing to
the latches or program memory will not be
initiated.
Note: The program memory write latches are
reset to the blank state (0x3FFF) at the
completion of every write or erase
operation. As a result, it is not necessary
to load all the program memory write
latches. Unloaded latches will remain in
the blank state.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 177
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 10-5: PROGRAM FLASH MEMORY (PFM) WRITE FLOWCHART
Start
Write Operation
End
Write Operation
CPU stalls while Write
operation completes
(2 ms typical)
No delay when writing to
PFM Latches
Determine number of
words to be written into
PFM. The number of
words cannot exceed the
number of words per row
(word_cnt)
Last word to
write ?
Select access to PFM
locations using
NVMREG<1:0> bits
Select Row Address
TBLPTR
Select Write Operation
(FREE = 0)
Load Write Latches Only
Load the value to write
TABLAT
Update the word counter
(word_cnt--)
Unlock Sequence
(See note 1)
Increment Address
TBLPTR++
Write Latches to PFM
Disable Write/Erase
Operation (WREN = 0)
Yes
No
Rev. 10-000049C
8/24/2015
Disable Interrupts
(GIE = 0)
Enable Write/Erase
Operation (WREN = 1)
Re-enable Interrupts
(GIE = 1)
Disable Interrupts
(GIE = 0)
Unlock Sequence
(See note 1)
Re-enable Interrupts
(GIE = 1)
Note 1: See Figure 10-2.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 178
PIC16(L)F18855/75
EXAMPLE 10-4: WRITING TO PROGRAM FLASH MEMORY (PFM)
; This write routine assumes the following:
; 1. 64 bytes of data are loaded, starting at the address in DATA_ADDR
; 2. Each word of data to be written is made up of two adjacent bytes in DATA_ADDR,
; stored in little endian format
; 3. A valid starting address (the least significant bits = 00000) is loaded in ADDRH:ADDRL
; 4. ADDRH and ADDRL are located in common RAM (locations 0x70 - 0x7F)
; 5. NVM interrupts are not taken into account
BANKSEL NVMADRH
MOVF ADDRH,W
MOVWF NVMADRH ; Load initial address
MOVF ADDRL,W
MOVWF NVMADRL
MOVLW LOW DATA_ADDR ; Load initial data address
MOVWF FSR0L
MOVLW HIGH DATA_ADDR
MOVWF FSR0H
BCF NVMCON1,NVMREGS ; Set Program Flash Memory as write location
BSF NVMCON1,WREN ; Enable writes
BSF NVMCON1,LWLO ; Load only write latches
LOOP
MOVIW FSR0++
MOVWF NVMDATL ; Load first data byte
MOVIW FSR0++
MOVWF NVMDATH ; Load second data byte
MOVF NVMADRL,W
XORLW 0x1F ; Check if lower bits of address are 00000
ANDLW 0x1F ; and if on last of 32 addresses
BTFSC STATUS,Z ; Last of 32 words?
GOTO START_WRITE ; If so, go write latches into memory
CALL UNLOCK_SEQ ; If not, go load latch
INCF NVMADRL,F ; Increment address
GOTO LOOP
START_WRITE
BCF NVMCON1,LWLO ; Latch writes complete, now write memory
CALL UNLOCK_SEQ ; Perform required unlock sequence
BCF NVMCON1,WREN ; Disable writes
UNLOCK_SEQ
MOVLW 55h
BCF INTCON,GIE ; Disable interrupts
MOVWF NVMCON2 ; Begin unlock sequence
MOVLW AAh
MOVWF NVMCON2
BSF NVMCON1,WR
BSF INTCON,GIE ; Unlock sequence complete, re-enable interrupts
return
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 179
PIC16(L)F18855/75
10.4.6 MODIFYING FLASH PROGRAM
MEMORY
When modifying existing data in a program memory
row, and data within that row must be preserved, it must
first be read and saved in a RAM image. Program
memory is modified using the following steps:
1. Load the starting address of the row to be
modified.
2. Read the existing data from the row into a RAM
image.
3. Modify the RAM image to contain the new data
to be written into program memory.
4. Load the starting address of the row to be
rewritten.
5. Erase the program memory row.
6. Load the write latches with data from the RAM
image.
7. Initiate a programming operation.
FIGURE 10-6: FLASH PROGRAM
MEMORY MODIFY
FLOWCHART
Note 1: See Figure 10-1.
2: See Figure 10-3.
3: See Figure 10-5.
Start
Modify Operation
End
Modify Operation
Read Operation
(See Note 1)
An image of the entire row
read must be stored in RAM
Erase Operation
(See Note 2)
Modify Image
The words to be modified are
changed in the RAM image
Write Operation
Use RAM image
(See Note 3)
Rev. 10-000050B
8/21/2015
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 180
PIC16(L)F18855/75
10.4.7 NVMREG DATA EEPROM MEMORY,
USER ID, DEVICE ID AND
CONFIGURATION WORD ACCESS
Instead of accessing Program Flash Memory (PFM),
the Data EEPROM Memory, the User ID’s, Device ID/
Revision ID and Configuration Words can be accessed
when NVMREGS = 1 in the NVMCON1 register. This is
the region that would be pointed to by PC<15> = 1, but
not all addresses are accessible. Different access may
exist for reads and writes. Refer to Ta b l e 1 0 - 3 .
When read access is initiated on an address outside
the parameters listed in Table 10-3, the NVMDATH:
NVMDATL register pair is cleared, reading back ‘0’s.
FIGURE 10-7: FLASH PROGRAM
MEMORY MODIFY
FLOWCHART
TABLE 10-3: EEPROM, USER ID, DEV/REV ID AND CONFIGURATION WORD ACCESS
(NVMREGS = 1)
Start
Verify Operation
This routine assumes that the last
row of data written was from an
image saved on RAM. This image
will be used to verify the data
currently stored in Flash Program
Memory
Fail
Verify Operation
Last word ?
PMDAT =
RAM image ?
Read Operation
(See Note 1)
End
Verify Operation
No
No
Yes
Yes
Rev. 10-000051C
8/21/2015
Note 1: See Figure 10-1.
Address Function Read Access Write Access
8000h-8003h User IDs Yes Yes
8005h-8006h Device ID/Revision ID Yes No
8007h-800Bh Configuration Words 1-5 Yes No
F000h-F0FFh EEPROM Yes Yes
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 181
PIC16(L)F18855/75
EXAMPLE 10-5: DEVICE ID ACCESS
; This write routine assumes the following:
; 1. 64 bytes of data are loaded, starting at the address in DATA_ADDR
; 2. Each word of data to be written is made up of two adjacent bytes in DATA_ADDR,
; stored in little endian format
; 3. A valid starting address (the least significant bits = 00000) is loaded in ADDRH:ADDRL
; 4. ADDRH and ADDRL are located in common RAM (locations 0x70 - 0x7F)
; 5. NVM interrupts are not taken into account
BANKSEL NVMADRH
MOVF ADDRH,W
MOVWF NVMADRH ; Load initial address
MOVF ADDRL,W
MOVWF NVMADRL
MOVLW LOW DATA_ADDR ; Load initial data address
MOVWF FSR0L
MOVLW HIGH DATA_ADDR
MOVWF FSR0H
BCF NVMCON1,NVMREGS ; Set PFM as write location
BSF NVMCON1,WREN ; Enable writes
BSF NVMCON1,LWLO ; Load only write latches
LOOP
MOVIW FSR0++
MOVWF NVMDATL ; Load first data byte
MOVIW FSR0++
MOVWF NVMDATH ; Load second data byte
MOVF NVMADRL,W
XORLW 0x1F ; Check if lower bits of address are 00000
ANDLW 0x1F ; and if on last of 32 addresses
BTFSC STATUS,Z ; Last of 32 words?
GOTO START_WRITE ; If so, go write latches into memory
CALL UNLOCK_SEQ ; If not, go load latch
INCF NVMADRL,F ; Increment address
GOTO LOOP
START_WRITE
BCF NVMCON1,LWLO ; Latch writes complete, now write memory
CALL UNLOCK_SEQ ; Perform required unlock sequence
BCF NVMCON1,WREN ; Disable writes
UNLOCK_SEQ
MOVLW 55h
BCF INTCON,GIE ; Disable interrupts
MOVWF NVMCON2 ; Begin unlock sequence
MOVLW AAh
MOVWF NVMCON2
BSF NVMCON1,WR
BSF INTCON,GIE ; Unlock sequence complete, re-enable interrupts
return
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 182
PIC16(L)F18855/75
10.4.8 WRITE VERIFY
It is considered good programming practice to verify that
program memory writes agree with the intended value.
Since program memory is stored as a full page then the
stored program memory contents are compared with the
intended data stored in RAM after the last write is
complete.
FIGURE 10-8: FLASH PROGRAM
MEMORY VERIFY
FLOWCHART
Start
Verify Operation
Read Operation
(Figure x.x)
End
Verify Operation
This routine assumes that the last row
of data written was from an image
saved in RAM. This image will be used
to verify the data currently stored in
Flash Program Memory.
NVMDAT =
RAM image
?
Last
Word ?
Fail
Verify Operation
No
Yes
Yes
No
Figure 10-1
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 183
PIC16(L)F18855/75
10.4.9 WRERR BIT
The WRERR bit can be used to determine if a write
error occurred.
WRERR will be set if one of the following conditions
occurs:
• If WR is set while the NVMADRH:NMVADRL
points to a write-protected address
• A Reset occurs while a self-write operation was in
progress
• An unlock sequence was interrupted
The WRERR bit is normally set by hardware, but can
be set by the user for test purposes. Once set, WRERR
must be cleared in software.
TABLE 10-4: ACTIONS FOR PFM WHEN WR = 1
Free LWLO Actions for PFM when WR = 1Comments
1 x Erase the 32-word row of NVMADRH:NVMADRL
location. See Section 10.4.3 “NVMREG Write
to EEPROM”
• If WP is enabled, WR is cleared and
WRERR is set
• All 32 words are erased
• NVMDATH:NVMDATL is ignored
0 1 Copy NVMDATH:NVMDATL to the write latch
corresponding to NVMADR LSBs. See Section
10.4.4 “NVMREG Erase of PFM”
• Write protection is ignored
• No memory access occurs
0 0 Write the write-latch data to PFM row. See Sec-
tion 10.4.4 “NVMREG Erase of PFM”
• If WP is enabled, WR is cleared and
WRERR is set
• Write latches are reset to 3FFh
• NVMDATH:NVMDATL is ignored
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 184
PIC16(L)F18855/75
10.5 Register Definitions: Flash Program Memory Control
REGISTER 10-1: NVMDATL: NONVOLATILE MEMORY DATA LOW BYTE REGISTER
R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
NVMDAT<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 NVMDAT<7:0>: Read/write value for Least Significant bits of program memory
REGISTER 10-2: NVMDATH: NONVOLATILE MEMORY DATA HIGH BYTE REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
—— NVMDAT<13:8>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5-0 NVMDAT<13:8>: Read/write value for Most Significant bits of program memory
REGISTER 10-3: NVMADRL: NONVOLATILE MEMORY ADDRESS LOW BYTE REGISTER
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
NVMADR<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 NVMADR<7:0>: Specifies the Least Significant bits for program memory address
REGISTER 10-4: NVMADRH: NONVOLATILE MEMORY ADDRESS HIGH BYTE REGISTER
U-1 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
—(1) NVMADR<14:8>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’
bit 6-0 NVMADR<14:8>: Specifies the Most Significant bits for program memory address
Note 1: Bit is undefined while WR = 1 (during the EEPROM write operation it may be ‘0’ or ‘1’).
When FREE = 0 When NVMREG NVMADR gowns m a PFM \ocanon When NVMREGNVMADR gmms lo a EEPROM \ocanon When NVMREGNVMADR gmms lo a PFM Iocahoh
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 185
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 10-5: NVMCON1: NONVOLATILE MEMORY CONTROL 1 REGISTER
U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W/HC-0/0 R/W/HC-x/q R/W-0/0 R/S/HC-0/0 R/S/HC-0/0
— NVMREGS LWLO FREE WRERR(1,2,3) WREN WR(4,5,6) RD(7)
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
S = Bit can only be set x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared HC = Bit is cleared by hardware
bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 6 NVMREGS: Configuration Select bit
1 = Access EEPROM, Configuration, User ID and Device ID Registers
0 = Access PFM
bit 5 LWLO: Load Write Latches Only bit
When FREE = 0:
1 = The next WR command updates the write latch for this word within the row; no memory operation is initiated.
0 = The next WR command writes data or erases
Otherwise: The bit is ignored
bit 4 FREE: PFM Erase Enable bit
When NVMREGS:NVMADR points to a PFM location:
1 = Performs an erase operation with the next WR command; the 32-word pseudo-row containing the indicated
address is erased (to all 1s) to prepare for writing.
0 = All write operations have completed normally
bit 3 WRERR: Program/Erase Error Flag bit(1,2,3)
This bit is normally set by hardware.
1 = A write operation was interrupted by a Reset, interrupted unlock sequence, or WR was written to one while
NVMADR points to a write-protected address.
0 = The program or erase operation completed normally
bit 2 WREN: Program/Erase Enable bit
1 = Allows program/erase cycles
0 = Inhibits programming/erasing of program Flash
bit 1 WR: Write Control bit(4,5,6)
When NVMREG:NVMADR points to a EEPROM location:
1 = Initiates an erase/program cycle at the corresponding EEPROM location
0 = NVM program/erase operation is complete and inactive
When NVMREG:NVMADR points to a PFM location:
1 = Initiates the operation indicated by Table 10-4
0 = NVM program/erase operation is complete and inactive
Otherwise: This bit is ignored
bit 0 RD: Read Control bit(7)
1 = Initiates a read at address = NVMADR1, and loads data to NVMDAT Read takes one instruction cycle and the
bit is cleared when the operation is complete. The bit can only be set (not cleared) in software.
0 = NVM read operation is complete and inactive
Note 1: Bit is undefined while WR = 1 (during the EEPROM write operation it may be ‘0’ or ‘1’).
2: Bit must be cleared by software; hardware will not clear this bit.
3: Bit may be written to ‘1’ by software in order to implement test sequences.
4: This bit can only be set by following the unlock sequence of Section 10.4.2 “NVM Unlock Sequence”.
5: Operations are self-timed, and the WR bit is cleared by hardware when complete.
6: Once a write operation is initiated, setting this bit to zero will have no effect.
7: Reading from EEPROM loads only NVMDATL<7:0> (Register 10-1).
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 186
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 10-6: NVMCON2: NONVOLATILE MEMORY CONTROL 2 REGISTER
W-0/0 W-0/0 W-0/0 W-0/0 W-0/0 W-0/0 W-0/0 W-0/0
NVMCON2<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
S = Bit can only be set x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 NVMCON2<7:0>: Flash Memory Unlock Pattern bits
To unlock writes, a 55h must be written first, followed by an AAh, before setting the WR bit of the
NVMCON1 register. The value written to this register is used to unlock the writes.
TABLE 10-5: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH NONVOLATILE MEMORY (NVM)
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
INTCON GIE PEIE —————INTEDG 133
PIE7 SCANIE CRCIE NVMIE NCO1IE — CWG3IE CWG2IE CWG1IE 136
PIR7 SCANIF CRCIF NVMIF NCO1IF — CWG3IF CWG2IF CWG1IF 145
NVMCON1 —NVMREGS LWLO FREE WRERR WREN WR RD 185
NVMCON2 NVMCON2<7:0> 186
NVMADRL NVMADR<7:0> 184
NVMADRH —(1) NVMADR<14:8> 184
NVMDATL NVMDAT<7:0> 184
NVMDATH ——NVMDAT<13:8>184
Legend: — = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by NVM.
Note 1: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 187
PIC16(L)F18855/75
11.0 CYCLIC REDUNDANCY CHECK
(CRC) MODULE
The Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) module provides
a software-configurable hardware-implemented CRC
checksum generator. This module includes the following
features:
• Any standard CRC up to 16 bits can be used
• Configurable Polynomial
• Any seed value up to 16 bits can be used
• Standard and reversed bit order available
• Augmented zeros can be added automatically or
by the user
• Memory scanner for fast CRC calculations on
program memory user data
• Software loadable data registers for calculating
CRC values not from the memory scanner
11.1 CRC Module Overview
The CRC module provides a means for calculating a
check value of program memory. The CRC module is
coupled with a memory scanner for faster CRC
calculations. The memory scanner can automatically
provide data to the CRC module. The CRC module can
also be operated by directly writing data to SFRs,
without using the scanner.
11.2 CRC Functional Overview
The CRC module can be used to detect bit errors in the
Flash memory using the built-in memory scanner or
through user input RAM memory. The CRC module can
accept up to a 16-bit polynomial with up to a 16-bit seed
value. A CRC calculated check value (or checksum)
will then be generated into the CRCACC<15:0> regis-
ters for user storage. The CRC module uses an XOR
shift register implementation to perform the polynomial
division required for the CRC calculation.
EXAMPLE 11-1: BASIC CRC OPERATION
EXAMPLE
11.3 CRC Polynomial Implementation
Any standard polynomial up to 17 bits can be used. The
PLEN<3:0> bits are used to specify how long the
polynomial used will be. For an xn polynomial, PLEN =
n-2. In an n-bit polynomial the xn bit and the LSb will be
used as a ‘1’ in the CRC calculation because the MSb
and LSb must always be a ‘1’ for a CRC polynomial.
For example, if using CRC-16-ANSI, the polynomial will
look like 0x8005. This will be implemented into the
CRCXOR<15:1> registers, as shown in Example 11-1.
CRC-16-ANSI
x16 + x15 + x2 + 1 (17 bits)
Standard 16-bit representation = 0x8005
CRCXORH = 0b10000000
CRCXORL = 0b0000010- (1)
Data Sequence:
0x55, 0x66, 0x77, 0x88
DLEN = 0b0111
PLEN = 0b1111
Data entered into the CRC:
SHIFTM = 0:
01010101 01100110 01110111 10001000
SHIFTM = 1:
10101010 01100110 11101110 00010001
Check Value (ACCM = 1):
SHIFTM = 0: 0x32D6
CRCACCH = 0b00110010
CRCACCL = 0b11010110
SHIFTM = 1: 0x6BA2
CRCACCH = 0b01101011
CRCACCL = 0b10100010
Note 1: Bit 0 is unimplemented. The LSb of any CRC
polynomial is always ‘1’ and will always be
treated as a ‘1’ by the CRC for calculating the
CRC check value. This bit will be read in soft-
ware as a ‘0’.
5+ZFD-LirD-D-D-D—D—D-D-D-D—D—D-D-D-firfl—DT fitflfl-D—D—D—D—D—D—D—D—D—D—DEA H Hf? T T f
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 188
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 11-1: CRC LFSR EXAMPLE
11.4 CRC Data Sources
Data can be input to the CRC module in two ways:
- User data using the CRCDAT registers
- Flash using the Program Memory Scanner
To set the number of bits of data, up to 16 bits, the
DLEN bits of CRCCON1 must be set accordingly. Only
data bits in CRCDATA registers up to DLEN will be
used, other data bits in CRCDATA registers will be
ignored.
Data is moved into the CRCSHIFT as an intermediate
to calculate the check value located in the CRCACC
registers.
The SHIFTM bit is used to determine the bit order of the
data being shifted into the accumulator. If SHIFTM is
not set, the data will be shifted in MSb first. The value
of DLEN will determine the MSb. If SHIFTM bit is set,
the data will be shifted into the accumulator in reversed
order, LSb first.
The CRC module can be seeded with an initial value by
setting the CRCACC<15:0> registers to the
appropriate value before beginning the CRC.
11.4.1 CRC FROM USER DATA
To use the CRC module on data input from the user, the
user must write the data to the CRCDAT registers. The
data from the CRCDAT registers will be latched into the
shift registers on any write to the CRCDATL register.
11.4.2 CRC FROM FLASH
To use the CRC module on data located in Flash
memory, the user can initialize the Program Memory
Scanner as defined in Section 11.8, Program Mem-
ory Scan Configuration.
11.5 CRC Check Value
The CRC check value will be located in the CRCACC
registers after the CRC calculation has finished. The
check value will depend on two mode settings of the
CRCCON: ACCM and SHIFTM.
If the ACCM bit is set, the CRC module will augment
the data with a number of zeros equal to the length of
the polynomial to find the final check value. If the
ACCM bit is not set, the CRC will stop at the end of the
data. A number of zeros equal to the length of the poly-
nomial can then be entered to find the same check
value as augmented mode, alternatively the expected
check value can be entered at this point to make the
final result equal to 0.
A final XOR value may be needed with the check value
to find the desired CRC result
11.6 CRC Interrupt
The CRC will generate an interrupt when the BUSY bit
transitions from ‘1’ to ‘0’. The CRCIF interrupt flag bit of
the PIR6 register is set every time the BUSY bit transi-
tions, regardless of whether or not the CRC interrupt is
enabled. The CRCIF bit can only be cleared in soft-
ware. The CRC interrupt enable is the CRCIE bit of the
PIE6 register.
Rev. 10-000207A
5/27/2014
Data in
b0b1b2b3b4b5b6b7b8b9b10b11b12b13b14b15
Linear Feedback Shift Register for CRC-16-ANSI
x16 + x15 + x2+ 1
b0b1b2b3b4b5b6b7b8b9b10b11b12b13b14b15
Data in
Augmentation Mode OFF
Augmentation Mode ON
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 189
PIC16(L)F18855/75
11.7 Configuring the CRC
The following steps illustrate how to properly configure
the CRC.
1. Determine if the automatic Program Memory
scan will be used with the scanner or manual
calculation through the SFR interface and per-
form the actions specified in Section 11.4 “CRC
Data Sources”, depending on which decision
was made.
2. If desired, seed a starting CRC value into the
CRCACCH/L registers.
3. Program the CRCXORH/L registers with the
desired generator polynomial.
4. Program the DLEN<3:0> bits of the CRCCON1
register with the length of the data word – 1
(refer to Example 11-1). This determines how
many times the shifter will shift into the accumu-
lator for each data word.
5. Program the PLEN<3:0> bits of the CRCCON1
register with the length of the polynomial – 2
(refer to Example 11-1).
6. Determine whether shifting in trailing zeros is
desired and set the ACCM bit of CRCCON0
register appropriately.
7. Likewise, determine whether the MSb or LSb
should be shifted first and write the SHIFTM bit
of CRCCON0 register appropriately.
8. Write the CRCGO bit of the CRCCON0 register
to begin the shifting process.
9a. If manual SFR entry is used, monitor the FULL bit
of CRCCON0 register. When FULL = 0, another
word of data can be written to the CRCDATH/L
registers, keeping in mind that CRCDATH should
be written first if the data has >8 bits, as the
shifter will begin upon the CRCDATL register
being written.
9b. If the scanner is used, the scanner will
automatically stuff words into the CRCDATH/L
registers as needed, as long as the SCANGO bit
is set.
10a.If using the Flash memory scanner, monitor the
SCANIF (or the SCANGO bit) for the scanner to
finish pushing information into the CRCDATA
registers. After the scanner is completed, moni-
tor the CRCIF (or the BUSY bit) to determine
that the CRC has been completed and the check
value can be read from the CRCACC registers.
If both the interrupt flags are set (or both BUSY
and SCANGO bits are cleared), the completed
CRC calculation can be read from the
CRCACCH/L registers.
10b.If manual entry is used, monitor the CRCIF (or
BUSY bit) to determine when the CRCACC
registers will hold the check value.
11.8 Program Memory Scan
Configuration
If desired, the Program Memory Scan module may be
used in conjunction with the CRC module to perform a
CRC calculation over a range of program memory
addresses. In order to set up the Scanner to work with
the CRC you need to perform the following steps:
1. Set the EN bit to enable the module. This can be
performed at any point preceding the setting of
the SCANGO bit, but if it gets disabled, all
internal states of the Scanner are reset
(registers are unaffected).
2. Choose which memory access mode is to be
used (see Section 11.10 “Scanning Modes”)
and set the MODE bits of the SCANCON0
register appropriately.
3. Based on the memory access mode, set the
INTM bits of the SCANCON0 register to the
appropriate interrupt mode (see Section
11.10.5 “Interrupt Interaction”)
4. Set the SCANLADRL/H and SCANHADRL/H
registers with the beginning and ending
locations in memory that are to be scanned.
5. Begin the scan by setting the SCANGO bit in the
SCANCON0 register. The scanner will wait
(CRCGO must be set) for the signal from the
CRC that it is ready for the first Flash memory
location, then begin loading data into the CRC.
It will continue to do so until it either hits the
configured end address or an address that is
unimplemented on the device, at which point the
SCANGO bit will clear, Scanner functions will
cease, and the SCANIF interrupt will be
triggered. Alternately, the SCANGO bit can be
cleared in software if desired.
11.9 Scanner Interrupt
The scanner will trigger an interrupt when the
SCANGO bit transitions from ‘1’ to ‘0’. The SCANIF
interrupt flag of PIR7 is set when the last memory
location is reached and the data is entered into the
CRCDATA registers. The SCANIF bit can only be
cleared in software. The SCAN interrupt enable is the
SCANIE bit of the PIE7 register.
11.10 Scanning Modes
The memory scanner can scan in four modes: Burst,
Peek, Concurrent, and Triggered. These modes are
controlled by the MODE bits of the SCANCON0
register. The four modes are summarized in Tab l e 11 - 1 .
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 190
PIC16(L)F18855/75
11.10.1 BURST MODE
When MODE = 01, the scanner is in Burst mode. In
Burst mode, CPU operation is stalled beginning with the
operation after the one that sets the SCANGO bit, and
the scan begins, using the instruction clock to execute.
The CPU is held until the scan stops. Note that because
the CPU is not executing instructions, the SCANGO bit
cannot be cleared in software, so the CPU will remain
stalled until one of the hardware end-conditions occurs.
Burst mode has the highest throughput for the scanner,
but has the cost of stalling other execution while it
occurs.
11.10.2 CONCURRENT MODE
When MODE = 00, the scanner is in Concurrent mode.
Concurrent mode, like Burst mode, stalls the CPU
while performing accesses of memory. However, while
Burst mode stalls until all accesses are complete,
Concurrent mode allows the CPU to execute in
between access cycles.
11.10.3 TRIGGERED MODE
When MODE = 11, the scanner is in Triggered mode.
Triggered mode behaves identically to Concurrent
mode, except instead of beginning the scan
immediately upon the SCANGO bit being set, it waits
for a rising edge from a separate trigger clock, the
source of which is determined by the SCANTRIG
register.
11.10.4 PEEK MODE
When MODE = 10, the scanner is in Peek mode. Peek
mode waits for an instruction cycle in which the CPU
does not need to access the NVM (such as a branch
instruction) and uses that cycle to do its own NVM
access. This results in the lowest throughput for the NVM
access (and can take a much longer time to complete a
scan than the other modes), but does so without any
impact on execution times, unlike the other modes.
TABLE 11-1: SUMMARY OF SCANNER MODES
11.10.5 INTERRUPT INTERACTION
The INTM bit of the SCANCON0 register controls the
scanner’s response to interrupts depending on which
mode the NVM scanner is in, as described in
Table 11-2.
TABLE 11-2: SCAN INTERRUPT MODES
MODE<1:0>
Description
First Scan Access CPU Operation
11 Triggered As soon as possible
following a trigger Stalled during NVM access CPU resumes execution following
each access
10 Peek At the first dead cycle Timing is unaffected CPU continues execution following
each access
01 Burst
As soon as possible Stalled during NVM access
CPU suspended until scan
completes
00 Concurrent CPU resumes execution following
each access
INTM
MODE<1:0>
MODE == Burst MODE != Burst
1
Interrupt overrides SCANGO to pause the burst
and the interrupt handler executes at full speed;
Scanner Burst resumes when interrupt
completes.
Scanner suspended during interrupt response;
interrupt executes at full speed and scan
resumes when the interrupt is complete.
0
Interrupts do not override SCANGO, and the
scan (burst) operation will continue; interrupt
response will be delayed until scan completes
(latency will be increased).
Scanner accesses NVM during interrupt
response. If MODE != Peak the interrupt handler
execution speed will be affected.
If exiema‘ hall ‘5 assened dunng the
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 191
PIC16(L)F18855/75
In general, if INTM = 0, the scanner will take
precedence over the interrupt, resulting in decreased
interrupt processing speed and/or increased interrupt
response latency. If INTM = 1, the interrupt will take
precedence and have a better speed, delaying the
memory scan.
11.10.6 WDT INTERACTION
Operation of the WDT is not affected by scanner
activity. Hence, it is possible that long scans,
particularly in Burst mode, may exceed the WDT time-
out period and result in an undesired device Reset.
This should be considered when performing memory
scans with an application that also utilizes WDT.
11.10.7 IN-CIRCUIT DEBUG (ICD)
INTERACTION
The scanner freezes when an ICD halt occurs, and
remains frozen until user-mode operation resumes.
The debugger may inspect the SCANCON0 and
SCANLADR registers to determine the state of the
scan.
The ICD interaction with each operating mode is
summarized in Tab l e 11 -3.
TABLE 11-3: ICD AND SCANNER INTERACTIONS
ICD Halt
Scanner Operating Mode
Peek Concurrent
Triggered Burst
External Halt
If Scanner would peek an instruction
that is not executed (because of ICD
entry), the peek will occur after ICD
exit, when the instruction executes.
If external halt is asserted during a
scan cycle, the instruction (delayed
by scan) may or may not execute
before ICD entry, depending on
external halt timing.
If external halt is asserted during the
BSF(SCANCON.GO), ICD entry
occurs, and the burst is delayed until
ICD exit.
Otherwise, the current NVM-access
cycle will complete, and then the
scanner will be interrupted for ICD
entry.
If external halt is asserted during the
cycle immediately prior to the scan
cycle, both scan and instruction
execution happen after the ICD exits.
If external halt is asserted during the
burst, the burst is suspended and will
resume with ICD exit.
PC
Breakpoint
Scan cycle occurs before ICD entry
and instruction execution happens
after the ICD exits. If PCPB (or single step) is on
BSF(SCANCON.GO), the ICD is
entered before execution; execution
of the burst will occur at ICD exit, and
the burst will run to completion.
Note that the burst can be interrupted
by an external halt.
Data
Breakpoint
The instruction with the dataBP
executes and ICD entry occurs
immediately after. If scan is
requested during that cycle, the scan
cycle is postponed until the ICD exits.
Single Step
If a scan cycle is ready after the
debug instruction is executed, the
scan will read PFM and then the ICD
is re-entered.
SWBP and
ICDINST
If scan would stall a SWBP, the scan
cycle occurs and the ICD is entered.
If SWBP replaces
BSF(SCANCON.GO), the ICD will be
entered; instruction execution will
occur at ICD exit (from ICDINSTR
register), and the burst will run to
completion.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 192
PIC16(L)F18855/75
11.11 Register Definitions: CRC and Scanner Control
REGISTER 11-1: CRCCON0: CRC CONTROL REGISTER 0
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R-0 R/W-0/0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R-0
EN CRCGO BUSY ACCM —— SHIFTM FULL
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 EN: CRC Enable bit
1 = CRC module is released from Reset
0 = CRC is disabled and consumes no operating current
bit 6 CRCGO: CRC Start bit
1 = Start CRC serial shifter
0 = CRC serial shifter turned off
bit 5 BUSY: CRC Busy bit
1 = Shifting in progress or pending
0 = All valid bits in shifter have been shifted into accumulator and EMPTY = 1
bit 4 ACCM: Accumulator Mode bit
1 = Data is augmented with zeros
0 = Data is not augmented with zeros
bit 3-2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 1 SHIFTM: Shift Mode bit
1 = Shift right (LSb)
0 = Shift left (MSb)
bit 0 FULL: Data Path Full Indicator bit
1 = CRCDATH/L registers are full
0 = CRCDATH/L registers have shifted their data into the shifter
REGISTER 11-2: CRCCON1: CRC CONTROL REGISTER 1
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
DLEN<3:0> PLEN<3:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-4 DLEN<3:0>: Data Length bits
Denotes the length of the data word -1 (See Example 11-1)
bit 3-0 PLEN<3:0>: Polynomial Length bits
Denotes the length of the polynomial -1 (See Example 11-1)
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 193
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 11-3: CRCDATH: CRC DATA HIGH BYTE REGISTER
R/W-xx R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x
DAT<15:8>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 DAT<15:8>: CRC Input/Output Data bits
REGISTER 11-4: CRCDATL: CRC DATA LOW BYTE REGISTER
R/W-xx R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x
DAT<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 DAT<7:0>: CRC Input/Output Data bits
Writing to this register fills the shifter.
REGISTER 11-5: CRCACCH: CRC ACCUMULATOR HIGH BYTE REGISTER
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
ACC<15:8>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 ACC<15:8>: CRC Accumulator Register bits
Writing to this register writes to the CRC accumulator register. Reading from this register reads the CRC accumulator.
REGISTER 11-6: CRCACCL: CRC ACCUMULATOR LOW BYTE REGISTER
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
ACC<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 ACC<7:0>: CRC Accumulator Register bits
Writing to this register writes to the CRC accumulator register through the CRC write bus. Reading from this register
reads the CRC accumulator.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 194
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 11-7: CRCSHIFTH: CRC SHIFT HIGH BYTE REGISTER
R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0
SHIFT<15:8>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 SHIFT<15:8>: CRC Shifter Register bits
Reading from this register reads the CRC Shifter.
REGISTER 11-8: CRCSHIFTL: CRC SHIFT LOW BYTE REGISTER
R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0
SHIFT<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 SHIFT<7:0>: CRC Shifter Register bits
Reading from this register reads the CRC Shifter.
REGISTER 11-9: CRCXORH: CRC XOR HIGH BYTE REGISTER
R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W
X<15:8>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 X<15:8>: XOR of Polynomial Term XN Enable bits
REGISTER 11-10: CRCXORL: CRC XOR LOW BYTE REGISTER
R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x U-1
X<7:1> —
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-1 XOR<7:1>: XOR of Polynomial Term XN Enable bits
bit 0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’
ENW SCANGO‘Z' 3) BUSVW >15) If MODE : If MODE 1 CPU is sla‘led umil all dala is‘ransferred . IfMODE: 2D orll.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 195
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 11-11: SCANCON0: SCANNER ACCESS CONTROL REGISTER 0
R/W-0/0 R/W/HC-0/0 R-0 R-0 R/W-0/0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
EN(1) SCANGO(2, 3) BUSY(4) INVALID INTM — MODE<1:0>(5)
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared HC = Bit is cleared by hardware
bit 7 EN: Scanner Enable bit(1)
1 = Scanner is enabled
0 = Scanner is disabled, internal states are reset
bit 6 SCANGO: Scanner GO bit(2, 3)
1 = When the CRC sends a ready signal, NVM will be accessed according to MDx and data passed
to the client peripheral.
0 = Scanner operations will not occur
bit 5 BUSY: Scanner Busy Indicator bit(4)
1 = Scanner cycle is in process
0 = Scanner cycle is complete (or never started)
bit 4 INVALID: Scanner Abort signal bit
1 = SCANLADRL/H has incremented or contains an invalid address(6)
0 = SCANLADRL/H points to a valid address
bit 3 INTM: NVM Scanner Interrupt Management Mode Select bit
If MODE = 10:
This bit is ignored
If MODE = 01 (CPU is stalled until all data is transferred):
1 = SCANGO is overridden (to zero) during interrupt operation; scanner resumes after returning from
interrupt
0 = SCANGO is not affected by interrupts, the interrupt response will be affected
If MODE = 00 or 11:
1 = SCANGO is overridden (to zero) during interrupt operation; scan operations resume after returning
from interrupt
0 = Interrupts do not prevent NVM access
bit 2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 1-0 MODE<1:0>: Memory Access Mode bits(5)
11 = Triggered mode
10 = Peek mode
01 = Burst mode
00 = Concurrent mode
Note 1: Setting EN = 0 (SCANCON0 register) does not affect any other register content.
2: This bit is cleared when LADR > HADR (and a data cycle is not occurring).
3: If INTM = 1, this bit is overridden (to zero, but not cleared) during an interrupt response.
4: BUSY = 1 when the NVM is being accessed, or when the CRC sends a ready signal.
5: See Table 11-1 for more detailed information.
6: An invalid address happens when the entire range of the PFM is scanned and completed, i.e., device
memory is 0x4000 and SCANHADR = 0x3FFF, after the last scan SCANLADR increments to 0x4000, the
address is invalid.
>11,2p 7.0mm
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 196
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 11-12: SCANLADRH: SCAN LOW ADDRESS HIGH BYTE REGISTER
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
LADR<15:8>(1,2)
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 LADR<15:8>: Scan Start/Current Address bits(1,2)
Most Significant bits of the current address to be fetched from, value increments on each fetch of
memory.
Note 1: Registers SCANLADRH/L form a 16-bit value, but are not guarded for atomic or asynchronous access;
registers should only be read or written while SCANGO = 0 (SCANCON0 register).
2: While SCANGO = 1 (SCANCON0 register), writing to this register is ignored.
REGISTER 11-13: SCANLADRL: SCAN LOW ADDRESS LOW BYTE REGISTER
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
LADR<7:0>(1,2)
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 LADR<7:0>: Scan Start/Current Address bits(1,2)
Least Significant bits of the current address to be fetched from, value increments on each fetch of
memory
Note 1: Registers SCANLADRH/L form a 16-bit value, but are not guarded for atomic or asynchronous access;
registers should only be read or written while SCANGO = 0 (SCANCON0 register).
2: While SCANGO = 1 (SCANCON0 register), writing to this register is ignored.
(1'1) (1'1)
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 197
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 11-14: SCANHADRH: SCAN HIGH ADDRESS HIGH BYTE REGISTER
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
HADR<15:8>(1,2)
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 HADR<15:8>: Scan End Address bits(1,2)
Most Significant bits of the address at the end of the designated scan
Note 1: Registers SCANHADRH/L form a 16-bit value, but are not guarded for atomic or asynchronous access;
registers should only be read or written while SCANGO = 0 (SCANCON0 register).
2: While SCANGO = 1 (SCANCON0 register), writing to this register is ignored.
REGISTER 11-15: SCANHADRL: SCAN HIGH ADDRESS LOW BYTE REGISTER
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
HADR<7:0>(1,2)
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 HADR<7:0>: Scan End Address bits(1,2)
Least Significant bits of the address at the end of the designated scan
Note 1: Registers SCANHADRH/L form a 16-bit value, but are not guarded for atomic or asynchronous access;
registers should only be read or written while SCANGO = 0 (SCANCON0 register).
2: While SCANGO = 1 (SCANCON0 register), writing to this register is ignored.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 198
PIC16(L)F18855/75
TABLE 11-4: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH CRC
REGISTER 11-16: SCANTRIG: SCAN TRIGGER SELECTION REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
— — — — TSEL<3:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 3-0 TSEL<3:0>: Scanner Data Trigger Input Selection bits
1111-1010 = Reserved
1001 = SMT2_Match
1000 = SMT1_Match
0111 = TMR5_Overflow
0110 = TMR4_postscaled
0101 = TMR3_Overflow
0100 = TMR2_postscaled
0011 = TMR1_Overflow
0010 = TMR0_Overflow
0001 = CLKR
0000 = LFINTOSC
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
CRCACCH ACC<15:8> 193
CRCACCL ACC<7:0> 193
CRCCON0 EN CRCGO BUSY ACCM —— SHIFTM FULL 192
CRCCON1 DLEN<3:0> PLEN<3:0> 192
CRCDATH DAT<15:8> 193
CRCDATL DAT<7:0> 193
CRCSHIFTH SHIFT<15:8> 194
CRCSHIFTL SHIFT<7:0> 194
CRCXORH XOR<15:8> 194
CRCXORL XOR<7:1> —194
INTCON GIE PEIE — — — — —INTEDG133
PIE4 —— TMR6IE TMR5IE TMR4IE TMR3IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 138
PIR4 —— TMR6IF TMR5IF TMR4IF TMR3IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 147
SCANCON0 EN SCANGO BUSY INVALID INTM — MODE<1:0> 195
SCANHADRH HADR<15:8> 197
SCANHADRL HADR<7:0> 197
SCANLADRH LADR<15:8> 196
SCANLADRL LADR<7:0> 196
SCANTRIG — — — — TSEL<3:0> 198
Legend: — = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used for the CRC module.
* Page provides register information.
Wnle LATX Wme PORTx
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 199
PIC16(L)F18855/75
12.0 I/O PORTS
TABLE 12-1: PORT AVAILABILITY PER
DEVICE
Each port has ten standard registers for its operation.
These registers are:
• PORTx registers (reads the levels on the pins of
the device)
• LATx registers (output latch)
• TRISx registers (data direction)
• ANSELx registers (analog select)
• WPUx registers (weak pull-up)
• INLVLx (input level control)
• SLRCONx registers (slew rate)
• ODCONx registers (open-drain)
Most port pins share functions with device peripherals,
both analog and digital. In general, when a peripheral
is enabled on a port pin, that pin cannot be used as a
general purpose output; however, the pin can still be
read.
The Data Latch (LATx registers) is useful for
read-modify-write operations on the value that the I/O
pins are driving.
A write operation to the LATx register has the same
effect as a write to the corresponding PORTx register.
A read of the LATx register reads of the values held in
the I/O PORT latches, while a read of the PORTx
register reads the actual I/O pin value.
Ports that support analog inputs have an associated
ANSELx register. When an ANSEL bit is set, the digital
input buffer associated with that bit is disabled.
Disabling the input buffer prevents analog signal levels
on the pin between a logic high and low from causing
excessive current in the logic input circuitry. A
simplified model of a generic I/O port, without the
interfaces to other peripherals, is shown in Figure 12-1.
FIGURE 12-1: GENERIC I/O PORT
OPERATION
12.1 I/O Priorities
Each pin defaults to the PORT data latch after Reset.
Other functions are selected with the peripheral pin
select logic. See Section 13.0 “Peripheral Pin Select
(PPS) Module” for more information.
Analog input functions, such as ADC and comparator
inputs, are not shown in the peripheral pin select lists.
These inputs are active when the I/O pin is set for
Analog mode using the ANSELx register. Digital output
functions may continue to control the pin when it is in
Analog mode.
Analog outputs, when enabled, take priority over the
digital outputs and force the digital output driver to the
high-impedance state.
Device
PORTA
PORTB
PORTC
PORTD
PORTE
PIC16(L)F18855 ●●● ●
PIC16(L)F18875 ●●●●●
QD
CK
Write LATx
Data Register
I/O pin
Read PORTx
Write PORTx
TRISx
Read LATx
Data Bus
To digital peripherals
ANSELx
VDD
VSS
To analog peripherals
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 200
PIC16(L)F18855/75
12.2 PORTA Registers
12.2.1 DATA REGISTER
PORTA is an 8-bit wide, bidirectional port. The
corresponding data direction register is TRISA
(Register 12-2). Setting a TRISA bit (= 1) will make the
corresponding PORTA pin an input (i.e., disable the
output driver). Clearing a TRISA bit (= 0) will make the
corresponding PORTA pin an output (i.e., enables
output driver and puts the contents of the output latch
on the selected pin). Example 12.2.8 shows how to
initialize PORTA.
Reading the PORTA register (Register 12-1) reads the
status of the pins, whereas writing to it will write to the
PORT latch. All write operations are read-modify-write
operations. Therefore, a write to a port implies that the
port pins are read, this value is modified and then
written to the PORT data latch (LATA).
The PORT data latch LATA (Register 12-3) holds the
output port data, and contains the latest value of a
LATA or PORTA write.
EXAMPLE 12-1: INITIALIZING PORTA
12.2.2 DIRECTION CONTROL
The TRISA register (Register 12-2) controls the
PORTA pin output drivers, even when they are being
used as analog inputs. The user should ensure the bits
in the TRISA register are maintained set when using
them as analog inputs. I/O pins configured as analog
inputs always read ‘0’.
12.2.3 OPEN-DRAIN CONTROL
The ODCONA register (Register 12-6) controls the
open-drain feature of the port. Open-drain operation is
independently selected for each pin. When an
ODCONA bit is set, the corresponding port output
becomes an open-drain driver capable of sinking
current only. When an ODCONA bit is cleared, the
corresponding port output pin is the standard push-pull
drive capable of sourcing and sinking current.
12.2.4 SLEW RATE CONTROL
The SLRCONA register (Register 12-7) controls the
slew rate option for each port pin. Slew rate control is
independently selectable for each port pin. When an
SLRCONA bit is set, the corresponding port pin drive is
slew rate limited. When an SLRCONA bit is cleared,
The corresponding port pin drive slews at the maximum
rate possible.
; This code example illustrates
; initializing the PORTA register. The
; other ports are initialized in the same
; manner.
BANKSEL PORTA ;
CLRF PORTA ;Init PORTA
BANKSEL LATA ;Data Latch
CLRF LATA ;
BANKSEL ANSELA ;
CLRF ANSELA ;digital I/O
BANKSEL TRISA ;
MOVLW B'00111000' ;Set RA<5:3> as inputs
MOVWF TRISA ;and set RA<2:0> as
;outputs
Note: It is not necessary to set open-drain
control when using the pin for I2C; the I2C
module controls the pin and makes the pin
open-drain.
Ihal m. musl be imtialized m ‘0' b user soflware.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 201
PIC16(L)F18855/75
12.2.5 INPUT THRESHOLD CONTROL
The INLVLA register (Register 12-8) controls the input
voltage threshold for each of the available PORTA input
pins. A selection between the Schmitt Trigger CMOS or
the TTL Compatible thresholds is available. The input
threshold is important in determining the value of a read
of the PORTA register and also the level at which an
interrupt-on-change occurs, if that feature is enabled.
See Table 37-4 for more information on threshold
levels.
12.2.6 ANALOG CONTROL
The ANSELA register (Register 12-4) is used to
configure the Input mode of an I/O pin to analog.
Setting the appropriate ANSELA bit high will cause all
digital reads on the pin to be read as ‘0’ and allow
analog functions on the pin to operate correctly.
The state of the ANSELA bits has no effect on digital
output functions. A pin with its TRIS bit clear and its
ANSEL bit set will still operate as a digital output, but
the Input mode will be analog. This can cause
unexpected behavior when executing
read-modify-write instructions on the affected port.
12.2.7 WEAK PULL-UP CONTROL
The WPUA register (Register 12-5) controls the
individual weak pull-ups for each PORT pin.
12.2.8 PORTA FUNCTIONS AND OUTPUT
PRIORITIES
Each PORTA pin is multiplexed with other functions.
Each pin defaults to the PORT latch data after Reset.
Other output functions are selected with the peripheral
pin select logic or by enabling an analog output, such
as the DAC. See Section 13.0 “Peripheral Pin Select
(PPS) Module” for more information.
Analog input functions, such as ADC and comparator
inputs are not shown in the peripheral pin select lists.
Digital output functions may continue to control the pin
when it is in Analog mode.
Note: Changing the input threshold selection
should be performed while all peripheral
modules are disabled. Changing the
threshold level during the time a module is
active may inadvertently generate a
transition associated with an input pin,
regardless of the actual voltage level on
that pin.
Note: The ANSELA bits default to the Analog
mode after Reset. To use any pins as
digital general purpose or peripheral
inputs, the corresponding ANSEL bits
must be initialized to ‘0’ by user software.
|I\|V
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 202
PIC16(L)F18855/75
12.3 Register Definitions: PORTA
REGISTER 12-1: PORTA: PORTA REGISTER
R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
RA7 RA6 RA5 RA4 RA3 RA2 RA1 RA0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 RA<7:0>: PORTA I/O Value bits(1)
1 = Port pin is > VIH
0 = Port pin is < VIL
Note 1: Writes to PORTA are actually written to corresponding LATA register. Reads from PORTA register is return
of actual I/O pin values.
REGISTER 12-2: TRISA: PORTA TRI-STATE REGISTER
R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1
TRISA7 TRISA6 TRISA5 TRISA4 TRISA3 TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 TRISA<7:0>: PORTA Tri-State Control bit
1 = PORTA pin configured as an input (tri-stated)
0 = PORTA pin configured as an output
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 203
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 12-3: LATA: PORTA DATA LATCH REGISTER
R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
LATA7 LATA6 LATA5 LATA4 LATA3 LATA2 LATA1 LATA0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 LATA<7:0>: RA<7:0> Output Latch Value bits(1)
Note 1: Writes to PORTA are actually written to corresponding LATA register. Reads from PORTA register is return
of actual I/O pin values.
REGISTER 12-4: ANSELA: PORTA ANALOG SELECT REGISTER
R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1
ANSA7 ANSA6 ANSA5 ANSA4 ANSA3 ANSA2 ANSA1 ANSA0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 ANSA<7:0>: Analog Select between Analog or Digital Function on pins RA<7:0>, respectively
1 = Analog input. Pin is assigned as analog input(1). Digital input buffer disabled.
0 = Digital I/O. Pin is assigned to port or digital special function.
Note 1: When setting a pin to an analog input, the corresponding TRIS bit must be set to Input mode in order to
allow external control of the voltage on the pin.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 204
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 12-5: WPUA: WEAK PULL-UP PORTA REGISTER
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
WPUA7 WPUA6 WPUA5 WPUA4 WPUA3 WPUA2 WPUA1 WPUA0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 WPUA<7:0>: Weak Pull-up Register bits(1)
1 = Pull-up enabled
0 = Pull-up disabled
Note 1: The weak pull-up device is automatically disabled if the pin is configured as an output.
REGISTER 12-6: ODCONA: PORTA OPEN-DRAIN CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
ODCA7 ODCA6 ODCA5 ODCA4 ODCA3 ODCA2 ODCA1 ODCA0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 ODCA<7:0>: PORTA Open-Drain Enable bits
For RA<7:0> pins, respectively
1 = Port pin operates as open-drain drive (sink current only)
0 = Port pin operates as standard push-pull drive (source and sink current)
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 205
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 12-7: SLRCONA: PORTA SLEW RATE CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1
SLRA7 SLRA6 SLRA5 SLRA4 SLRA3 SLRA2 SLRA1 SLRA0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 SLRA<7:0>: PORTA Slew Rate Enable bits
For RA<7:0> pins, respectively
1 = Port pin slew rate is limited
0 = Port pin slews at maximum rate
REGISTER 12-8: INLVLA: PORTA INPUT LEVEL CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1
INLVLA7 INLVLA6 INLVLA5 INLVLA4 INLVLA3 INLVLA2 INLVLA1 INLVLA0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 INLVLA<7:0>: PORTA Input Level Select bits
For RA<7:0> pins, respectively
1 = ST input used for PORT reads and interrupt-on-change
0 = TTL input used for PORT reads and interrupt-on-change
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 206
PIC16(L)F18855/75
TABLE 12-2: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTA
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
PORTA RA7 RA6 RA5 RA4 RA3 RA2 RA1 RA0 202
TRISA TRISA7 TRISA6 TRISA5 TRISA4 TRISA3 TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 202
LATA LATA7 LATA6 LATA5 LATA4 LATA3 LATA2 LATA1 LATA0 203
ANSELA ANSA7 ANSA6 ANSA5 ANSA4 ANSA3 ANSA2 ANSA1 ANSA0 203
WPUA WPUA7 WPUA6 WPUA5 WPUA4 WPUA3 WPUA2 WPUA1 WPUA0 204
ODCONA ODCA7 ODCA6 ODCA5 ODCA4 ODCA3 ODCA2 ODCA1 ODCA0 204
SLRCONA SLRA7 SLRA6 SLRA5 SLRA4 SLRA3 SLRA2 SLRA1 SLRA0 205
INLVLA INLVLA7 INLVLA6 INLVLA5 INLVLA4 INLVLA3 INLVLA2 INLVLA1 INLVLA0 205
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, – = unimplemented locations read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by
PORTA.
Note 1: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 207
PIC16(L)F18855/75
12.4 PORTB Registers
12.4.1 DATA REGISTER
PORTB is an 8-bit wide, bidirectional port. The
corresponding data direction register is TRISB
(Register 12-10). Setting a TRISB bit (= 1) will make
the corresponding PORTB pin an input (i.e., disable the
output driver). Clearing a TRISB bit (= 0) will make the
corresponding PORTB pin an output (i.e., enables
output driver and puts the contents of the output latch
on the selected pin). Example 12.2.8 shows how to
initialize PORTB.
Reading the PORTB register (Register 12-9) reads the
status of the pins, whereas writing to it will write to the
PORT latch. All write operations are read-modify-write
operations. Therefore, a write to a port implies that the
port pins are read, this value is modified and then
written to the PORT data latch (LATB).
The PORT data latch LATB (Register 12-11) holds the
output port data, and contains the latest value of a
LATB or PORTB write.
EXAMPLE 12-2: INITIALIZING PORTA
12.4.2 DIRECTION CONTROL
The TRISB register (Register 12-10) controls the
PORTB pin output drivers, even when they are being
used as analog inputs. The user should ensure the bits
in the TRISB register are maintained set when using
them as analog inputs. I/O pins configured as analog
inputs always read ‘0’.
12.4.3 OPEN-DRAIN CONTROL
The ODCONB register (Register 12-14) controls the
open-drain feature of the port. Open-drain operation is
independently selected for each pin. When an
ODCONB bit is set, the corresponding port output
becomes an open-drain driver capable of sinking
current only. When an ODCONB bit is cleared, the
corresponding port output pin is the standard push-pull
drive capable of sourcing and sinking current.
12.4.4 SLEW RATE CONTROL
The SLRCONB register (Register 12-15) controls the
slew rate option for each port pin. Slew rate control is
independently selectable for each port pin. When an
SLRCONB bit is set, the corresponding port pin drive is
slew rate limited. When an SLRCONB bit is cleared,
The corresponding port pin drive slews at the maximum
rate possible.
; This code example illustrates
; initializing the PORTA register. The
; other ports are initialized in the same
; manner.
BANKSEL PORTA ;
CLRF PORTA ;Init PORTA
BANKSEL LATA ;Data Latch
CLRF LATA ;
BANKSEL ANSELA ;
CLRF ANSELA ;digital I/O
BANKSEL TRISA ;
MOVLW B'00111000' ;Set RA<5:3> as inputs
MOVWF TRISA ;and set RA<2:0> as
;outputs
Note: It is not necessary to set open-drain
control when using the pin for I2C; the I2C
module controls the pin and makes the pin
open-drain.
Ihal m. musl be imtialized m ‘0' b user soflware.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 208
PIC16(L)F18855/75
12.4.5 INPUT THRESHOLD CONTROL
The INLVLB register (Register 12-8) controls the input
voltage threshold for each of the available PORTB input
pins. A selection between the Schmitt Trigger CMOS or
the TTL Compatible thresholds is available. The input
threshold is important in determining the value of a read
of the PORTB register and also the level at which an
interrupt-on-change occurs, if that feature is enabled.
See Table 37-4 for more information on threshold
levels.
12.4.6 ANALOG CONTROL
The ANSELB register (Register 12-4) is used to
configure the Input mode of an I/O pin to analog.
Setting the appropriate ANSELA bit high will cause all
digital reads on the pin to be read as ‘0’ and allow
analog functions on the pin to operate correctly.
The state of the ANSELB bits has no effect on digital
output functions. A pin with its TRIS bit clear and its
ANSEL bit set will still operate as a digital output, but
the Input mode will be analog. This can cause
unexpected behavior when executing
read-modify-write instructions on the affected port.
12.4.7 WEAK PULL-UP CONTROL
The WPUB register (Register 12-5) controls the
individual weak pull-ups for each PORT pin.
12.4.8 PORTA FUNCTIONS AND OUTPUT
PRIORITIES
Each PORTB pin is multiplexed with other functions.
Each pin defaults to the PORT latch data after Reset.
Other output functions are selected with the peripheral
pin select logic or by enabling an analog output, such
as the DAC. See Section 13.0 “Peripheral Pin Select
(PPS) Module” for more information.
Analog input functions, such as ADC and comparator
inputs are not shown in the peripheral pin select lists.
Digital output functions may continue to control the pin
when it is in Analog mode.
Note: Changing the input threshold selection
should be performed while all peripheral
modules are disabled. Changing the
threshold level during the time a module is
active may inadvertently generate a
transition associated with an input pin,
regardless of the actual voltage level on
that pin.
Note: The ANSELB bits default to the Analog
mode after Reset. To use any pins as
digital general purpose or peripheral
inputs, the corresponding ANSEL bits
must be initialized to ‘0’ by user software.
|I\|V
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 209
PIC16(L)F18855/75
12.5 Register Definitions: PORTB
REGISTER 12-9: PORTB: PORTB REGISTER
R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
RB7 RB6 RB5 RB4 RB3 RB2 RB1 RB0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 RB<7:0>: PORTB I/O Value bits(1)
1 = Port pin is > VIH
0 = Port pin is < VIL
Note 1: Writes to PORTB are actually written to corresponding LATB register. Reads from PORTB register is
return of actual I/O pin values.
REGISTER 12-10: TRISB: PORTB TRI-STATE REGISTER
R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1
TRISB7 TRISB6 TRISB5 TRISB4 TRISB3 TRISB2 TRISB1 TRISB0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 TRISB<7:0>: PORTB Tri-State Control bit
1 = PORTB pin configured as an input (tri-stated)
0 = PORTB pin configured as an output
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 210
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 12-11: LATB: PORTB DATA LATCH REGISTER
R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
LATB7 LATB6 LATB5 LATB4 LATB3 LATB2 LATB1 LATB0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 LATB<7:0>: RB<7:0> Output Latch Value bits(1)
Note 1: Writes to PORTB are actually written to corresponding LATB register. Reads from PORTB register is
return of actual I/O pin values.
REGISTER 12-12: ANSELB: PORTB ANALOG SELECT REGISTER
R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1
ANSB7 ANSB6 ANSB5 ANSB4 ANSB3 ANSB2 ANSB1 ANSB0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 ANSB<7:0>: Analog Select between Analog or Digital Function on pins RB<7:0>, respectively
1 = Analog input. Pin is assigned as analog input(1). Digital input buffer disabled.
0 = Digital I/O. Pin is assigned to port or digital special function.
Note 1: When setting a pin to an analog input, the corresponding TRIS bit must be set to Input mode in order to
allow external control of the voltage on the pin.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 211
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 12-13: WPUB: WEAK PULL-UP PORTB REGISTER
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
WPUB7 WPUB6 WPUB5 WPUB4 WPUB3 WPUB2 WPUB1 WPUB0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 WPUB<7:0>: Weak Pull-up Register bits(1)
1 = Pull-up enabled
0 = Pull-up disabled
Note 1: The weak pull-up device is automatically disabled if the pin is configured as an output.
REGISTER 12-14: ODCONB: PORTB OPEN-DRAIN CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
ODCB7 ODCB6 ODCB5 ODCB4 ODCB3 ODCB2 ODCB1 ODCB0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 ODCB<7:0>: PORTB Open-Drain Enable bits
For RB<7:0> pins, respectively
1 = Port pin operates as open-drain drive (sink current only)
0 = Port pin operates as standard push-pull drive (source and sink current)
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 212
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 12-15: SLRCONB: PORTB SLEW RATE CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1
SLRB7 SLRB6 SLRB5 SLRB4 SLRB3 SLRB2 SLRB1 SLRB0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 SLRB<7:0>: PORTB Slew Rate Enable bits
For RB<7:0> pins, respectively
1 = Port pin slew rate is limited
0 = Port pin slews at maximum rate
REGISTER 12-16: INLVLB: PORTB INPUT LEVEL CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1
INLVLB7 INLVLB6 INLVLB5 INLVLB4 INLVLB3 INLVLB2 INLVLB1 INLVLB0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 INLVLB<7:0>: PORTB Input Level Select bits
For RB<7:0> pins, respectively
1 = ST input used for PORT reads and interrupt-on-change
0 = TTL input used for PORT reads and interrupt-on-change
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 213
PIC16(L)F18855/75
TABLE 12-3: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTB
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
PORTB RB7 RB6 RB5 RB4 RB3 RB2 RB1 RB0 209
TRISB TRISB7 TRISB6 TRISB5 TRISB4 TRISB3 TRISB2 TRISB1 TRISB0 209
LATB LATB7 LATB6 LATB5 LATB4 LATB3 LATB2 LATB1 LATB0 210
ANSELB ANSB7 ANSB6 ANSB5 ANSB4 ANSB3 ANSB2 ANSB1 ANSB0 210
WPUB WPUB7 WPUB6 WPUB5 WPUB4 WPUB3 WPUB2 WPUB1 WPUB0 211
ODCONB ODCB7 ODCB6 ODCB5 ODCB4 ODCB3 ODCB2 ODCB1 ODCB0 211
SLRCONB SLRB7 SLRB6 SLRB5 SLRB4 SLRB3 SLRB2 SLRB1 SLRB0 212
INLVLB INLVLB7 INLVLB6 INLVLB5 INLVLB4 INLVLB3 INLVLB2 INLVLB1 INLVLB0 212
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, – = unimplemented locations read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by
PORTB.
Note 1: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.
ihai in. musi be initialized i0 ‘0' b user soflware.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 214
PIC16(L)F18855/75
12.6 PORTC Registers
12.6.1 DATA REGISTER
PORTC is an 8-bit wide bidirectional port. The
corresponding data direction register is TRISC
(Register 12-18). Setting a TRISC bit (= 1) will make the
corresponding PORTC pin an input (i.e., put the
corresponding output driver in a High-Impedance mode).
Clearing a TRISC bit (= 0) will make the corresponding
PORTC pin an output (i.e., enable the output driver and
put the contents of the output latch on the selected pin).
Example 12.2.8 shows how to initialize an I/O port.
Reading the PORTC register (Register 12-17) reads the
status of the pins, whereas writing to it will write to the
PORT latch. All write operations are read-modify-write
operations. Therefore, a write to a port implies that the
port pins are read, this value is modified and then written
to the PORT data latch (LATC).
The PORT data latch LATC (Register 12-19) holds the
output port data, and contains the latest value of a LATC
or PORTC write.
12.6.2 DIRECTION CONTROL
The TRISC register (Register 12-18) controls the
PORTC pin output drivers, even when they are being
used as analog inputs. The user should ensure the bits in
the TRISC register are maintained set when using them
as analog inputs. I/O pins configured as analog inputs
always read ‘0’.
12.6.3 INPUT THRESHOLD CONTROL
The INLVLC register (Register 12-24) controls the input
voltage threshold for each of the available PORTC
input pins. A selection between the Schmitt Trigger
CMOS or the TTL Compatible thresholds is available.
The input threshold is important in determining the
value of a read of the PORTC register and also the
level at which an interrupt-on-change occurs, if that
feature is enabled. See Table 37-4 for more information
on threshold levels.
12.6.4 OPEN-DRAIN CONTROL
The ODCONC register (Register 12-22) controls the
open-drain feature of the port. Open-drain operation is
independently selected for each pin. When an
ODCONC bit is set, the corresponding port output
becomes an open-drain driver capable of sinking
current only. When an ODCONC bit is cleared, the
corresponding port output pin is the standard push-pull
drive capable of sourcing and sinking current.
12.6.5 SLEW RATE CONTROL
The SLRCONC register (Register 12-23) controls the
slew rate option for each port pin. Slew rate control is
independently selectable for each port pin. When an
SLRCONC bit is set, the corresponding port pin drive is
slew rate limited. When an SLRCONC bit is cleared,
The corresponding port pin drive slews at the maximum
rate possible.
12.6.6 ANALOG CONTROL
The ANSELC register (Register 12-20) is used to
configure the Input mode of an I/O pin to analog.
Setting the appropriate ANSELC bit high will cause all
digital reads on the pin to be read as ‘0’ and allow
analog functions on the pin to operate correctly.
The state of the ANSELC bits has no effect on digital out-
put functions. A pin with TRIS clear and ANSELC set will
still operate as a digital output, but the Input mode will be
analog. This can cause unexpected behavior when exe-
cuting read-modify-write instructions on the affected
port.
12.6.7 WEAK PULL-UP CONTROL
The WPUC register (Register 12-21) controls the
individual weak pull-ups for each port pin.
12.6.8 PORTC FUNCTIONS AND OUTPUT
PRIORITIES
Each pin defaults to the PORT latch data after Reset.
Other output functions are selected with the peripheral
pin select logic. See Section 13.0 “Peripheral Pin
Select (PPS) Module” for more information.
Analog input functions, such as ADC and comparator
inputs, are not shown in the peripheral pin select lists.
Digital output functions may continue to control the pin
when it is in Analog mode.
Note: Changing the input threshold selection
should be performed while all peripheral
modules are disabled. Changing the
threshold level during the time a module is
active may inadvertently generate a
transition associated with an input pin,
regardless of the actual voltage level on
that pin.
Note: It is not necessary to set open-drain
control when using the pin for I2C; the I2C
module controls the pin and makes the pin
open-drain.
Note: The ANSELC bits default to the Analog
mode after Reset. To use any pins as
digital general purpose or peripheral
inputs, the corresponding ANSEL bits
must be initialized to ‘0’ by user software.
|I\ IV
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 215
PIC16(L)F18855/75
12.7 Register Definitions: PORTC
REGISTER 12-17: PORTC: PORTC REGISTER
R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
RC7 RC6 RC5 RC4 RC3 RC2 RC1 RC0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 RC<7:0>: PORTC General Purpose I/O Pin bits(1)
1 = Port pin is > VIH
0 = Port pin is < VIL
Note 1: Writes to PORTC are actually written to corresponding LATC register. Reads from PORTC register is
return of actual I/O pin values.
REGISTER 12-18: TRISC: PORTC TRI-STATE REGISTER
R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1
TRISC7 TRISC6 TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 TRISC<7:0>: PORTC Tri-State Control bits
1 = PORTC pin configured as an input (tri-stated)
0 = PORTC pin configured as an output
REGISTER 12-19: LATC: PORTC DATA LATCH REGISTER
R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
LATC7 LATC6 LATC5 LATC4 LATC3 LATC2 LATC1 LATC0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 LATC<7:0>: PORTC Output Latch Value bits
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 216
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 12-20: ANSELC: PORTC ANALOG SELECT REGISTER
R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1
ANSC7 ANSC6 ANSC5 ANSC4 ANSC3 ANSC2 ANSC1 ANSC0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 ANSC<7:0>: Analog Select between Analog or Digital Function on Pins RC<7:0>, respectively(1)
0 = Digital I/O. Pin is assigned to port or digital special function.
1 = Analog input. Pin is assigned as analog input(1). Digital input buffer disabled.
Note 1: When setting a pin to an analog input, the corresponding TRIS bit must be set to Input mode in order to
allow external control of the voltage on the pin.
REGISTER 12-21: WPUC: WEAK PULL-UP PORTC REGISTER
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
WPUC7 WPUC6 WPUC5 WPUC4 WPUC3 WPUC2 WPUC1 WPUC0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 WPUC<7:0>: Weak Pull-up Register bits(1)
1 = Pull-up enabled
0 = Pull-up disabled
Note 1: The weak pull-up device is automatically disabled if the pin is configured as an output.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 217
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 12-22: ODCONC: PORTC OPEN-DRAIN CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
ODCC7 ODCC6 ODCC5 ODCC4 ODCC3 ODCC2 ODCC1 ODCC0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 ODCC<7:0>: PORTC Open-Drain Enable bits
For RC<7:0> pins, respectively
1 = Port pin operates as open-drain drive (sink current only)
0 = Port pin operates as standard push-pull drive (source and sink current)
REGISTER 12-23: SLRCONC: PORTC SLEW RATE CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1
SLRC7 SLRC6 SLRC5 SLRC4 SLRC3 SLRC2 SLRC1 SLRC0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 SLRC<7:0>: PORTC Slew Rate Enable bits
For RC<7:0> pins, respectively
1 = Port pin slew rate is limited
0 = Port pin slews at maximum rate
REGISTER 12-24: INLVLC: PORTC INPUT LEVEL CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1
INLVLC7 INLVLC6 INLVLC5 INLVLC4 INLVLC3 INLVLC2 INLVLC1 INLVLC0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 INLVLC<7:0>: PORTC Input Level Select bits
For RC<7:0> pins, respectively
1 = ST input used for PORT reads and interrupt-on-change
0 = TTL input used for PORT reads and interrupt-on-change
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 218
PIC16(L)F18855/75
TABLE 12-4: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTC
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
PORTC RC7 RC6 RC5 RC4 RC3 RC2 RC1 RC0 215
TRISC TRISC7 TRISC6 TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 215
LATC LATC7 LATC6 LATC5 LATC4 LATC3 LATC2 LATC1 LATC0 215
ANSELC ANSC7 ANSC6 ANSC5 ANSC4 ANSC3 ANSC2 ANSC1 ANSC0 216
WPUC WPUC7 WPUC6 WPUC5 WPUC4 WPUC3 WPUC2 WPUC1 WPUC0 216
ODCONC ODCC7 ODCC6 ODCC5 ODCC4 ODCC3 ODCC2 ODCC1 ODCC0 217
SLRCONC SLRC7 SLRC6 SLRC5 SLRC4 SLRC3 SLRC2 SLRC1 SLRC0 217
INLVLC INLVLC7 INLVLC6 INLVLC5 INLVLC4 INLVLC3 INLVLC2 INLVLC1 INLVLC0 217
Legend: – = unimplemented locations read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by PORTC.
ihai in. musi be initialized i0 ‘0' b user soflware.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 219
PIC16(L)F18855/75
12.8 PORTD Registers
(PIC16(L)F18875 only)
12.8.1 DATA REGISTER CONTROL
PORTD is an 8-bit wide bidirectional port. The
corresponding data direction register is TRISD
(Register 12-26). Setting a TRISD bit (= 1) will make the
corresponding PORTC pin an input (i.e., put the
corresponding output driver in a High-Impedance mode).
Clearing a TRISD bit (= 0) will make the corresponding
PORTD pin an output (i.e., enable the output driver and
put the contents of the output latch on the selected pin).
Example 12.2.8 shows how to initialize an I/O port.
Reading the PORTD register (Register 12-25) reads the
status of the pins, whereas writing to it will write to the
PORT latch. All write operations are read-modify-write
operations. Therefore, a write to a port implies that the
port pins are read, this value is modified and then written
to the PORT data latch (LATD).
The PORT data latch LATD (Register 12-27) holds the
output port data, and contains the latest value of a LATD
or PORTD write.
12.8.2 DIRECTION CONTROL
The TRISD register (Register 12-26) controls the
PORTD pin output drivers, even when they are being
used as analog inputs. The user should ensure the bits in
the TRISD register are maintained set when using them
as analog inputs. I/O pins configured as analog inputs
always read ‘0’.
12.8.3 INPUT THRESHOLD CONTROL
The INLVLD register (Register 12-32) controls the input
voltage threshold for each of the available PORTD
input pins. A selection between the Schmitt Trigger
CMOS or the TTL Compatible thresholds is available.
The input threshold is important in determining the
value of a read of the PORTD register and also the
level at which an interrupt-on-change occurs, if that
feature is enabled. See Table 37-4 for more information
on threshold levels.
12.8.4 OPEN-DRAIN CONTROL
The ODCOND register (Register 12-30) controls the
open-drain feature of the port. Open-drain operation is
independently selected for each pin. When an
ODCOND bit is set, the corresponding port output
becomes an open-drain driver capable of sinking
current only. When an ODCOND bit is cleared, the
corresponding port output pin is the standard push-pull
drive capable of sourcing and sinking current.
12.8.5 SLEW RATE CONTROL
The SLRCOND register (Register 12-31) controls the
slew rate option for each port pin. Slew rate control is
independently selectable for each port pin. When an
SLRCOND bit is set, the corresponding port pin drive is
slew rate limited. When an SLRCOND bit is cleared,
The corresponding port pin drive slews at the maximum
rate possible.
12.8.6 ANALOG CONTROL
The ANSELD register (Register 12-28) is used to
configure the Input mode of an I/O pin to analog.
Setting the appropriate ANSELD bit high will cause all
digital reads on the pin to be read as ‘0’ and allow
analog functions on the pin to operate correctly.
The state of the ANSELD bits has no effect on digital out-
put functions. A pin with TRIS clear and ANSELD set will
still operate as a digital output, but the Input mode will be
analog. This can cause unexpected behavior when exe-
cuting read-modify-write instructions on the affected
port.
12.8.7 WEAK PULL-UP CONTROL
The WPUD register (Register 12-29) controls the
individual weak pull-ups for each port pin.
12.8.8 PORTD FUNCTIONS AND OUTPUT
PRIORITIES
Each pin defaults to the PORT latch data after Reset.
Other output functions are selected with the peripheral
pin select logic. See Section 13.0 “Peripheral Pin
Select (PPS) Module” for more information.
Analog input functions, such as ADC and comparator
inputs, are not shown in the peripheral pin select lists.
Digital output functions may continue to control the pin
when it is in Analog mode.
Note: Changing the input threshold selection
should be performed while all peripheral
modules are disabled. Changing the
threshold level during the time a module is
active may inadvertently generate a
transition associated with an input pin,
regardless of the actual voltage level on
that pin.
Note: It is not necessary to set open-drain
control when using the pin for I2C; the I2C
module controls the pin and makes the pin
open-drain.
Note: The ANSELD bits default to the Analog
mode after Reset. To use any pins as
digital general purpose or peripheral
inputs, the corresponding ANSEL bits
must be initialized to ‘0’ by user software.
|I\|V
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 220
PIC16(L)F18855/75
12.9 Register Definitions: PORTD
REGISTER 12-25: PORTD: PORTD REGISTER
R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
RD7 RD6 RD5 RD4 RD3 RD2 RD1 RD0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 RD<7:0>: PORTD I/O Value bits(1)
1 = Port pin is > VIH
0 = Port pin is < VIL
Note 1: Writes to PORTD are actually written to corresponding LATD register. Reads from PORTD register is
return of actual I/O pin values.
REGISTER 12-26: TRISD: PORTD TRI-STATE REGISTER
R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1
TRISD7 TRISD6 TRISD5 TRISD4 TRISD3 TRISD2 TRISD1 TRISD0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 TRISD<7:0>: TRISD Tri-State Control bits
1 = PORTD pin configured as an input (tri-stated)
0 = PORTD pin configured as an output
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 221
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 12-27: LATD: PORTD TRI-STATE REGISTER
R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
LATD7 LATD6 LATD5 LATD4 LATD3 LATD2 LATD1 LATD0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 LATD<7:0>: LATD Output Latch Value bits
REGISTER 12-28: ANSELD: PORTD TRI-STATE REGISTER
R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1
ANSD7 ANSD6 ANSD5 ANSD4 ANSD3 ANSD2 ANSD1 ANSD0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 ANSD<7:0>: Analog Select between Analog or Digital Function on Pins RC<7:0>, respectively
1 = Analog input. Pin is assigned as analog input(1). Digital input buffer disabled.
0 = Digital I/O. Pin is assigned to port or digital special function.
Note 1: When setting a pin to an analog input, the corresponding TRIS bit must be set to Input mode in order to
allow external control of the voltage on the pin.0
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 222
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 12-29: WPUD: WEAK PULL-UP PORTD REGISTER
R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
WPUD7 WPUD6 WPUD5 WPUD4 WPUD3 WPUD2 WPUD1 WPUD0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 WPUD<7:0>: Weak Pull-up Register
1 = Pull-up enabled
0 = Pull-up disabled
Note 1: The weak pull-up device is automatically disabled if the pin is configured as an output.
REGISTER 12-30: ODCOND: PORTD OPEN-DRAIN CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
ODCD7 ODCD6 ODCD5 ODCD4 ODCD3 ODCD2 ODCD1 ODCD0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 ODCD<7:0>: PORTD Open-Drain Enable bits
For RD<7:0> pins, respectively
1 = Port pin operates as open-drain drive (sink current only)
0 = Port pin operates as standard push-pull drive (source and sink current)
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 223
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 12-31: SLRCOND: PORTD SLEW RATE CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1
SLRD7 SLRD6 SLRD5 SLRD4 SLRD3 SLRD2 SLRD1 SLRD0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 SLRD<7:0>: PORTD Slew Rate Enable bits
For RD<7:0> pins, respectively
1 = Port pin slew rate is limited
0 = Port pin slews at maximum rate
REGISTER 12-32: INLVLD: PORTD INPUT LEVEL CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1
INLVLD7 INLVLD6 INLVLD5 INLVLD4 INLVLD3 INLVLD2 INLVLD1 INLVLD0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 INLVLD<7:0>: PORTD Input Level Select bits
For RD<7:0> pins, respectively
1 = ST input used for PORT reads and interrupt-on-change
0 = TTL input used for PORT reads and interrupt-on-change
TABLE 12-5: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTD(1)
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
PORTD RD7 RD6 RD5 RD4 RD3 RD2 RD1 RD0 220
TRISD TRISD7 TRISD6 TRISD5 TRISD4 TRISD3 TRISD2 TRISD1 TRISD0 220
LATD LATD7 LATD6 LATD5 LATD4 LATD3 LATD2 LATD1 LATD0 221
ANSELD ANSD7 ANSD6 ANSD5 ANSD4 ANSD3 ANSD2 ANSD1 ANSD0 221
WPUD WPUD7 WPUD6 WPUD5 WPUD4 WPUD3 WPUD2 WPUD1 WPUD0 222
ODCOND ODCD7 ODCD6 ODCD5 ODCD4 ODCD3 ODCD2 ODCD1 ODCD0 222
SLRCOND SLRD7 SLRD6 SLRD5 SLRD4 SLRD3 SLRD2 SLRD1 SLRD0 223
INLVLD INLVLD7 INLVLD6 INLVLD5 INLVLD4 INLVLD3 INLVLD2 INLVLD1 INLVLD0 223
Legend: – = unimplemented locations read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by PORTD.
Note 1: PIC16(L)F18875 only.
Ihal m.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 224
PIC16(L)F18855/75
12.10 PORTE Registers
(PIC16(L)F18855)
12.10.1 DATA REGISTER
PORTE is a 4-bit wide, bidirectional port. The
corresponding data direction register is TRISE
(Register 12-33). Setting a TRISE bit (= 1) will make
the corresponding PORTE pin an input (i.e., disable the
output driver). Clearing a TRISE bit (= 0) will make the
corresponding PORTE pin an output (i.e., enables
output driver and puts the contents of the output latch
on the selected pin). Example 12.2.8 shows how to
initialize PORTE.
Reading the PORTE register (Register 12-33) reads
the status of the pins, whereas writing to it will write to
the PORT latch. All write operations are
read-modify-write operations. Therefore, a write to a
port implies that the port pins are read, this value is
modified and then written to the PORT data latch
(LATE).
12.10.2 INPUT THRESHOLD CONTROL
The INLVLE register (Register 12-35) controls the input
voltage threshold for each of the available PORTE
input pins. A selection between the Schmitt Trigger
CMOS or the TTL Compatible thresholds is available.
The input threshold is important in determining the
value of a read of the PORTE register and also the level
at which an interrupt-on-change occurs, if that feature
is enabled. See Ta b le 37 - 4 for more information on
threshold levels.
12.10.3 WEAK PULL-UP CONTROL
The WPUE register (Register 12-34) controls the
individual weak pull-ups for each port pin.
12.10.4 PORTE FUNCTIONS AND OUTPUT
PRIORITIES
Each pin defaults to the PORT latch data after Reset.
Other output functions are selected with the peripheral
pin select logic. See Section 13.0 “Peripheral Pin
Select (PPS) Module” for more information.
Analog input functions, such as ADC and comparator
inputs, are not shown in the peripheral pin select lists.
Digital output functions may continue to control the pin
when it is in Analog mode.
Note: Changing the input threshold selection
should be performed while all peripheral
modules are disabled. Changing the
threshold level during the time a module is
active may inadvertently generate a
transition associated with an input pin,
regardless of the actual voltage level on
that pin.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 225
PIC16(L)F18855/75
12.11 Register Definitions: PORTE (PIC16(L)F18855)
REGISTER 12-33: PORTE: PORTE REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R-x/u U-0 U-0 U-0
— — — — RE3 — — —
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 3 RE<3>: PORTE Input Pin bit
1 = Port pin is > VIH
0 = Port pin is < VIL
bit 2-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
REGISTER 12-34: WPUE: WEAK PULL-UP PORTE REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1/1 U-0 U-0 U-0
— — — — WPUE3 — — —
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 3 WPUE3: Weak Pull-up Register bit(1)
1 = Pull-up enabled
0 = Pull-up disabled
bit 2-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
Note 1: The weak pull-up device is automatically disabled if the pin is configured as an output.
DEBUG LFBOREN
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 226
PIC16(L)F18855/75
TABLE 12-7: SUMMARY OF CONFIGURATION WORD WITH PORTE
REGISTER 12-35: INLVLE: PORTE INPUT LEVEL CONTROL REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1/1 U-0 U-0 U-0
— — — — INLVLE3 — — —
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 3 INLVLE3: PORTE Input Level Select bits
For RE3 pin,
1 = ST input used for PORT reads and interrupt-on-change
0 = TTL input used for PORT reads and interrupt-on-change
bit 2-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
TABLE 12-6: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTE
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
PORTE — — — —RE3 ———225
WPUE — — — — WPUE3 ———225
INLVLE — — — — INLVLE3 ———226
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, – = unimplemented locations read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by PORTE.
Name Bits Bit -/7 Bit -/6 Bit 13/5 Bit 12/4 Bit 11/3 Bit 10/2 Bit 9/1 Bit 8/0 Register
on Page
CONFIG2 13:8 — — DEBUG STVREN PPS1WAY ZCDDIS BORV —92
7:0 BOREN<1:0> LPBOREN — — — PWRTE MCLRE
Legend: — = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by PORTE.
musi be initialized i0 ‘0' b user soflware. ihai in.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 227
PIC16(L)F18855/75
12.12 PORTE Registers
(PIC16(L)F18875)
12.12.1 DATA REGISTER
PORTE is a 4-bit wide, bidirectional port. The
corresponding data direction register is TRISE
(Register 12-37). Setting a TRISE bit (= 1) will make
the corresponding PORTE pin an input (i.e., disable the
output driver). Clearing a TRISE bit (= 0) will make the
corresponding PORTE pin an output (i.e., enables
output driver and puts the contents of the output latch
on the selected pin). Example 12.2.8 shows how to
initialize PORTE.
Reading the PORTE register (Register 12-36) reads
the status of the pins, whereas writing to it will write to
the PORT latch. All write operations are
read-modify-write operations. Therefore, a write to a
port implies that the port pins are read, this value is
modified and then written to the PORT data latch
(LATE).
The PORT data latch LATE (Register 12-38) holds the
output port data, and contains the latest value of a
LATE or PORTE write.
12.12.2 DIRECTION CONTROL
The TRISE register (Register 12-37) controls the
PORTE pin output drivers, even when they are being
used as analog inputs. The user should ensure the bits in
the TRISE register are maintained set when using them
as analog inputs. I/O pins configured as analog inputs
always read ‘0’.
12.12.3 INPUT THRESHOLD CONTROL
The INLVLE register (Register 12-43) controls the input
voltage threshold for each of the available PORTE
input pins. A selection between the Schmitt Trigger
CMOS or the TTL Compatible thresholds is available.
The input threshold is important in determining the
value of a read of the PORTE register and also the level
at which an interrupt-on-change occurs, if that feature
is enabled. See Ta b le 37 - 4 for more information on
threshold levels.
12.12.4 OPEN-DRAIN CONTROL
The ODCONE register (Register 12-41) controls the
open-drain feature of the port. Open-drain operation is
independently selected for each pin. When an
ODCONE bit is set, the corresponding port output
becomes an open-drain driver capable of sinking
current only. When an ODCONE bit is cleared, the
corresponding port output pin is the standard push-pull
drive capable of sourcing and sinking current.
12.12.5 SLEW RATE CONTROL
The SLRCONE register (Register 12-42) controls the
slew rate option for each port pin. Slew rate control is
independently selectable for each port pin. When an
SLRCONE bit is set, the corresponding port pin drive is
slew rate limited. When an SLRCONE bit is cleared,
The corresponding port pin drive slews at the maximum
rate possible.
12.12.6 ANALOG CONTROL
The ANSELE register (Register 12-39) is used to
configure the Input mode of an I/O pin to analog.
Setting the appropriate ANSELE bit high will cause all
digital reads on the pin to be read as ‘0’ and allow
analog functions on the pin to operate correctly.
The state of the ANSELE bits has no effect on digital out-
put functions. A pin with TRIS clear and ANSELE set will
still operate as a digital output, but the Input mode will be
analog. This can cause unexpected behavior when exe-
cuting read-modify-write instructions on the affected
port.
12.12.7 WEAK PULL-UP CONTROL
The WPUE register (Register 12-40) controls the
individual weak pull-ups for each port pin.
12.12.8 PORTE FUNCTIONS AND OUTPUT
PRIORITIES
Each pin defaults to the PORT latch data after Reset.
Other output functions are selected with the peripheral
pin select logic. See Section 13.0 “Peripheral Pin
Select (PPS) Module” for more information.
Analog input functions, such as ADC and comparator
inputs, are not shown in the peripheral pin select lists.
Digital output functions may continue to control the pin
when it is in Analog mode.
Note: Changing the input threshold selection
should be performed while all peripheral
modules are disabled. Changing the
threshold level during the time a module is
active may inadvertently generate a
transition associated with an input pin,
regardless of the actual voltage level on
that pin.
Note: It is not necessary to set open-drain
control when using the pin for I2C; the I2C
module controls the pin and makes the pin
open-drain.
Note: The ANSELC bits default to the Analog
mode after Reset. To use any pins as
digital general purpose or peripheral
inputs, the corresponding ANSEL bits
must be initialized to ‘0’ by user software.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 228
PIC16(L)F18855/75
12.12.9 PORTE FUNCTIONS AND OUTPUT
PRIORITIES
Each pin defaults to the PORT latch data after Reset.
Other output functions are selected with the peripheral
pin select logic. See Section 13.0 “Peripheral Pin
Select (PPS) Module” for more information.
Analog input functions, such as ADC and comparator
inputs, are not shown in the peripheral pin select lists.
Digital output functions may continue to control the pin
when it is in Analog mode.
U4“)
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 229
PIC16(L)F18855/75
12.13 Register Definitions: PORTE (PIC16(L)F18875)
REGISTER 12-36: PORTE: PORTE REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
— — — — RE3 RE2 RE1 RE0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 3-0 RE<3:0>: PORTE Input Pin bit
1 = Port pin is > VIH
0 = Port pin is < VIL
Note 1: Writes to RE<2:0> are actually written to the corresponding LATE register. Reads from the PORTE regis-
ter is the return of actual I/O pin values.
REGISTER 12-37: TRISE: PORTE TRI-STATE REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-1(1) R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1
— — — — — TRISE2 TRISE1 TRISE0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’
bit 2-0 TRISE<2:0>: PORTE Tri-State Control bits
1 = PORTE pin configured as an input
0 = PORTE pin configured as an output
Note 1: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 230
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 12-38: LATE: PORTE DATA LATCH REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
— — — — — LATE2 LATE1 LATE0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2-0 LATE<2:0>: PORTE Output Latch Value bits(1)
Note 1: Writes to PORTE are actually written to the corresponding LATE register. Reads from the PORTE register
is return of actual I/O pin values.
REGISTER 12-39: ANSELE: PORTE ANALOG SELECT REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1
— — — — — ANSE2 ANSE1 ANSE0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2-0 ANSE<2:0>: Analog Select between Analog or Digital Function on pins RE<2:0>, respectively
0 = Digital I/O. Pin is assigned to port or digital special function.
1 = Analog input. Pin is assigned as analog input(1). Digital input buffer disabled.
Note 1: When setting a pin to an analog input, the corresponding TRIS bit must be set to Input mode in order to
allow external control of the voltage on the pin.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 231
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 12-40: WPUE: WEAK PULL-UP PORTE REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1
— — — — WPUE3 WPUE2 WPUE1 WPUE0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 3-0 WPUE<3:0> Weak Pull-up Register bit(1)
1 = Pull-up enabled
0 = Pull-up disabled
Note 1: The weak pull-up device is automatically disabled if the pin is configured as an output.
REGISTER 12-41: ODCONE: PORTE OPEN-DRAIN CONTROL REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
— — — — — ODCE2 ODCE1 ODCE0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2-0 ODCE<2:0>: PORTE Open-Drain Enable bits
For RE<2:0> pins, respectively
1 = Port pin operates as open-drain drive (sink current only)
0 = Port pin operates as standard push-pull drive (source and sink current)
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 232
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 12-42: SLRCONE: PORTE SLEW RATE CONTROL REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1
— — — — — SLRE2 SLRE1 SLRE0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2-0 SLRE<2:0>: PORTE Slew Rate Enable bits
For RE<2:0> pins, respectively
1 = Port pin slew rate is limited
0 = Port pin slews at maximum rate
REGISTER 12-43: INLVLE: PORTE INPUT LEVEL CONTROL REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1
— — — — INLVLE3 INLVLE2 INLVLE1 INLVLE0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 3-0 INLVLE<3:0>: PORTE Input Level Select bits
For RE<3:0> pins, respectively
1 = ST input used for PORT reads and interrupt-on-change
0 = TTL input used for PORT reads and interrupt-on-change
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 233
PIC16(L)F18855/75
TABLE 12-9: SUMMARY OF CONFIGURATION WORD WITH PORTE
TABLE 12-8: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTE(1)
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
PORTE — — — —RE3RE2RE1RE0
220
TRISE — — — — —(1) TRISE2 TRISE1 TRISE0 220
LATE — — — — —LATE2LATE1LATE0
221
ANSELE — — — — — ANSE2 ANSE1 ANSE0 221
WPUE — — — — WPUE3 WPUE2 WPUE1 WPUE0 222
ODCONE — — — — — ODCE2 ODCE1 ODCE0 222
SLRCONE — — — — — SLRE2 SLRE1 SLRE0 223
INLVLE — — — — INLVLE3 INLVLE2 INLVLE1 INLVLE0 223
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, – = unimplemented locations read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by PORTE.
Note 1: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.
Name Bits Bit -/7 Bit -/6 Bit 13/5 Bit 12/4 Bit 11/3 Bit 10/2 Bit 9/1 Bit 8/0 Register
on Page
CONFIG2 13:8 — — DEBUG STVREN PPS1WAY ZCDDIS BORV —92
7:0 BOREN<1:0> LPBOREN — — — PWRTE MCLRE
Legend: — = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by PORTE.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 234
PIC16(L)F18855/75
13.0 PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT
(PPS) MODULE
The Peripheral Pin Select (PPS) module connects
peripheral inputs and outputs to the device I/O pins.
Only digital signals are included in the selections. All
analog inputs and outputs remain fixed to their
assigned pins. Input and output selections are
independent as shown in the simplified block diagram
Figure 13-1.
TABLE 13-1: PPS INPUT SIGNAL ROUTING OPTIONS
Input Signal
Name
Input Register
Name
Default
Location
at POR
Remappable to Pins of PORTx
PIC16F18855 PIC16F18875
PORTA PORTB PORTC PORTA PORTB PORTC PORTD PORTE
INT INTPPS RB0 
T0CKI T0CKIPPS RA4 
T1CKI T1CKIPPS RC0 
T1G T1GPPS RB5 
T3CKI T3CKIPPS RC0 
T3G T3GPPS RC0 
T5CKI T5CKIPPS RC2 
T5G T5GPPS RB4 
T2IN T2INPPS RC3 
T4IN T4INPPS RC5 
T6IN T6INPPS RB7 
CCP1 CCP1PPS RC2 
CCP2 CCP2PPS RC1 
CCP3 CCP3PPS RB5 
CCP4 CCP4PPS RB0 
CCP5 CCP5PPS RA4 
SMTWIN1 SMTWIN1PPS RC0 
SMTSIG1 SMTSIG1PPS RC1 
SMTWIN2 SMTWIN2PPS RB4 
SMTSIG2 SMTSIG2PPS RB5 
CWG1IN CWG1PPS RB0 
CWG2IN CWG2PPS RB1 
CWG3IN CWG3PPS RB2 
MDCARL MDCARLPPS RA3 
MDCARH MDCARHPPS RA4 
MDMSRC MDSRCPPS RA5 
CLCIN0 CLCIN0PPS RA0 
CLCIN1 CLCIN1PPS RA1 
CLCIN2 CLCIN2PPS RB6 
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 235
PIC16(L)F18855/75
Input Signal
Name
Input Register
Name
Default
Location
at POR
Remappable to Pins of PORTx
PIC16F18855 PIC16F18875
PORTA PORTB PORTC PORTA PORTB PORTC PORTD PORTE
CLCIN3 CLCIN3PPS RB7 
ADCACT ADCACTPPS RB4 
SCK1/SCL1 SSP1CLKPPS RC3 
SDI1/SDA1 SSP1DATPPS RC4 
SS1 SSPSS1PPS RA5 
SCK2/SCL2 SSP2CLKPPS RB1 
SDI2/SDA2 SSP2DATPPS RB2 
SS2 SSP2SSPPS RB0 
RX/DT RXPPS RC7 
CK TXPPS RC6 
TABLE 13-1: PPS INPUT SIGNAL ROUTING OPTIONS (CONTINUED)
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 236
PIC16(L)F18855/75
TABLE 13-2: PPS INPUT REGISTER VALUES
Desired Input Pin Value to Write to Register(1)
RA0 0x00
RA1 0x01
RA2 0x02
RA3 0x03
RA4 0x04
RA5 0x05
RA6 0x06
RA7 0x07
RB0 0x08
RB1 0x09
RB2 0x0A
RB3 0x0B
RB4 0x0C
RB5 0x0D
RB6 0x0E
RB7 0x0F
RC0 0x10
RC1 0x11
RC2 0x12
RC3 0x13
RC4 0x14
RC5 0x15
RC6 0x16
RC7 0x17
RD0 0x18
RD1 0x19
RD2 0x1A
RD3 0x1B
RD4 0x1C
RD5 0x1D
RD6 0x1E
RD7 0x1F
RE0 0x20
RE1 0x21
RE2 0x22
RE3 0x23
Note 1: Only a few of the values in this column are valid for any given
signal. For example, since the INT signal can only be
mapped to PORTA or PORTB pins, only the register values
0x00-0x0F (corresponding to RA<7:0> and RB<7:0>) are
valid values to write to the INTPPS register.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 237
PIC16(L)F18855/75
13.1 PPS Inputs
Each peripheral has a PPS register with which the
inputs to the peripheral are selected. Inputs include the
device pins.
Although every peripheral has its own PPS input
selection register, the selections are identical for every
peripheral as shown in Register 13-1..
13.2 PPS Outputs
Each I/O pin has a PPS register with which the pin
output source is selected. With few exceptions, the port
TRIS control associated with that pin retains control
over the pin output driver. Peripherals that control the
pin output driver as part of the peripheral operation will
override the TRIS control as needed. These
peripherals include:
• EUSART (synchronous operation)
• MSSP (I2C)
Although every pin has its own PPS peripheral
selection register, the selections are identical for every
pin as shown in Register 13-2.
FIGURE 13-1: SIMPLIFIED PPS BLOCK DIAGRAM
Note: The notation “xxx” in the register name is
a place holder for the peripheral identifier.
For example, CLC1PPS.
Note: The notation “Rxy” is a place holder for the
pin port and bit identifiers. For example, x
and y for PORTA bit 0 would be A and 0,
respectively, resulting in the pin PPS
output selection register RA0PPS.
RA0
Rxy
RA0PPS
RxyPPS
RE2(1)
RE2PPS(1)
PPS Outputs
PPS Inputs
Peripheral abc
Peripheral xyz
abcPPS
xyzPPS
RA0
RE2(1)
Note 1: RD<7:0> and RE<2:0> are only implemented on the 40/44-pin devices.
RE3 is PPS input capable only (when MLCR is disabled).
|W fl
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 238
PIC16(L)F18855/75
13.3 Bidirectional Pins
PPS selections for peripherals with bidirectional
signals on a single pin must be made so that the PPS
input and PPS output select the same pin. Peripherals
that have bidirectional signals include:
• EUSART (synchronous operation)
• MSSP (I2C)
13.4 PPS Lock
The PPS includes a mode in which all input and output
selections can be locked to prevent inadvertent
changes. PPS selections are locked by setting the
PPSLOCKED bit of the PPSLOCK register. Setting and
clearing this bit requires a special sequence as an extra
precaution against inadvertent changes. Examples of
setting and clearing the PPSLOCKED bit are shown in
Example 13-1.
EXAMPLE 13-1: PPS LOCK/UNLOCK
SEQUENCE
13.5 PPS Permanent Lock
The PPS can be permanently locked by setting the
PPS1WAY Configuration bit. When this bit is set, the
PPSLOCKED bit can only be cleared and set one time
after a device Reset. This allows for clearing the
PPSLOCKED bit so that the input and output selections
can be made during initialization. When the
PPSLOCKED bit is set after all selections have been
made, it will remain set and cannot be cleared until after
the next device Reset event.
13.6 Operation During Sleep
PPS input and output selections are unaffected by
Sleep.
13.7 Effects of a Reset
A device Power-On-Reset (POR) clears all PPS input
and output selections to their default values. All other
Resets leave the selections unchanged. Default input
selections are shown in pin allocation Table 1 3 - 1 and
Table 13-2.
Note: The I2C SCLx and SDAx functions can be
remapped through PPS. However, only
the RB1, RB2, RC3 and RC4 pins have
the I2C and SMBus specific input buffers
implemented (which have different
thresholds compared to the normal
ST/TTL input levels of the other general
purpose I/O pins). If the SCLx or SDAx
functions are mapped to some other pin
(other than RB1, RB2, RC3 or RC4), the
general purpose TTL or ST input buffers
(as configured based on INLVL register
setting) will be used instead. In most
applications, it is therefore recommended
only to map the SCLx and SDAx pin
functions to the RB1, RB2, RC3 or RC4
pins.
; suspend interrupts
BCF INTCON,GIE
; BANKSEL PPSLOCK ; set bank
; required sequence, next 5 instructions
MOVLW 0x55
MOVWF PPSLOCK
MOVLW 0xAA
MOVWF PPSLOCK
; Set PPSLOCKED bit to disable writes or
; Clear PPSLOCKED bit to enable writes
BSF PPSLOCK,PPSLOCKED
; restore interrupts
BSF INTCON,GIE
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 239
PIC16(L)F18855/75
TABLE 13-3: PPS OUTPUT SIGNAL ROUTING OPTIONS
Output Signal
Name
RxyPPS Register
Value
Remappable to Pins of PORTx
PIC16F18855 PIC16F18875
PORTA PORTB PORTC PORTA PORTB PORTC PORTD PORTE
ADGRDG 0x25 
ADGRDA 0x24 
CWG3D 0x23 
CWG3C 0x22 
CWG3B 0x21 
CWG3A 0x20 
CWG2D 0x1F 
CWG2C 0x1E 
CWG2B 0x1D 
CWG2A 0x1C 
DSM 0x1B 
CLKR 0x1A 
NCO 0x19 
TMR0 0x18 
SDO2/SDA2 0x17 
SCK2/SCL2 0x16 
SD01/SDA1 0x15 
SCK1/SCL1 0x14 
C2OUT 0x13 
C1OUT 0x12 
DT 0x11 
TX/CK 0x10 
PWM7OUT 0x0F 
PWM6OUT 0x0E 
CCP5 0x0D 
CCP4 0x0C 
CCP3 0x0B 
CCP2 0x0A 
CCP1 0x09 
CWG1D 0x08 
CWG1C 0x07 
CWG1B 0x06 
CWG1A 0x05 
CLC4OUT 0x04 
CLC3OUT 0x03 
CLC2OUT 0x02 
CLC1OUT 0x01 
Note: When RxyPPS = 0x00, port pin Rxy output value is controlled by the respective LATxy bit.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 240
PIC16(L)F18855/75
13.8 Register Definitions: PPS Input Selection
REGISTER 13-1: xxxPPS: PERIPHERAL xxx INPUT SELECTION(1)
U-0 U-0 R/W-q/u R/W-q/u R/W/q/u R/W-q/u R/W-q/u R/W-q/u
—— xxxPPS<5:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = value depends on peripheral
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5-0 xxxPPS<5:0>: Peripheral xxx Input Selection bits
See Tab le 13-2 .
Note 1: The “xxx” in the register name “xxxPPS” represents the input signal function name, such as “INT”,
“T0CKI”, “RX”, etc. This register summary shown here is only a prototype of the array of actual registers,
as each input function has its own dedicated SFR (ex: INTPPS, T0CKIPPS, RXPPS, etc.).
2: Each specific input signal may only be mapped to a subset of these I/O pins, as shown in Tab l e 13-2.
Attempting to map an input signal to a non-supported I/O pin will result in undefined behavior. For
example, the “INT” signal map be mapped to any PORTA or PORTB pin. Therefore, the INTPPS register
may be written with values from 0x00-0x0F (corresponding to RA0-RB7). Attempting to write 0x10 or
higher to the INTPPS register is not supported and will result in undefined behavior.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 241
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 13-2: RxyPPS: PIN Rxy OUTPUT SOURCE SELECTION REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-0/u R/W-0/u R/W-0/u R/W-0/u R/W-0/u R/W-0/u
—— RxyPPS<5:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5-0 RxyPPS<5:0>: Pin Rxy Output Source Selection bits
See Tab le 13-2 .
Note 1: TRIS control is overridden by the peripheral as required.
REGISTER 13-3: PPSLOCK: PPS LOCK REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0
——————— PPSLOCKED
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-1 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 0 PPSLOCKED: PPS Locked bit
1= PPS is locked. PPS selections can not be changed.
0= PPS is not locked. PPS selections can be changed.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 242
PIC16(L)F18855/75
TABLE 13-4: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH THE PPS MODULE
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on page
PPSLOCK — — — — — — — PPSLOCKED 241
INTPPS — — — — INTPPS<3:0> 240
T0CKIPPS — — — — T0CKIPPS<3:0> 240
T1CKIPPS — — — T1CKIPPS<4:0> 240
T1GPPS — — — T1GPPS<4:0> 240
T3CKIPPS — — — T3CKIPPS<4:0> 240
T3GPPS — — — T3GPPS<4:0> 240
T5CKIPPS — — — T5CKIPPS<4:0> 240
T5GPPS — — — T5GPPS<4:0> 240
T5GPPS — — — T5GPPS<4:0> 240
T2AINPPS T2AINPPS<4:0> 240
T4AINPPS T5AINPPS<4:0> 240
T6AINPPS T6AINPPS<4:0> 240
CCP1PPS — — — CCP1PPS<4:0> 240
CCP2PPS — — — CCP2PPS<4:0> 240
CCP3PPS — — — CCP3PPS<4:0> 240
CCP4PPS — — — CCP4PPS<4:0> 240
CCP5PPS — — — CCP5PPS<4:0> 240
CWG1PPS — — — CWG1PPS<4:0> 240
CWG2PPS — — — CWG2PPS<4:0> 240
CWG3PPS — — — CWG3PPS<4:0> 240
MDCARLPPS — — — MDCARLPPS<4:0> 240
MDCARHPPS — — — MDCARHPPS<4:0> 240
MDSRCPPS — — — MDSRCPPS<4:0> 240
SSP1CLKPPS — — — SSP1CLKPPS<4:0> 240
SSP1DATPPS — — — SSP1DATPPS<4:0> 240
SSP1SSPPS — — — SSP1SSPPS<4:0> 240
SSP2CLKPPS — — — SSP2CLKPPS<4:0> 240
SSP2DATPPS — — — SSP2DATPPS<4:0> 240
SSP2SSPPS — — — SSP2SSPPS<4:0> 240
RXPPS — — — RXPPS<4:0> 241
TXPPS — — — TXPPS<4:0> 240
CLCIN0PPS — — — CLCIN0PPS<4:0> 240
CLCIN1PPS — — — CLCIN1PPS<4:0> 240
CLCIN2PPS — — — CLCIN2PPS<4:0> 240
CLCIN3PPS — — — CLCIN3PPS<4:0> 240
SMT1WINPPS — — — SMT1WINPPS<4:0> 240
SMT1SIGPPS — — — SMT1SIGPPS<4:0> 240
SMT2WINPPS — — — SMT2WINPPS<4:0> 240
SMT2SIGPPS — — — SMT2SIGPPS<4:0> 240
ADCACTPPS — — — ADCACTPPS<4:0> 240
RA0PPS —— RA0PPS<5:0> 241
RA1PPS —— RA1PPS<5:0> 241
RA2PPS —— RA2PPS<5:0> 241
RA3PPS —— RA3PPS<5:0> 241
Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are unused by the PPS module.
Note 1: PIC16F18875 only.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 243
PIC16(L)F18855/75
RA4PPS —— RA4PPS<5:0> 241
RA5PPS —— RA5PPS<5:0> 241
RA6PPS —— RA6PPS<5:0> 241
RA7PPS —— RA7PPS<5:0> 241
RB0PPS —— RB0PPS<5:0> 241
RB1PPS —— RB1PPS<5:0> 241
RB2PPS —— RB2PPS<5:0> 241
RB3PPS —— RB3PPS<5:0> 241
RB4PPS —— RB4PPS<5:0> 241
RB5PPS —— RB5PPS<5:0> 241
RB6PPS —— RB6PPS<5:0> 241
RB7PPS —— RB7PPS<5:0> 241
RC0PPS —— RC0PPS<5:0> 241
RC1PPS —— RC1PPS<5:0> 241
RC2PPS —— RC2PPS<5:0> 241
RC3PPS —— RC3PPS<5:0> 241
RC4PPS —— RC4PPS<5:0> 241
RC5PPS —— RC5PPS<5:0> 241
RC6PPS —— RC6PPS<5:0> 241
RC7PPS —— RC7PPS<5:0> 241
RD0PPS(1) —— RD0PPS<5:0> 241
RD1PPS(1) —— RD1PPS<5:0> 241
RD2PPS(1) —— RD2PPS<5:0> 241
RD3PPS(1) —— RD3PPS<5:0> 241
RD4PPS(1) —— RD4PPS<5:0> 241
RD5PPS(1) —— RD5PPS<5:0> 241
RD6PPS(1) —— RD6PPS<5:0> 241
RD7PPS(1) —— RD7PPS<5:0> 241
RE0PPS(1) —— RE0PPS<5:0> 241
RE1PPS(1) —— RE1PPS<5:0> 241
RE2PPS(1) —— RE2PPS<5:0> 241
Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are unused by the PPS module.
Note 1: PIC16F18875 only.
TABLE 13-4: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH THE PPS MODULE (CONTINUED)
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on page
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 244
PIC16(L)F18855/75
14.0 PERIPHERAL MODULE
DISABLE
The PIC16F18855/75 provides the ability to disable
selected modules, placing them into the lowest
possible Power mode.
For legacy reasons, all modules are ON by default
following any Reset.
14.1 Disabling a Module
Disabling a module has the following effects:
• All clock and control inputs to the module are
suspended; there are no logic transitions, and the
module will not function.
• The module is held in Reset.
• Any SFRs become “unimplemented”
- Writing is disabled
- Reading returns 00h
• Module outputs are disabled; I/O goes to the next
module according to pin priority
14.2 Enabling a module
When the register bit is cleared, the module is re-
enabled and will be in its Reset state; SFR data will
reflect the POR Reset values.
Depending on the module, it may take up to one full
instruction cycle for the module to become active.
There should be no interaction with the module
(e.g., writing to registers) for at least one instruction
after it has been re-enabled.
14.3 Disabling a Module
When a module is disabled, any and all associated
input selection registers (ISMs) are also disabled.
14.4 System Clock Disable
Setting SYSCMD (PMD0, Register 14-1) disables the
system clock (FOSC) distribution network to the
peripherals. Not all peripherals make use of SYSCLK,
so not all peripherals are affected. Refer to the specific
peripheral description to see if it will be affected by this
bit.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 245
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 14-1: PMD0: PMD CONTROL REGISTER 0
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
SYSCMD FVRMD — CRCMD SCANMD NVMMD CLKRMD IOCMD
7 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7 SYSCMD: Disable Peripheral System Clock Network bit
See description in Section 14.4 “System Clock Disable”.
1 = System clock network disabled (a.k.a. FOSC)
0 = System clock network enabled
bit 6 FVRMD: Disable Fixed Voltage Reference (FVR) bit
1 = FVR module disabled
0 = FVR module enabled
bit 5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4 CRCMD: CRC module disable bit
1 = CRC module disabled
0 = CRC module enabled
bit 3 SCANMD: Program Memory Scanner Module Disable bit
1 = Scanner module disabled
0 = Scanner module enabled
bit 2 NVMMD: NVM Module Disable bit(1)
1 = User memory and EEPROM reading and writing is disabled; NVMCON registers cannot be written;
FSR access to these locations returns zero.
0 = NVM module enabled
bit 1 CLKRMD: Disable Clock Reference CLKR bit
1 = CLKR module disabled
0 = CLKR module enabled
bit 0 IOCMD: Disable Interrupt-on-Change bit, All Ports
1 = IOC module(s) disabled
0 = IOC module(s) enabled
Note 1: When enabling NVM, a delay of up to 1 µs may be required before accessing data.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 246
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 14-2: PMD1: PMD CONTROL REGISTER 1
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
NCOMD TMR6MD TMR5MD TMR4MD TMR3MD TMR2MD TMR1MD TMR0MD
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7 NCOMD: Disable Numerically Control Oscillator bit
1 = NCO1 module disabled
0 = NCO1 module enabled
bit 6 TMR6MD: Disable Timer TMR6
1 = TMR6 module disabled
0 = TMR6 module enabled
bit 5 TMR5MD: Disable Timer TMR5
1 = TMR5 module disabled
0 = TMR5 module enabled
bit 4 TMR4MD: Disable Timer TMR4
1 = TMR4 module disabled
0 = TMR4 module enabled
bit 3 TMR3MD: Disable Timer TMR3
1 = TMR3 module disabled
0 = TMR3 module enabled
bit 2 TMR2MD: Disable Timer TMR2
1 = TMR2 module disabled
0 = TMR2 module enabled
bit 1 TMR1MD: Disable Timer TMR1
1 = TMR1 module disabled
0 = TMR1 module enabled
bit 0 TMR0MD: Disable Timer TMR0
1 = TMR0 module disabled
0 = TMR0 module enabled
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 247
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 14-3: PMD2: PMD CONTROL REGISTER 2
U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
—DACMDADCMD—— CMP2MD CMP1MD ZCDMD
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 6 DACMD: Disable DAC bit
1 = DAC module disabled
0 = DAC module enabled
bit 5 ADCMD: Disable ADC bit
1 = ADC module disabled
0 = ADC module enabled
bit 4-3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2 CMP2MD: Disable Comparator CMP2 bit(1)
1 = CMP2 module disabled
0 = CMP2 module enabled
bit 1 CMP1MD: Disable Comparator CMP1 bit
1 = CMP1 module disabled
0 = CMP1 module enabled
bit 0 ZCDMD: Disable ZCD
1 = ZCD module disabled
0 = ZCD module enabled
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 248
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 14-4: PMD3: PMD CONTROL REGISTER 3
U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
— PWM7MD PWM6MD CCP5MD CCP4MD CCP3MD CCP2MD CCP1MD
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 6 PWM7MD: Disable Pulse-Width Modulator PWM7 bit
1 = PWM7 module disabled
0 = PWM7 module enabled
bit 5 PWM6MD: Disable Pulse-Width Modulator PWM6 bit
1 = PWM6 module disabled
0 = PWM6 module enabled
bit 4 CCP5MD: Disable Pulse-Width Modulator CCP5 bit
1 = CCP5 module disabled
0 = CCP5 module enabled
bit 3 CCP4MD: Disable Pulse-Width Modulator CCP4 bit
1 = CCP4 module disabled
0 = CCP4 module enabled
bit 2 CCP3MD: Disable Pulse-Width Modulator CCP3 bit
1 = CCP3 module disabled
0 = CCP3 module enabled
bit 1 CCP2MD: Disable Pulse-Width Modulator CCP2 bit
1 = CCP2 module disabled
0 = CCP2 module enabled
bit 0 CCP1MD: Disable Pulse-Width Modulator CCP1 bit
1 = CCP1 module disabled
0 = CCP1 module enabled
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 249
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 14-5: PMD4: PMD CONTROL REGISTER 4
U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
— UART1MD MSSP2MD MSSP1MD — CWG3MD CWG2MD CWG1MD
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 6 UART1MD: Disable EUSART bit
1 = EUSART module disabled
0 = EUSART module enabled
bit 5 MSSP2MD: Disable MSSP2 bit
1 = MSSP2 module disabled
0 = MSSP2 module enabled
bit 4 MSSP1MD: Disable MSSP1 bit
1 = MSSP1 module disabled
0 = MSSP1 module enabled
bit 3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2 CWG3MD: Disable CWG3 bit
1 =CWG3 module disabled
0 = CWG3 module enabled
bit 1 CWG2MD: Disable CWG2 bit
1 =CWG2 module disabled
0 = CWG2 module enabled
bit 0 CWG1MD: Disable CWG1 bit
1 =CWG1 module disabled
0 = CWG1 module enabled
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 250
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 14-6: PMD5 – PMD CONTROL REGISTER 5
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
SMT2MD SMT1MD — CLC4MD CLC3MD CLC2MD CLC1MD DSMMD
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7 SMT2MD: Disable Signal Measurement Timer2 bit
1 = SMT2 module disabled
0 = SMT2 module enabled
bit 6 SMT1MD: Disable Signal Measurement Timer1 bit
1 = SMT1 module disabled
0 = SMT1 module enabled
bit 5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4 CLC4MD: Disable CLC4 bit
1 = CLC4 module disabled
0 = CLC4 module enabled
bit 3 CLC3MD: Disable CLC3 bit
1 = CLC3 module disabled
0 = CLC3 module enabled
bit 2 CLC2MD: Disable CLC2 bit
1 = CLC2 module disabled
0 = CLC2 module enabled
bit 1 CLC1MD: Disable CLC bit
1 = CLC1 module disabled
0 = CLC1 module enabled
bit 0 DSMMD: Disable Data Signal Modulator bit
1 = DSM module disabled
0 = DSM module enabled
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 251
PIC16(L)F18855/75
15.0 INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE
All the pins of PORTA, PORTB, PORTC, and pin RE3 of
PORTE can be configured to operate as
interrupt-on-change (IOC) pins on PIC16(L)F18855/75
family devices. An interrupt can be generated by
detecting a signal that has either a rising edge or a falling
edge. Any individual pin, or combination of pins, can be
configured to generate an interrupt. The
interrupt-on-change module has the following features:
• Interrupt-on-Change enable (Master Switch)
• Individual pin configuration
• Rising and falling edge detection
• Individual pin interrupt flags
Figure 15-1 is a block diagram of the IOC module.
15.1 Enabling the Module
To allow individual pins to generate an interrupt, the
IOCIE bit of the PIE0 register must be set. If the IOCIE
bit is disabled, the edge detection on the pin will still
occur, but an interrupt will not be generated.
15.2 Individual Pin Configuration
For each pin, a rising edge detector and a falling edge
detector are present. To enable a pin to detect a rising
edge, the associated bit of the IOCxP register is set. To
enable a pin to detect a falling edge, the associated bit
of the IOCxN register is set.
A pin can be configured to detect rising and falling
edges simultaneously by setting the associated bits in
both of the IOCxP and IOCxN registers.
15.3 Interrupt Flags
The bits located in the IOCxF registers are status flags
that correspond to the interrupt-on-change pins of each
port. If an expected edge is detected on an appropriately
enabled pin, then the status flag for that pin will be set,
and an interrupt will be generated if the IOCIE bit is set.
The IOCIF bit of the PIR0 register reflects the status of
all IOCxF bits.
15.4 Clearing Interrupt Flags
The individual status flags, (IOCxF register bits), can be
cleared by resetting them to zero. If another edge is
detected during this clearing operation, the associated
status flag will be set at the end of the sequence,
regardless of the value actually being written.
In order to ensure that no detected edge is lost while
clearing flags, only AND operations masking out known
changed bits should be performed. The following
sequence is an example of what should be performed.
EXAMPLE 15-1: CLEARING INTERRUPT
FLAGS
(PORTA EXAMPLE)
15.5 Operation in Sleep
The interrupt-on-change interrupt sequence will wake
the device from Sleep mode, if the IOCIE bit is set.
If an edge is detected while in Sleep mode, the affected
IOCxF register will be updated prior to the first instruction
executed out of Sleep.
MOVLW 0xff
XORWF IOCAF, W
ANDWF IOCAF, F
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 252
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 15-1: INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE BLOCK DIAGRAM (PORTA EXAMPLE)
IOCANx
IOCAPx
Q2
Q4Q1
data bus =
0 or 1
write IOCAFx
IOCIE
to data bus
IOCAFx
edge
detect
IOC interrupt
to CPU core
from all other
IOCnFx individual
pin detectors
DQ
S
DQ
R
DQ
R
RAx
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q4Q1
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q4Q1 Q4Q1Q4Q1
FOSC
Rev . 10 -000 037A
6/2/201 4
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 253
PIC16(L)F18855/75
15.6 Register Definitions: Interrupt-on-Change Control
REGISTER 15-1: IOCAP: INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE PORTA POSITIVE EDGE REGISTER
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
IOCAP7 IOCAP6 IOCAP5 IOCAP4 IOCAP3 IOCAP2 IOCAP1 IOCAP0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 IOCAP<7:0>: Interrupt-on-Change PORTA Positive Edge Enable bits
1 = Interrupt-on-Change enabled on the pin for a positive-going edge. IOCAFx bit and IOCIF flag will
be set upon detecting an edge.
0 = Interrupt-on-Change disabled for the associated pin.
REGISTER 15-2: IOCAN: INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE PORTA NEGATIVE EDGE REGISTER
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
IOCAN7 IOCAN6 IOCAN5 IOCAN4 IOCAN3 IOCAN2 IOCAN1 IOCAN0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 IOCAN<7:0>: Interrupt-on-Change PORTA Negative Edge Enable bits
1 = Interrupt-on-Change enabled on the pin for a negative-going edge. IOCAFx bit and IOCIF flag will
be set upon detecting an edge.
0 = Interrupt-on-Change disabled for the associated pin.
REGISTER 15-3: IOCAF: INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE PORTA FLAG REGISTER
R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0
IOCAF7 IOCAF6 IOCAF5 IOCAF4 IOCAF3 IOCAF2 IOCAF1 IOCAF0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared HS - Bit is set in hardware
bit 7-0 IOCAF<7:0>: Interrupt-on-Change PORTA Flag bits
1 = An enabled change was detected on the associated pin.
Set when IOCAPx = 1 and a rising edge was detected on RAx, or when IOCANx = 1 and a falling
edge was detected on RAx.
0 = No change was detected, or the user cleared the detected change.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 254
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 15-4: IOCBP: INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE PORTB POSITIVE EDGE REGISTER
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
IOCBP7 IOCBP6 IOCBP5 IOCBP4 IOCBP3 IOCBP2 IOCBP1 IOCBP0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 IOCBP<7:0>: Interrupt-on-Change PORTB Positive Edge Enable bits
1 = Interrupt-on-Change enabled on the pin for a positive-going edge. IOCBFx bit and IOCIF flag will
be set upon detecting an edge.
0 = Interrupt-on-Change disabled for the associated pin.
REGISTER 15-5: IOCBN: INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE PORTB NEGATIVE EDGE REGISTER
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
IOCBN7 IOCBN6 IOCBN5 IOCBN4 IOCBN3 IOCBN2 IOCBN1 IOCBN0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 IOCBN<7:0>: Interrupt-on-Change PORTB Negative Edge Enable bits
1 = Interrupt-on-Change enabled on the pin for a negative-going edge. IOCBFx bit and IOCIF flag will
be set upon detecting an edge.
0 = Interrupt-on-Change disabled for the associated pin.
REGISTER 15-6: IOCBF: INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE PORTB FLAG REGISTER
R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0
IOCBF7 IOCBF6 IOCBF5 IOCBF4 IOCBF3 IOCBF2 IOCBF1 IOCBF0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared HS - Bit is set in hardware
bit 7-0 IOCBF<7:0>: Interrupt-on-Change PORTB Flag bits
1 = An enabled change was detected on the associated pin.
Set when IOCBPx = 1 and a rising edge was detected on RBx, or when IOCBNx = 1 and a falling
edge was detected on RBx.
0 = No change was detected, or the user cleared the detected change.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 255
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 15-7: IOCCP: INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE PORTC POSITIVE EDGE REGISTER
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
IOCCP7 IOCCP6 IOCCP5 IOCCP4 IOCCP3 IOCCP2 IOCCP1 IOCCP0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 IOCCP<7:0>: Interrupt-on-Change PORTC Positive Edge Enable bits
1 = Interrupt-on-Change enabled on the pin for a positive-going edge. IOCCFx bit and IOCIF flag will
be set upon detecting an edge.
0 = Interrupt-on-Change disabled for the associated pin
REGISTER 15-8: IOCCN: INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE PORTC NEGATIVE EDGE REGISTER
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
IOCCN7 IOCCN6 IOCCN5 IOCCN4 IOCCN3 IOCCN2 IOCCN1 IOCCN0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 IOCCN<7:0>: Interrupt-on-Change PORTC Negative Edge Enable bits
1 = Interrupt-on-Change enabled on the pin for a negative-going edge. IOCCFx bit and IOCIF flag will
be set upon detecting an edge.
0 = Interrupt-on-Change disabled for the associated pin
REGISTER 15-9: IOCCF: INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE PORTC FLAG REGISTER
R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0
IOCCF7 IOCCF6 IOCCF5 IOCCF4 IOCCF3 IOCCF2 IOCCF1 IOCCF0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared HS - Bit is set in hardware
bit 7-0 IOCCF<7:0>: Interrupt-on-Change PORTC Flag bits
1 = An enabled change was detected on the associated pin
Set when IOCCPx = 1 and a rising edge was detected on RCx, or when IOCCNx = 1 and a falling
edge was detected on RCx.
0 = No change was detected, or the user cleared the detected change
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 256
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 15-10: IOCEP: INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE PORTE POSITIVE EDGE REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W/HS-0/0 U-0 U-0 U-0
— — — — IOCEP3 — — —
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared HS - Bit is set in hardware
bit 7-4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 3 IOCEP3: Interrupt-on-Change PORTE Positive Edge Enable bit
1 = Interrupt-on-Change enabled on the pin for a positive-going edge. IOCCFx bit and IOCIF flag will
be set upon detecting an edge.
0 = Interrupt-on-Change disabled for the associated pin
bit 2-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
REGISTER 15-11: IOCEN: INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE PORTE NEGATIVE EDGE REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W/HS-0/0 U-0 U-0 U-0
— — — — IOCEN3 — — —
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared HS - Bit is set in hardware
bit 7-4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 3 IOCEN3: Interrupt-on-Change PORTE Negative Edge Enable bit
1 = Interrupt-on-Change enabled on the pin for a negative-going edge. IOCCFx bit and IOCIF flag will
be set upon detecting an edge.
0 = Interrupt-on-Change disabled for the associated pin
bit 2-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 257
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 15-12: IOCEF: INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE PORTE FLAG REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W/HS-0/0 U-0 U-0 U-0
— — — —IOCEF3 — — —
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared HS - Bit is set in hardware
bit 7-4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 3 IOCEF3: Interrupt-on-Change PORTE Flag bit
1 = An enabled change was detected on the associated pin
Set when IOCCPx = 1 and a rising edge was detected on RCx, or when IOCCNx = 1 and a falling
edge was detected on RCx.
0 = No change was detected, or the user cleared the detected change
bit 2-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 258
PIC16(L)F18855/75
TABLE 15-1: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
ANSELA ANSA7 ANSA6 ANSA4 ANSA4 ANSA3 ANSA2 ANSA1 ANSA0 203
ANSELC ANSC7 ANSC6 ANSC5 ANSC4 ANSC3 ANSC2 ANSC1 ANSC0 216
TRISA TRISA7 TRISA6 TRISA5 TRISA4 TRISA3 TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 202
TRISC TRISC7 TRISC6 TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 215
INTCON GIE PEIE — — — — —INTEDG
133
PIE0 ——TMR0IEIOCIE — — —INTE
134
IOCAP IOCAP7 IOCAP6 IOCAP5 IOCAP4 IOCAP3 IOCAP2 IOCAP1 IOCAP0 253
IOCAN IOCAN7 IOCAN6 IOCAN5 IOCAN4 IOCAN3 IOCAN2 IOCAN1 IOCAN0 253
IOCAF IOCAF7 IOCAF6 IOCAF5 IOCAF4 IOCAF3 IOCAF2 IOCAF1 IOCAF0 253
IOCBP IOCBP7 IOCBP6 IOCBP5 IOCBP4 IOCBP3 IOCBP2 IOCBP1 IOCBP0 254
IOCBN IOCBN7 IOCBN6 IOCBN5 IOCBN4 IOCBN3 IOCBN2 IOCBN1 IOCBN0 254
IOCBF IOCBF7 IOCBF6 IOCBF5 IOCBF4 IOCBF3 IOCBF2 IOCBF1 IOCBF0 254
IOCCP IOCCP7 IOCCP6 IOCCP5 IOCCP4 IOCCP3 IOCCP2 IOCCP1 IOCCP0 255
IOCCN IOCCN7 IOCCN6 IOCCN5 IOCCN4 IOCCN3 IOCCN2 IOCCN1 IOCCN0 255
IOCCF IOCCF7 IOCCF6 IOCCF5 IOCCF4 IOCCF3 IOCCF2 IOCCF1 IOCCF0 255
IOCEP — — — — IOCEP3 — — — 256
IOCEN — — — — IOCEN3 — — — 256
IOCEF — — — —IOCEF3— — — 257
Legend: — = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by interrupt-on-change.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 259
PIC16(L)F18855/75
16.0 FIXED VOLTAGE REFERENCE
(FVR)
The Fixed Voltage Reference, or FVR, is a stable
voltage reference, independent of VDD, with 1.024V,
2.048V or 4.096V selectable output levels. The output
of the FVR can be configured to supply a reference
voltage to the following:
• ADC input channel
• ADC positive reference
• Comparator positive input
• Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC)
The FVR can be enabled by setting the FVREN bit of
the FVRCON register.
16.1 Independent Gain Amplifiers
The output of the FVR, which is connected to the ADC,
comparators, and DAC, is routed through two
independent programmable gain amplifiers. Each
amplifier can be programmed for a gain of 1x, 2x or 4x,
to produce the three possible voltage levels.
The ADFVR<1:0> bits of the FVRCON register are
used to enable and configure the gain amplifier settings
for the reference supplied to the ADC module.
Reference Section 23.0 “Analog-to-Digital Con-
verter With Computation (ADC2) Module” for addi-
tional information.
The CDAFVR<1:0> bits of the FVRCON register are
used to enable and configure the gain amplifier settings
for the reference supplied to the DAC and comparator
module. Reference Section 25.0 “5-Bit Digi-
tal-to-Analog Converter (DAC1) Module” and
Section 18.0 “Comparator Module” for additional
information.
16.2 FVR Stabilization Period
When the Fixed Voltage Reference module is enabled, it
requires time for the reference and amplifier circuits to
stabilize. Once the circuits stabilize and are ready for use,
the FVRRDY bit of the FVRCON register will be set.
FIGURE 16-1: VOLTAGE REFERENCE BLOCK DIAGRAM
Note: Fixed Voltage Reference output cannot
exceed VDD.
1x
2x
4x
1x
2x
4x
ADFVR<1:0>
CDAFVR<1:0>
FVR_buffer1
(To ADC Module)
FVR_buffer2
(To Comparators
and DAC)
+
_
FVREN FVRRDY
Note 1
2
2
Rev . 10 -000 053C
12/9/ 201 3
[1) TSEN‘S‘
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 260
PIC16(L)F18855/75
16.3 Register Definitions: FVR Control
REGISTER 16-1: FVRCON: FIXED VOLTAGE REFERENCE CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0/0 R-q/q R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
FVREN FVRRDY(1) TSEN(3) TSRNG(3) CDAFVR<1:0> ADFVR<1:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7 FVREN: Fixed Voltage Reference Enable bit
1 = Fixed Voltage Reference is enabled
0 = Fixed Voltage Reference is disabled
bit 6 FVRRDY: Fixed Voltage Reference Ready Flag bit(1)
1 = Fixed Voltage Reference output is ready for use
0 = Fixed Voltage Reference output is not ready or not enabled
bit 5 TSEN: Temperature Indicator Enable bit(3)
1 = Temperature Indicator is enabled
0 = Temperature Indicator is disabled
bit 4 TSRNG: Temperature Indicator Range Selection bit(3)
1 =VOUT = VDD - 4VT (High Range)
0 =VOUT = VDD - 2VT (Low Range)
bit 3-2 CDAFVR<1:0>: Comparator FVR Buffer Gain Selection bits
11 = Comparator FVR Buffer Gain is 4x, (4.096V)(2)
10 = Comparator FVR Buffer Gain is 2x, (2.048V)(2)
01 = Comparator FVR Buffer Gain is 1x, (1.024V)
00 = Comparator FVR Buffer is off
bit 1-0 ADFVR<1:0>: ADC FVR Buffer Gain Selection bit
11 = ADC FVR Buffer Gain is 4x, (4.096V)(2)
10 = ADC FVR Buffer Gain is 2x, (2.048V)(2)
01 = ADC FVR Buffer Gain is 1x, (1.024V)
00 = ADC FVR Buffer is off
Note 1: FVRRDY is always ‘1’ for PIC16F18855/75 devices only.
2: Fixed Voltage Reference output cannot exceed VDD.
3: See Section 17.0 “Temperature Indicator Module” for additional information.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 261
PIC16(L)F18855/75
TABLE 16-1: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH FIXED VOLTAGE REFERENCE
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on page
FVRCON FVREN FVRRDY TSEN TSRNG CDAFVR<1:0> ADFVR<1:0> 260
ADREF ADNREF ADPREF<1:0> 353
ADPCH ADPCH<5:0> 354
CM1CON1 — — — — — —INTPINTN271
CM1NSEL — — — — — NCH<2:0> 272
CM1PSEL — — — — — PCH<2:0> 272
CM2CON1 — — — — — —INTPINTN271
CM2NSEL — — — — — NCH<2:0> 272
CM2PSEL — — — — — PCH<2:0> 272
DAC1CON0 DAC1EN —DAC1OE1 DAC1OE2 DAC1PSS<1:0> — DAC1NSS 379
Legend: – = unimplemented locations read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used with the Fixed Voltage Reference.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 262
PIC16(L)F18855/75
17.0 TEMPERATURE INDICATOR
MODULE
This family of devices is equipped with a temperature
circuit designed to measure the operating temperature
of the silicon die. The circuit’s range of operating
temperature falls between -40°C and +85°C. The
output is a voltage that is proportional to the device
temperature. The output of the temperature indicator is
internally connected to the device ADC.
The circuit may be used as a temperature threshold
detector or a more accurate temperature indicator,
depending on the level of calibration performed. A one-
point calibration allows the circuit to indicate a
temperature closely surrounding that point. A two-point
calibration allows the circuit to sense the entire range
of temperature more accurately. Reference Application
Note AN1333, “Use and Calibration of the Internal
Temperature Indicator” (DS01333) for more details
regarding the calibration process.
17.1 Circuit Operation
Figure 17-1 shows a simplified block diagram of the
temperature circuit. The proportional voltage output is
achieved by measuring the forward voltage drop across
multiple silicon junctions.
Equation 17-1 describes the output characteristics of
the temperature indicator.
EQUATION 17-1: VOUT RANGES
The temperature sense circuit is integrated with the
Fixed Voltage Reference (FVR) module. See 16.0
“Fixed Voltage Reference (FVR)” for more
information.
The circuit is enabled by setting the TSEN bit of the
FVRCON register. When disabled, the circuit draws no
current.
The circuit operates in either high or low range. The high
range, selected by setting the TSRNG bit of the
FVRCON register, provides a wider output voltage. This
provides more resolution over the temperature range,
but may be less consistent from part to part. This range
requires a higher bias voltage to operate and thus, a
higher VDD is needed.
The low range is selected by clearing the TSRNG bit of
the FVRCON register. The low range generates a lower
voltage drop and thus, a lower bias voltage is needed to
operate the circuit. The low range is provided for low
voltage operation.
FIGURE 17-1: TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT
DIAGRAM
17.2 Minimum Operating VDD
When the temperature circuit is operated in low range,
the device may be operated at any operating voltage
that is within specifications.
When the temperature circuit is operated in high range,
the device operating voltage, VDD, must be high
enough to ensure that the temperature circuit is
correctly biased.
Table 17-1 shows the recommended minimum VDD vs.
range setting.
TABLE 17-1: RECOMMENDED VDD VS.
RANGE
17.3 Temperature Output
The output of the circuit is measured using the internal
Analog-to-Digital Converter. A channel is reserved for
the temperature circuit output. Refer to Section 23.0
“Analog-to-Digital Converter With Computation
(ADC2) Module” for detailed information.
High Range: VOUT = VDD - 4VT
Low Range: VOUT = VDD - 2VT
Min. VDD, TSRNG = 1Min. VDD, TSRNG = 0
3.6V 1.8V
VOUT
Temp. Indicator To ADC
TSRNG
TSEN
Rev. 10-000069A
7/31/2013
VDD
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 263
PIC16(L)F18855/75
17.4 ADC Acquisition Time
To ensure accurate temperature measurements, the
user must wait at least 200 s after the ADC input
multiplexer is connected to the temperature indicator
output before the conversion is performed. In addition,
the user must wait 200 s between consecutive
conversions of the temperature indicator output.
TABLE 17-2: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH THE TEMPERATURE INDICATOR
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on page
FVRCON FVREN FVRRDY TSEN TSRNG CDFVR<1:0> ADFVR<1:0> 260
Legend: Shaded cells are unused by the Temperature Indicator module.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 264
PIC16(L)F18855/75
18.0 COMPARATOR MODULE
Comparators are used to interface analog circuits to a
digital circuit by comparing two analog voltages and
providing a digital indication of their relative magnitudes.
Comparators are very useful mixed signal building
blocks because they provide analog functionality
independent of program execution. The analog
comparator module includes the following features:
• Programmable input selection
• Programmable output polarity
• Rising/falling output edge interrupts
• Wake-up from Sleep
• Programmable Speed/Power optimization
• CWG1 Auto-shutdown source
• Selectable voltage reference
18.1 Comparator Overview
A single comparator is shown in Figure 18-1 along with
the relationship between the analog input levels and
the digital output. When the analog voltage at VIN+ is
less than the analog voltage at VIN-, the output of the
comparator is a digital low level. When the analog
voltage at VIN+ is greater than the analog voltage at
VIN-, the output of the comparator is a digital high level.
The comparators available are shown in Table 18-1.
FIGURE 18-1: SINGLE COMPARATOR
TABLE 18-1: AVAILABLE COMPARATORS
Device C1 C2
PIC16(L)F18855/75 ●●
–
+
VIN+
VIN-Output
Output
VIN+
VIN-
Note: The black areas of the output of the
comparator represents the uncertainty
due to input offsets and response time.
DACiompuli FVRibuflerQ i CXVN CXPCH<2 u=""> fl 0onm CXVP
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 265
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 18-2: COMPARATOR MODULE SIMPLIFIED BLOCK DIAGRAM
Rev. 10-000027K
11/20/2015
CxIN0-
CxIN1-
CxIN0+
FVR_buffer2
DAC_output
+
CxVN
CxVP
CxPCH<2:0>
CxNCH<2:0>
2
3
CxON(1)
CxON(1)
CxON(1)
CxSP CxHYS
Interrupt
Rising
Edge
DQ
Q1
CxINTP
CxINTN
CxOUT
MCxOUT
DQ
0
1
CxSYNC
set bit
CxIF
TRIS bit
CxOUT
CxOUT_sync
-
Interrupt
Falling
Edge
FVR_buffer2
CxPOL
Cx
(From Timer1 Module) T1CLK
to
peripherals
Note 1: When CxON = 0, all multiplexer inputs are disconnected and the Comparator will produce a ‘0’ at the output.
000
011
010
001
100
101
110
111
Reserved
Reserved
CxIN2-
CxIN3-
PPS
RxyPPS
000
011
010
001
100
101
110
111
CxIN1+
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 266
PIC16(L)F18855/75
18.2 Comparator Control
Each comparator has two control registers: CMxCON0
and CMxCON1.
The CMxCON0 register (see Register 18-1) contains
Control and Status bits for the following:
• Enable
• Output
• Output polarity
• Speed/Power selection
• Hysteresis enable
• Timer1 output synchronization
The CMxCON1 register (see Register 18-2) contains
Control bits for the following:
• Interrupt on positive/negative edge enables
• Positive input channel selection
• Negative input channel selection
18.2.1 COMPARATOR ENABLE
Setting the CxON bit of the CMxCON0 register enables
the comparator for operation. Clearing the CxON bit
disables the comparator resulting in minimum current
consumption.
18.2.2 COMPARATOR OUTPUT
The output of the comparator can be monitored by
reading either the CxOUT bit of the CMxCON0 register
or the MCxOUT bit of the CMOUT register.
The comparator output can also be routed to an
external pin through the RxyPPS register
(Register 13-2). The corresponding TRIS bit must be
clear to enable the pin as an output.
18.2.3 COMPARATOR OUTPUT POLARITY
Inverting the output of the comparator is functionally
equivalent to swapping the comparator inputs. The
polarity of the comparator output can be inverted by
setting the CxPOL bit of the CMxCON0 register.
Clearing the CxPOL bit results in a non-inverted output.
Table 18-2 shows the output state versus input
conditions, including polarity control.
Note 1: The internal output of the comparator is
latched with each instruction cycle.
Unless otherwise specified, external out-
puts are not latched.
TABLE 18-2: COMPARATOR OUTPUT
STATE VS. INPUT
CONDITIONS
Input Condition CxPOL CxOUT
CxVN > CxVP00
CxVN < CxVP01
CxVN > CxVP11
CxVN < CxVP10
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 267
PIC16(L)F18855/75
18.3 Comparator Hysteresis
A selectable amount of separation voltage can be
added to the input pins of each comparator to provide a
hysteresis function to the overall operation. Hysteresis
is enabled by setting the CxHYS bit of the CMxCON0
register.
See Comparator Specifications in Table 37-14 for more
information.
18.4 Timer1 Gate Operation
The output resulting from a comparator operation can
be used as a source for gate control of Timer1. See
Section 28.7 “Timer Gate” for more information. This
feature is useful for timing the duration or interval of an
analog event.
It is recommended that the comparator output be
synchronized to Timer1. This ensures that Timer1 does
not increment while a change in the comparator is
occurring.
18.4.1 COMPARATOR OUTPUT
SYNCHRONIZATION
The output from a comparator can be synchronized
with Timer1 by setting the CxSYNC bit of the
CMxCON0 register.
Once enabled, the comparator output is latched on the
falling edge of the Timer1 source clock. If a prescaler is
used with Timer1, the comparator output is latched after
the prescaling function. To prevent a race condition, the
comparator output is latched on the falling edge of the
Timer1 clock source and Timer1 increments on the
rising edge of its clock source. See the Comparator
Block Diagram (Figure 18-2) and the Timer1 Block
Diagram (Figure 28-1) for more information.
18.5 Comparator Interrupt
An interrupt can be generated upon a change in the
output value of the comparator for each comparator, a
rising edge detector and a falling edge detector are
present.
When either edge detector is triggered and its associ-
ated enable bit is set (CxINTP and/or CxINTN bits of
the CMxCON1 register), the Corresponding Interrupt
Flag bit (CxIF bit of the PIR2 register) will be set.
To enable the interrupt, you must set the following bits:
• CxON, CxPOL and CxSP bits of the CMxCON0
register
• CxIE bit of the PIE2 register
• CxINTP bit of the CMxCON1 register (for a rising
edge detection)
• CxINTN bit of the CMxCON1 register (for a falling
edge detection)
• PEIE and GIE bits of the INTCON register
The associated interrupt flag bit, CxIF bit of the PIR2
register, must be cleared in software. If another edge is
detected while this flag is being cleared, the flag will still
be set at the end of the sequence.
18.6 Comparator Positive Input
Selection
Configuring the CxPCH<2:0> bits of the CMxCON1
register directs an internal voltage reference or an
analog pin to the non-inverting input of the comparator:
• CxIN0+ analog pin
• DAC output
• FVR (Fixed Voltage Reference)
•V
SS (Ground)
See Section 16.0 “Fixed Voltage Reference (FVR)”
for more information on the Fixed Voltage Reference
module.
See Section 25.0 “5-Bit Digital-to-Analog Converter
(DAC1) Module” for more information on the DAC
input signal.
Any time the comparator is disabled (CxON = 0), all
comparator inputs are disabled.
18.7 Comparator Negative Input
Selection
The CxNCH<2:0> bits of the CMxCON1 register direct
an analog input pin and internal reference voltage or
analog ground to the inverting input of the comparator:
• CxIN- pin
• FVR (Fixed Voltage Reference)
• Analog Ground
Some inverting input selections share a pin with the
operational amplifier output function. Enabling both
functions at the same time will direct the operational
amplifier output to the comparator inverting input.
Note: Although a comparator is disabled, an
interrupt can be generated by changing
the output polarity with the CxPOL bit of
the CMxCON0 register, or by switching
the comparator on or off with the CxON bit
of the CMxCON0 register.
Note: To use CxINy+ and CxINy- pins as analog
input, the appropriate bits must be set in
the ANSEL register and the correspond-
ing TRIS bits must also be set to disable
the output drivers.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 268
PIC16(L)F18855/75
18.8 Comparator Response Time
The comparator output is indeterminate for a period of
time after the change of an input source or the selection
of a new reference voltage. This period is referred to as
the response time. The response time of the comparator
differs from the settling time of the voltage reference.
Therefore, both of these times must be considered when
determining the total response time to a comparator
input change. See the Comparator and Voltage
Reference Specifications in Table 37-14 for more
details.
18.9 Analog Input Connection
Considerations
A simplified circuit for an analog input is shown in
Figure 18-3. Since the analog input pins share their
connection with a digital input, they have reverse
biased ESD protection diodes to VDD and VSS. The
analog input, therefore, must be between VSS and VDD.
If the input voltage deviates from this range by more
than 0.6V in either direction, one of the diodes is
forward biased and a latch-up may occur.
A maximum source impedance of 10 k is recommended
for the analog sources. Also, any external component
connected to an analog input pin, such as a capacitor or
a Zener diode, should have very little leakage current to
minimize inaccuracies introduced.
FIGURE 18-3: ANALOG INPUT MODEL
Note 1: When reading a PORT register, all pins
configured as analog inputs will read as a
‘0’. Pins configured as digital inputs will
convert as an analog input, according to
the input specification.
2: Analog levels on any pin defined as a
digital input, may cause the input buffer to
consume more current than is specified.
VA
Rs < 10K
CPIN
5 pF
VDD
VT 0.6V
VT 0.6V
RIC
ILEAKAGE(1)
Vss
Legend: CPIN = Input Capacitance
ILEAKAGE = Leakage Current at the pin due to various junctions
RIC = Interconnect Resistance
RS= Source Impedance
VA= Analog Voltage
VT= Threshold Voltage
To Comparator
Note 1: See I/O Ports in Table 37-4.
Analog
Input
pin
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 269
PIC16(L)F18855/75
18.10 CWG1 Auto-shutdown Source
The output of the comparator module can be used as
an auto-shutdown source for the CWG1 module. When
the output of the comparator is active and the
corresponding ASxE is enabled, the CWG operation
will be suspended immediately (see Section 20.10
“Auto-Shutdown”).
18.11 Operation in Sleep Mode
The comparator module can operate during Sleep. The
comparator clock source is based on the Timer1 clock
source. If the Timer1 clock source is either the system
clock (FOSC) or the instruction clock (FOSC/4), Timer1
will not operate during Sleep, and synchronized
comparator outputs will not operate.
A comparator interrupt will wake the device from Sleep.
The CxIE bits of the PIE2 register must be set to enable
comparator interrupts.
IfoPOL : 1 (inverted po‘arily). IfoPOL : U (nonrinvened po‘arily).
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 270
PIC16(L)F18855/75
18.12 Register Definitions: Comparator Control
REGISTER 18-1: CMxCON0: COMPARATOR Cx CONTROL REGISTER 0
R/W-0/0 R-0/0 U-0 R/W-0/0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
ON OUT —POL ——HYS SYNC
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 ON: Comparator Enable bit
1 = Comparator is enabled
0 = Comparator is disabled and consumes no active power
bit 6 OUT: Comparator Output bit
If CxPOL = 1 (inverted polarity):
1 = CxVP < CxVN
0 = CxVP > CxVN
If CxPOL = 0 (non-inverted polarity):
1 = CxVP > CxVN
0 = CxVP < CxVN
bit 5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4 POL: Comparator Output Polarity Select bit
1 = Comparator output is inverted
0 = Comparator output is not inverted
bit 3-2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 1 HYS: Comparator Hysteresis Enable bit
1 = Comparator hysteresis enabled
0 = Comparator hysteresis disabled
bit 0 SYNC: Comparator Output Synchronous Mode bit
1 = Comparator output to Timer1 and I/O pin is synchronous to changes on Timer1 clock source.
Output updated on the falling edge of Timer1 clock source.
0 = Comparator output to Timer1 and I/O pin is asynchronous
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 271
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 18-2: CMxCON1: COMPARATOR Cx CONTROL REGISTER 1
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
— — — — — — INTP INTN
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 1 INTP: Comparator Interrupt on Positive-Going Edge Enable bits
1 = The CxIF interrupt flag will be set upon a positive-going edge of the CxOUT bit
0 = No interrupt flag will be set on a positive-going edge of the CxOUT bit
bit 0 INTN: Comparator Interrupt on Negative-Going Edge Enable bits
1 = The CxIF interrupt flag will be set upon a negative-going edge of the CxOUT bit
0 = No interrupt flag will be set on a negative-going edge of the CxOUT bit
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 272
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 18-3: CMxNSEL: COMPARATOR Cx NEGATIVE INPUT SELECT REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
— — — — — NCH<2:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2-0 NCH<2:0>: Comparator Negative Input Channel Select bits
111 = CxVN connects to AVSS
110 = CxVN connects to FVR Buffer 2
101 = CxVN unconnected
100 = CxVN unconnected
011 = CxVN connects to CxIN3- pin
010 = CxVN connects to CxIN2- pin
001 = CxVN connects to CxIN1- pin
000 = CxVN connects to CxIN0- pin
REGISTER 18-4: CMxPSEL: COMPARATOR Cx POSITIVE INPUT SELECT REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
— — — — — PCH<2:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5-3 PCH<2:0>: Comparator Positive Input Channel Select bits
111 = CxVP connects to AVSS
110 = CxVP connects to FVR Buffer 2
101 = CxVP connects to DAC output
100 = CxVP unconnected
011 = CxVP unconnected
010 = CxVP unconnected
001 = CxVP connects to CxIN1+ pin
000 = CxVP connects to CxIN0+ pin
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 273
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 18-5: CMOUT: COMPARATOR OUTPUT REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R-0/0 R-0/0
— — — — — — MC2OUT MC1OUT
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 1 MC2OUT: Mirror Copy of C2OUT bit
bit 0 MC1OUT: Mirror Copy of C1OUT bit
TABLE 18-3: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH COMPARATOR MODULE
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
ANSELA ANSA7 ANSA6 ANSA5 ANSA4 ANSA3 ANSA2 ANSA1 ANSA0 203
ANSELB ANSB7 ANSB6 ANSB5 ANSB4 ANSB3 ANSB2 ANSB1 ANSB0 210
CMxCON0 ON OUT —POL ——HYSSYNC270
CMxCON1 — — — — — — INTP INTN 271
CMOUT — — — — — — MC2OUT MC1OUT 273
CWG1AS1 — AS6E AS5E AS4E AS3E AS2E AS1E AS0E 301
CWG2AS1 AS6E AS5E AS4E AS3E AS2E AS1E AS0E 301
CWG3AS1 AS6E AS5E AS4E AS3E AS2E AS1E AS0E 301
FVRCON FVREN FVRRDY TSEN TSRNG CDAFVR<1:0> ADFVR<1:0> 260
DAC1CON0 DAC1EN — DAC1OE1 DAC1OE2 DAC1PSS<1:0> — DAC1NSS 379
DAC1CON1 — — — DAC1R<4:0> 379
INTCON GIE PEIE —133
PIE2 — ZCDIE — — — — C2IE C1IE 136
PIR2 — ZCDIF — — — — C2IF C1IF 145
RxyPPS ― ― RxyPPS<5:0> 241
CLCINxPPS — — — CLCIN0PPS<4:0> 240
MDSRCPPS ― ― ― MDSRCPPS<4:0> 240
T1GPPS ― ― ― T1GPPS<4:0> 240
TRISA TRISA7 TRISA6 TRISA5 TRISA4 TRISA3 TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 202
TRISB TRISB7 TRISB6 TRISB5 TRISB4 TRISB3 TRISB2 TRISB1 TRISB0 209
Legend: — = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are unused by the Comparator module.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 274
PIC16(L)F18855/75
19.0 PULSE-WIDTH MODULATION
(PWM)
The PWMx modules generate Pulse-Width Modulated
(PWM) signals of varying frequency and duty cycle.
In addition to the CCP modules, the
PIC16(L)F18855/75 devices contain two PWM mod-
ules (PWM6 and PWM7). These modules are essen-
tially the same as the CCP modules without the
Capture or Compare functionality.
Pulse-Width Modulation (PWM) is a scheme that
provides power to a load by switching quickly between
fully on and fully off states. The PWM signal resembles
a square wave where the high portion of the signal is
considered the ‘on’ state (pulse width), and the low
portion of the signal is considered the ‘off’ state. The
term duty cycle describes the proportion of the ‘on’ time
to the ‘off’ time and is expressed in percentages, where
0% is fully off and 100% is fully on. A lower duty cycle
corresponds to less power applied and a higher duty
cycle corresponds to more power applied. The PWM
period is defined as the duration of one complete cycle
or the total amount of on and off time combined.
PWM resolution defines the maximum number of steps
that can be present in a single PWM period. A higher
resolution allows for more precise control of the pulse
width time and, in turn, the power that is applied to the
load.
Figure 19-1 shows a typical waveform of the PWM
signal.
FIGURE 19-1: PWM OUTPUT
Note: The PWM6 and PWM7 modules are two
instances of the same PWM module
design. Throughout this section, the lower
case ‘x’ in register and bit names is a
generic reference to the PWM module
number (which should be substituted with
6 or 7 during code development). For
example, the control register is generically
described in this chapter as PWMxCON,
but the actual device registers are
PWM6CON and PWM7CON. Similarly,
the PWMxEN bit represents the PWM6EN
and PWM7EN bits.
Pulse Width
TMRx = PRx
TMRx = 0
TMRx = PWMxDC
FOSC
PWM
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Rev. 10-000023C
8/26/2015
Timer dependent on PWMTMRS register settings.Note 1:
(1)
(1)
(1)
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 275
PIC16(L)F18855/75
19.1 Standard PWM Mode
The standard PWM mode generates a Pulse-Width
Modulation (PWM) signal on the PWMx pin with up to
ten bits of resolution. The period, duty cycle, and
resolution are controlled by the following registers:
• TMR2 register
• PR2 register
• PWMxCON registers
• PWMxDCH registers
• PWMxDCL registers
Figure 19-2 shows a simplified block diagram of PWM
operation.
If PWMPOL = 0, the default state of the output is ‘0‘. If
PWMPOL = 1, the default state is ‘1’. If PWMEN = ‘0’,
the output will be the default state.
FIGURE 19-2: SIMPLIFIED PWM BLOCK DIAGRAM
Note: The corresponding TRIS bit must be
cleared to enable the PWM output on the
PWMx pin
Rev. 10-000022B
9/24/2014
8-bit timer is concatenated with two bits generated by Fosc or two bits of the internal prescaler to
create 10-bit time-base.
Note 1:
PWMxDCH
Duty cycle registers PWMxDCL<7:6>
10-bit Latch
(Not visible to user)
Comparator
Comparator
PR2
(1)
TMR2
TMR2 Module
0
1
PWMxPOL
PWMx
PWMx_out To Peripherals
R
TRIS Control
R
S
Q
Q
T2_match
PPS
RxyPPS
(TMRZ Premie Value) 4(sz + 1)
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 276
PIC16(L)F18855/75
19.1.1 PWM CLOCK SELECTION
The PIC16(L)F18855/75 allows each individual CCP
and PWM module to select the timer source that con-
trols the module. Each module has an independent
selection.
As there are up to three 8-bit timers with auto-reload
(Timer2/4/6), PWM mode on the CCP and PWM mod-
ules can use any of these timers.
The CCPTMRS0 and CCPTMRS1 register are used to
select which timer is used.
19.1.2 USING THE TMR2/4/6 WITH THE
PWM MODULE
This device has a newer version of the TMR2 module
that has many new modes, which allow for greater cus-
tomization and control of the PWM signals than on
older parts. Refer to Section 29.5, Operation Examples
for examples of PWM signal generation using the dif-
ferent modes of Timer2. PWM operation requires that
the timer used as the PWM time base has the FOSC/4
clock source selected.
19.1.3 PWM PERIOD
Referring to Figure 19-1, the PWM output has a period
and a pulse width. The frequency of the PWM is the
inverse of the period (1/period).
The PWM period is specified by writing to the PR2
register. The PWM period can be calculated using the
following formula:
EQUATION 19-1: PWM PERIOD
When TMR2 is equal to PR2, the following three events
occur on the next increment cycle:
• TMR2 is cleared
• The PWMx pin is set (Exception: If the PWM duty
cycle = 0%, the pin will not be set.)
• The PWM pulse width is latched from PWMxDC.
19.1.4 PWM DUTY CYCLE
The PWM duty cycle is specified by writing a 10-bit
value to the PWMxDC register. The PWMxDCH
contains the eight MSbs and the PWMxDCL<7:6> bits
contain the two LSbs.
The PWMDC register is double-buffered and can be
updated at any time. This double buffering is essential
for glitch-free PWM operation. New values take effect
when TMR2 = PR2. Note that PWMDC is left-justified.
The 8-bit timer TMR2 register is concatenated with
either the 2-bit internal system clock (FOSC), or two
bits of the prescaler, to create the 10-bit time base. The
system clock is used if the Timer2 prescaler is set to
1:1.
Equation 19-2 is used to calculate the PWM pulse
width.
Equation 19-3 is used to calculate the PWM duty cycle
ratio.
EQUATION 19-2: PULSE WIDTH
EQUATION 19-3: DUTY CYCLE RATIO
19.1.5 PWM RESOLUTION
The resolution determines the number of available duty
cycles for a given period. For example, a 10-bit
resolution will result in 1024 discrete duty cycles,
whereas an 8-bit resolution will result in 256 discrete
duty cycles.
The maximum PWM resolution is ten bits when PR2 is
255. The resolution is a function of the PR2 register
value as shown by Equation 19-4.
EQUATION 19-4: PWM RESOLUTION
19.1.6 OPERATION IN SLEEP MODE
In Sleep mode, the TMR2 register will not increment
and the state of the module will not change. If the
PWMx pin is driving a value, it will continue to drive that
value. When the device wakes up, TMR2 will continue
from its previous state.
Note: If the pulse width value is greater than the
period the assigned PWM pin(s) will
remain unchanged.
ܹܲܯܲ݁ݎ݅݋݀ ൌ  ሾሺܴܲʹሻ൅ ͳሿ ή Ͷ ή ܱܶܵܥ
ήሺܶܯܴʹܲݎ݁ݏ݈ܿܽ݁ܸ݈ܽݑ݁ሻ
Note 1: TOSC = 1/FOSC
Note: If the pulse width value is greater than the
period the assigned PWM pin(s) will
remain unchanged.
ሺܶܯܴʹܲݎ݁ݏ݈ܿܽ݁ܸ݈ܽݑ݁ሻ
Pulse Width
ൌ
ሺܹܲܯݔܦܥሻ ή ܱܶܵܥ ή
ܦݑݐݕܥݕ݈ܿ݁ܴܽݐ݅݋ ൌ  ሺܹܲܯݔܦܥሻ
Ͷሺܴܲʹ ൅ ͳሻ
Resolution 4PR21+log
2log
------------------------------------------ bits=
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 277
PIC16(L)F18855/75
19.1.7 CHANGES IN SYSTEM CLOCK
FREQUENCY
The PWM frequency is derived from the system clock
frequency. Any changes in the system clock frequency
will result in changes to the PWM frequency. See
Section 6.0 “Oscillator Module (with Fail-Safe
Clock Monitor)” for additional details.
19.1.8 EFFECTS OF RESET
Any Reset will force all ports to Input mode and the
PWMx registers to their Reset states.
19.1.9 SETUP FOR PWM OPERATION
The following steps should be taken when configuring
the module for using the PWMx outputs:
1. Disable the PWMx pin output driver(s) by setting
the associated TRIS bit(s).
2. Configure the PWM output polarity by
configuring the PWMxPOL bit of the PWMxCON
register.
3. Load the PR2 register with the PWM period value,
as determined by Equation 19-1.
4. Load the PWMxDCH register and bits <7:6> of
the PWMxDCL register with the PWM duty cycle
value, as determined by Equation 19-2.
5. Configure and start Timer2:
• Clear the TMR2IF interrupt flag bit of the PIR1
register.
• Select the Timer2 prescale value by configuring
the T2CKPS<1:0> bits of the T2CON
register.
• Enable Timer2 by setting the TMR2ON bit of
the T2CON register.
6. Wait until the TMR2IF is set.
7. When the TMR2IF flag bit is set:
• Clear the associated TRIS bit(s) to enable the
output driver.
• Route the signal to the desired pin by
configuring the RxyPPS register.
• Enable the PWMx module by setting the
PWMxEN bit of the PWMxCON register.
In order to send a complete duty cycle and period on
the first PWM output, the above steps must be followed
in the order given. If it is not critical to start with a com-
plete PWM signal, then the PWM module can be
enabled during Step 2 by setting the PWMxEN bit of
the PWMxCON register.
TABLE 19-1: EXAMPLE PWM FREQUENCIES AND RESOLUTIONS (FOSC = 20 MHz)
PWM Frequency 1.22 kHz 4.88 kHz 19.53 kHz 78.12 kHz 156.3 kHz 208.3 kHz
Timer Prescale 16 4 1 1 1 1
PR2 Value 0xFF 0xFF 0xFF 0x3F 0x1F 0x17
Maximum Resolution (bits) 10 10 10 8 7 6.6
TABLE 19-2: EXAMPLE PWM FREQUENCIES AND RESOLUTIONS (FOSC = 8 MHz)
PWM Frequency 1.22 kHz 4.90 kHz 19.61 kHz 76.92 kHz 153.85 kHz 200.0 kHz
Timer Prescale 1641111
PR2 Value 0xFF 0xFF 0xFF 0x3F 0x1F 0x17
Maximum Resolution (bits) 10 10 10 8 7 6.6
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 278
PIC16(L)F18855/75
19.2 Register Definitions: PWM Control
REGISTER 19-1: PWMxCON: PWM CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0/0 U-0 R-0 R/W-0/0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
PWMxEN — PWMxOUT PWMxPOL — — — —
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 PWMxEN: PWM Module Enable bit
1 = PWM module is enabled
0 = PWM module is disabled
bit 6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5 PWMxOUT: PWM Module Output Level when Bit is Read
bit 4 PWMxPOL: PWMx Output Polarity Select bit
1 = PWM output is active-low
0 = PWM output is active-high
bit 3-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 279
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 19-2: PWMxDCH: PWM DUTY CYCLE HIGH BITS
R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
PWMxDC<9:2>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 PWMxDC<9:2>: PWM Duty Cycle Most Significant bits
These bits are the MSbs of the PWM duty cycle. The two LSbs are found in PWMxDCL Register.
REGISTER 19-3: PWMxDCL: PWM DUTY CYCLE LOW BITS
R/W-x/u R/W-x/u U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
PWMxDC<1:0> — — — — — —
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 PWMxDC<1:0>: PWM Duty Cycle Least Significant bits
These bits are the LSbs of the PWM duty cycle. The MSbs are found in PWMxDCH Register.
bit 5-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 280
PIC16(L)F18855/75
TABLE 19-3: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PWMx
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
PWM6CON PWM6EN —PWM6OUTPWM6POL— — — — 278
PWM6DCH PWM6DC<9:2> 279
PWM6DCL PWM6DC<1:0> — — — — — — 279
PWM7CON PWM7EN —PWM7OUTPWM7POL— — — — 278
PWM7DCH PWM7DC<9:2> 279
PWM7DCL PWM7DC<1:0> — — — — — — 279
T2CON ON CKPS<2:0> OUTPS<3:0> 431
T4CON ON CKPS<2:0> OUTPS<3:0> 431
T6CON ON CKPS<2:0> OUTPS<3:0> 431
T2TMR Holding Register for the 8-bit TMR2 Register
T4TMR Holding Register for the 8-bit TMR4 Register
T6TMR Holding Register for the 8-bit TMR6 Register
T2PR TMR2 Period Register
T4PR TMR4 Period Register
T6PR TMR6 Period Register
RxyPPS ― ― RxyPPS<5:0> 241
CWG1ISM — — — — IS<3:0> 303
CWG2ISM IS<3:0> 303
CWG3ISM IS<3:0> 303
CLCxSELy —— LCxDyS<5:0> 320
MDSRC — — — MDMS<4:0> 389
MDCARH — — — — MDCHS<3:0> 390
MDCARL — — — —MDCLS<3:0>391
TRISA TRISA7 TRISA6 TRISA5 TRISA4 TRISA3 TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 202
TRISC TRISC7 TRISC6 TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 215
Legend: - = Unimplemented locations, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by the PWMx module.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 281
PIC16(L)F18855/75
20.0 COMPLEMENTARY WAVEFORM
GENERATOR (CWG) MODULE
The Complementary Waveform Generator (CWG) pro-
duces half-bridge, full-bridge, and steering of PWM
waveforms. It is backwards compatible with previous
ECCP functions.
The CWG has the following features:
• Six operating modes:
- Synchronous Steering mode
- Asynchronous Steering mode
- Full-Bridge mode, Forward
- Full-Bridge mode, Reverse
- Half-Bridge mode
- Push-Pull mode
• Output polarity control
• Output steering
- Synchronized to rising event
- Immediate effect
• Independent 6-bit rising and falling event dead-
band timers
- Clocked dead band
- Independent rising and falling dead-band
enables
• Auto-shutdown control with:
- Selectable shutdown sources
- Auto-restart enable
- Auto-shutdown pin override control
The CWG modules available are shown in Table 20-1.
20.1 Fundamental Operation
The CWG module can operate in six different modes,
as specified by MODE of the CWGxCON0 register:
• Half-Bridge mode (Figure 20-9)
• Push-Pull mode (Figure 20-2)
- Full-Bridge mode, Forward (Figure 20-3)
- Full-Bridge mode, Reverse (Figure 20-3)
• Steering mode (Figure 20-10)
• Synchronous Steering mode (Figure 20-11)
It may be necessary to guard against the possibility of
circuit faults or a feedback event arriving too late or not
at all. In this case, the active drive must be terminated
before the Fault condition causes damage. Thus, all
output modes support auto-shutdown, which is covered
in 20.10 “Auto-Shutdown”.
20.1.1 HALF-BRIDGE MODE
In Half-Bridge mode, two output signals are generated
as true and inverted versions of the input as illustrated
in Figure 20-9. A non-overlap (dead-band) time is
inserted between the two outputs to prevent shoot
through current in various power supply applications.
Dead-band control is described in Section
20.5 “Dead-Band Control”.
The unused outputs CWGxC and CWGxD drive similar
signals, with polarity independently controlled by the
POLC and POLD bits of the CWGxCON1 register,
respectively.
TABLE 20-1: AVAILABLE CWG MODULES
Device CWG1 CWG2 CWG2
PIC16(L)F18855/75 ●●●
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 283
PIC16(L)F18855/75
20.1.2 PUSH-PULL MODE
In Push-Pull mode, two output signals are generated,
alternating copies of the input as illustrated in
Figure 20-2. This alternation creates the push-pull
effect required for driving some transformer-based
power supply designs.
The push-pull sequencer is reset whenever EN = 0 or
if an auto-shutdown event occurs. The sequencer is
clocked by the first input pulse, and the first output
appears on CWGxA.
The unused outputs CWGxC and CWGxD drive copies
of CWGxA and CWGxB, respectively, but with polarity
controlled by the POLC and POLD bits of the
CWGxCON1 register, respectively.
20.1.3 FULL-BRIDGE MODES
In Forward and Reverse Full-Bridge modes, three out-
puts drive static values while the fourth is modulated by
the input data signal. In Forward Full-Bridge mode,
CWGxA is driven to its active state, CWGxB and
CWGxC are driven to their inactive state, and CWGxD
is modulated by the input signal. In Reverse Full-Bridge
mode, CWGxC is driven to its active state, CWGxA and
CWGxD are driven to their inactive states, and CWGxB
is modulated by the input signal. In Full-Bridge mode,
the dead-band period is used when there is a switch
from forward to reverse or vice-versa. This dead-band
control is described in Section 20.5 “Dead-Band Con-
trol”, with additional details in Section 20.6 “Rising
Edge and Reverse Dead Band” and Section
20.7 “Falling Edge and Forward Dead Band”.
The mode selection may be toggled between forward
and reverse toggling the MODE<0> bit of the
CWGxCON0 while keeping MODE<2:1> static, without
disabling the CWG module.
L
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 286
PIC16(L)F18855/75
20.1.4 STEERING MODES
In Steering modes, the data input can be steered to any
or all of the four CWG output pins. In Synchronous
Steering mode, changes to steering selection registers
take effect on the next rising input.
In Non-Synchronous mode, steering takes effect on the
next instruction cycle. Additional details are provided in
Section 20.9 “CWG Steering Mode”.
FIGURE 20-4: SIMPLIFIED CWG BLOCK DIAGRAM (OUTPUT STEERING MODES)
20.2 Clock Source
The CWG module allows the following clock sources to
be selected:
• Fosc (system clock)
• HFINTOSC (16 MHz only)
The clock sources are selected using the CS bit of the
CWGxCLKCON register.
Rev. 10-000164B
8/26/2015
D
E
Q
Q
EN
SHUTDOWN
CWGxISM <3:0>
CWG_dataA
CWG_dataB
CWG_dataC
CWG_dataD
CWG_data
R
See
CWGxISM
Register
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 287
PIC16(L)F18855/75
20.3 Selectable Input Sources
The CWG generates the output waveforms from the
input sources in Tabl e 2 0 -2.
TABLE 20-2: SELECTABLE INPUT
SOURCES
The input sources are selected using the CWGxISM
register.
20.4 Output Control
20.4.1 OUTPUT ENABLES
Each CWG output pin has individual output enable con-
trol. Output enables are selected with the Gx1OEx
<3:0> bits. When an output enable control is cleared,
the module asserts no control over the pin. When an
output enable is set, the override value or active PWM
waveform is applied to the pin per the port priority
selection. The output pin enables are dependent on the
module enable bit, EN of the CWGxCON0 register.
When EN is cleared, CWG output enables and CWG
drive levels have no effect.
20.4.2 POLARITY CONTROL
The polarity of each CWG output can be selected inde-
pendently. When the output polarity bit is set, the corre-
sponding output is active-high. Clearing the output
polarity bit configures the corresponding output as
active-low. However, polarity does not affect the over-
ride levels. Output polarity is selected with the POLx
bits of the CWGxCON1. Auto-shutdown and steering
options are unaffected by polarity.
Source Peripheral Signal Name
CWG input PPS pin CWGxIN PPS
CCP1 CCP1_out
CCP2 CCP2_out
CCP3 CCP3_out
CCP4 CCP4_out
CCP5 CCP5_out
PWM6 PWM6_out
PWM7 PWM7_out
NCO NCO1_out
Comparator C1 C1OUT_sync
Comparator C2 C2OUT_sync
DSM DSM_out
CLC1 LC1_out
CLC2 LC2_out
CLC3 LC3_out
CLC4 LC4_out
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 288
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 20-5: CWG OUTPUT BLOCK DIAGRAM
Rev. 10-000171B
9/24/2014
Note
1
0
1
0
00
11
10
01
OVRA
STRA
(1)
‘1’
‘0’
High Z
CWG_dataA
POLA
LSAC<1:0>
1
0
1
0
00
11
10
01
OVRB
STRB
(1)
‘1’
‘0’
High Z
CWG_dataB
POLB
LSBD<1:0>
1
0
1
0
00
11
10
01
OVRC
STRC
(1)
‘1’
‘0’
High Z
CWG_dataC
POLC
LSAC<1:0>
1
0
1
0
00
11
10
01
OVRD
STRD
(1)
‘1’
‘0’
High Z
CWG_dataD
POLD
LSBD<1:0>
CWG_shutdown
RxyPPS
TRIS Control
TRIS Control
TRIS Control
TRIS Control
CWGxA
CWGxB
CWGxC
CWGxD
1: STRx is held to 1 in all modes other than Output Steering Mode.
PPS
RxyPPS
PPS
RxyPPS
PPS
RxyPPS
PPS
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 289
PIC16(L)F18855/75
20.5 Dead-Band Control
The dead-band control provides non-overlapping PWM
signals to prevent shoot-through current in PWM
switches. Dead-band operation is employed for Half-
Bridge and Full-Bridge modes. The CWG contains two
6-bit dead-band counters. One is used for the rising
edge of the input source control in Half-Bridge mode or
for reverse dead-band Full-Bridge mode. The other is
used for the falling edge of the input source control in
Half-Bridge mode or for forward dead band in Full-
Bridge mode.
Dead band is timed by counting CWG clock periods
from zero up to the value in the rising or falling dead-
band counter registers. See CWGxDBR and
CWGxDBF registers, respectively.
20.5.1 DEAD-BAND FUNCTIONALITY IN
HALF-BRIDGE MODE
In Half-Bridge mode, the dead-band counters dictate
the delay between the falling edge of the normal output
and the rising edge of the inverted output. This can be
seen in Figure 20-9.
20.5.2 DEAD-BAND FUNCTIONALITY IN
FULL-BRIDGE MODE
In Full-Bridge mode, the dead-band counters are used
when undergoing a direction change. The MODE<0>
bit of the CWGxCON0 register can be set or cleared
while the CWG is running, allowing for changes from
Forward to Reverse mode. The CWGxA and CWGxC
signals will change immediately upon the first rising
input edge following a direction change, but the modu-
lated signals (CWGxB or CWGxD, depending on the
direction of the change) will experience a delay dictated
by the dead-band counters. This is demonstrated in
Figure 20-3.
20.6 Rising Edge and Reverse Dead
Band
CWGxDBR controls the rising edge dead-band time at
the leading edge of CWGxA (Half-Bridge mode) or the
leading edge of CWGxB (Full-Bridge mode). The
CWGxDBR value is double-buffered. When EN = 0,
the CWGxDBR register is loaded immediately when
CWGxDBR is written. When EN = 1, then software
must set the LD bit of the CWGxCON0 register, and the
buffer will be loaded at the next falling edge of the CWG
input signal. If the input source signal is not present for
enough time for the count to be completed, no output
will be seen on the respective output.
20.7 Falling Edge and Forward Dead
Band
CWGxDBF controls the dead-band time at the leading
edge of CWGxB (Half-Bridge mode) or the leading
edge of CWGxD (Full-Bridge mode). The CWGxDBF
value is double-buffered. When EN = 0, the
CWGxDBF register is loaded immediately when
CWGxDBF is written. When EN = 1 then software
must set the LD bit of the CWGxCON0 register, and
the buffer will be loaded at the next falling edge of the
CWG input signal. If the input source signal is not
present for enough time for the count to be completed,
no output will be seen on the respective output.
Refer to Figure 20.6 and Figure 20-7 for examples.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 291
PIC16(L)F18855/75
20.8 Dead-Band Uncertainty
When the rising and falling edges of the input source
are asynchronous to the CWG clock, it creates uncer-
tainty in the dead-band time delay. The maximum
uncertainty is equal to one CWG clock period. Refer to
Equation 20-1 for more details.
EQUATION 20-1: DEAD-BAND
UNCERTAINTY
FIGURE 20-8: EXAMPLE OF PWM DIRECTION CHANGE
FIGURE 20-9: CWG HALF-BRIDGE MODE OPERATION
TDEADBAND_UNCERTAINTY 1
Fcwg_clock
-----------------------------
=
Example:
FCWG_CLOCK = 16 MHz
Therefore:
TDEADBAND_UNCERTAINTY 1
Fcwg_clock
-----------------------------=
1
16MHz
------------------=
62.5ns=
Note 1:WGPOL{ABCD} = 0
2: The direction bit MODE<0> (Register 20-1) can be written any time during the PWM cycle, and takes effect at the
next rising CWGx_data.
3: When changing directions, CWGxA and CWGxC switch at rising CWGx_data; modulated CWGxB and CWGxD are
held inactive for the dead band duration shown; dead band affects only the first pulse after the direction change.
CWGxDBFNo delayCWGxDBRNo delay
MODE0
CWGxA
CWGxB
CWGxC
CWGxD
CWGx_data
Rising Event D
Falling Event Dead Band
Rising Event Dead Band
Falling Event Dead Band
CWGx_clock
CWGxA
CWGxB
Note: CWGx_rising_src = CCP1_out, CWGx_falling_src = ~CCP1_out
CWGxD
CWGxC
CWGx_data
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 292
PIC16(L)F18855/75
20.9 CWG Steering Mode
In Steering mode (MODE = 00x), the CWG allows any
combination of the CWGxx pins to be the modulated
signal. The same signal can be simultaneously avail-
able on multiple pins, or a fixed-value output can be
presented.
When the respective STRx bit of CWGxOCON0 is ‘0’,
the corresponding pin is held at the level defined. When
the respective STRx bit of CWGxOCON0 is ‘1’, the pin
is driven by the input data signal. The user can assign
the input data signal to one, two, three, or all four output
pins.
The POLx bits of the CWGxCON1 register control the
signal polarity only when STRx = 1.
The CWG auto-shutdown operation also applies in
Steering modes as described in Section 20.10 “Auto-
Shutdown”. An auto-shutdown event will only affect
pins that have STRx = 1.
20.9.1 STEERING SYNCHRONIZATION
Changing the MODE bits allows for two modes of steer-
ing, synchronous and asynchronous.
When MODE = 000, the steering event is asynchro-
nous and will happen at the end of the instruction that
writes to STRx (that is, immediately). In this case, the
output signal at the output pin may be an incomplete
waveform. This can be useful for immediately removing
a signal from the pin.
When MODE = 001, the steering update is synchro-
nous and occurs at the beginning of the next rising
edge of the input data signal. In this case, steering the
output on/off will always produce a complete waveform.
Figure 20-10 and Figure 20-11 illustrate the timing of
asynchronous and synchronous steering, respectively.
FIGURE 20-10: EXAMPLE OF STEERING EVENT AT END OF INSTRUCTION
(MODE<2:0> = 000)
FIGURE 20-11: EXAMPLE OF STEERING EVENT AT BEGINNING OF INSTRUCTION
(MODE<2:0> = 001)
CWGx_data
follows CWGx_data
STR<D:A>
CWGx<D:A>
Rising Event
OVR<D:A> Data
OVR<D:A>
(Rising and Falling Source)
CWGx_data
OVR<D:A> Data
follows CWGx_data
STR<D:A>
CWGx<D:A> OVR<D:A> Data
(Rising and Falling Source)
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 293
PIC16(L)F18855/75
20.10 Auto-Shutdown
Auto-shutdown is a method to immediately override the
CWG output levels with specific overrides that allow for
safe shutdown of the circuit. The shutdown state can be
either cleared automatically or held until cleared by
software. The auto-shutdown circuit is illustrated in
Figure 20-12.
20.10.1 SHUTDOWN
The shutdown state can be entered by either of the
following two methods:
• Software generated
• External Input
20.10.1.1 Software Generated Shutdown
Setting the SHUTDOWN bit of the CWGxAS0 register
will force the CWG into the shutdown state.
When the auto-restart is disabled, the shutdown state
will persist as long as the SHUTDOWN bit is set.
When auto-restart is enabled, the SHUTDOWN bit will
clear automatically and resume operation on the next
rising edge event.
20.10.2 EXTERNAL INPUT SOURCE
External shutdown inputs provide the fastest way to
safely suspend CWG operation in the event of a Fault
condition. When any of the selected shutdown inputs
goes active, the CWG outputs will immediately go to the
selected override levels without software delay. Several
input sources can be selected to cause a shutdown con-
dition. All input sources are active-low. The sources are:
• Comparator C1OUT_sync
• Comparator C2OUT_sync
• Timer2 – TMR2_postscaled
• Timer4 – TMR4_postscaled
• Timer6 – TMR6_postscaled
• CWGxIN input pin
Shutdown inputs are selected using the CWGxAS1
register (Register 20-6).
20.11 Operation During Sleep
The CWG module operates independently from the
system clock and will continue to run during Sleep,
provided that the clock and input sources selected
remain active.
The HFINTOSC remains active during Sleep when all
the following conditions are met:
• CWG module is enabled
• Input source is active
• HFINTOSC is selected as the clock source,
regardless of the system clock source selected.
In other words, if the HFINTOSC is simultaneously
selected as the system clock and the CWG clock
source, when the CWG is enabled and the input source
is active, then the CPU will go idle during Sleep, but the
HFINTOSC will remain active and the CWG will con-
tinue to operate. This will have a direct effect on the
Sleep mode current.
Note: Shutdown inputs are level sensitive, not
edge sensitive. The shutdown state can-
not be cleared, except by disabling auto-
shutdown, as long as the shutdown input
level persists.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 295
PIC16(L)F18855/75
20.12 Configuring the CWG
The following steps illustrate how to properly configure
the CWG.
1. Ensure that the TRIS control bits corresponding
to the desired CWG pins for your application are
set so that the pins are configured as inputs.
2. Clear the EN bit, if not already cleared.
3. Set desired mode of operation with the MODE
bits.
4. Set desired dead-band times, if applicable to
mode, with the CWGxDBR and CWGxDBF reg-
isters.
5. Setup the following controls in the CWGxAS0
and CWGxAS1 registers.
a. Select the desired shutdown source.
b. Select both output overrides to the desired
levels (this is necessary even if not using auto-
shutdown because start-up will be from a shut-
down state).
c. Set which pins will be affected by auto-shut-
down with the CWGxAS1 register.
d. Set the SHUTDOWN bit and clear the REN bit.
6. Select the desired input source using the
CWGxISM register.
7. Configure the following controls.
a. Select desired clock source using the
CWGxCLKCON register.
b. Select the desired output polarities using the
CWGxCON1 register.
c. Set the output enables for the desired outputs.
8. Set the EN bit.
9. Clear TRIS control bits corresponding to the
desired output pins to configure these pins as
outputs.
10. If auto-restart is to be used, set the REN bit and
the SHUTDOWN bit will be cleared automati-
cally. Otherwise, clear the SHUTDOWN bit to
start the CWG.
20.12.1 PIN OVERRIDE LEVELS
The levels driven to the output pins, while the shutdown
input is true, are controlled by the LSBD and LSAC bits
of the CWGxAS0 register. LSBD<1:0> controls the
CWGxB and D override levels and LSAC<1:0> controls
the CWGxA and C override levels. The control bit logic
level corresponds to the output logic drive level while in
the shutdown state. The polarity control does not affect
the override level.
20.12.2 AUTO-SHUTDOWN RESTART
After an auto-shutdown event has occurred, there are
two ways to resume operation:
• Software controlled
• Auto-restart
The restart method is selected with the REN bit of the
CWGxCON2 register. Waveforms of software controlled
and automatic restarts are shown in Figure 20-13 and
Figure 20-14.
20.12.2.1 Software Controlled Restart
When the REN bit of the CWGxAS0 register is cleared,
the CWG must be restarted after an auto-shutdown
event by software. Clearing the shutdown state
requires all selected shutdown inputs to be low, other-
wise the SHUTDOWN bit will remain set. The overrides
will remain in effect until the first rising edge event after
the SHUTDOWN bit is cleared. The CWG will then
resume operation.
20.12.2.2 Auto-Restart
When the REN bit of the CWGxCON2 register is set,
the CWG will restart from the auto-shutdown state
automatically. The SHUTDOWN bit will clear automati-
cally when all shutdown sources go low. The overrides
will remain in effect until the first rising edge event after
the SHUTDOWN bit is cleared. The CWG will then
resume operation.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 297
PIC16(L)F18855/75
20.13 Register Definitions: CWG Control
Long bit name prefixes for the CWG peripherals are
shown in Section 1.1 “Register and Bit naming con-
ventions”.
TABLE 20-3: LONG BIT NAMES PREFIXES
FOR CWG PERIPHERALS
Peripheral Bit Name Prefix
CWG1 CWG1
CWG2 CWG2
CWG3 CWG3
REGISTER 20-1: CWGxCON0: CWGx CONTROL REGISTER 0
R/W-0/0 R/W/HC-0/0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
EN LD(1) — — — MODE<2:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
HC = Bit is cleared by hardware HS = Bit is set by hardware
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7 EN: CWGx Enable bit
1 = Module is enabled
0 = Module is disabled
bit 6 LD: CWGx Load Buffer bits(1)
1 = Buffers to be loaded on the next rising/falling event
0 = Buffers not loaded
bit 5-3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2-0 MODE<2:0>: CWGx Mode bits
111 = Reserved
110 = Reserved
101 = CWG outputs operate in Push-Pull mode
100 = CWG outputs operate in Half-Bridge mode
011 = CWG outputs operate in Reverse Full-Bridge mode
010 = CWG outputs operate in Forward Full-Bridge mode
001 = CWG outputs operate in Synchronous Steering mode
000 = CWG outputs operate in Steering mode
Note 1: This bit can only be set after EN = 1 and cannot be set in the same instruction that EN is set.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 298
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 20-2: CWGxCON1: CWGx CONTROL REGISTER 1
U-0 U-0 R-x U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
——IN— POLD POLC POLB POLA
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5 IN: CWG Input Value
bit 4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 3 POLD: CWGxD Output Polarity bit
1 = Signal output is inverted polarity
0 = Signal output is normal polarity
bit 2 POLC: CWGxC Output Polarity bit
1 = Signal output is inverted polarity
0 = Signal output is normal polarity
bit 1 POLB: CWGxB Output Polarity bit
1 = Signal output is inverted polarity
0 = Signal output is normal polarity
bit 0 POLA: CWGxA Output Polarity bit
1 = Signal output is inverted polarity
0 = Signal output is normal polarity
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 299
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 20-3: CWGxDBR: CWGx RISING DEAD-BAND COUNTER REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
——DBR<5:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5-0 DBR<5:0>: Rising Event Dead-Band Value for Counter bits
REGISTER 20-4: CWGxDBF: CWGx FALLING DEAD-BAND COUNTER REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
——DBF<5:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5-0 DBF<5:0>: Falling Event Dead-Band Value for Counter bits
SHUTDOWN‘1'2‘
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 300
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 20-5: CWGxAS0: CWGx AUTO-SHUTDOWN CONTROL REGISTER 0
R/W/HS-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-1/1 R/W-0/0 R/W-1/1 U-0 U-0
SHUTDOWN(1, 2) REN LSBD<1:0> LSAC<1:0> — —
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
HC = Bit is cleared by hardware HS = Bit is set by hardware
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7 SHUTDOWN: Auto-Shutdown Event Status bit(1, 2)
1 = An Auto-Shutdown state is in effect
0 = No Auto-shutdown event has occurred
bit 6 REN: Auto-Restart Enable bit
1 = Auto-restart enabled
0 = Auto-restart disabled
bit 5-4 LSBD<1:0>: CWGxB and CWGxD Auto-Shutdown State Control bits
11 = A logic ‘1’ is placed on CWGxB/D when an auto-shutdown event is present
10 = A logic ‘0’ is placed on CWGxB/D when an auto-shutdown event is present
01 = Pin is tri-stated on CWGxB/D when an auto-shutdown event is present
00 = The inactive state of the pin, including polarity, is placed on CWGxB/D after the required
dead-band interval
bit 3-2 LSAC<1:0>: CWGxA and CWGxC Auto-Shutdown State Control bits
11 = A logic ‘1’ is placed on CWGxA/C when an auto-shutdown event is present
10 = A logic ‘0’ is placed on CWGxA/C when an auto-shutdown event is present
01 = Pin is tri-stated on CWGxA/C when an auto-shutdown event is present
00 = The inactive state of the pin, including polarity, is placed on CWGxA/C after the required
dead-band interval
bit 1-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
Note 1: This bit may be written while EN = 0 (CWGxCON0 register) to place the outputs into the shutdown config-
uration.
2: The outputs will remain in auto-shutdown state until the next rising edge of the input signal after this bit is
cleared.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 301
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 20-6: CWGxAS1: CWGx AUTO-SHUTDOWN CONTROL REGISTER 1
U-1 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
— AS6E AS5E AS4E AS3E AS2E AS1E AS0E
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’
bit 6 AS6E: CLC2 Output bit
1 = LC2_out shut down is enabled
0 = LC2_out shut down is disabled
bit 5 AS5E: Comparator C2 Output bit
1 = C2 output shut-down is enabled
0 = C2 output shut-down is disabled
bit 4 AS4E: Comparator C1 Output bit
1 = C1 output shut-down is enabled
0 = C1 output shut-down is disabled
bit 3 AS3E: TMR6 Postscale Output bit
1 = TMR6 output shut-down is enabled
0 = TMR6 output shut-down is disabled
bit 2 AS2E: TMR4 Postscale Output bit
1 = TMR4 output shut-down is enabled
0 = TMR4 output shut-down is disabled
bit 2 AS1E: TMR2 Postscale Output bit
1 = TMR2 Postscale shut-down is enabled
0 = TMR2 Postscale shut-down is disabled
bit 0 AS0E: CWGx Input Pin bit
1 = Input pin selected by CWGxPPS shut-down is enabled
0 = Input pin selected by CWGxPPS shut-down is disabled
m cm Ba) STRAIZJ
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 302
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 20-7: CWGxSTR: CWGx STEERING CONTROL REGISTER(1)
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
OVRD OVRC OVRB OVRA STRD(2) STRC(2) STRB(2) STRA(2)
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7 OVRD: Steering Data D bit
bit 6 OVRC: Steering Data C bit
bit 5 OVRB: Steering Data B bit
bit 4 OVRA: Steering Data A bit
bit 3 STRD: Steering Enable D bit(2)
1 = CWGxD output has the CWGx_data waveform with polarity control from POLD bit
0 = CWGxD output is assigned the value of OVRD bit
bit 2 STRC: Steering Enable C bit(2)
1 = CWGxC output has the CWGx_data waveform with polarity control from POLC bit
0 = CWGxC output is assigned the value of OVRC bit
bit 1 STRB: Steering Enable B bit(2)
1 = CWGxB output has the CWGx_data waveform with polarity control from POLB bit
0 = CWGxB output is assigned the value of OVRB bit
bit 0 STRA: Steering Enable A bit(2)
1 = CWGxA output has the CWGx_data waveform with polarity control from POLA bit
0 = CWGxA output is assigned the value of OVRA bit
Note 1: The bits in this register apply only when MODE<2:0> = 00x.
2: This bit is effectively double-buffered when MODE<2:0> = 001.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 303
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 20-8: CWGxCLK: CWGx CLOCK SELECTION REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0
— — — — — — —CS
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7-1 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 0 CS: CWGx Clock Selection bit
1 = HFINTOSC 16 MHz is selected
0 =F
OSC is selected
REGISTER 20-9: CWGxISM: CWGx INPUT SELECTION REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
— — — —IS<3:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7-4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 3-0 IS<3:0>: CWGx Input Selection bits
1111 = LC4_out
1110 = LC3_out
1101 = LC2_out
1100 = LC1_out
1011 = DSM_out
1010 = C2OUT_sync
1001 = C1OUT_sync
1000 = NCO1_out
0111 = PWM7_out
0110 = PWM6_out
0101 = CCP5_out
0100 = CCP4_out
0011 = CCP3_out
0010 = CCP2_out
0001 = CCP1_out
0000 = CWGxINPPS
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 304
PIC16(L)F18855/75
TABLE 20-4: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH CWG
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
CWG1CLKCON — — — — — — —CS303
CWG1ISM — — — — IS<3:0> 303
CWG1DBR ——DBR<5:0>299
CWG1DBF ——DBF<5:0>299
CWG1CON0 EN LD — — — MODE<2:0> 302
CWG1CON1 ——IN— POLD POLC POLB POLA 298
CWG1AS0 SHUTDOWN REN LSBD<1:0> LSAC<1:0> — — 300
CWG1AS1 — AS6E AS5E AS4E AS3E AS2E AS1E AS0E 301
CWG1STR OVRD OVRC OVRB OVRA STRD STRC STRB STRA 302
CWG2CLKCON — — — — — — —CS303
CWG2ISM — — — — IS<3:0> 303
CWG2DBR ——DBR<5:0>299
CWG2DBF ——DBF<5:0>299
CWG2CON0 EN LD — — — MODE<2:0> 302
CWG2CON1 ——IN— POLD POLC POLB POLA 298
CWG2AS0 SHUTDOWN REN LSBD<1:0> LSAC<1:0> — — 300
CWG2AS1 — AS6E AS5E AS4E AS3E AS2E AS1E AS0E 301
CWG2STR OVRD OVRC OVRB OVRA STRD STRC STRB STRA 302
CWG3CLKCON — — — — — — —CS303
CWG3ISM — — — — IS<3:0> 303
CWG3DBR ——DBR<5:0>299
CWG3DBF ——DBF<5:0>299
CWG3CON0 EN LD — — — MODE<2:0> 302
CWG3CON1 ——IN— POLD POLC POLB POLA 298
CWG3AS0 SHUTDOWN REN LSBD<1:0> LSAC<1:0> — — 300
CWG3AS1 — AS6E AS5E AS4E AS3E AS2E AS1E AS0E 301
CWG3STR OVRD OVRC OVRB OVRA STRD STRC STRB STRA 302
Legend: – = unimplemented locations read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by CWG.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 305
PIC16(L)F18855/75
21.0 ZERO-CROSS DETECTION
(ZCD) MODULE
The ZCD module detects when an A/C signal crosses
through the ground potential. The actual zero crossing
threshold is the zero crossing reference voltage,
VCPINV, which is typically 0.75V above ground.
The connection to the signal to be detected is through
a series current limiting resistor. The module applies a
current source or sink to the ZCD pin to maintain a
constant voltage on the pin, thereby preventing the pin
voltage from forward biasing the ESD protection
diodes. When the applied voltage is greater than the
reference voltage, the module sinks current. When the
applied voltage is less than the reference voltage, the
module sources current. The current source and sink
action keeps the pin voltage constant over the full
range of the applied voltage. The ZCD module is
shown in the simplified block diagram Figure 21-2.
The ZCD module is useful when monitoring an A/C
waveform for, but not limited to, the following purposes:
• A/C period measurement
• Accurate long term time measurement
• Dimmer phase delayed drive
• Low EMI cycle switching
21.1 External Resistor Selection
The ZCD module requires a current limiting resistor in
series with the external voltage source. The impedance
and rating of this resistor depends on the external
source peak voltage. Select a resistor value that will drop
all of the peak voltage when the current through the
resistor is nominally 300 A. Refer to Equation 21-1 and
Figure 21-1. Make sure that the ZCD I/O pin internal
weak pull-up is disabled so it does not interfere with the
current source and sink.
EQUATION 21-1: EXTERNAL RESISTOR
FIGURE 21-1: EXTERNAL VOLTAGE
RSERIES VPEAK
34–
10
-----------------=
VPEAK
VCPINV
VMAXPEAK
VMINPEAK
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 306
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 21-2: SIMPLIFIED ZCD BLOCK DIAGRAM
Rev. 10-000194B
5/14/2014
-
+
Zcpinv
VDD
ZCDxIN
VPULLUP
External
voltage
source
RPULLDOWN
optional
optional
RPULLUP
POL
DQ
ZCDx_output
OUT bit
Q1
INTP
INTN
Interrupt
det
Interrupt
det
Set
ZCDIF
flag
RSERIES
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 307
PIC16(L)F18855/75
21.2 ZCD Logic Output
The ZCD module includes a Status bit, which can be
read to determine whether the current source or sink is
active. The OUT bit of the ZCDxCON register is set
when the current sink is active, and cleared when the
current source is active. The OUT bit is affected by the
polarity bit.
21.3 ZCD Logic Polarity
The POL bit of the ZCDxCON register inverts the
ZCDxOUT bit relative to the current source and sink
output. When the POL bit is set, a OUT high indicates
that the current source is active, and a low output
indicates that the current sink is active.
The POL bit affects the ZCD interrupts. See Section
21.4 “ZCD Interrupts”.
21.4 ZCD Interrupts
An interrupt will be generated upon a change in the
ZCD logic output when the appropriate interrupt
enables are set. A rising edge detector and a falling
edge detector are present in the ZCD for this purpose.
The ZCDIF bit of the PIR2 register will be set when
either edge detector is triggered and its associated
enable bit is set. The INTP enables rising edge inter-
rupts and the INTN bit enables falling edge interrupts.
Both are located in the ZCDxCON register.
To fully enable the interrupt, the following bits must be set:
• ZCDIE bit of the PIE2 register
• INTP bit of the ZCDxCON register
(for a rising edge detection)
• INTN bit of the ZCDxCON register
(for a falling edge detection)
• PEIE and GIE bits of the INTCON register
Changing the POL bit will cause an interrupt, regard-
less of the level of the EN bit.
The ZCDIF bit of the PIR2 register must be cleared in
software as part of the interrupt service. If another edge
is detected while this flag is being cleared, the flag will
still be set at the end of the sequence.
21.5 Correcting for VCPINV offset
The actual voltage at which the ZCD switches is the
reference voltage at the non-inverting input of the ZCD
op amp. For external voltage source waveforms other
than square waves, this voltage offset from zero
causes the zero-cross event to occur either too early or
too late.
21.5.1 CORRECTION BY AC COUPLING
When the external voltage source is sinusoidal, the
effects of the ZCPINV offset can be eliminated by
isolating the external voltage source from the ZCD pin
with a capacitor, in addition to the voltage reducing
resistor. The capacitor will cause a phase shift resulting
in the ZCD output switch in advance of the actual zero
crossing event. The phase shift will be the same for
both rising and falling zero crossings, which can be
compensated for by either delaying the CPU response
to the ZCD switch by a timer or other means, or
selecting a capacitor value large enough that the phase
shift is negligible.
To determine the series resistor and capacitor values
for this configuration, start by computing the
impedance, Z, to obtain a peak current of 300 A. Next,
arbitrarily select a suitably large non-polar capacitor
and compute its reactance, Xc, at the external voltage
source frequency. Finally, compute the series resistor,
capacitor peak voltage, and phase shift by the formulas
shown in Equation 21-2.
When this technique is used and the input signal is not
present, the ZCD will tend to oscillate. To avoid this
oscillation, connect the ZCD pin to VDD or GND with a
high-impedance resistor such as 200K.
«y z RxEkIEs( VI’L‘LLL'I’ , V ‘Qin v V0]; in v
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 308
PIC16(L)F18855/75
EQUATION 21-2: R-C CALCULATIONS
EXAMPLE 21-1: R-C CALCULATIONS
21.5.2 CORRECTION BY OFFSET
CURRENT
When the waveform is varying relative to VSS, then the
zero cross is detected too early as the waveform falls
and too late as the waveform rises. When the
waveform is varying relative to VDD, then the zero cross
is detected too late as the waveform rises and too early
as the waveform falls. The actual offset time can be
determined for sinusoidal waveforms with the
corresponding equations shown in Equation 21-3.
EQUATION 21-3: ZCD EVENT OFFSET
This offset time can be compensated for by adding a
pull-up or pull-down biasing resistor to the ZCD pin. A
pull-up resistor is used when the external voltage
source is varying relative to VSS. A pull-down resistor is
used when the voltage is varying relative to VDD. The
resistor adds a bias to the ZCD pin so that the target
external voltage source must go to zero to pull the pin
voltage to the VCPINV switching voltage. The pull-up or
pull-down value can be determined with the equations
shown in Equation 21-4.
EQUATION 21-4: ZCD PULL-UP/DOWN
VPEAK = External voltage source peak voltage
f = External voltage source frequency
C = Series capacitor
R = Series resistor
VC = Peak capacitor voltage
Φ = Capacitor induced zero crossing phase advance in
radians
TΦ = Time ZC event occurs before actual zero crossing
ZVPEAK
310
4–
--------------------=
XC1
2fC
-------------=
RZ
2XC2
–=
VCXC310
4–
=
Tan 1– XC
R
-------


=
T
2f
---------=
VRMS = 120
VPEAK = VRMS *= 169.7
f = 60 Hz
C = 0.1 µF
ZVPEAK
310
4–
--------------------169.7
310
4–
-------------------- 565.7k===
XC1
2fC
-------------1
260 110 7–

-------------------------------------------------- 26.53k== =
RZ
2XC2
565.1k computed==
VCXC=Ipeak8.0V=
T
2f
---------125.6s==
R 560k used=
ZRR2XC2
+ 560.6k u g actual resistorsin==
IPEAK VPEAK
ZR
------------------ 302.7 10 6–
==
Tan 1– XC
R
-------

 0.047 radians==
TOFFSET
Vcpinv
VPEAK
------------------


asin
2Freq
----------------------------------=
When External Voltage Source is relative to Vss:
TOFFSET
VDD Vcpinv–
VPEAK
--------------------------------


asin
2Freq
-------------------------------------------------=
When External Voltage Source is relative to VDD:
RPULLUP RSERIES VPULLUP Vcpinv–
Vcpinv
------------------------------------------------------------------------=
When External Signal is relative to Vss:
When External Signal is relative to VDD:
RPULLDOWN RSERIES Vcpinv
VDD Vcpinv–
--------------------------------------------=
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 309
PIC16(L)F18855/75
21.6 Handling VPEAK variations
If the peak amplitude of the external voltage is
expected to vary, the series resistor must be selected
to keep the ZCD current source and sink below the
design maximum range of ± 600 A and above a
reasonable minimum range. A general rule of thumb is
that the maximum peak voltage can be no more than
six times the minimum peak voltage. To ensure that the
maximum current does not exceed ± 600 A and the
minimum is at least ± 100 A, compute the series
resistance as shown in Equation 21-5. The
compensating pull-up for this series resistance can be
determined with Equation 21-4 because the pull-up
value is independent from the peak voltage.
EQUATION 21-5: SERIES R FOR V RANGE
21.7 Operation During Sleep
The ZCD current sources and interrupts are unaffected
by Sleep.
21.8 Effects of a Reset
The ZCD circuit can be configured to default to the active
or inactive state on Power-On-Reset (POR). When the
ZCDDIS Configuration bit is cleared, the ZCD circuit will
be active at POR. When the ZCD Configuration bit is set,
the EN bit of the ZCDxCON register must be set to
enable the ZCD module.
21.9 Disabling the ZCD Module
The ZCD module can be disabled in two ways:
1. Configuration Word 2H has the ZCD bit, which
disables the ZCD module when set, but it can be
enabled using the EN bit of the ZCDCON
register (Register 21-1). If the ZCD bit is clear,
the ZCD is always enabled.
2. The ZCD can also be disabled using the
ZCDMD bit of the PMD2 register (Register 14-3)
this is subject to the status of the ZCD bit.
RSERIES VMAXPEAK VMINPEAK+
74–
10
---------------------------------------------------------=
POL bwl : 1 POL bwl : U
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 310
PIC16(L)F18855/75
21.10 Register Definitions: ZCD Control
TABLE 21-1: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH THE ZCD MODULE
TABLE 21-2: SUMMARY OF CONFIGURATION WORD WITH THE ZCD MODULE
REGISTER 21-1: ZCDCON: ZERO-CROSS DETECTION CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-q/q U-0 R-x/x R/W-0/0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
EN —OUTPOL—— INTP INTN
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = value depends on configuration bits
bit 7 EN: Zero-Cross Detection Enable bit
1 = Zero-cross detect is enabled. ZCD pin is forced to output to source and sink current.
0 = Zero-cross detect is disabled. ZCD pin operates according to PPS and TRIS controls.
bit 6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5 OUT: Zero-Cross Detection Logic Level bit
POL bit = 1:
1 = ZCD pin is sourcing current
0 = ZCD pin is sinking current
POL bit = 0:
1 = ZCD pin is sinking current
0 = ZCD pin is sourcing current
bit 4 POL: Zero-Cross Detection Logic Output Polarity bit
1 = ZCD logic output is inverted
0 = ZCD logic output is not inverted
bit 3-2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 1 INTP: Zero-Cross Positive Edge Interrupt Enable bit
1 = ZCDIF bit is set on low-to-high ZCDx_output transition
0 = ZCDIF bit is unaffected by low-to-high ZCDx_output transition
bit 0 INTN: Zero-Cross Negative Edge Interrupt Enable bit
1 = ZCDIF bit is set on high-to-low ZCDx_output transition
0 = ZCDIF bit is unaffected by high-to-low ZCDx_output transition
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on page
PIE3 —— RCIE TXIE BCL2IE SSP2IE BCL1IE SSP1IE 137
PIR3 —— RCIF TXIF BCL2IF SSP2IF BCL1IF SSP1IF 146
ZCDxCON EN —OUTPOL——INTPINTN
310
Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are unused by the ZCD module.
Name Bits Bit -/7 Bit -/6 Bit 13/5 Bit 12/4 Bit 11/3 Bit 10/2 Bit 9/1 Bit 8/0 Register
on Page
CONFIG2 13:8 DEBUG STVREN PPS1WAY ZCDDIS BORV —BOREN<1:0> 93
7:0 LPBOREN — — — PWRTE MCLRE WRT<1:0>
Legend: — = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by the ZCD module.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 311
PIC16(L)F18855/75
22.0 CONFIGURABLE LOGIC CELL
(CLC)
The Configurable Logic Cell (CLCx) module provides
programmable logic that operates outside the speed
limitations of software execution. The logic cell takes up
to 32 input signals and, through the use of configurable
gates, reduces the 32 inputs to four logic lines that drive
one of eight selectable single-output logic functions.
Input sources are a combination of the following:
• I/O pins
• Internal clocks
• Peripherals
• Register bits
The output can be directed internally to peripherals and
to an output pin.
The CLC modules available are shown in Table 22-1.
Refer to Figure 22-1 for a simplified diagram showing
signal flow through the CLCx.
Possible configurations include:
• Combinatorial Logic
-AND
-NAND
- AND-OR
- AND-OR-INVERT
-OR-XOR
-OR-XNOR
• Latches
-S-R
- Clocked D with Set and Reset
- Transparent D with Set and Reset
- Clocked J-K with Reset
TABLE 22-1: AVAILABLE CLC MODULES
Device CLC1 CLC2 CLC3 CLC4
PIC16(L)F18855/75 ●●●●
Note: The CLC1, CLC2, CLC3 and CLC4 are
four separate module instances of the
same CLC module design. Throughout
this section, the lower case ‘x’ in register
and bit names is a generic reference to
the CLC number (which should be substi-
tuted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 during code devel-
opment). For example, the control register
is generically described in this chapter as
CLCxCON, but the actual device registers
are CLC1CON, CLC2CON, CLC3CON
and CLC4CON. Similarly, the LCxEN bit
represents the LC1EN, LC2EN, LC3EN
and LC4EN bits.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 312
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 22-1: CLCx SIMPLIFIED BLOCK DIAGRAM
Note 1: See Figure 22-2: Input Data Selection and Gating
2: See Figure 22-3: Programmable Logic Functions.
Input Data Selection Gates(1)
Logic
Function
(2)
lcxg2
lcxg1
lcxg3
lcxg4
MODE<2:0>
lcxq
EN
POL
det
Interrupt
det
Interrupt
set bit
CLCxIF
INTN
INTP
CLCx
to Peripherals
Q1
LCx_out
OUT
&LCxOUT
DQ
PPS
LCx_in[0]
LCx_in[1]
LCx_in[2]
LCx_in[45]
LCx_in[46]
LCx_in[47]
.
.
.
Rev. 10-000025F
8/14/2015
CLCxPPS
TRIS
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 313
PIC16(L)F18855/75
22.1 CLCx Setup
Programming the CLCx module is performed by
configuring the four stages in the logic signal flow. The
four stages are:
• Data selection
• Data gating
• Logic function selection
• Output polarity
Each stage is setup at run time by writing to the corre-
sponding CLCx Special Function Registers. This has
the added advantage of permitting logic reconfiguration
on-the-fly during program execution.
22.1.1 DATA SELECTION
There are 32 signals available as inputs to the
configurable logic. Four 32-input multiplexers are used
to select the inputs to pass on to the next stage.
Data selection is through four multiplexers as indicated
on the left side of Figure 22-2. Data inputs in the figure
are identified by a generic numbered input name.
Table 22-2 correlates the generic input name to the
actual signal for each CLC module. The column labeled
‘LCxDyS<4:0> Value’ indicates the MUX selection code
for the selected data input. LCxDyS is an abbreviation
for the MUX select input codes: LCxD1S<4:0> through
LCxD4S<4:0>.
Data inputs are selected with CLCxSEL0 through
CLCxSEL3 registers (Register 22-3 through
Register 22-6).
TABLE 22-2: CLCx DATA INPUT SELECTION
Note: Data selections are undefined at power-up.
LCxDyS<4:0>
Value CLCx Input Source
110000 to 111111 [48+] Reserved
101111 [47] CWG3B output
101110 [46] CWG3A output
101101 [45] CWG2B output
101100 [44] CWG2A output
101011 [43] CWG1B output
101010 [42] CWG1A output
101001 [41] MSSP2 SCK/SCL output
101000 [40] MSSP2 SDO/SDA output
100111 [39] MSSP1 SCK/SCL output
100110 [38] MSSP1 SDO/SDA output
100101 [37] EUSART (TX/CK) output
100100 [36] EUSART (DT) output
100011 [35] CLC4 output
100010 [34] CLC3 output
100001 [33] CLC2 output
100000 [32] CLC1 output
011111 [31] DSM output
011110 [30] IOCIF
011101 [29] ZCD output
011100 [28] Comparator 2 output
011011 [27] Comparator 1 output
011010 [26] NCO1 output
011001 [25] PWM7 output
011000 [24] PWM6 output
010111 [23] CCP5 output
010110 [22] CCP4 output
010101 [21] CCP3 output
010100 [20] CCP2 output
010011 [19] CCP1 output
010010 [18] SMT2 output
010001 [17] SMT1 output
010000 [16] TMR6 to PR6 match
001111 [15] TMR5 overflow
001110 [14] TMR4 to PR4 match
001101 [13] TMR3 overflow
001100 [12] TMR2 to PR2 match
001011 [11] TMR1 overflow
001010 [10] TMR0 overflow
001001 [9] CLKR output
001000 [8] FRC
000111 [7] SOSC
000110 [6] LFINTOSC
000101 [5] HFINTOSC
000100 [4] FOSC
000011 [3] CLCIN3PPS
000010 [2] CLCIN2PPS
000001 [1] CLCIN1PPS
000000 [0] CLCIN0PPS
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 314
PIC16(L)F18855/75
22.1.2 DATA GATING
Outputs from the input multiplexers are directed to the
desired logic function input through the data gating
stage. Each data gate can direct any combination of the
four selected inputs.
The gate stage is more than just signal direction. The
gate can be configured to direct each input signal as
inverted or non-inverted data. Directed signals are
ANDed together in each gate. The output of each gate
can be inverted before going on to the logic function
stage.
The gating is in essence a 1-to-4 input
AND/NAND/OR/NOR gate. When every input is
inverted and the output is inverted, the gate is an OR of
all enabled data inputs. When the inputs and output are
not inverted, the gate is an AND or all enabled inputs.
Table 22-3 summarizes the basic logic that can be
obtained in gate 1 by using the gate logic select bits.
The table shows the logic of four input variables, but
each gate can be configured to use less than four. If
no inputs are selected, the output will be zero or one,
depending on the gate output polarity bit.
It is possible (but not recommended) to select both the
true and negated values of an input. When this is done,
the gate output is zero, regardless of the other inputs,
but may emit logic glitches (transient-induced pulses).
If the output of the channel must be zero or one, the
recommended method is to set all gate bits to zero and
use the gate polarity bit to set the desired level.
Data gating is configured with the logic gate select
registers as follows:
• Gate 1: CLCxGLS0 (Register 22-7)
• Gate 2: CLCxGLS1 (Register 22-8)
• Gate 3: CLCxGLS2 (Register 22-9)
• Gate 4: CLCxGLS3 (Register 22-10)
Register number suffixes are different than the gate
numbers because other variations of this module have
multiple gate selections in the same register.
Data gating is indicated in the right side of Figure 22-2.
Only one gate is shown in detail. The remaining three
gates are configured identically with the exception that
the data enables correspond to the enables for that
gate.
22.1.3 LOGIC FUNCTION
There are eight available logic functions including:
• AND-OR
•OR-XOR
•AND
• S-R Latch
• D Flip-Flop with Set and Reset
• D Flip-Flop with Reset
• J-K Flip-Flop with Reset
• Transparent Latch with Set and Reset
Logic functions are shown in Figure 22-2. Each logic
function has four inputs and one output. The four inputs
are the four data gate outputs of the previous stage.
The output is fed to the inversion stage and from there
to other peripherals, an output pin, and back to the
CLCx itself.
22.1.4 OUTPUT POLARITY
The last stage in the Configurable Logic Cell is the
output polarity. Setting the LCxPOL bit of the CLCxPOL
register inverts the output signal from the logic stage.
Changing the polarity while the interrupts are enabled
will cause an interrupt for the resulting output transition.
Note: Data gating is undefined at power-up.
TABLE 22-3: DATA GATING LOGIC
CLCxGLSy LCxGyPOL Gate Logic
0x55 1AND
0x55 0NAND
0xAA 1NOR
0xAA 0OR
0x00 0Logic 0
0x00 1Logic 1
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 315
PIC16(L)F18855/75
22.2 CLCx Interrupts
An interrupt will be generated upon a change in the
output value of the CLCx when the appropriate interrupt
enables are set. A rising edge detector and a falling
edge detector are present in each CLC for this purpose.
The CLCxIF bit of the associated PIR5 register will be
set when either edge detector is triggered and its asso-
ciated enable bit is set. The LCxINTP enables rising
edge interrupts and the LCxINTN bit enables falling
edge interrupts. Both are located in the CLCxCON
register.
To fully enable the interrupt, set the following bits:
• CLCxIE bit of the PIE5 register
• LCxINTP bit of the CLCxCON register (for a rising
edge detection)
• LCxINTN bit of the CLCxCON register (for a
falling edge detection)
• PEIE and GIE bits of the INTCON register
The CLCxIF bit of the PIR5 register, must be cleared in
software as part of the interrupt service. If another edge
is detected while this flag is being cleared, the flag will
still be set at the end of the sequence.
22.3 Output Mirror Copies
Mirror copies of all LCxCON output bits are contained
in the CLCxDATA register. Reading this register reads
the outputs of all CLCs simultaneously. This prevents
any reading skew introduced by testing or reading the
LCxOUT bits in the individual CLCxCON registers.
22.4 Effects of a Reset
The CLCxCON register is cleared to zero as the result
of a Reset. All other selection and gating values remain
unchanged.
22.5 Operation During Sleep
The CLC module operates independently from the
system clock and will continue to run during Sleep,
provided that the input sources selected remain active.
The HFINTOSC remains active during Sleep when the
CLC module is enabled and the HFINTOSC is
selected as an input source, regardless of the system
clock source selected.
In other words, if the HFINTOSC is simultaneously
selected as the system clock and as a CLC input
source, when the CLC is enabled, the CPU will go idle
during Sleep, but the CLC will continue to operate and
the HFINTOSC will remain active.
This will have a direct effect on the Sleep mode current.
22.6 CLCx Setup Steps
The following steps should be followed when setting up
the CLCx:
• Disable CLCx by clearing the LCxEN bit.
• Select desired inputs using CLCxSEL0 through
CLCxSEL3 registers (See Table 22-2).
• Clear any associated ANSEL bits.
• Set all TRIS bits associated with inputs.
• Clear all TRIS bits associated with outputs.
• Enable the chosen inputs through the four gates
using CLCxGLS0, CLCxGLS1, CLCxGLS2, and
CLCxGLS3 registers.
• Select the gate output polarities with the
LCxGyPOL bits of the CLCxPOL register.
• Select the desired logic function with the
LCxMODE<2:0> bits of the CLCxCON register.
• Select the desired polarity of the logic output with
the LCxPOL bit of the CLCxPOL register. (This
step may be combined with the previous gate out-
put polarity step).
• If driving a device pin, set the desired pin PPS
control register and also clear the TRIS bit
corresponding to that output.
• If interrupts are desired, configure the following
bits:
- Set the LCxINTP bit in the CLCxCON register
for rising event.
- Set the LCxINTN bit in the CLCxCON
register for falling event.
- Set the CLCxIE bit of the PIE5 register.
- Set the GIE and PEIE bits of the INTCON
register.
• Enable the CLCx by setting the LCxEN bit of the
CLCxCON register.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 316
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 22-2: INPUT DATA SELECTION AND GATING
lcxg1
LCxG1POL
Data GATE 1
LCxD1G1T
lcxg2
lcxg3
lcxg4
Data GATE 2
Data GATE 3
Data GATE 4
LCxD1G1N
LCxD2G1T
LCxD2G1N
LCxD3G1T
LCxD3G1N
LCxD4G1T
LCxD4G1N
LCxD1S<5:0>
LCxD2S<5:0>
LCxD3S<5:0>
LCxD4S<5:0>
LCx_in[0]
LCx_in[46]
00000
11111
Data Selection
Note: All controls are undefined at power-up.
lcxd1T
lcxd1N
lcxd2T
lcxd2N
lcxd3T
lcxd3N
lcxd4T
lcxd4N
(Same as Data GATE 1)
(Same as Data GATE 1)
(Same as Data GATE 1)
LCx_in[0]
LCx_in[46]
00000
11111
LCx_in[0]
LCx_in[46]
00000
11111
LCx_in[0]
LCx_in[46]
00000
11111
3 fl , g A
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 317
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 22-3: PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC FUNCTIONS
lcxg1
lcxg2
lcxg3
lcxg4
lcxq
AND-OR OR-XOR
LCxMODE<2:0> = 000 LCxMODE<2:0> = 001
4-input AND S-R Latch
LCxMODE<2:0> = 010 LCxMODE<2:0> = 011
lcxg1
lcxg2
lcxg3
lcxg4
lcxq
S
R
Qlcxq
lcxg1
lcxg2
lcxg3
lcxg4
lcxg1
lcxg2
lcxg3
lcxg4
lcxq
1-Input D Flip-Flop with S and R 2-Input D Flip-Flop with R
J-K Flip-Flop with R 1-Input Transparent Latch with S and R
LCxMODE<2:0> = 100 LCxMODE<2:0> = 101
LCxMODE<2:0> = 110 LCxMODE<2:0> = 111
D
R
Qlcxq
lcxg1
lcxg2
lcxg3
lcxg4
D
R
Q
S
lcxg1
lcxg2
lcxg3
lcxg4
lcxq
J
R
Q
K
lcxg1
lcxg2
lcxg3
lcxg4
lcxq
D
R
Q
S
LE
lcxq
lcxg1
lcxg2
lcxg3
lcxg4
Rev. 10-000122A
5/18/2016
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 318
PIC16(L)F18855/75
22.7 Register Definitions: CLC Control
REGISTER 22-1: CLCxCON: CONFIGURABLE LOGIC CELL CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0/0 U-0 R-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
LCxEN — LCxOUT LCxINTP LCxINTN LCxMODE<2:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 LCxEN: Configurable Logic Cell Enable bit
1 = Configurable logic cell is enabled and mixing input signals
0 = Configurable logic cell is disabled and has logic zero output
bit 6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5 LCxOUT: Configurable Logic Cell Data Output bit
Read-only: logic cell output data, after LCPOL; sampled from CLCxOUT
bit 4 LCxINTP: Configurable Logic Cell Positive Edge Going Interrupt Enable bit
1 = CLCxIF will be set when a rising edge occurs on CLCxOUT
0 = CLCxIF will not be set
bit 3 LCxINTN: Configurable Logic Cell Negative Edge Going Interrupt Enable bit
1 = CLCxIF will be set when a falling edge occurs on CLCxOUT
0 = CLCxIF will not be set
bit 2-0 LCxMODE<2:0>: Configurable Logic Cell Functional Mode bits
111 = Cell is 1-input transparent latch with S and R
110 = Cell is J-K flip-flop with R
101 = Cell is 2-input D flip-flop with R
100 = Cell is 1-input D flip-flop with S and R
011 = Cell is S-R latch
010 = Cell is 4-input AND
001 = Cell is OR-XOR
000 = Cell is AND-OR
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 319
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 22-2: CLCxPOL: SIGNAL POLARITY CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0/0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
LCxPOL — — — LCxG4POL LCxG3POL LCxG2POL LCxG1POL
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 LCxPOL: CLCxOUT Output Polarity Control bit
1 = The output of the logic cell is inverted
0 = The output of the logic cell is not inverted
bit 6-4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 3 LCxG4POL: Gate 3 Output Polarity Control bit
1 = The output of gate 3 is inverted when applied to the logic cell
0 = The output of gate 3 is not inverted
bit 2 LCxG3POL: Gate 2 Output Polarity Control bit
1 = The output of gate 2 is inverted when applied to the logic cell
0 = The output of gate 2 is not inverted
bit 1 LCxG2POL: Gate 1 Output Polarity Control bit
1 = The output of gate 1 is inverted when applied to the logic cell
0 = The output of gate 1 is not inverted
bit 0 LCxG1POL: Gate 0 Output Polarity Control bit
1 = The output of gate 0 is inverted when applied to the logic cell
0 = The output of gate 0 is not inverted
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 320
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 22-3: CLCxSEL0: GENERIC CLCx DATA 0 SELECT REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
—— LCxD1S<5:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5-0 LCxD1S<5:0>: CLCx Data1 Input Selection bits
See Table 22-2.
REGISTER 22-4: CLCxSEL1: GENERIC CLCx DATA 1 SELECT REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
—— LCxD2S<5:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5-0 LCxD2S<5:0>: CLCx Data 2 Input Selection bits
See Table 22-2.
REGISTER 22-5: CLCxSEL2: GENERIC CLCx DATA 2 SELECT REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
—— LCxD3S<5:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5-0 LCxD3S<5:0>: CLCx Data 3 Input Selection bits
See Table 22-2.
REGISTER 22-6: CLCxSEL3: GENERIC CLCx DATA 3 SELECT REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
—— LCxD4S<5:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5-0 LCxD4S<5:0>: CLCx Data 4 Input Selection bits
See Table 22-2.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 321
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 22-7: CLCxGLS0: GATE 0 LOGIC SELECT REGISTER
R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
LCxG1D4T LCxG1D4N LCxG1D3T LCxG1D3N LCxG1D2T LCxG1D2N LCxG1D1T LCxG1D1N
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 LCxG1D4T: Gate 0 Data 4 True (non-inverted) bit
1 = CLCIN3 (true) is gated into CLCx Gate 0
0 = CLCIN3 (true) is not gated into CLCx Gate 0
bit 6 LCxG1D4N: Gate 0 Data 4 Negated (inverted) bit
1 = CLCIN3 (inverted) is gated into CLCx Gate 0
0 = CLCIN3 (inverted) is not gated into CLCx Gate 0
bit 5 LCxG1D3T: Gate 0 Data 3 True (non-inverted) bit
1 = CLCIN2 (true) is gated into CLCx Gate 0
0 = CLCIN2 (true) is not gated into CLCx Gate 0
bit 4 LCxG1D3N: Gate 0 Data 3 Negated (inverted) bit
1 = CLCIN2 (inverted) is gated into CLCx Gate 0
0 = CLCIN2 (inverted) is not gated into CLCx Gate 0
bit 3 LCxG1D2T: Gate 0 Data 2 True (non-inverted) bit
1 = CLCIN1 (true) is gated into CLCx Gate 0
0 = CLCIN1 (true) is not gated into l CLCx Gate 0
bit 2 LCxG1D2N: Gate 0 Data 2 Negated (inverted) bit
1 = CLCIN1 (inverted) is gated into CLCx Gate 0
0 = CLCIN1 (inverted) is not gated into CLCx Gate 0
bit 1 LCxG1D1T: Gate 0 Data 1 True (non-inverted) bit
1 = CLCIN0 (true) is gated into CLCx Gate 0
0 = CLCIN0 (true) is not gated into CLCx Gate 0
bit 0 LCxG1D1N: Gate 0 Data 1 Negated (inverted) bit
1 = CLCIN0 (inverted) is gated into CLCx Gate 0
0 = CLCIN0 (inverted) is not gated into CLCx Gate 0
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 322
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 22-8: CLCxGLS1: GATE 1 LOGIC SELECT REGISTER
R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
LCxG2D4T LCxG2D4N LCxG2D3T LCxG2D3N LCxG2D2T LCxG2D2N LCxG2D1T LCxG2D1N
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 LCxG2D4T: Gate 1 Data 4 True (non-inverted) bit
1 = CLCIN3 (true) is gated into CLCx Gate 1
0 = CLCIN3 (true) is not gated into CLCx Gate 1
bit 6 LCxG2D4N: Gate 1 Data 4 Negated (inverted) bit
1 = CLCIN3 (inverted) is gated into CLCx Gate 1
0 = CLCIN3 (inverted) is not gated into CLCx Gate 1
bit 5 LCxG2D3T: Gate 1 Data 3 True (non-inverted) bit
1 = CLCIN2 (true) is gated into CLCx Gate 1
0 = CLCIN2 (true) is not gated into CLCx Gate 1
bit 4 LCxG2D3N: Gate 1 Data 3 Negated (inverted) bit
1 = CLCIN2 (inverted) is gated into CLCx Gate 1
0 = CLCIN2 (inverted) is not gated into CLCx Gate 1
bit 3 LCxG2D2T: Gate 1 Data 2 True (non-inverted) bit
1 = CLCIN1 (true) is gated into CLCx Gate 1
0 = CLCIN1 (true) is not gated into CLCx Gate 1
bit 2 LCxG2D2N: Gate 1 Data 2 Negated (inverted) bit
1 = CLCIN1 (inverted) is gated into CLCx Gate 1
0 = CLCIN1 (inverted) is not gated into CLCx Gate 1
bit 1 LCxG2D1T: Gate 1 Data 1 True (non-inverted) bit
1 = CLCIN0 (true) is gated into CLCx Gate 1
0 = CLCIN0 (true) is not gated into CLCx Gate1
bit 0 LCxG2D1N: Gate 1 Data 1 Negated (inverted) bit
1 = CLCIN0 (inverted) is gated into CLCx Gate 1
0 = CLCIN0 (inverted) is not gated into CLCx Gate 1
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 323
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 22-9: CLCxGLS2: GATE 2 LOGIC SELECT REGISTER
R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
LCxG3D4T LCxG3D4N LCxG3D3T LCxG3D3N LCxG3D2T LCxG3D2N LCxG3D1T LCxG3D1N
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 LCxG3D4T: Gate 2 Data 4 True (non-inverted) bit
1 = CLCIN3 (true) is gated into CLCx Gate 2
0 = CLCIN3 (true) is not gated into CLCx Gate 2
bit 6 LCxG3D4N: Gate 2 Data 4 Negated (inverted) bit
1 = CLCIN3 (inverted) is gated into CLCx Gate 2
0 = CLCIN3 (inverted) is not gated into CLCx Gate 2
bit 5 LCxG3D3T: Gate 2 Data 3 True (non-inverted) bit
1 = CLCIN2 (true) is gated into CLCx Gate 2
0 = CLCIN2 (true) is not gated into CLCx Gate 2
bit 4 LCxG3D3N: Gate 2 Data 3 Negated (inverted) bit
1 = CLCIN2 (inverted) is gated into CLCx Gate 2
0 = CLCIN2 (inverted) is not gated into CLCx Gate 2
bit 3 LCxG3D2T: Gate 2 Data 2 True (non-inverted) bit
1 = CLCIN1 (true) is gated into CLCx Gate 2
0 = CLCIN1 (true) is not gated into CLCx Gate 2
bit 2 LCxG3D2N: Gate 2 Data 2 Negated (inverted) bit
1 = CLCIN1 (inverted) is gated into CLCx Gate 2
0 = CLCIN1 (inverted) is not gated into CLCx Gate 2
bit 1 LCxG3D1T: Gate 2 Data 1 True (non-inverted) bit
1 = CLCIN0 (true) is gated into CLCx Gate 2
0 = CLCIN0 (true) is not gated into CLCx Gate 2
bit 0 LCxG3D1N: Gate 2 Data 1 Negated (inverted) bit
1 = CLCIN0 (inverted) is gated into CLCx Gate 2
0 = CLCIN0 (inverted) is not gated into CLCx Gate 2
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 324
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 22-10: CLCxGLS3: GATE 3 LOGIC SELECT REGISTER
R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
LCxG4D4T LCxG4D4N LCxG4D3T LCxG4D3N LCxG4D2T LCxG4D2N LCxG4D1T LCxG4D1N
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 LCxG4D4T: Gate 3 Data 4 True (non-inverted) bit
1 = CLCIN3 (true) is gated into CLCx Gate 3
0 = CLCIN3 (true) is not gated into CLCx Gate 3
bit 6 LCxG4D4N: Gate 3 Data 4 Negated (inverted) bit
1 = CLCIN3 (inverted) is gated into CLCx Gate 3
0 = CLCIN3 (inverted) is not gated into CLCx Gate 3
bit 5 LCxG4D3T: Gate 3 Data 3 True (non-inverted) bit
1 = CLCIN2 (true) is gated into CLCx Gate 3
0 = CLCIN2 (true) is not gated into CLCx Gate 3
bit 4 LCxG4D3N: Gate 3 Data 3 Negated (inverted) bit
1 = CLCIN2 (inverted) is gated into CLCx Gate 3
0 = CLCIN2 (inverted) is not gated into CLCx Gate 3
bit 3 LCxG4D2T: Gate 3 Data 2 True (non-inverted) bit
1 = CLCIN1 (true) is gated into CLCx Gate 3
0 = CLCIN1 (true) is not gated into CLCx Gate 3
bit 2 LCxG4D2N: Gate 3 Data 2 Negated (inverted) bit
1 = CLCIN1 (inverted) is gated into CLCx Gate 3
0 = CLCIN1 (inverted) is not gated into CLCx Gate 3
bit 1 LCxG4D1T: Gate 4 Data 1 True (non-inverted) bit
1 = CLCIN0 (true) is gated into CLCx Gate 3
0 = CLCIN0 (true) is not gated into CLCx Gate 3
bit 0 LCxG4D1N: Gate 3 Data 1 Negated (inverted) bit
1 = CLCIN0 (inverted) is gated into CLCx Gate 3
0 = CLCIN0 (inverted) is not gated into CLCx Gate 3
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 325
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 22-11: CLCDATA: CLC DATA OUTPUT
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0
— — — — MLC4OUT MLC3OUT MLC2OUT MLC1OUT
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 3 MLC4OUT: Mirror copy of LC4OUT bit
bit 2 MLC3OUT: Mirror copy of LC3OUT bit
bit 1 MLC2OUT: Mirror copy of LC2OUT bit
bit 0 MLC1OUT: Mirror copy of LC1OUT bit
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 326
PIC16(L)F18855/75
TABLE 22-4: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH CLCx
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
INTCON GIE PEIE ― ― ― ― ― INTEDG 133
PIR5 CLC4IF CLC3IF CLC2IF CLC1IF — TMR5GIF TMR3GIF TMR1GIF 148
PIE5 CLC4IE CLC4IE CLC2IE CLC1IE — TMR5GIE TMR3GIE TMR1GIE 139
CLC1CON LC1EN ―LC1OUT LC1INTP LC1INTN LC1MODE<2:0> 318
CLC1POL LC1POL ―――LC1G4POL LC1G3POL LC1G2POL LC1G1POL 319
CLC1SEL0 ― ― LC1D1S<5:0> 320
CLC1SEL1 ― ― LC1D2S<5:0> 320
CLC1SEL2 ― ― LC1D3S<5:0> 320
CLC1SEL3 ― ― LC1D4S<5:0> 320
CLC1GLS0 LC1G1D4T LC1G1D4N LC1G1D3T LC1G1D3N LC1G1D2T LC1G1D2N LC1G1D1T LC1G1D1N 321
CLC1GLS1 LC1G2D4T LC1G2D4N LC1G2D3T LC1G2D3N LC1G2D2T LC1G2D2N LC1G2D1T LC1G2D1N 322
CLC1GLS2 LC1G3D4T LC1G3D4N LC1G3D3T LC1G3D3N LC1G3D2T LC1G3D2N LC1G3D1T LC1G3D1N 323
CLC1GLS3 LC1G4D4T LC1G4D4N LC1G4D3T LC1G4D3N LC1G4D2T LC1G4D2N LC1G4D1T LC1G4D1N 324
CLC2CON LC2EN ―LC2OUT LC2INTP LC2INTN LC2MODE<2:0> 318
CLC2POL LC2POL ―――LC2G4POL LC2G3POL LC2G2POL LC2G1POL 319
CLC2SEL0 ― ― LC2D1S<5:0> 320
CLC2SEL1 ― ― LC2D2S<5:0> 320
CLC2SEL2 ― ― LC2D3S<5:0> 320
CLC2SEL3 ― ― LC2D4S<5:0> 320
CLC2GLS0 LC2G1D4T LC2G1D4N LC2G1D3T LC2G1D3N LC2G1D2T LC2G1D2N LC2G1D1T LC2G1D1N 321
CLC2GLS1 LC2G2D4T LC2G2D4N LC2G2D3T LC2G2D3N LC2G2D2T LC2G2D2N LC2G2D1T LC2G2D1N 322
CLC2GLS2 LC2G3D4T LC2G3D4N LC2G3D3T LC2G3D3N LC2G3D2T LC2G3D2N LC2G3D1T LC2G3D1N 323
CLC2GLS3 LC2G4D4T LC2G4D4N LC2G4D3T LC2G4D3N LC2G4D2T LC2G4D2N LC2G4D1T LC2G4D1N 324
CLC3CON LC3EN ―LC3OUT LC3INTP LC3INTN LC3MODE<2:0> 318
CLC3POL LC3POL ―――LC3G4POL LC3G3POL LC3G2POL LC3G1POL 319
CLC3SEL0 ― ― LC3D1S<5:0> 320
CLC3SEL1 ― ― LC3D2S<5:0> 320
CLC3SEL2 ― ― LC3D3S<5:0> 320
CLC3SEL3 ― ― LC3D4S<5:0> 320
CLC3GLS0 LC3G1D4T LC3G1D4N LC3G1D3T LC3G1D3N LC3G1D2T LC3G1D2N LC3G1D1T LC3G1D1N 321
CLC3GLS1 LC3G2D4T LC3G2D4N LC3G2D3T LC3G2D3N LC3G2D2T LC3G2D2N LC3G2D1T LC3G2D1N 322
CLC3GLS2 LC3G3D4T LC3G3D4N LC3G3D3T LC3G3D3N LC3G3D2T LC3G3D2N LC3G3D1T LC3G3D1N 323
CLC3GLS3 LC3G4D4T LC3G4D4N LC3G4D3T LC3G4D3N LC3G4D2T LC3G4D2N LC3G4D1T LC3G4D1N 324
CLC4CON LC4EN ―LC4OUT LC4INTP LC4INTN LC4MODE<2:0> 318
CLC4POL LC4POL ―――LC4G4POL LC4G3POL LC4G2POL LC4G1POL 319
CLC4SEL0 ― ― LC4D1S<5:0> 320
CLC4SEL1 ― ― LC4D2S<5:0> 320
CLC4SEL2 ― ― LC4D3S<5:0> 320
CLC4SEL3 ― ― LC4D4S<5:0> 320
CLC4GLS0 LC4G1D4T LC4G1D4N LC4G1D3T LC4G1D3N LC4G1D2T LC4G1D2N LC4G1D1T LC4G1D1N 321
Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are unused by the CLCx modules.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 327
PIC16(L)F18855/75
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
CLC4GLS1 LC4G2D4T LC4G2D4N LC4G2D3T LC4G2D3N LC4G2D2T LC4G2D2N LC4G2D1T LC4G2D1N 322
CLC4GLS2 LC4G3D4T LC4G3D4N LC4G3D3T LC4G3D3N LC4G3D2T LC4G3D2N LC4G3D1T LC4G3D1N 323
CLC4GLS3 LC4G4D4T LC4G4D4N LC4G4D3T LC4G4D3N LC4G4D2T LC4G4D2N LC4G4D1T LC4G4D1N 324
CLCDATA ― ― ― ― MLC4OUT MLC3OUT MLC2OUT MLC1OUT 325
CLCIN0PPS ― ― ― CLCIN0PPS<4:0> 240
CLCIN1PPS ― ― ― CLCIN1PPS<4:0> 240
CLCIN2PPS ― ― ― CLCIN2PPS<4:0> 240
CLCIN3PPS ― ― ― CLCIN3PPS<4:0> 240
Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are unused by the CLCx modules.
TABLE 22-4: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH CLCx (continued)
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 328
PIC16(L)F18855/75
23.0 ANALOG-TO-DIGITAL
CONVERTER WITH
COMPUTATION (ADC2)
MODULE
The Analog-to-Digital Converter with Computation
(ADC2) allows conversion of an analog input signal to
a 10-bit binary representation of that signal. This device
uses analog inputs, which are multiplexed into a single
sample and hold circuit. The output of the sample and
hold is connected to the input of the converter. The
converter generates a 10-bit binary result via
successive approximation and stores the conversion
result into the ADC result registers (ADRESH:ADRESL
register pair).
Additionally, the following features are provided within
the ADC module:
• 8-bit Acquisition Timer
• Hardware Capacitive Voltage Divider (CVD)
support:
- 8-bit Precharge Timer
- Adjustable sample and hold capacitor array
- Guard ring digital output drive
• Automatic repeat and sequencing:
- Automated double sample conversion for
CVD
- Two sets of result registers (Result and
Previous result)
- Auto-conversion trigger
- Internal retrigger
• Computation features:
- Averaging and Low-Pass Filter functions
- Reference Comparison
- 2-level Threshold Comparison
- Selectable Interrupts
Figure 23-1 shows the block diagram of the ADC.
The ADC voltage reference is software selectable to be
either internally generated or externally supplied.
The ADC can generate an interrupt upon completion of
a conversion and upon threshold comparison. These
interrupts can be used to wake-up the device from
Sleep.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 329
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 23-1: ADC2 BLOCK DIAGRAM
Vref+Vref-
Enable
DACx_output
FVR_buffer1
Temp Indicator
CHS<4:0>
External
Channel
Inputs
GO/DONE
complete
start
ADC
Sample Circuit
Write to bit
GO/DONE
VSS
VDD
VREF+ pin
ADPREF<1:0>
10-bit Result
ADRESH ADRESL
16
ADFM
10
Internal
Channel
Inputs
.
.
.
AN0
ANa
ANz
set bit ADIF
VSS
ADON
sampled
input
Q1
Q2
Q4
Fosc
Divider FOSC
FOSC/n
FRC
ADC
Clock
Select
ADC_clk
ADCS<2:0>
FRC
ADC CLOCK SOURCE
Trigger Select
Trigger Sources
. . .
TRIGSEL<3:0>
AUTO CONVERSION
TRIGGER
Rev. 10-000034B
10/13/2015
Positive
Reference
Select
00
11
10
01
Reserved
FVR_buffer1
1
0
ADNREF
VREF- pin
VSS
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 330
PIC16(L)F18855/75
23.1 ADC Configuration
When configuring and using the ADC the following
functions must be considered:
• Port configuration
• Channel selection
• ADC voltage reference selection
• ADC conversion clock source
• Interrupt control
• Result formatting
• Conversion Trigger Selection
• ADC Acquisition Time
• ADC Precharge Time
• Additional Sample and Hold Capacitor
• Single/Double Sample Conversion
• Guard Ring Outputs
23.1.1 PORT CONFIGURATION
The ADC can be used to convert both analog and
digital signals. When converting analog signals, the I/O
pin should be configured for analog by setting the
associated TRIS and ANSEL bits. Refer to
Section 12.0 “I/O Ports” for more information.
23.1.2 CHANNEL SELECTION
There are several channel selections available:
• Eight PORTA pins (RA<7:0>)
• Eight PORTB pins (RB<7:0>)
• Eight PORTC pins (RC<7:0>)
• Eight PORTD pins (RD<7:0>, PIC16(L)F18875
only)
• Three PORTE pins (RE<2:0>, PIC16(L)F18875
only)
• Temperature Indicator
• DAC output
• Fixed Voltage Reference (FVR)
•AV
SS (ground)
The ADPCH register determines which channel is
connected to the sample and hold circuit.
When changing channels, a delay is required before
starting the next conversion. Refer to Section 23.2
“ADC Operation” for more information.
23.1.3 ADC VOLTAGE REFERENCE
The ADPREF bits of the ADREF register provides
control of the positive voltage reference. The positive
voltage reference can be:
•V
REF+ pin
•VDD
• FVR 1.024V
• FVR 2.048V
• FVR 4.096V
The ADNREF bit of the ADREF register provides
control of the negative voltage reference. The negative
voltage reference can be:
•V
REF- pin
•VSS
See Section 16.0 “Fixed Voltage Reference (FVR)”
for more details on the Fixed Voltage Reference.
23.1.4 CONVERSION CLOCK
The source of the conversion clock is software
selectable via the ADCLK register and the ADCS bit of
the ADCON0 register. There are two possible clock
sources:
•F
OSC/(2*(n+1)) (where n is from 0 to 63),
• FRC (dedicated RC oscillator)
The time to complete one bit conversion is defined as
TAD. One full 10-bit conversion requires 11.5 TAD peri-
ods as shown in Figure 23-2.
For correct conversion, the appropriate TAD specification
must be met. Refer to Table 37-13 for more information.
Tab l e 2 3-1 gives examples of appropriate ADC clock
selections.
Note: Analog voltages on any pin that is defined
as a digital input may cause the input
buffer to conduct excess current.
Note: It is recommended that when switching
from an ADC channel of a higher voltage
to a channel of a lower voltage, the soft-
ware selects the VSS channel before
switching to the channel of the lower volt-
age. If the ADC does not have a dedicated
VSS input channel, the VSS selection
(DAC1R<4:0> = b'00000') through the
DAC output channel can be used. If the
DAC is in use, a free input channel can be
connected to VSS, and can be used in
place of the DAC.
Note 1: Unless using the FRC, any changes in
the system clock frequency will change
the ADC clock frequency, which may
adversely affect the ADC result.
2: The internal control logic of the ADC runs
off of the clock selected by the ADCS bit of
ADCON0. What this can mean is when the
ADCS bit of ADCON0 is set to 1 (ADC runs
on FRC), there may be unexpected delays
in operation when setting ADC control bits.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 331
PIC16(L)F18855/75
TABLE 23-1: ADC CLOCK PERIOD (TAD) VS. DEVICE OPERATING FREQUENCIES
FIGURE 23-2: ANALOG-TO-DIGITAL CONVERSION TAD CYCLES (ADSC = 0)
ADC Clock Period (TAD) Device Frequency (FOSC)
ADC
Clock Source ADCCS<5:0> 32 MHz 20 MHz 16 MHz 8 MHz 4 MHz 1 MHz
FOSC/2 000000 62.5ns(2) 100 ns(2) 125 ns(2) 250 ns(2) 500 ns(2) 2.0 s
FOSC/4 000001 125 ns(2) 200 ns(2) 250 ns(2) 500 ns(2) 1.0 s4.0 s
FOSC/6 000010 187.5 ns(2) 300 ns(2) 375 ns(2) 750 ns(2) 1.5 s6.0 s
FOSC/8 000011 250 s(2) 400 ns(2) 500 s(2) 1.0 s2.0 s 8.0 s(3)
... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
FOSC/16 000111 500 ns(2) 800 ns(2) 1.0 s2.0 s4.0 s 16.0 s(2)
... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
FOSC/128 111111 4.0 s6.4 s8.0 s 16.0 s(3) 32.0 s(2) 128.0 s(2)
FRC ADCS(ADCON0
<4>)=1
1.0-6.0 s(1) 1.0-6.0 s(1) 1.0-6.0 s(1) 1.0-6.0 s(1) 1.0-6.0 s(1) 1.0-6.0 s(1)
Legend: Shaded cells are outside of recommended range.
Note 1: See TAD parameter for FRC source typical TAD value.
2: These values violate the required TAD time.
3: Outside the recommended TAD time.
4: The ADC clock period (TAD) and total ADC conversion time can be minimized when the ADC clock is derived from the
system clock FOSC. However, the FRC oscillator source must be used when conversions are to be performed with the
device in Sleep mode.
On the following cycle:
ADRESH:ADRESL is loaded,
GO bit is cleared,
ADIF bit is set,
Rev. 10-000035B
11/3/2016
Set GO bit
External and Internal
Channels are
charged/discharged
If ADPRE 0 If ADACQ 0
External and Internal
Channels share
charge
If ADPRE = 0
If ADACQ = 0
(Traditional Operation Start)
TAD1
TCY TCY-TAD TAD2TAD3TAD4TAD5TAD6TAD7TAD8TAD9TAD10TAD11
Holding capacitor CHOLD is disconnected from analog input (typically 100ns)
2 TCY
Conversion starts
b9 b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Precharge
Time
1-255 TCY
(TPRE)
Acquisition/
Sharing Time
1-255 TCY
(TACQ)
Conversion Time
(Traditional Timing of ADC Conversion)
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 332
PIC16(L)F18855/75
23.1.5 INTERRUPTS
The ADC module allows for the ability to generate an
interrupt upon completion of an Analog-to-Digital
conversion. The ADC Interrupt Flag is the ADIF bit in
the PIR1 register. The ADC Interrupt Enable is the
ADIE bit in the PIE1 register. The ADIF bit must be
cleared in software.
This interrupt can be generated while the device is
operating or while in Sleep. If the device is in Sleep, the
interrupt will wake-up the device. Upon waking from
Sleep, the next instruction following the SLEEP
instruction is always executed. If the user is attempting
to wake-up from Sleep and resume in-line code
execution, the ADIE bit of the PIE1 register and the
PEIE bit of the INTCON register must both be set and
the GIE bit of the INTCON register must be cleared. If
all three of these bits are set, the execution will switch
to the Interrupt Service Routine.
23.1.6 RESULT FORMATTING
The 10-bit ADC conversion result can be supplied in
two formats, left justified or right justified. The ADFRM0
bit of the ADCON0 register controls the output format.
Figure 23-3 shows the two output formats.
Software writes to the ADRES register pair are always
right justified regardless of the selected format mode.
Therefore, data read after writing to ADRES when
ADFRM0 = 0 will be shifted left six places. For exam-
ple, writing 0xFF to ADRESL will be read as 0xC0 in
ADRESL and 0x3F logical OR’d with whatever was in
the two MSbits in ADRESH.
FIGURE 23-3: 10-BIT ADC CONVERSION RESULT FORMAT
Note 1: The ADIF bit is set at the completion of
every conversion, regardless of whether
or not the ADC interrupt is enabled.
2: The ADC operates during Sleep only
when the FRC oscillator is selected.
ADRESH ADRESL
(ADFRM0 = 0)MSB LSB
bit 7 bit 0 bit 7 bit 0
10-bit ADC Result Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
(ADFRM0 = 1)MSB LSB
bit 7 bit 0 bit 7 bit 0
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ 10-bit ADC Result
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 333
PIC16(L)F18855/75
23.2 ADC Operation
23.2.1 STARTING A CONVERSION
To enable the ADC module, the ADON bit of the
ADCON0 register must be set to a ‘1’. A conversion
may be started by any of the following:
• Software setting the ADGO bit of ADCON0 to ‘1’
• An external trigger (selected by Register 23-3)
• A continuous-mode retrigger (see section
Section 23.5.8 “Continuous Sampling Mode”)
.
23.2.2 COMPLETION OF A CONVERSION
When any individual conversion is complete, the value
already in ADRES is written into ADPREV (if
ADPSIS=1) and the new conversion results appear in
ADRES. When the conversion completes, the ADC
module will:
• Clear the ADGO bit (Unless the ADCONT bit of
ADCON0 is set)
• Set the ADIF Interrupt Flag bit
• Set the ADMATH bit
• Update ADACC
When ADDSEN=0 then after every conversion, or
when ADDSEN=1 then after every other conversion,
the following events occur:
• ADERR is calculated
• ADTIF is set if ADERR calculation meets thresh-
old requirements
In addition, on the completion of every conversion if
ADDSEN=0, or every other conversion if ADDSEN=1:
• ADSTPE is calculated
• Depending on ADSTPE, the threshold compari-
son may set ADTIF
Importantly, filter and threshold computations occur
after the conversion itself is complete. As such,
interrupt handlers responding to ADIF should check
ADTIF before reading filter and threshold results.
23.2.3 TERMINATING A CONVERSION
If a conversion must be terminated before completion,
the ADGO bit can be cleared in software. The ADRESH
and ADRESL registers will be updated with the partially
complete Analog-to-Digital conversion sample.
Incomplete bits will match the last bit converted. In this
case, filter and/or threshold occur.
Note: The ADGO bit should not be set in the
same instruction that turns on the ADC.
Refer to Section 23.2.7 “ADC Conver-
sion Procedure (Basic Mode)”.
Note: A device Reset forces all registers to their
Reset state. Thus, the ADC module is
turned off and any pending conversion is
terminated.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 334
PIC16(L)F18855/75
23.2.4 ADC OPERATION DURING SLEEP
The ADC module can operate during Sleep. This
requires the ADC clock source to be set to the FRC
option. When the FRC oscillator source is selected, the
ADC waits one additional instruction before starting the
conversion. This allows the SLEEP instruction to be
executed, which can reduce system noise during the
conversion. If the ADC interrupt is enabled, the device
will wake-up from Sleep when the conversion
completes. If the ADC interrupt is disabled, the ADC
module is turned off after the conversion completes,
although the ADON bit remains set.
23.2.5 EXTERNAL TRIGGER DURING
SLEEP
If the external trigger is received during sleep while
ADC clock source is set to the FRC, then the ADC
module will perform the conversion and set the ADIF bit
upon completion.
If an external trigger is received when the ADC clock
source is something other than FRC, then the trigger
will be recorded, but the conversion will not begin until
the device exits Sleep.
23.2.6 AUTO-CONVERSION TRIGGER
The Auto-conversion Trigger allows periodic ADC mea-
surements without software intervention. When a rising
edge of the selected source occurs, the ADGO bit is set
by hardware.
The Auto-conversion Trigger source is selected with
the ADACT<4:0> bits of the ADACT register.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 335
PIC16(L)F18855/75
Using the Auto-conversion Trigger does not assure
proper ADC timing. It is the user’s responsibility to
ensure that the ADC timing requirements are met. See
Table 23-2 for auto-conversion sources.
TABLE 23-2: ADC AUTO-CONVERSION TABLE
ADACT Value Source Peripheral Description
0x00 Disabled External Trigger Disabled
0x01 ADACTPPS Pin selected by ADACTPPS
0x02 TMR0 Timer0 overflow condition
0x03 TMR1 Timer1 overflow condition
0x04 TMR2 Match between Timer2
postscaled value and PR2
0x05 TMR3 Timer3 overflow condition
0x06 TMR4 Match between Timer4
postscaled value and PR4
0x07 TMR5 Timer5 overflow condition
0x08 TMR6 Match between Timer6
postscaled value and PR6
0x09 SMT1 Match between SMT1 and
SMT1PR
0x0A SMT2 Match between SMT2 and
SMT2PR
0x0B CCP1 CCP1 output
0x0C CCP2 CCP2 output
0x0D CCP3 CCP3 output
0x0E CCP4 CCP4 output
0x0F CCP5 CCP5 output
0x10 PWM6 PWM6 output
0x11 PWM7 PWM7 output
0x12 C1 Comparator C1 output
0x13 C2 Comparator C2 output
0x14 IOC Interrupt-on-change interrupt
trigger
0x15 CLC1 CLC1 output
0x16 CLC2 CLC2 output
0x17 CLC3 CLC3 output
0x18 CLC4 CLC4 output
0x19-0x1B Reserved Reserved, do not use
0x1C ADERR Read of ADERR register
0x1D ADRESH Read of ADRESH register
0x1E Reserved Reserved, do not use
0x1F ADPCH Read of ADPCH register
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 336
PIC16(L)F18855/75
23.2.7 ADC CONVERSION PROCEDURE
(BASIC MODE)
This is an example procedure for using the ADC to
perform an Analog-to-Digital conversion:
1. Configure Port:
• Disable pin output driver (Refer to the TRISx
register)
• Configure pin as analog (Refer to the
ANSELx register)
2. Configure the ADC module:
• Select ADC conversion clock
• Configure voltage reference
• Select ADC input channel
(precharge+acquisition)
• Turn on ADC module
3. Configure ADC interrupt (optional):
• Clear ADC interrupt flag
• Enable ADC interrupt
• Enable peripheral interrupt (PEIE bit)
• Enable global interrupt (GIE bit)(1)
4. If ADACQ=0, software must wait the required
acquisition time (2).
5. Start conversion by setting the ADGO bit.
6. Wait for ADC conversion to complete by one of
the following:
• Polling the ADGO bit
• Waiting for the ADC interrupt (interrupts
enabled)
7. Read ADC Result.
8. Clear the ADC interrupt flag (required if interrupt
is enabled).
EXAMPLE 23-1: ADC CONVERSION
Note 1: The global interrupt can be disabled if the
user is attempting to wake-up from Sleep
and resume in-line code execution.
2: Refer to Section 23.3 “ADC Acquisi-
tion Requirements”.
;This code block configures the ADC
;for polling, VDD and VSS references, FRC
;oscillator and AN0 input.
;
;Conversion start & polling for completion
;are included.
;
BANKSEL ADCON1 ;
MOVLW B’11110000’ ;Right justify,
FRC
;oscillator
MOVWF ADCON1 ;Vdd and Vss Vref
BANKSEL TRISA ;
BSF TRISA,0 ;Set RA0 to input
BANKSEL ANSEL ;
BSF ANSEL,0 ;Set RA0 to analog
BANKSEL ADCON0 ;
MOVLW B’00000001’ ;Select channel AN0
MOVWF ADCON0 ;Turn ADC On
CALL SampleTime ;Acquisiton delay
BSF ADCON0,ADGO ;Start conversion
BTFSC ADCON0,ADGO ;Is conversion done?
GOTO $-1 ;No, test again
BANKSEL ADRESH ;
MOVF ADRESH,W ;Read upper 2 bits
MOVWF RESULTHI ;store in GPR space
BANKSEL ADRESL ;
MOVF ADRESL,W ;Read lower 8 bits
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 337
PIC16(L)F18855/75
23.3 ADC Acquisition Requirements
For the ADC to meet its specified accuracy, the charge
holding capacitor (CHOLD) must be allowed to fully
charge to the input channel voltage level. The Analog
Input model is shown in Figure 23-4. The source
impedance (RS) and the internal sampling switch (RSS)
impedance directly affect the time required to charge
the capacitor CHOLD. The sampling switch (RSS)
impedance varies over the device voltage (VDD), refer
to Figure 23-4. The maximum recommended
impedance for analog sources is 10 k. As the
source impedance is decreased, the acquisition time
may be decreased. After the analog input channel is
selected (or changed), an ADC acquisition must be
completed before the conversion can be started. To
calculate the minimum acquisition time, Equation 23-1
may be used. This equation assumes that 1/2 LSb error
is used (1,024 steps for the ADC). The 1/2 LSb error is
the maximum error allowed for the ADC to meet its
specified resolution.
EQUATION 23-1: ACQUISITION TIME EXAMPLE
Note 1: The reference voltage (VREF) has no effect on the equation, since it cancels itself out.
2: The charge holding capacitor (CHOLD) is not discharged after each conversion.
3: The maximum recommended impedance for analog sources is 10 k. This is required to meet the pin
leakage specification.
TACQ Amplifier Settling Time Hold Capacitor Charging Time Temperature Coefficient++=
TAMP TCTCOFF++=
2µs TCTemperature - 25°C0.05µs/°C++=
TCCHOLD RIC RSS RS++ ln(1/2047)–=
10pF 1k
7k
10k
++– ln(0.0004885)=
1.37=µs
VAPPLIED 1e
Tc–
RC
---------
–



VAPPLIED 11
2n1+
1–
--------------------------
–


=
VAPPLIED 11
2n1+
1–
--------------------------
–


VCHOLD=
VAPPLIED 1e
TC–
RC
----------
–



VCHOLD=
;[1] VCHOLD charged to within 1/2 lsb
;[2] VCHOLD charge response to VAPPLIED
;combining [1] and [2]
The value for TC can be approximated with the following equations:
Solving for TC:
Therefore:
Temperature 50°C and external impedance of 10k
5.0V VDD=
Assumptions:
Note: Where n = number of bits of the ADC.
TACQ 2µs 892ns 50°C- 25°C0.05µs/°C++=
4.62µs=
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 338
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 23-4: ANALOG INPUT MODEL
FIGURE 23-5: ADC TRANSFER FUNCTION
CPIN
VA
Rs
Analog
5 pF
VDD
VT 0.6V
VT 0.6V I LEAKAGE(1)
RIC 1k
Sampling
Switch
SS Rss
CHOLD = 10 pF
Ref-
6V
Sampling Switch
5V
4V
3V
2V
567891011
(k)
VDD
Legend:
CPIN
VT
I LEAKAGE
RIC
SS
CHOLD
= Input Capacitance
= Threshold Voltage
= Leakage current at the pin due to
= Interconnect Resistance
= Sampling Switch
= Sample/Hold Capacitance
various junctions
RSS
Note 1: Refer to Table 37-4 (parameter D060).
RSS = Resistance of Sampling Switch
Input
pin
3FFh
3FEh
ADC Output Code
3FDh
3FCh
03h
02h
01h
00h
Full-Scale
3FBh
0.5 LSB
REF- Zero-Scale
Transition REF+
Transition
1.5 LSB
Full-Scale Range
Analog Input Voltage
\\\\\\\ r\‘\\\L r\\ww\‘L
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 339
PIC16(L)F18855/75
23.4 Capacitive Voltage Divider (CVD)
Features
The ADC module contains several features that allow
the user to perform a relative capacitance
measurement on any ADC channel using the internal
ADC sample and hold capacitance as a reference. This
relative capacitance measurement can be used to
implement capacitive touch or proximity sensing
applications. Figure 23-6 shows the basic block
diagram of the CVD portion of the ADC module.
FIGURE 23-6: HARDWARE CAPACITIVE VOLTAGE DIVIDER BLOCK DIAGRAM
Additional
Sample and
Hold Cap
VDD
ADC Conversion Bus
ADPPOL = 1
ADPPOL = 0
ADCAP<2:0>
VGND
ANx
ANx Pads
VGNDVGNDVGND
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 340
PIC16(L)F18855/75
23.4.1 CVD OPERATION
A CVD operation begins with the ADC’s internal
sample and hold capacitor (CHOLD) being
disconnected from the path which connects it to the
external capacitive sensor node. While disconnected,
CHOLD is precharged to VDD or VSS, while the path to
the sensor node is also discharged to VDD or VSS.
Typically, this node is discharged to the level opposite
that of CHOLD. When the precharge phase is complete,
the VDD/VSS bias paths for the two nodes are shut off
and CHOLD and the path to the external sensor node
are reconnected, at which time the acquisition phase of
the CVD operation begins. During acquisition, a
capacitive voltage divider is formed between the
precharged CHOLD and sensor nodes, which results in
a final voltage level setting on CHOLD, which is
determined by the capacitances and precharge levels
of the two nodes. After acquisition, the ADC converts
the voltage level on CHOLD. This process is then
repeated with the selected precharge levels for both
the CHOLD and the inverted sensor nodes. Figure 23-7
shows the waveform for two inverted CVD
measurements, which is known as differential CVD
measurement.
FIGURE 23-7: DIFFERENTIAL CVD MEASUREMENT WAVEFORM
ADC Sample and Hold Capacitor
External Capacitive Sensor
Precharge ConversionAcquisition Precharge ConversionAcquisition
V
DD
V
SS
Voltage
Time
First Sample Second Sample
F H
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 341
PIC16(L)F18855/75
23.4.2 PRECHARGE CONTROL
The precharge stage is an optional period of time that
brings the external channel and internal sample and
hold capacitor to known voltage levels. Precharge is
enabled by writing a non-zero value to the ADPRE reg-
ister. This stage is initiated when an ADC conversion
begins, either from setting the ADGO bit, a special
event trigger, or a conversion restart from the computa-
tion functionality. If the ADPRE register is cleared when
an ADC conversion begins, this stage is skipped.
During the precharge time, CHOLD is disconnected from
the outer portion of the sample path that leads to the
external capacitive sensor and is connected to either
VDD or VSS, depending on the value of the ADPPOL bit
of ADCON1. At the same time, the port pin logic of the
selected analog channel is overridden to drive a digital
high or low out, in order to precharge the outer portion
of the ADC’s sample path, which includes the external
sensor. The output polarity of this override is also deter-
mined by the ADPPOL bit of ADCON1. The amount of
time that this charging needs is controlled by the
ADPRE register.
23.4.3 ACQUISITION CONTROL
The Acquisition stage is an optional time for the voltage
on the internal sample and hold capacitor to charge or
discharge from the selected analog channel.This
acquisition time is controlled by the ADACQ register.
When ADPRE=0, acquisition starts at the beginning of
conversion. When ADPRE=1, the acquisition stage
begins when precharge ends.
At the start of the acquisition stage, the port pin logic of
the selected analog channel is overridden to turn off the
digital high/low output drivers so they do not affect the
final result of the charge averaging. Also, the selected
ADC channel is connected to CHOLD. This allows
charge averaging to proceed between the precharged
channel and the CHOLD capacitor.
23.4.4 GUARD RING OUTPUTS
The purpose of the guard ring is to generate a signal in
phase with the CVD sensing signal to minimize the
effects of the parasitic capacitance on sensing elec-
trodes. It also can be used as a mutual drive for mutual
capacitive sensing. For more information about active
guard and mutual drive, see Application Note AN1478,
“mTouchTM Sensing Solution Acquisition Methods
Capacitive Voltage Divider” (DS01478).
Figure 23-8 shows a typical guard ring circuit. CGUARD
represents the capacitance of the guard ring trace
placed on the PCB board. The user selects values for
RA and RB that will create a voltage profile on CGUARD,
which will match the selected acquisition channel.
The ADC has two guard ring drive outputs, ADGRDA
and ADGRDB. These outputs can be routed through
PPS controls to I/O pins (see Section 13.0 “Periph-
eral Pin Select (PPS) Module” for details). The polar-
ity of these outputs are controlled by the ADGPOL and
ADIPEN bits of ADCON1.
At the start of the first precharge stage, both outputs
are set to match the ADGPOL bit of ADCON1. Once
the acquisition stage begins, ADGRDA changes
polarity, while ADGRDB remains unchanged. When
performing a double sample conversion, setting the
ADIPEN bit of ADCON1 causes both guard ring
outputs to transition to the opposite polarity of
ADGPOL at the start of the second precharge stage,
and ADGRDA toggles again for the second acquisition.
For more information on the timing of the guard ring
output, refer to Figure 23-8 and Figure 23-9.
FIGURE 23-8: GUARD RING CIRCUIT
Note: The external charging overrides the TRIS
setting of the respective I/O pin. If there is
a device attached to this pin, precharge
should not be used.
Note: When ADPRE!=0, acquisition time cannot
be ‘0’. In this case, setting ADACQ to ‘0’
will set a maximum acquisition time (256
ADC clock cycles). When precharge is
disabled, setting ADACQ to ‘0’ will disable
hardware acquisition time control.
CGUARD
RA
RB
ADGRDA
ADGRDB
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 342
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 23-9: DIFFERENTIAL CVD WITH GUARD RING OUTPUT WAVEFORM
Guard Ring Output
External Capacitive Sensor
V
DD
V
SS
Voltage
Time
First Sample Second Sample
» HE Em J4
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 343
PIC16(L)F18855/75
23.4.5 ADDITIONAL SAMPLE AND HOLD
CAPACITANCE
Additional capacitance can be added in parallel with the
internal sample and hold capacitor (CHOLD) by means
of the ADCAP register. This register selects a digitally
programmable capacitance which is added to the ADC
conversion bus, increasing the effective internal capac-
itance of the sample and hold capacitor in the ADC
module. This is used to improve the match between
internal and external capacitance for a better sensing
performance. The additional capacitance does not
affect analog performance of the ADC because it is not
connected during conversion. See Figure 23-10.
23.5 Computation Operation
The ADC module hardware is equipped with post
conversion computation features. These features
provide data post-processing functions that can be
operated on the ADC conversion result, including
digital filtering/averaging and threshold comparison
functions.
FIGURE 23-10: COMPUTATIONAL FEATURES SIMPLIFIED BLOCK DIAGRAM
The operation of the ADC computational features is
controlled by the ADMD <2:0> bits in the ADCON2
register.
The module can be operated in one of five modes:
• Basic: This is a legacy mode. In this mode, ADC
conversion occurs on single (ADDSEN=0) or double
(ADDSEN=1) samples. ADIF is set after each
conversion completes.
• Accumulate: With each trigger, the ADC conversion
result is added to accumulator and ADCNT increments.
ADIF is set after each conversion. ADTIF is set accord-
ing to the Calculation mode.
• Average: With each trigger, the ADC conversion
result is added to the accumulator. When the ADRPT
number of samples have been accumulated, a
threshold test is performed. Upon the next trigger, the
counter is reset to ‘1’ and the accumulator is replaced
with the first ADC conversion cleared. For the
subsequent threshold tests, additional ADRPT
samples are required to be accumulated.
• Burst Average: At the trigger, the accumulator and
counter are cleared. The ADC conversion results are
then collected repetitively until ADRPT samples are
accumulated and finally the threshold is tested.
• Low-Pass Filter (LPF): With each trigger, the ADC
conversion result is sent through a filter. When ADRPT
samples have occurred, a threshold test is performed.
Every trigger after that the ADC conversion result is
sent through the filter and another threshold test is
performed.
The five modes are summarized in Table 23-3 below.
Rev. 10-000260A
7/28/2015
ADRES
Average/
Filter 1
0
ADPREV
Error
Calculation
ADSTPT
ADFILT
Threshold
Logic
ADPSIS
ADCALC<2:0>
ADTMOD<2:0>
ADUTHR ADLTHR
Set
Interrupt
Flag
ADERR
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 345
PIC16(L)F18855/75
23.5.1 DIGITAL FILTER/AVERAGE
The digital filter/average module consists of an accu-
mulator with data feedback options, and control logic to
determine when threshold tests need to be applied.
The accumulator is a 16-bit wide signed register
(15 bits + 1 sign bit), which can be accessed through
the ADACCH:ADACCL register pair.
Upon each trigger event (the ADGO bit set or external
event trigger), the ADC conversion result is added to
the accumulator. If the value exceeds
‘1111111111111111’, then the overflow bit ADAOV in
the ADSTAT register is set.
The number of samples to be accumulated is
determined by the ADRPT (A/D Repeat Setting)
register. Each time a sample is added to the
accumulator, the ADCNT register is incremented. In
Average and Burst Average modes the ADCNT and
ADACC registers are cleared automatically when a
trigger causes the ADCNT value to exceed the ADRPT
value to ‘1’ and replace the ADACC contents with the
conversion result.
The ADAOV (accumulator overflow) bit in the ADSTAT
register, ADACC, and ADCNT registers will be cleared
any time the ADACLR bit in the ADCON2 register is
set.
The ADCRS <2:0> bits in the ADCON2 register control
the data shift on the accumulator result, which
effectively divides the value in the accumulator
(ADACCH:ADACCL) register pair. For the Accumulate
mode of the digital filter, the shift provides a simple
scaling operation. For the Average/Burst Average
mode, the shift bits are used to determine number of
samples for averaging. For the Lowpass Filter mode,
the shift is an integral part of the filter, and determines
the cut-off frequency of the filter. Table 23-4 shows the
-3 dB cut-off frequency in ωT (radians) and the highest
signal attenuation obtained by this filter at nyquist
frequency (ωT = π).
23.5.2 BASIC MODE
Basic mode (ADMD = 000) disables all additional
computation features. In this mode, no accumulation
occurs. Double sampling, Continuous mode, all CVD
features, and threshold error detection are still
available, but no features involving the digital
filter/average features are used.
23.5.3 ACCUMULATE MODE:
In Accumulate mode (ADMD = 001), the ADC
conversion result is added to the ADACC registers. The
Formatting mode does not affect the right-justification
of the ADACC value. Upon each sample, ADCNT is
incremented, indicating the number of samples
accumulated. After each sample and accumulation, the
ADFLTR register is updated with the value of ADACC
right shifted by the ADCRS value, a threshold
comparison is performed (see Section 23.5.7
“Threshold Comparison”) and the ADTIF interrupt
may trigger.
23.5.4 AVERAGE MODE
In Average Mode (ADMD = 010), the ADACC registers
accumulate with each ADC sample, much as in
Accumulate mode, and the ADCNT register increments
with each sample. However, in Average mode, the
threshold comparison is performed upon ADCNT being
greater than or equal to a user-defined ADRPT value.
The ADCRS bits still right-shift the final result, but in
this mode when ADCRS= log(ADRPT)/log(2) then the
final accumulated value will be divided by number of
samples, allowing for a threshold comparison operation
on the average of all gathered samples.
Note: When ADC is operating from FRC, 5 FRC
clock cycles are required to execute the
ADACC clearing operation.
TABLE 23-4: LOWPASS FILTER -3 dB CUT-OFF FREQUENCY
ADCRS ωT (radians) @ -3 dB Frequency dB @ Fnyquist=1/(2T)
10.72 -9.5
2 0.284 -16.9
3 0.134 -23.5
4 0.065 -29.8
5 0.032 -36.0
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 346
PIC16(L)F18855/75
23.5.5 BURST AVERAGE MODE
The Burst Average mode (ADMD = ‘011’) acts the
same as the Average mode in most respects. The one
way it differs is that it continuously retriggers ADC
sampling until the ADCNT value is greater than or
equal to ADRPT, even if Continuous Sampling mode
(see Section 23.5.8 “Continuous Sampling Mode”)
is not enabled. This allows for a threshold comparison
on the average of a short burst of ADC samples.
23.5.6 LOWPASS FILTER MODE
The Lowpass Filter mode (ADMD = ‘100’) acts similarly
to the Average mode in how it handles samples
(accumulates samples until ADCNT value greater than
or equal to ADRPT, then triggers threshold
comparison), but instead of a simple average, it
performs a lowpass filter operation on all of the
samples, reducing the effect of high-frequency noise
on the average, then performs a threshold comparison
on the results. (see Table 23-3 for a more detailed
description of the mathematical operation). In this
mode, the ADCRS bits determine the cut-off frequency
of the lowpass filter (as demonstrated by Table 2 3 - 4).
23.5.7 THRESHOLD COMPARISON
At the end of each computation:
• The conversion results are latched and held
stable at the end-of-conversion.
• The difference value is calculated based on a
difference calculation which is selected by the
ADCALC<2:0> bits in the ADCON3 register. The
value can be one of the following calculations
(see Register 23-4 for more details):
- The first derivative of single measurements
- The CVD result in CVD mode
- The current result vs. a setpoint
- The current result vs. the filtered/average
result
- The first derivative of the filtered/average
value
- Filtered/average value vs. a setpoint
• The result of the calculation (ADERR) is
compared to the upper and lower thresholds,
ADUTH<ADUTHH:ADUTHL> and
ADLTH<ADLTHH:ADLTHL> registers, to set the
ADUTHR and ADLTHR flag bits. The threshold
logic is selected by ADTMD<2:0> bits in the
ADCON3 register. The threshold trigger option
can be one of the following
- Never interrupt
- Error is less than lower threshold
- Error is greater than or equal to lower
threshold
- Error is between thresholds (inclusive)
- Error is outside of thresholds
- Error is less than or equal to upper threshold
- Error is greater than upper threshold
- Always interrupt regardless of threshold test
results
• The threshold interrupt flag ADTIF is set when the
threshold condition is met.
Note 1: The threshold tests are signed
operations.
2: If ADAOV is set, a threshold interrupt is
signaled.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 347
PIC16(L)F18855/75
23.5.8 CONTINUOUS SAMPLING MODE
Setting the ADCONT bit in the ADCON0 register
automatically retriggers a new conversion cycle after
updating the ADACC register. That means the ADGO
bit is set to generate automatic retriggering, until the
device Reset occurs or the A/D Stop-on-interrupt bit
(ADSOI in the ADCON3 register) is set (correct logic).
23.5.9 DOUBLE SAMPLE CONVERSION
Double sampling is enabled by setting the ADDSEN bit
of the ADCON1 register. When this bit is set, two
conversions are required before the module will
calculate threshold error (each conversion must still be
triggered separately). The first conversion will set the
ADMATH bit of the ADSTAT register and update
ADACC, but will not calculate ADERR or trigger ADTIF.
When the second conversion completes, the first value
is transferred to ADPREV (depending on the setting of
ADPSIS) and the value of the second conversion is
placed into ADRES. Only upon the completion of the
second conversion is ADERR calculated and ADTIF
triggered (depending on the value of ADCALC).
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 348
PIC16(L)F18855/75
23.6 Register Definitions: ADC Control
REGISTER 23-1: ADCON0: ADC CONTROL REGISTER 0
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 U-0 R/W-0/0 U-0 R/W-0/0 U-0 R/W/HC-0
ADON ADCONT — ADCS —ADFRM0 —ADGO
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared HC = Bit is cleared by hardware
bit 7 ADON: ADC Enable bit
1 = ADC is enabled
0 = ADC is disabled
bit 6 ADCONT: ADC Continuous Operation Enable bit
1 = ADGO is retriggered upon completion of each conversion trigger until ADTIF is set (if ADSOI is
set) or until ADGO is cleared (regardless of the value of ADSOI)
0 = ADGO is cleared upon completion of each conversion trigger
bit 5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4 ADCS: ADC Clock Selection bit
1 = Clock supplied from FRC dedicated oscillator
0 = Clock supplied by FOSC, divided according to ADCLK register
bit 3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2 ADFRM0: ADC results Format/alignment Selection
1 = ADRES and ADPREV data are right-justified
0 = ADRES and ADPREV data are left-justified, zero-filled
bit 1 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 0 ADGO: ADC Conversion Status bit
1 = ADC conversion cycle in progress. Setting this bit starts an ADC conversion cycle. The bit is
cleared by hardware as determined by the ADCONT bit
0 = ADC conversion completed/not in progress
If ADPRE>0X00 Olhenmse If ADDSEN : 1 Olhenmse
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 349
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 23-2: ADCON1: ADC CONTROL REGISTER 1
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0
ADPPOL ADIPEN ADGPOL — — — — ADDSEN
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 ADDPOL: Precharge Polarity bit
If ADPRE>0x00:
Otherwise
The bit is ignored
bit 6 ADIPEN: A/D Inverted Precharge Enable bit
If ADDSEN = 1:
1 = The precharge and guard signals in the second conversion cycle are the opposite polarity of the
first cycle
0 = Both Conversion cycles use the precharge and guards specified by ADPPOL and ADGPOL
Otherwise:
The bit is ignored
bit 5 ADGPOL: Guard Ring Polarity Selection bit
1 = ADC guard ring outputs start as digital high during precharge stage
0 = ADC guard ring outputs start as digital low during precharge stage
bit 4-1 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 0 ADDSEN: Double-Sample Enable bit
1 = See Table 23-5.
0 = One conversion is performed for each trigger
ADPPOL
Action During 1st Precharge Stage
External (selected analog I/O pin) Internal (AD sampling capacitor)
1Shorted to AVDD CHOLD shorted to VSS
0Shorted to VSS CHOLD shorted to AVDD
TABLE 23-5: EXAMPLE OF REGISTER VALUES FOR ACCUMULATE AND AVERAGE MODES
Trigger
ADCONT Sample
n ADRES
ADPREV
ADPSIS ADACC
01 0 1
T1 T1 1 S(n) S(n-1) ADFLTR(n-1) ADACC(n-1)-S(n-1)
T2 — 2 S(n) S(n-1) ADFLTR(n-2) ADACC(n-1)+S(n-1)
T3 T2 3 S(n) S(n-1) ADFLTR(n-1) ADACC(n-1)-S(n-1)
T4 — 4 S(n) S(n-1) ADFLTR(n-2) ADACC(n-1)+S(n-1)
T5 T3 5 S(n) S(n-1) ADFLTR(n-1) ADACC(n-1)-S(n-1)
T6 — 6 S(n) S(n-1) ADFLTR(n-2) ADACC(n-1)+S(n-1)
IfADMD: 1M If ADMD : U Olherwise Dorml
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 350
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 23-3: ADCON2: ADC CONTROL REGISTER 2
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W/HC-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
ADPSIS ADCRS<2:0> ADACLR ADMD<2:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared HC = Bit is cleared by hardware
bit 7 ADPSIS: ADC Previous Sample Input Select bits
1 = ADFLTR is transferred to ADPREV at start-of-conversion
0 = ADRES is transferred to ADPREV at start-of-conversion
bit 6-4 ADCRS<2:0>: ADC Accumulated Calculation Right Shift Select bits
111 = Reserved
110 = Reserved
101 through 000:
If ADMD = 100:
Low-pass filter time constant is 2ADCRS, filter gain is 1:1
If ADMD = 001, 010 or 011:
The accumulated value is right-shifted by ADCRS (divided by 2ADCRS)(2)
Otherwise:
Bits are ignored
bit 3 ADACLR: ADC Accumulator Clear Command bit
1 = Initial clear of ADACC, ADAOV, and the sample counter. Bit is cleared by hardware.
0 = Clearing action is complete (or not started)
bit 2-0 ADMD<2:0>: ADC Operating Mode Selection bits(1)
111 = Reserved
•
•
•
101 = Reserved
100 = Low-pass Filter mode
011 = Burst Average mode
010 = Average mode
001 = Accumulate mode
000 = Basic (Legacy) mode
Note 1: See Table 23-3 for Full mode descriptions.
2: All results of divisions using the ADCRS bits are truncated, not rounded.
If ADCONT : 1
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 351
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 23-4: ADCON3: ADC THRESHOLD REGISTER
U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W/HC-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
— ADCALC<2:0> ADSOI ADTMD<2:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared HC = Bit is cleared by hardware
bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 6-4 ADCAL<2:0>: ADC Error Calculation Mode Select bits
bit 3 ADSOI: ADC Stop-on-Interrupt bit
If ADCONT = 1:
1 = ADGO is cleared when the threshold conditions are met, otherwise the conversion is retriggered
0 = ADGO is not cleared by hardware, must be cleared by software to stop retriggers
If ADCONT = 0 bit is ignored.
bit 2-0 ADTMD<2:0>: Threshold Interrupt Mode Select bits
111 = Always set ADTIF at end of calculation
110 = Set ADTIF if ADERR>ADUTH
101 = Set ADTIF if ADERRADUTH
100 = Set ADTIF if ADERRADLTH or ADERR>ADUTH
011 = Set ADTIF if ADERR>ADLTH and ADERR<ADUTH
010 = Set ADTIF if ADERR≥ADLTH
001 = Set ADTIF if ADERR<ADLTH
000 = ADTIF is disabled
Note 1: When ADPSIS = 0, the value of (ADRES-ADPREV) is the value of (S2-S1) from Ta b le 23 - 3 .
2: When ADPSIS = 0
3: When ADPSIS = 1.
ADCALC
Action During 1st Precharge Stage
Application
ADDSEN = 0
Single-Sample Mode
ADDSEN = 1 CVD
Double-Sample Mode(1)
111 Reserved Reserved Reserved
110 Reserved Reserved Reserved
101 ADFLTR-ADSTPT ADFLTR-ADSTPT Average/filtered value vs.
setpoint
100 ADPREV-ADFLTR ADPREV-ADFLTR First derivative of filtered
value(3) (negative)
011 Reserved Reserved Reserved
010 ADRES-ADFLTR (ADRES-ADPREV)-ADFLTR Actual result vs.
averaged/filtered value
001 ADRES-ADSTPT (ADRES-ADPREV)-ADSTPT Actual result vs.setpoint
000 ADRES-ADPREV ADRES-ADPREV First derivative of single
measurement(2)
Actual CVD result in CVD
mode(2)
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 352
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 23-5: ADSTAT: ADC THRESHOLD REGISTER
R-0/0 R-0/0 R-0/0 R/C/HS-0/0 U-0 R-0/0 R-0/0 R-0/0
ADAOV ADUTHR ADLTHR ADMATH —ADSTAT<2:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 ADAOV: ADC Computation Overflow bit
1 = ADC accumulator or ADERR calculation have overflowed
0 = ADC accumulator and ADERR calculation have not overflowed
bit 6 ADUTHR: ADC Module Greater-than Upper Threshold Flag bit
1 = ADERR >ADUTH
0 = ADERRADUTH
bit 5 ADLTHR: ADC Module Less-than Lower Threshold Flag bit
1 = ADERR<ADLTH
0 = ADERR≥ADLTH
bit 4 ADMATH: ADC Module Computation Status bit
1 = Registers ADACC, ADFLTR, ADUTH, ADLTH and the ADAOV bit are updating or have already
updated
0 = Associated registers/bits have not changed since this bit was last cleared
bit 3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2-0 ADSTAT<0:2>: ADC Module Cycle Multistage Status bits(1)
111 = ADC module is in 2nd conversion stage
110 = ADC module is in 2nd acquisition stage
101 = ADC module is in 2nd precharge stage
100 = Not used
011 = ADC module is in 1st conversion stage
010 = ADC module is in 1st acquisition stage
001 = ADC module is in 1st precharge stage
000 = ADC module is not converting
Note 1: If ADOSC=1, and FOSC<FRC, these bits may be invalid.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 353
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 23-6: ADCLK: ADC CLOCK SELECTION REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
—— ADCCS<5:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5-0 ADCCS<5:0>: ADC Conversion Clock Select bits
111111 = FOSC/128
111110 = FOSC/126
111101 = FOSC/124
•
•
•
000000 = FOSC/2
REGISTER 23-7: ADREF: ADC REFERENCE SELECTION REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
— — — ADNREF —— ADPREF<1:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4 ADNREF: ADC Negative Voltage Reference Selection bit
1 = VREF- is connected to VREF- pin
0 = VREF- is connected to AVSS
bit 3-2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 1-0 ADPREF: ADC Positive Voltage Reference Selection bits
11 = VREF+ is connected to FVR_buffer 1
10 = VREF+ is connected to VREF+ pin
01 = Reserved
00 = VREF+ is connected to VDD
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 354
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 23-8: ADPCH: ADC POSITIVE CHANNEL SELECTION REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
—— ADPCH<5:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5-0 ADPCH<5:0>: ADC Positive Input Channel Selection bits
111111 = Fixed Voltage Reference (FVR)(2)
111110 = DAC1 output(1)
111101 = Temperature Indicator(3)
111100 = AVSS (Analog Ground)
111011 = Reserved. No channel connected.
•
•
•
100010 = ANE2(4)
100001 = ANE1(4)
100000 = ANE0(4)
011111 = AND7(4)
011110 = AND6(4)
011101 = AND5(4)
011100 = AND4(4)
011011 = AND3(4)
011010 = AND2(4)
011001 = AND1(4)
011000 = AND0(4)
010111 = ANC7
010110 = ANC6
010101 = ANC5
010100 = ANC4
010011 = ANC3
010010 = ANC2
010001 = ANC1
010000 = ANC0
001111 = ANB7
001110 = ANB6
001101 = ANB5
001100 = ANB4
001011 = ANB3
001010 = ANB2
001001 = ANB1
001000 = ANB0
000111 = ANA7
000110 = ANA6
000101 = ANA5
000100 = ANA4
000011 = ANA3
000010 = ANA2
000001 = ANA1
000000 = ANA0
Note 1: See Section 25.0 “5-Bit Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC1) Module” for more information.
2: See Section 16.0 “Fixed Voltage Reference (FVR)” for more information.
3: See Section 17.0 “Temperature Indicator Module” for more information.
4: PIC16(L)F18875 only.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 355
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 23-9: ADPRE: ADC PRECHARGE TIME CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
ADPRE<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 ADPRE<7:0>: Precharge Time Select bits(1)
11111111 = Precharge time is 255 clocks of the selected ADC clock
11111110 = Precharge time is 254 clocks of the selected ADC clock
•
•
•
00000001 = Precharge time is 1 clock of the selected ADC clock
00000000 = Precharge time is not included in the data conversion cycle
Note 1: When FOSC is selected as the ADC clock (ADCS bit of ADCON0 = 0), both ADPRE and ADACQ are
calculated using undivided FOSC, regardless of the value of the ADCLK register.
REGISTER 23-10: ADACQ: ADC ACQUISITION TIME CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
ADACQ<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 ADACQ<7:0>: Acquisition (charge share time) Select bits(1)
11111111= Acquisition time is 255 clocks of the selected ADC clock
11111110= Acquisition time is 254 clocks of the selected ADC clock
•
•
•
00000001= Acquisition time is 1 clock of the selected ADC clock
00000000= Acquisition time is not included in the data conversion cycle(2)
Note 1: When FOSC is selected as the ADC clock (ADCS bit of ADCON0 = 0), both ADPRE and ADACQ are
calculated using undivided FOSC, regardless of the value of the ADCLK register.
2: If ADPRE! = 0, ADAQC = 0 will instead set an Acquisition time of 256 clocks of the selected ADC clock.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 356
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 23-11: ADCAP: ADC ADDITIONAL SAMPLE CAPACITOR SELECTION REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
— — — ADCAP<4:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4-0 ADCAP<4:0>: ADC Additional Sample Capacitor Selection bits
11111 = 31 pF
11110 = 30 pF
11101 = 29 pF
•
•
•
00011 = 3 pF
00010 = 2 pF
00001 = 1 pF
00000 = No additional capacitance
REGISTER 23-12: ADRPT: ADC REPEAT SETTING REGISTER
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
ADRPT<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 ADRPT<7:0>: ADC Repeat Threshold bits
Counts the number of times that the ADC has been triggered. Used in conjunction along with ADCNT
to determine when the error threshold is checked for Low-pass Filter, Burst Average, and Average
modes.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 357
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 23-13: ADCNT: ADC CONVERSION COUNTER REGISTER
R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
ADCNT<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 ADCNT<7:0>: ADC Conversion Counter
Counts the number of times that the ADC is triggered. Determines when the threshold is checked for
the Low-Pass Filter, Burst Average, and Average Computation modes. Count saturates at 0xFF and
does not roll-over to 0x00.
REGISTER 23-14: ADFLTRH: ADC FILTER HIGH BYTE REGISTER
R-x R-x R-x R-x R-x R-x R-x R-x
ADFLTR<15:8>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 ADFLTR<15:8>: ADC Filter Output Most Significant bits and Sign bit
In Accumulate, Average, and Burst Average mode, this is equal to ADACC right shifted by the ADCRS
bits of ADCON2. In LPF mode, this is the output of the Lowpass Filter.
REGISTER 23-15: ADFLTRL: ADC FILTER LOW BYTE REGISTER
R-x R-x R-x R-x R-x R-x R-x R-x
ADFLTR<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 ADFLTR<7:0>: ADC Filter Output Least Significant bits
In Accumulate, Average, and Burst Average mode, this is equal to ADACC right shifted by the ADCRS
bits of ADCON2. In LPF mode, this is the output of the Lowpass Filter.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 358
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 23-16: ADRESH: ADC RESULT REGISTER HIGH, ADFRM=0
R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
ADRES<9:2>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 ADRES<9:2>: ADC Result Register bits
Most Significant eight bits of 10-bit conversion result.
REGISTER 23-17: ADRESL: ADC RESULT REGISTER LOW, ADFRM=0
R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
ADRES<1:0> — — — — — —
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 ADRES<1:0>: ADC Result Register bits. Least Significant two bits of 10-bit conversion result.
bit 5-0 Reserved: Do not use.
REGISTER 23-18: ADRESH: ADC RESULT REGISTER HIGH, ADFRM=1
R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
— — — — — — ADRES<9:8>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-2 Reserved: Do not use.
bit 1-0 ADRES<9:8>: ADC Sample Result bits. Most Significant two bits of 10-bit conversion result.
If ADPSIS : 1 If ADPSIS : 0
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 359
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 23-19: ADRESL: ADC RESULT REGISTER LOW, ADFRM=1
R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
ADRES<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 ADRES<7:0>: ADC Result Register bits. Least Significant eight bits of 10-bit conversion result.
REGISTER 23-20: ADPREVH: ADC PREVIOUS RESULT REGISTER
R-x R-x R-x R-x R-x R-x R-x R-x
ADPREV<15:8>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 ADPREV<15:8>: Previous ADC Results Most Significant Byte
If ADPSIS = 1:
Most Significant Byte of ADFLTR at the start of current ADC conversion
If ADPSIS = 0:
Most Significant bits of ADRES at the start of current ADC conversion(1)
Note 1: If ADPSIS = 0, ADPREVH and ADPREVL are formatted the same way as ADRES is, depending on the
ADFRM bit.
If ADPSIS : If ADPSIS : ‘
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 360
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 23-21: ADPREVL: ADC PREVIOUS RESULT REGISTER
R-x R-x R-x R-x R-x R-x R-x R-x
ADPREV<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 ADPREV<7:0>: Previous ADC Results Least Significant Byte
If ADPSIS = 1:
Least Significant Byte of ADFLTR at the start of current ADC conversion
If ADPSIS = 0:
Least Significant bits of ADRES at the start of current ADC conversion(1)
Note 1: If ADPSIS = 0, ADPREVH and ADPREVL are formatted the same way as ADRES is, depending on the
ADFRM bit.
REGISTER 23-22: ADACCH: ADC ACCUMULATOR REGISTER HIGH
R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
ADACC<15:8>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 ADACC<15:8>: ADC Accumulator MSB. Most Significant seven bits of accumulator value and sign bit.
REGISTER 23-23: ADACCL: ADC ACCUMULATOR REGISTER LOW
R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
ADACC<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 ADACC<7:0>: ADC Accumulator LSB. Least Significant eight bits of accumulator value.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 361
PIC16(L)F18855/75
\
REGISTER 23-24: ADSTPTH: ADC THRESHOLD SETPOINT REGISTER HIGH
R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
ADSTPT<15:8>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 ADSTPT<15:8>: ADC Threshold Setpoint MSB. Most Significant Byte of ADC threshold setpoint,
depending on ADCALC, may be used to determine ADERR, see Register 21-1 for more details.
REGISTER 23-25: ADSTPTL: ADC THRESHOLD SETPOINT REGISTER LOW
R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x
ADSTPT<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 ADSTPT<7:0>: ADC Threshold Setpoint LSB. Least Significant Byte of ADC threshold setpoint,
depending on ADCALC, may be used to determine ADERR, see Register 21-1 for more details.
REGISTER 23-26: ADERRH: ADC CALCULATION ERROR REGISTER HIGH
R-x R-x R-x R-x R-x R-x R-x R-x
ADERR<15:8>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 ADERR<15:8>: ADC Calculation Error MSB. Most Significant Byte of ADC Calculation Error.
Calculation is determined by ADCALC bits of ADCON3, see Register 21-1 for more details.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 362
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 23-27: ADERRL: ADC CALCULATION ERROR LOW BYTE REGISTER
R-x R-x R-x R-x R-x R-x R-x R-x
ADERR<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 ADERR<7:0>: ADC Calculation Error LSB. Least Significant Byte of ADC Calculation Error. Calcula-
tion is determined by ADCALC bits of ADCON3, see Register 21-1 for more details.
REGISTER 23-28: ADLTHH: ADC LOWER THRESHOLD HIGH BYTE REGISTER
R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x
ADLTH<15:8>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 ADLTH<15:8>: ADC Lower Threshold MSB. ADLTH and ADUTH are compared with ADERR to set
the ADUTHR and ADLTHR bits of ADSTAT. Depending on the setting of ADTMD, an interrupt may be
triggered by the results of this comparison.
REGISTER 23-29: ADLTHL: ADC LOWER THRESHOLD LOW BYTE REGISTER
R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x
ADLTH<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 ADLTH<7:0>: ADC Lower Threshold LSB. ADLTH and ADUTH are compared with ADERR to set the
ADUTHR and ADLTHR bits of ADSTAT. Depending on the setting of ADTMD, an interrupt may be
triggered by the results of this comparison.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 363
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 23-30: ADUTHH: ADC UPPER THRESHOLD HIGH BYTE REGISTER
R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x
ADUTH<15:8>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 ADUTH<15:8>: ADC Upper Threshold MSB. ADLTH and ADUTH are compared with ADERR to set
the ADUTHR and ADLTHR bits of ADSTAT. Depending on the setting of ADTMD, an interrupt may be
triggered by the results of this comparison.
REGISTER 23-31: ADUTHL: ADC UPPER THRESHOLD LOW BYTE REGISTER
R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x
ADUTH<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 ADUTH<7:0>: ADC Upper Threshold LSB. ADLTH and ADUTH are compared with ADERR to set the
ADUTHR and ADLTHR bits of ADSTAT. Depending on the setting of ADTMD, an interrupt may be
triggered by the results of this comparison.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 364
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 23-32: ADACT: ADC AUTO CONVERSION TRIGGER CONTROL REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
— — — ADACT<4:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4-0 ADACT<4:0>: Auto-Conversion Trigger Select Bits
See Ta b l e 2 3 - 2 .
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 365
PIC16(L)F18855/75
TABLE 23-6: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH ADC
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
ADCON0 ADON ADCONT — ADCS — ADFRM0 —ADGO
348
ADCON1 ADPPOL ADIPEN ADGPOL ———— ADDSEN 349
ADCON2 ADPSIS ADCRS<2:0> ADACLR ADMD<2:0> 350
ADCON3 — ADCALC<2:0> ADSOI ADTMD<2:0> 351
ADACT ——— ADACT<4:0> 350
ADACCH ADACCH 360
ADACCL ADACCL 360
ADPREVH ADPREVH 359
ADPREVL ADPREVL 360
ADRESH ADRESH 358
ADRESL ADRESL 358
ADSTAT ADAOV ADUTHR ADLTHR ADMATH —ADSTAT<2:0>
352
ADCLK —— ADCCS<5:0> 353
ADREF ——— ADNREF —— ADPREF<1:0> 353
ADCAP ——— ADCAP<4:0> 356
ADPRE ADPRE<7:0> 355
ADACQ ADACQ<7:0> 355
ADPCH ——ADPCH<5:0>
354
ADCNT ADCNT<7:0> 357
ADRPT ADRPT<7:0> 356
ADLTHL ADLTH<7:0> 362
ADLTHH ADLTH<15:8> 362
ADUTHL ADUTH<7:0> 363
ADUTHH ADUTH<15:8> 363
ADSTPTL ADSTPT<7:0> 361
ADSTPTH ADSTPT<15:8> 361
ADFLTRL ADFLTR<7:0> 357
ADFLTRH ADFLTR<15:8> 357
ADERRL ADERR<7:0> 362
ADERRH ADERR<15:8> 361
ANSELA ANSA7 ANSA6 ANSA5 ANSA4 ANSA3 ANSA2 ANSA1 ANSA0 203
ANSELB ANSB7 ANSB6 ANSB5 ANSB4 ANSB3 ANSB2 ANSB1 ANSB0 210
ANSELC ANSC7 ANSC6 ANSC5 ANSC4 ANSC3 ANSC2 ANSC1 ANSC0 216
ANSELD(1) ANSD7 ANSD6 ANSD5 ANSD4 ANSD3 ANSD2 ANSD1 ANSD0 221
ANSELE ———— ANSE3 ANSE2(1) ANSE1(1) ANSE0(1) 230
DAC1CON1 ———DAC1R<4:0>379
FVRCON FVREN FVRRDY TSEN TSRNG CDAFVR<1:0> ADFVR<1:0> 260
INTCON GIE PEIE —————INTEDG
133
PIE1 OSFIE CSWIE ————ADTIE ADIE 135
PIR1 OSFIF CSWIF ————ADTIF ADIF 144
OSCSTAT EXTOR HFOR MFOR LFOR SOR ADOR —PLLR123
Legend: — = unimplemented read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used for the ADC module.
Note 1: PIC16(L)F18875 only.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 366
PIC16(L)F18855/75
24.0 NUMERICALLY CONTROLLED
OSCILLATOR (NCO) MODULE
The Numerically Controlled Oscillator (NCO) module is
a timer that uses overflow from the addition of an
increment value to divide the input frequency. The
advantage of the addition method over simple counter
driven timer is that the output frequency resolution
does not vary with the divider value. The NCO is most
useful for application that requires frequency accuracy
and fine resolution at a fixed duty cycle.
Features of the NCO include:
• 20-bit Increment Function
• Fixed Duty Cycle mode (FDC) mode
• Pulse Frequency (PF) mode
• Output Pulse Width Control
• Multiple Clock Input Sources
• Output Polarity Control
• Interrupt Capability
Figure 24-1 is a simplified block diagram of the NCO
module.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 368
PIC16(L)F18855/75
24.1 NCO OPERATION
The NCO operates by repeatedly adding a fixed value to
an accumulator. Additions occur at the input clock rate.
The accumulator will overflow with a carry periodically,
which is the raw NCO output (NCO_overflow). This
effectively reduces the input clock by the ratio of the
addition value to the maximum accumulator value. See
Equation 24-1.
The NCO output can be further modified by stretching
the pulse or toggling a flip-flop. The modified NCO
output is then distributed internally to other peripherals
and can be optionally output to a pin. The accumulator
overflow also generates an interrupt (NCO_overflow).
The NCO period changes in discrete steps to create an
average frequency. This output depends on the ability
of the receiving circuit (i.e., CWG or external resonant
converter circuitry) to average the NCO output to
reduce uncertainty.
EQUATION 24-1: NCO OVERFLOW FREQUENCY
24.1.1 NCO CLOCK SOURCES
Clock sources available to the NCO include:
•HFINTOSC
•F
OSC
• LC1_out
• LC2_out
• LC3_out
• LC4_out
The NCO clock source is selected by configuring the
N1CKS<2:0> bits in the NCO1CLK register.
24.1.2 ACCUMULATOR
The accumulator is a 20-bit register. Read and write
access to the accumulator is available through three
registers:
• NCO1ACCL
• NCO1ACCH
• NCO1ACCU
24.1.3 ADDER
The NCO Adder is a full adder, which operates
independently from the source clock. The addition of
the previous result and the increment value replaces
the accumulator value on the rising edge of each input
clock.
24.1.4 INCREMENT REGISTERS
The increment value is stored in three registers making
up a 20-bit incrementer. In order of LSB to MSB they
are:
• NCO1INCL
• NCO1INCH
• NCO1INCU
When the NCO module is enabled, the NCO1INCU and
NCO1INCH registers should be written first, then the
NCO1INCL register. Writing to the NCO1INCL register
initiates the increment buffer registers to be loaded
simultaneously on the second rising edge of the
NCO_clk signal.
The registers are readable and writable. The increment
registers are double-buffered to allow value changes to
be made without first disabling the NCO module.
When the NCO module is disabled, the increment
buffers are loaded immediately after a write to the
increment registers.
FOVERFLOW NCO Clock Frequency Increment Value
220
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------=
Note: The increment buffer registers are not user-
accessible.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 369
PIC16(L)F18855/75
24.2 FIXED DUTY CYCLE MODE
In Fixed Duty Cycle (FDC) mode, every time the
accumulator overflows (NCO_overflow), the output is
toggled. This provides a 50% duty cycle, provided that
the increment value remains constant. For more
information, see Figure 24-2.
The FDC mode is selected by clearing the N1PFM bit
in the NCO1CON register.
24.3 PULSE FREQUENCY MODE
In Pulse Frequency (PF) mode, every time the
Accumulator overflows, the output becomes active for
one or more clock periods. Once the clock period
expires, the output returns to an inactive state. This
provides a pulsed output. The output becomes active
on the rising clock edge immediately following the
overflow event. For more information, see Figure 24-2.
The value of the active and inactive states depends on
the polarity bit, N1POL in the NCO1CON register.
The PF mode is selected by setting the N1PFM bit in
the NCO1CON register.
24.3.1 OUTPUT PULSE WIDTH CONTROL
When operating in PF mode, the active state of the out-
put can vary in width by multiple clock periods. Various
pulse widths are selected with the N1PWS<2:0> bits in
the NCO1CLK register.
When the selected pulse width is greater than the
Accumulator overflow time frame, then DDS operation
is undefined.
24.4 OUTPUT POLARITY CONTROL
The last stage in the NCO module is the output polarity.
The N1POL bit in the NCO1CON register selects the
output polarity. Changing the polarity while the
interrupts are enabled will cause an interrupt for the
resulting output transition.
The NCO output signal is available to the following
peripherals:
•CLC
•CWG
• Timer1/3/5
• Timer2/4/6
•SMT
•DSM
• Reference Clock Output
24.5 Interrupts
When the accumulator overflows (NCO_overflow), the
NCO Interrupt Flag bit, NCO1IF, of the PIR7 register is
set. To enable the interrupt event (NCO_interrupt), the
following bits must be set:
• N1EN bit of the NCO1CON register
• NCO1IE bit of the PIE7 register
• PEIE bit of the INTCON register
• GIE bit of the INTCON register
The interrupt must be cleared by software by clearing
the NCO1IF bit in the Interrupt Service Routine.
24.6 Effects of a Reset
All of the NCO registers are cleared to zero as the
result of a Reset.
24.7 Operation in Sleep
The NCO module operates independently from the
system clock and will continue to run during Sleep,
provided that the clock source selected remains active.
The HFINTOSC remains active during Sleep when the
NCO module is enabled and the HFINTOSC is
selected as the clock source, regardless of the system
clock source selected.
In other words, if the HFINTOSC is simultaneously
selected as the system clock and the NCO clock
source, when the NCO is enabled, the CPU will go idle
during Sleep, but the NCO will continue to operate and
the HFINTOSC will remain active.
This will have a direct effect on the Sleep mode current.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 371
PIC16(L)F18855/75
24.8 NCO Control Registers
REGISTER 24-1: NCO1CON: NCO CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0/0 U-0 R-0/0 R/W-0/0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0
N1EN — N1OUT N1POL — — —N1PFM
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 N1EN: NCO1 Enable bit
1 = NCO1 module is enabled
0 = NCO1 module is disabled
bit 6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5 N1OUT: NCO1 Output bit
Displays the current output value of the NCO1 module.
bit 4 N1POL: NCO1 Polarity
1 = NCO1 output signal is inverted
0 = NCO1 output signal is not inverted
bit 3-1 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 0 N1PFM: NCO1 Pulse Frequency Mode bit
1 = NCO1 operates in Pulse Frequency mode
0 = NCO1 operates in Fixed Duty Cycle mode, divide by 2
(1'1)
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 372
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 24-2: NCO1CLK: NCO1 INPUT CLOCK CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
N1PWS<2:0>(1,2) —— N1CKS<2:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-5 N1PWS<2:0>: NCO1 Output Pulse Width Select bits(1,2)
111 = NCO1 output is active for 128 input clock periods
110 = NCO1 output is active for 64 input clock periods
101 = NCO1 output is active for 32 input clock periods
100 = NCO1 output is active for 16 input clock periods
011 = NCO1 output is active for 8 input clock periods
010 = NCO1 output is active for 4 input clock periods
001 = NCO1 output is active for 2 input clock periods
000 = NCO1 output is active for 1 input clock period
bit 4-3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2-0 N1CKS<2:0>: NCO1 Clock Source Select bits
110 = Reserved
•
•
•
111 = Reserved
101 = LC4_out
100 = LC3_out
011 = LC2_out
010 = LC1_out
001 = HFINTOSC
000 = FOSC
Note 1: N1PWS applies only when operating in Pulse Frequency mode.
2: If NCO1 pulse width is greater than NCO1 overflow period, operation is undefined.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 373
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 24-3: NCO1ACCL: NCO1 ACCUMULATOR REGISTER – LOW BYTE
REGISTER 24-4: NCO1ACCH: NCO1 ACCUMULATOR REGISTER – HIGH BYTE
REGISTER 24-5: NCO1ACCU: NCO1 ACCUMULATOR REGISTER – UPPER BYTE(1)
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
NCO1ACC<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 NCO1ACC<7:0>: NCO1 Accumulator, Low Byte
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
NCO1ACC<15:8>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 NOC1ACC<15:8>: NCO1 Accumulator, High Byte
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
———— NCO1ACC<19:16>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 3-0 NCO1ACC<19:16>: NCO1 Accumulator, Upper Byte
Note 1: The accumulator spans registers NCO1ACCU:NCO1ACCH: NCO1ACCL. The 24 bits are reserved but
not all are used.This register updates in real-time, asynchronously to the CPU; there is no provision to
guarantee atomic access to this 24-bit space using an 8-bit bus. Writing to this register while the module is
operating will produce undefined results.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 374
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 24-6: NCO1INCL: NCO1 INCREMENT REGISTER – LOW BYTE(1,2)
REGISTER 24-7: NCO1INCH: NCO1 INCREMENT REGISTER – HIGH BYTE(1)
REGISTER 24-8: NCO1INCU: NCO1 INCREMENT REGISTER – UPPER BYTE(1)
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-1/1
NCO1INC<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 NCO1INC<7:0>: NCO1 Increment, Low Byte
Note 1: The logical increment spans NCO1INCU:NCO1INCH:NCO1INCL.
2: DDSINC is double-buffered as INCBUF; INCBUF is updated on the next falling edge of NCOCLK after
writing to NCO1INCL; NCO1INCU and NCO1INCH should be written prior to writing NCO1INCL.
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
NCO1INC<15:8>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 NCO1INC<15:8>: NCO1 Increment, High Byte
Note 1: The logical increment spans NCO1INCU:NCO1INCH:NCO1INCL.
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
———— NCO1INC<19:16>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 3-0 NCO1INC<19:16>: NCO1 Increment, Upper Byte
Note 1: The logical increment spans NCO1INCU:NCO1INCH:NCO1INCL.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 375
PIC16(L)F18855/75
TABLE 24-1: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH NCO
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
ANSELA ANSA7 ANSA6 ANSA5 ANSA4 ANSA3 ANSA2 ANSA1 ANSA0 203
ANSELC ANSC7 ANSC6 ANSC5 ANSC4 ANSC3 ANSC2 ANSC1 ANSC0 216
INTCON GIE PEIE ― ― ― ― ― INTEDG 133
PIR2 ―ZCDIF ― ― ― ― C2IF C1IF 145
PIE2 ―ZCDIE ― ― ― ― C2IE C1IE 136
NCO1CON N1EN ―N1OUT N1POL ― ― ― N1PFM 371
NCO1CLK N1PWS<2:0> ― ― N1CKS<2:0> 372
NCO1ACCL NCO1ACC<7:0> 373
NCO1ACCH NCO1ACC<15:8> 373
NCO1ACCU ― ― ― ― NCO1ACC<19:16> 373
NCO1INCL NCO1INC<7:0> 374
NCO1INCH NCO1INC<15:8> 374
NCO1INCU ― ― ― ― NCO1INC<19:16> 374
RxyPPS ― ― ― RxyPPS<4:0> 241
CWG1ISM ― ― ― ― IS<3:0> 303
MDSRC — — — MDMS<4:0> 389
MDCARH — — — — MDCHS<3:0> 390
MDCARL — — — —MDCLS<3:0>391
CCP1CAP ― ― ― ― ― CTS<2:0> 444
CCP2CAP ― ― ― ― ― CTS<2:0> 444
CCP3CAP ― ― ― ― ― CTS<2:0> 444
CCP4CAP ― ― ― ― ― CTS<2:0> 444
CCP5CAP ― ― ― ― ― CTS<2:0> 444
TRISA TRISA7 TRISA6 TRISA5 TRISA4 TRISA3 TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 202
TRISC TRISC7 TRISC6 TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 215
Legend: — = unimplemented read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used for NCO module.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 376
PIC16(L)F18855/75
25.0 5-BIT DIGITAL-TO-ANALOG
CONVERTER (DAC1) MODULE
The Digital-to-Analog Converter supplies a variable
voltage reference, ratiometric with the input source,
with 32 selectable output levels.
The input of the DAC can be connected to:
• External VREF pins
•V
DD supply voltage
• FVR (Fixed Voltage Reference)
The output of the DAC can be configured to supply a
reference voltage to the following:
• Comparator positive input
• ADC input channel
• DAC1OUT pin
The Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC) is enabled by
setting the DAC1EN bit of the DAC1CON0 register.
25.1 Output Voltage Selection
The DAC has 32 voltage level ranges. The 32 levels
are set with the DAC1R<4:0> bits of the DAC1CON1
register.
The DAC output voltage is determined by Equation 25-1:
EQUATION 25-1: DAC OUTPUT VOLTAGE
25.2 Ratiometric Output Level
The DAC output value is derived using a resistor ladder
with each end of the ladder tied to a positive and
negative voltage reference input source. If the voltage
of either input source fluctuates, a similar fluctuation will
result in the DAC output value.
The value of the individual resistors within the ladder
can be found in Table 37-15.
25.3 DAC Voltage Reference Output
The DAC voltage can be output to the DAC1OUT1/2
pins by setting the DAC1OE1/2 bits of the DAC1CON0
register, respectively. Selecting the DAC reference
voltage for output on the DAC1OUT1/2 pins
automatically overrides the digital output buffer and
digital input threshold detector functions and disables
the weak pull-up. Reading the DAC1OUT1/2 pin when
it has been configured for DAC reference voltage
output will always return a ‘0’.
Due to the limited current drive capability, a buffer must
be used on the DAC voltage reference output for
external connections to the DAC1OUT1/2 pins.
Figure 25-2 shows an example buffering technique.
VOUT VSOURCE+
VSOURCE-

DAC1R4:0
25
-----------------------------------
–



VSOURCE-
+=
VSOURCE+VDD or VREF+ or FVR=
VSOURCE-VSS or VREF-
=
‘LT?
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 377
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 25-1: DIGITAL-TO-ANALOG CONVERTER BLOCK DIAGRAM
FIGURE 25-2: VOLTAGE REFERENCE OUTPUT BUFFER EXAMPLE
VREF+
VDD
DACPSS
VSOURCE+
VSOURCE-
VSS
R
32
Steps
R
R
R
R
R
R
32-to-1 MUX
To Peripherals
DACxOUT1(1)
DACOE1
DACx_output
DACEN
DACR<4:0>
5
DACxOUT2(1)
DACOE2
Rev. 10-000026G
12/15/2016
00
11
10
01
FVR Buffer
Reserved
1
0
VREF-
DACNSS
Note 1: The unbuffered DACx_output is provided on the DACxOUT pin(s).
DAC1OUT Buffered DAC Output
+
–
DAC
Module
Voltage
Reference
Output
Impedance
R
PIC® MCU
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 378
PIC16(L)F18855/75
25.4 Operation During Sleep
The DAC continues to function during Sleep. When the
device wakes up from Sleep through an interrupt or a
Watchdog Timer time-out, the contents of the
DAC1CON0 register are not affected.
25.5 Effects of a Reset
A device Reset affects the following:
• DAC is disabled.
• DAC output voltage is removed from the
DAC1OUT1/2 pins.
• The DAC1R<4:0> range select bits are cleared.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 379
PIC16(L)F18855/75
25.6 Register Definitions: DAC Control
REGISTER 25-1: DAC1CON0: VOLTAGE REFERENCE CONTROL REGISTER 0
R/W-0/0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 U-0 R/W-0/0
DAC1EN — DAC1OE1 DAC1OE2 DAC1PSS<1:0> — DAC1NSS
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 DAC1EN: DAC1 Enable bit
1 = DAC is enabled
0 = DAC is disabled
bit 6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5 DAC1OE1: DAC1 Voltage Output 1 Enable bit
1 = DAC voltage level is also an output on the DAC1OUT1 pin
0 = DAC voltage level is disconnected from the DAC1OUT1 pin
bit 4 DAC1OE2: DAC1 Voltage Output 1 Enable bit
1 = DAC voltage level is also an output on the DAC1OUT2 pin
0 = DAC voltage level is disconnected from the DAC1OUT2 pin
bit 3-2 DAC1PSS<1:0>: DAC1 Positive Source Select bits
11 = Reserved, do not use
10 = FVR output
01 =V
REF+ pin
00 =VDD
bit 1 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 0 DAC1NSS: DAC1 Negative Source Select bits
1 =V
REF- pin
0 =V
SS
REGISTER 25-2: DAC1CON1: VOLTAGE REFERENCE CONTROL REGISTER 1
U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
— — —DAC1R<4:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4-0 DAC1R<4:0>: DAC1 Voltage Output Select bits
VOUT = (VSRC+ - VSRC-)*(DAC1R<4:0>/32) + VSRC
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 380
PIC16(L)F18855/75
TABLE 25-1: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH THE DAC1 MODULE
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on page
DAC1CON0 DAC1EN — DAC1OE1 DAC1OE2 DAC1PSS<1:0> — DAC1NSS 379
DAC1CON1 — — —DAC1R<4:0>379
CM1PSEL — — — — — PCH<2:0> 272
CM2PSEL — — — — — PCH<2:0> 272
ADPCH —— ADPCH<5:0> 348
Legend: — = Unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used with the DAC module.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 381
PIC16(L)F18855/75
26.0 DATA SIGNAL MODULATOR
(DSM) MODULE
The Data Signal Modulator (DSM) is a peripheral which
allows the user to mix a data stream, also known as a
modulator signal, with a carrier signal to produce a
modulated output.
Both the carrier and the modulator signals are supplied
to the DSM module either internally, from the output of
a peripheral, or externally through an input pin.
The modulated output signal is generated by
performing a logical “AND” operation of both the carrier
and modulator signals and then provided to the MDOUT
pin.
The carrier signal is comprised of two distinct and
separate signals. A carrier high (CARH) signal and a
carrier low (CARL) signal. During the time in which the
modulator (MOD) signal is in a logic high state, the
DSM mixes the carrier high signal with the modulator
signal. When the modulator signal is in a logic low
state, the DSM mixes the carrier low signal with the
modulator signal.
Using this method, the DSM can generate the following
types of Key Modulation schemes:
• Frequency-Shift Keying (FSK)
• Phase-Shift Keying (PSK)
• On-Off Keying (OOK)
Additionally, the following features are provided within
the DSM module:
• Carrier Synchronization
• Carrier Source Polarity Select
• Carrier Source Pin Disable
• Programmable Modulator Data
• Modulator Source Pin Disable
• Modulated Output Polarity Select
• Slew Rate Control
Figure 26-1 shows a Simplified Block Diagram of the
Data Signal Modulator peripheral.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 382
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 26-1: SIMPLIFIED BLOCK DIAGRAM OF THE DATA SIGNAL MODULATOR
Rev. 10-000248D
7/28/2015
D
Q
D
Q
SYNC
SYNC
MDOPOL
MDCHPOL
MDCLPOL
MDCLSYNC
MDCHSYNC
CARL
CARH
MOD
MDCHS<3:0>
MDCLS<3:0>
Data Signal Modulator
1
0
1
0
0000
See
MDCARH
Register
1111
0000
See
MDCARL
Register
1111
MDSRCS<4:0>
00000
See
MDSRC
Register
11111
PPS
RxyPPS
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 383
PIC16(L)F18855/75
26.1 DSM Operation
The DSM module can be enabled by setting the MDEN
bit in the MDCON register. Clearing the MDEN bit in the
MDCON register, disables the DSM module by auto-
matically switching the carrier high and carrier low sig-
nals to the VSS signal source. The modulator signal
source is also switched to the MDBIT in the MDCON
register. This not only assures that the DSM module is
inactive, but that it is also consuming the least amount
of current.
The values used to select the carrier high, carrier low,
and modulator sources held by the Modulation Source,
Modulation High Carrier, and Modulation Low Carrier
control registers are not affected when the MDEN bit is
cleared and the DSM module is disabled. The values
inside these registers remain unchanged while the
DSM is inactive. The sources for the carrier high, car-
rier low and modulator signals will once again be
selected when the MDEN bit is set and the DSM
module is again enabled and active.
The modulated output signal can be disabled without
shutting down the DSM module. The DSM module will
remain active and continue to mix signals, but the out-
put value will not be sent to the DSM pin. During the
time that the output is disabled, the DSM pin will remain
low. The modulated output can be disabled by clearing
the MDEN bit in the MDCON register.
26.2 Modulator Signal Sources
The modulator signal can be supplied from the
following sources:
• External Signal on MDSRCPPS pin
• MDBIT bit in the MDCON0 register
• CCP1 Signal
• CCP2 Signal
• CCP3 Signal
• CCP4 Signal
• CCP5 Signal
• PWM6 Signal
• PWM7 Signal
• NCO output
• Comparator C1 Signal
• Comparator C2 Signal
• CLC1 Output
• CLC2 Output
• CLC3 Output
• CLC4 Output
• EUSART DT Signal
• EUSART TX/CK Signal
• MSSP1 SDO Signal (SPI Mode Only)
• MSSP2 SDO Signal
The modulator signal is selected by configuring the
MDMS <4:0> bits in the MDSRC register.
26.3 Carrier Signal Sources
The carrier high signal and carrier low signal can be
supplied from the following sources:
• External Signal on MDCARH/LPPS pins
•F
OSC (system clock)
•HFINTOSC
• Reference Clock Module Signal
• CCP1 Signal
• CCP2 Signal
• CCP3 Signal
• CCP4 Signal
• CCP5 Signal
• PWM6 Output
• PWM7 Output
• NCO output
• CLC1 output
• CLC2 output
• CLC3 output
• CLC4 output
The carrier high signal is selected by configuring the
MDCHS <3:0> bits in the MDCARH register. The
carrier low signal is selected by configuring the MDCLS
<3:0> bits in the MDCARL register.
26.4 Carrier Synchronization
During the time when the DSM switches between car-
rier high and carrier low signal sources, the carrier data
in the modulated output signal can become truncated.
To prevent this, the carrier signal can be synchronized
to the modulator signal. When synchronization is
enabled, the carrier pulse that is being mixed at the
time of the transition is allowed to transition low before
the DSM switches over to the next carrier source.
Synchronization is enabled separately for the carrier
high and carrier low signal sources. Synchronization for
the carrier high signal is enabled by setting the
MDCHSYNC bit in the MDCON1 register.
Synchronization for the carrier low signal is enabled by
setting the MDCLSYNC bit in the MDCON1 register.
Figure 26-1 through Figure 26-6 show timing diagrams
of using various synchronization methods.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 384
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 26-2: ON OFF KEYING (OOK) SYNCHRONIZATION
FIGURE 26-3: NO SYNCHRONIZATION (MDSHSYNC = 0, MDCLSYNC = 0)
FIGURE 26-4: CARRIER HIGH SYNCHRONIZATION (MDSHSYNC = 1, MDCLSYNC = 0)
Carrier Low (CARL)
MDCHSYNC = 1
MDCLSYNC = 0
MDCHSYNC = 1
MDCLSYNC = 1
MDCHSYNC = 0
MDCLSYNC = 0
MDCHSYNC = 0
MDCLSYNC = 1
Carrier High (CARH)
Modulator (MOD)
MDCHSYNC = 0
MDCLSYNC = 0
Modulator (MOD)
Carrier High (CARH)
Carrier Low (CARL)
Active Carrier CARH CARL CARL
CARH
State
MDCHSYNC = 1
MDCLSYNC = 0
Modulator (MOD)
Carrier High (CARH)
Carrier Low (CARL)
Active Carrier
CARH CARL CARL
CARH
State
both both
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 385
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 26-5: CARRIER LOW SYNCHRONIZATION (MDSHSYNC = 0, MDCLSYNC = 1)
FIGURE 26-6: FULL SYNCHRONIZATION (MDSHSYNC = 1, MDCLSYNC = 1)
MDCHSYNC = 0
MDCLSYNC = 1
Modulator (MOD)
Carrier High (CARH)
Carrier Low (CARL)
Active Carrier CARH CARL CARL
CARH
State
MDCHSYNC = 1
MDCLSYNC = 1
Modulator (MOD)
Carrier High (CARH)
Carrier Low (CARL)
Active Carrier CARH CARL CARL
CARH
State
Falling edges
used to sync
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 386
PIC16(L)F18855/75
26.5 Carrier Source Polarity Select
The signal provided from any selected input source for
the carrier high and carrier low signals can be inverted.
Inverting the signal for the carrier high source is
enabled by setting the MDCHPOL bit of the MDCON1
register. Inverting the signal for the carrier low source is
enabled by setting the MDCLPOL bit of the MDCON1
register.
26.6 Programmable Modulator Data
The MDBIT of the MDCON0 register can be selected
as the source for the modulator signal. This gives the
user the ability to program the value used for modula-
tion.
26.7 Modulated Output Polarity
The modulated output signal provided on the DSM pin
can also be inverted. Inverting the modulated output
signal is enabled by setting the MDOPOL bit of the
MDCON0 register.
26.8 Slew Rate Control
The slew rate limitation on the output port pin can be
disabled. The slew rate limitation can be removed by
clearing the SLR bit of the SLRCON register
associated with that pin. For example, clearing the slew
rate limitation for pin RA5 would require clearing the
SLRA5 bit of the SLRCONA register.
26.9 Operation in Sleep Mode
The DSM module is not affected by Sleep mode. The
DSM can still operate during Sleep, if the Carrier and
Modulator input sources are also still operable during
Sleep.
26.10 Effects of a Reset
Upon any device Reset, the DSM module is disabled.
The user’s firmware is responsible for initializing the
module before enabling the output. The registers are
reset to their default values.
Tm
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 387
PIC16(L)F18855/75
26.11 Register Definitions: Modulation Control
REGISTER 26-1: MDCON0: MODULATION CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0/0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0
MDEN — MDOUT MDOPOL — — —MDBIT
(2)
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 MDEN: Modulator Module Enable bit
1 = Modulator module is enabled and mixing input signals
0 = Modulator module is disabled and has no output
bit 6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5 MDOUT: Modulator Output bit
Displays the current output value of the modulator module.(1)
bit 4 MDOPOL: Modulator Output Polarity Select bit
1 = Modulator output signal is inverted; idle high output
0 = Modulator output signal is not inverted; idle low output
bit 3-1 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 0 MDBIT: Allows software to manually set modulation source input to module(2)
Note 1: The modulated output frequency can be greater and asynchronous from the clock that updates this
register bit, the bit value may not be valid for higher speed modulator or carrier signals.
2: MDBIT must be selected as the modulation source in the MDSRC register for this operation.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 388
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 26-2: MDCON1: MODULATION CONTROL REGISTER 1
U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
—— MDCHPOL MDCHSYNC —— MDCLPOL MDCLSYNC
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5 MDCHPOL: Modulator High Carrier Polarity Select bit
1 = Selected high carrier signal is inverted
0 = Selected high carrier signal is not inverted
bit 4 MDCHSYNC: Modulator High Carrier Synchronization Enable bit
1 = Modulator waits for a falling edge on the high time carrier signal before allowing a switch to the
low time carrier
0 = Modulator Output is not synchronized to the high-time carrier signal(1)
bit 3-2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 1 MDCLPOL: Modulator Low Carrier Polarity Select bit
1 = Selected low carrier signal is inverted
0 = Selected low carrier signal is not inverted
bit 0 MDCLSYNC: Modulator Low Carrier Synchronization Enable bit
1 = Modulator waits for a falling edge on the low time carrier signal before allowing a switch to the
high-time carrier
0 = Modulator Output is not synchronized to the low-time carrier signal(1)
Note 1: Narrowed carrier pulse widths or spurs may occur in the signal stream if the carrier is not synchronized.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 389
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 26-3: MDSRC: MODULATION SOURCE CONTROL REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
— — —MDMS<4:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4-0 MDMS<4:0> Modulation Source Selection bits
11111 = Reserved. No channel connected.
•
•
•
10100 = Reserved. No channel connected.
10011 = MSSP2 SDO
10010 = MSSP1 SDO
10001 = EUSART TX/CK output
10000 = EUSART DT output
01111 = CLC4 output
01110 = CLC3 output
01101 = CLC2 output
01100 = CLC1 output
01011 = C2 (Comparator 2) output
01010 = C1 (Comparator 1) output
01001 = NCO output
01000 = PWM7 output
00111 = PWM6 output
00110 = CCP5 output (PWM Output mode only)
00101 = CCP4 output (PWM Output mode only)
00100 = CCP3 output (PWM Output mode only)
00011 = CCP2 output (PWM Output mode only)
00010 = CCP1 output (PWM Output mode only)
00001 = MDBIT of MDCON0 register is modulation source
00000 = MDSRCPPS
>(1)
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 390
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 26-4: MDCARH: MODULATION HIGH CARRIER CONTROL REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
— — — — MDCHS<3:0>(1)
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 3-0 MDCHS<3:0> Modulator Data High Carrier Selection bits (1)
1111 = LC4_out
1110 = LC3_out
1101 = LC2_out
1100 = LC1_out
1011 = NCO output
1010 = PWM7_out
1001 = PWM6_out
1000 = CCP5 output (PWM Output mode only)
0111 = CCP4 output (PWM Output mode only)
0110 = CCP3 output (PWM Output mode only)
0101 = CCP2 output (PWM Output mode only)
0100 = CCP1 output (PWM Output mode only)
0011 = Reference clock module signal (CLKR)
0010 = HFINTOSC
0001 =F
OSC
0000 = Pin selected by MDCARHPPS
Note 1: Narrowed carrier pulse widths or spurs may occur in the signal stream if the carrier is not synchronized.
11D
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 391
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 26-5: MDCARL: MODULATION LOW CARRIER CONTROL REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
— — — — MDCLS<3:0>(1)
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 3-0 MDCLS<3:0> Modulator Data High Carrier Selection bits (1)
1111 = LC4_out
1110 = LC3_out
1101 = LC2_out
1100 = LC1_out
1011 = NCO output
1010 = PWM7_out
1001 = PWM6_out
1000 = CCP5 output (PWM Output mode only)
0111 = CCP4 output (PWM Output mode only)
0110 = CCP3 output (PWM Output mode only)
0101 = CCP2 output (PWM Output mode only)
0100 = CCP1 output (PWM Output mode only)
0011 = Reference clock module signal (CLKR)
0010 = HFINTOSC
0001 =F
OSC
0000 = Pin selected by MDCARLPPS
Note 1: Narrowed carrier pulse widths or spurs may occur in the signal stream if the carrier is not synchronized.
11)
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 392
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 26-6: MDSRC: MODULATOR SOURCE REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u
— — — MDMS<4:0>(1)
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4-0 MDMS<4:0> Modulator Source Selection bits (1)
11111-10100 = Reserved
10011 = MSSP2_out
10010 = MSSP1_out
10001 = EUSART TX/CK output
10000 = EUSART DT output
01111 = LC4_out
01110 = LC3_out
01101 = LC2_out
01100 = LC1_out
01011 = C2OUT_sync
01010 = C1OUT_sync
01001 = NCO output
01000 = PWM7_out
00111 = PWM6_out
00110 = CCP5 output (PWM Output mode only)
00101 = CCP4 output (PWM Output mode only)
00100 = CCP3 output (PWM Output mode only)
00011 = CCP2 output (PWM Output mode only)
00010 = CCP1 output (PWM Output mode only)
00001 = MDBIT bit of MDCON0
00000 = BIT selected by MDSRCPPS
Note 1: Narrowed carrier pulse widths or spurs may occur in the signal stream if the carrier is not synchronized.
AN ELA AN A3 AN A2 AN A1
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 393
PIC16(L)F18855/75
TABLE 26-1: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH DATA SIGNAL MODULATOR MODE
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
ANSELA ANSA7 ANSA6 ANSA5 ANSA4 ANSA3 ANSA2 ANSA1 ANSA0 203
ANSELC ANSC7 ANSC6 ANSC5 ANSC4 ANSC3 ANSC2 ANSC1 ANSC0 216
INLVLA INLVLA7 INLVLA6 INLVLA5 INLVLA4 INLVLA3 INLVLA2 INLVLA1 INLVLA0 205
INLVLC INLVLC7 INLVLC6 INLVLC5 INLVLC4 INLVLC3 INLVLC2 INLVLC1 INLVLC0 217
MDCON0 MDEN — MDOUT MDOPOL — — —MDBIT387
MDCON1 —— MDCHPOL MDCHSYNC —— MDCLPOL MDCLSYNC 388
MDSRC — — —
MDMS<4:0>
389
MDCARH — — — — MDCHS
<3:0>
390
MDCARL — — — —MDCLS
<3:0>
391
MDCARLPPS — — — MDCARLPPS<4:0> 240
MDCARHPPS — — — MDCARHPPS<4:0> 240
MDSRCPPS — — — MDSRCPPS<4:0> 240
RxyPPS — — — RxyPPS<4:0> 241
SLRCONA SLRA7 SLRA6 SLRA5 SLRA4 SLRA3 SLRA2 SLRA1 SLRA0 205
SLRCONC SLRC7 SLRC6 SLRC5 SLRC4 SLRC3 SLRC2 SLRC1 SLRC0 217
TRISA TRISA7 TRISA6 TRISA5 TRISA4 TRISA3 TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 202
TRISC TRISC7 TRISC6 TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 215
Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used in the Data Signal Modulator mode.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 394
PIC16(L)F18855/75
27.0 TIMER0 MODULE
The Timer0 module is an 8/16-bit timer/counter with the
following features:
• 16-bit timer/counter
• 8-bit timer/counter with programmable period
• Synchronous or asynchronous operation
• Selectable clock sources
• Programmable prescaler (independent of
Watchdog Timer)
• Programmable postscaler
• Operation during Sleep mode
• Interrupt on match or overflow
• Output on I/O pin (via PPS) or to other peripherals
27.1 Timer0 Operation
Timer0 can operate as either an 8-bit timer/counter or
a 16-bit timer/counter. The mode is selected with the
T016BIT bit of the T0CON register.
When used with an internal clock source, the module is
a timer and increments on every instruction cycle.
When used with an external clock source, the module
can be used as either a timer or a counter and
increments on every rising edge of the external source.
27.1.1 16-BIT MODE
In normal operation, TMR0 increments on the rising
edge of the clock source. A 15-bit prescaler on the
clock input gives several prescale options (see
prescaler control bits, T0CKPS<3:0> in the T0CON1
register).
27.1.1.1 Timer0 Reads and Writes in 16-Bit
Mode
TMR0H is not the actual high byte of Timer0 in 16-bit
mode. It is actually a buffered version of the real high
byte of Timer0, which is neither directly readable nor
writable (see Figure 27-1). TMR0H is updated with the
contents of the high byte of Timer0 during a read of
TMR0L. This provides the ability to read all 16 bits of
Timer0 without having to verify that the read of the high
and low byte was valid, due to a rollover between
successive reads of the high and low byte.
Similarly, a write to the high byte of Timer0 must also
take place through the TMR0H Buffer register. The high
byte is updated with the contents of TMR0H when a
write occurs to TMR0L. This allows all 16 bits of Timer0
to be updated at once.
27.1.2 8-BIT MODE
In normal operation, TMR0 increments on the rising
edge of the clock source. A 15-bit prescaler on the
clock input gives several prescale options (see
prescaler control bits, T0CKPS<3:0> in the T0CON1
register).
The value of TMR0L is compared to that of the Period
buffer, a copy of TMR0H, on each clock cycle. When
the two values match, the following events happen:
• TMR0_out goes high for one prescaled clock
period
• TMR0L is reset
• The contents of TMR0H are copied to the period
buffer
In 8-bit mode, the TMR0L and TMR0H registers are
both directly readable and writable. The TMR0L
register is cleared on any device Reset, while the
TMR0H register initializes at FFh.
Both the prescaler and postscaler counters are cleared
on the following events:
• A write to the TMR0L register
• A write to either the T0CON0 or T0CON1
registers
• Any device Reset – Power-on Reset (POR),
MCLR Reset, Watchdog Timer Reset (WDTR) or
• Brown-out Reset (BOR)
27.1.3 COUNTER MODE
In Counter mode, the prescaler is normally disabled by
setting the T0CKPS bits of the T0CON1 register to
‘0000’. Each rising edge of the clock input (or the
output of the prescaler if the prescaler is used)
increments the counter by ‘1’.
27.1.4 TIMER MODE
In Timer mode, the Timer0 module will increment every
instruction cycle as long as there is a valid clock signal
and the T0CKPS bits of the T0CON1 register
(Register 27-2) are set to ‘0000’. When a prescaler is
added, the timer will increment at the rate based on the
prescaler value.
27.1.5 ASYNCHRONOUS MODE
When the T0ASYNC bit of the T0CON1 register is set
(T0ASYNC = ‘1’), the counter increments with each
rising edge of the input source (or output of the
prescaler, if used). Asynchronous mode allows the
counter to continue operation during Sleep mode
provided that the clock also continues to operate during
Sleep.
27.1.6 SYNCHRONOUS MODE
When the T0ASYNC bit of the T0CON1 register is clear
(T0ASYNC = 0), the counter clock is synchronized to
the system oscillator (FOSC/4). When operating in
Synchronous mode, the counter clock frequency
cannot exceed FOSC/4.
27.2 Clock Source Selection
The T0CS<2:0> bits of the T0CON1 register are used
to select the clock source for Timer0. Register 27-2
displays the clock source selections.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 395
PIC16(L)F18855/75
27.2.1 INTERNAL CLOCK SOURCE
When the internal clock source is selected, Timer0
operates as a timer and will increment on multiples of
the clock source, as determined by the Timer0
prescaler.
27.2.2 EXTERNAL CLOCK SOURCE
When an external clock source is selected, Timer0 can
operate as either a timer or a counter. Timer0 will
increment on multiples of the rising edge of the external
clock source, as determined by the Timer0 prescaler.
27.3 Programmable Prescaler
A software programmable prescaler is available for
exclusive use with Timer0. There are 16 prescaler
options for Timer0 ranging in powers of two from 1:1 to
1:32768. The prescaler values are selected using the
T0CKPS<3:0> bits of the T0CON1 register.
The prescaler is not directly readable or writable.
Clearing the prescaler register can be done by writing
to the TMR0L register or the T0CON1 register.
27.4 Programmable Postscaler
A software programmable postscaler (output divider) is
available for exclusive use with Timer0. There are 16
postscaler options for Timer0 ranging from 1:1 to 1:16.
The postscaler values are selected using the
T0OUTPS<3:0> bits of the T0CON0 register.
The postscaler is not directly readable or writable.
Clearing the postscaler register can be done by writing
to the TMR0L register or the T0CON0 register.
27.5 Operation during Sleep
When operating synchronously, Timer0 will halt. When
operating asynchronously, Timer0 will continue to
increment and wake the device from Sleep (if Timer0
interrupts are enabled) provided that the input clock
source is active.
27.6 Timer0 Interrupts
The Timer0 interrupt flag bit (TMR0IF) is set when
either of the following conditions occur:
• 8-bit TMR0L matches the TMR0H value
• 16-bit TMR0 rolls over from ‘FFFFh’
When the postscaler bits (T0OUTPS<3:0>) are set to
1:1 operation (no division), the T0IF flag bit will be set
with every TMR0 match or rollover. In general, the
TMR0IF flag bit will be set every T0OUTPS +1 matches
or rollovers.
If Timer0 interrupts are enabled (TMR0IE bit of the
PIE0 register = 1), the CPU will be interrupted and the
device may wake from sleep (see Section 27.2, Clock
Source Selection for more details).
27.7 Timer0 Output
The Timer0 output can be routed to any I/O pin via the
RxyPPS output selection register (see Section 13.0
“Peripheral Pin Select (PPS) Module” for additional
information). The Timer0 output can also be used by
other peripherals, such as the Auto-conversion Trigger
of the Analog-to-Digital Converter. Finally, the Timer0
output can be monitored through software via the
Timer0 output bit (T0OUT) of the T0CON0 register
(Register 27-1).
TMR0_out will be one postscaled clock period when a
match occurs between TMR0L and TMR0H in 8-bit
mode, or when TMR0 rolls over in 16-bit mode. The
Timer0 output is a 50% duty cycle that toggles on each
TMR0_out rising clock edge.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 396
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 27-1: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF TIMER0
Rev. 10-000017E
6/15/2016
000
011
010
001
100
101
110
111
T0CKIPPS
FOSC/4
HFINTOSC
LFINTOSC
SOSC
LC1_out
Reserved
T0CS<2:0>
T0CKPS<3:0>
Prescaler
FOSC/4
T0ASYNC
T016BIT
T0OUTPS<3:0> TMR0IF
TMR0_overflow
TMR0
1
0
Postscaler
TMR0L
COMPARATOR
TMR0 High
Byte
TMR0H
Clear
Latch
Enable
8-bit TMR0 Body Diagram (T016BIT = 0)
TMR0L
TMR0H
Internal Data Bus
16-bit TMR0 Body Diagram (T016BIT = 1)
SYNC
IN OUT
TMR0
body
Q
Q
D
CK
PPS
RxyPPS
R
IN
OUT
TMR0 High
Byte
IN OUT
Read TMR0L
Write TMR0L
8
8
8
8
8
3
PPS
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 397
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 27-1: T0CON0: TIMER0 CONTROL REGISTER 0
R/W-0/0 U-0 R-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
T0EN — T0OUT T016BIT T0OUTPS<3:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 T0EN: TMR0 Enable bit
1 = The module is enabled and operating
0 = The module is disabled and in the lowest power mode
bit 6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5 T0OUT: TMR0 Output bit (read-only)
TMR0 output bit
bit 4 T016BIT: TMR0 Operating as 16-bit Timer Select bit
1 = TMR0 is a 16-bit timer
0 = TMR0 is an 8-bit timer
bit 3-0 T0OUTPS<3:0>: TMR0 output postscaler (divider) select bits
1111 = 1:16 Postscaler
1110 = 1:15 Postscaler
1101 = 1:14 Postscaler
1100 = 1:13 Postscaler
1011 = 1:12 Postscaler
1010 = 1:11 Postscaler
1001 = 1:10 Postscaler
1000 = 1:9 Postscaler
0111 = 1:8 Postscaler
0110 = 1:7 Postscaler
0101 = 1:6 Postscaler
0100 = 1:5 Postscaler
0011 = 1:4 Postscaler
0010 = 1:3 Postscaler
0001 = 1:2 Postscaler
0000 = 1:1 Postscaler
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 398
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 27-2: T0CON1: TIMER0 CONTROL REGISTER 1
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
T0CS<2:0> T0ASYNC T0CKPS<3:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-5 T0CS<2:0>: Timer0 Clock Source select bits
111 = Reserved
110 = LC1_out
101 = SOSC
100 = LFINTOSC
011 = HFINTOSC
010 = FOSC/4
001 = T0CKIPPS (Inverted)
000 = T0CKIPPS (True)
bit 4 T0ASYNC: TMR0 Input Asynchronization Enable bit
1 = The input to the TMR0 counter is not synchronized to system clocks
0 = The input to the TMR0 counter is synchronized to FOSC/4
bit 3-0 T0CKPS<3:0>: Prescaler Rate Select bit
1111 = 1:32768
1110 = 1:16384
1101 = 1:8192
1100 = 1:4096
1011 = 1:2048
1010 = 1:1024
1001 = 1:512
1000 = 1:256
0111 = 1:128
0110 = 1:64
0101 = 1:32
0100 = 1:16
0011 = 1:8
0010 = 1:4
0001 = 1:2
0000 = 1:1
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 399
PIC16(L)F18855/75
TABLE 27-1: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH TIMER0
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
TMR0L Holding Register for the Least Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR0 Register 394*
TMR0H Holding Register for the Most Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR0 Register 394*
T0CON0 T0EN ―T0OUT T016BIT T0OUTPS<3:0> 397
T0CON1 T0CS<2:0> T0ASYNC T0CKPS<3:0> 398
T0CKIPPS ― ― ― — T0CKIPPS<3:0> 240
TMR0PPS ― ― ― TMR0PPS<4:0> 240
ADACT ― ― ― ADACT<4:0> 350
CLCxSELy ― ― ― LCxDyS<4:0> 320
T1GCON GE GPOL GTM GSPM GGO/DONE GVAL — — 410
INTCON GIE PEIE ― ― ― ― ― INTEDG 133
PIR0 ― ― TMR0IF IOCIF ― ― ― INTF 143
PIE0 ― ― TMR0IE IOCIE ― ― ― INTE 134
Legend: — = Unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by the Timer0 module.
* Page with Register information.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 400
PIC16(L)F18855/75
28.0 TIMER1/3/5 MODULE WITH
GATE CONTROL
The Timer1/3/5 modules are 16-bit timer/counters with
the following features:
• 16-bit timer/counter register pair (TMR1H:TMR1L)
• Programmable internal or external clock source
• 2-bit prescaler
• Optionally synchronized comparator out
• Multiple Timer1 gate (count enable) sources
• Interrupt on overflow
• Wake-up on overflow (external clock,
Asynchronous mode only)
• Time base for the Capture/Compare function
• Auto-conversion Trigger (with CCP)
• Selectable Gate Source Polarity
• Gate Toggle mode
• Gate Single-Pulse mode
• Gate Value Status
• Gate Event Interrupt
Figure 28-1 is a block diagram of the Timer1 module.
This device has three instances of Timer1 type mod-
ules. They include:
•Timer1
•Timer3
•Timer5
All references to Timer1 and Timer1 Gate apply equally
to Timer3 and Timer5.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 401
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 28-1: TIMER1 BLOCK DIAGRAM
Rev. 10-000018K
7/15/2016
TxGPPS
TMRxGATE<4:0>
TxGPOL
0
1
Single Pulse
Acq. Control
1
0
TxGSPM
TMRxON
TxGTM
TMRxGE
TMRxON
DQ
EN
TMRxLTMRxH
Tx_overflow
set flag bit
TMRxIF
TMRx(2)
1
0
TMRxCLK<3:0>
Prescaler
1,2,4,8
TxSYNC
Sleep
Input
Fosc/2
Internal
Clock
TxCKPS<1:0>
Synchronized Clock Input
2
det
Synchronize(3)
(1)
D
QCK
R
Q
TxGGO/DONE
TxCLK
DQ
set bit
TMRxGIF
TxGVAL
Q1
det
Interrupt
NOTE (5)
Note (4)
To Comparators (6)
00000
0000
4
4
1111
11111
PPS
TxCKIPPS
PPS
Note 1: ST Buffer is high speed type when using TxCKIPPS.
2: TMRx register increments on rising edge.
3: Synchronize does not operate while in Sleep.
4: See Register 28-3 for Clock source selections.
5: See Register 28-4 for GATE source selections.
6: Synchronized comparator output should not be used in conjunction with synchronized input clock.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 402
PIC16(L)F18855/75
28.1 Timer1 Operation
The Timer1 modules are 16-bit incrementing counters
which are accessed through the TMR1H:TMR1L
register pairs. Writes to TMR1H or TMR1L directly
update the counter.
When used with an internal clock source, the module is
a timer and increments on every instruction cycle.
When used with an external clock source, the module
can be used as either a timer or counter and incre-
ments on every selected edge of the external source.
The timer is enabled by configuring the TMR1ON and
GE bits in the T1CON and T1GCON registers, respec-
tively. Table 28-1 displays the Timer1 enable selec-
tions.
28.2 Clock Source Selection
The T1CLK register is used to select the clock source for
the timer. Register 28-3 shows the possible clock
sources that may be selected to make the timer
increment.
28.2.1 INTERNAL CLOCK SOURCE
When the internal clock source FOSC is selected, the
TMR1H:TMR1L register pair will increment on multiples of
FOSC as determined by the respective Timer1 prescaler.
When the FOSC internal clock source is selected, the
timer register value will increment by four counts every
instruction clock cycle. Due to this condition, a 2 LSB
error in resolution will occur when reading the
TMR1H:TMR1L value. To utilize the full resolution of the
timer in this mode, an asynchronous input signal must
be used to gate the timer clock input.
Out of the total timer gate signal sources, the following
subset of sources can be asynchronous and may be
useful for this purpose:
• CLC4 output
• CLC3 output
• CLC2 output
• CLC1 output
• Zero-Cross Detect output
• Comparator2 output
• Comparator1 output
• TxG PPS remappable input pin
28.2.2 EXTERNAL CLOCK SOURCE
When the timer is enabled and the external clock input
source (ex: T1CKI PPS remappable input) is selected as
the clock source, the timer will increment on the rising
edge of the external clock input.
When using an external clock source, the timer can be
configured to run synchronously or asynchronously, as
described in Section 28.6 “Timer Operation in
Asynchronous Counter Mode”.
When used as a timer with a clock oscillator, an
external 32.768 kHz crystal can be used connected to
the SOSCI/SOSCO pins.
28.3 Timer Prescaler
Timer1 has four prescaler options allowing 1, 2, 4 or 8
divisions of the clock input. The CKPS bits of the
T1CON register control the prescale counter. The
prescale counter is not directly readable or writable;
however, the prescaler counter is cleared upon a write to
TMR1H or TMR1L.
28.4 Timer1 16-Bit Read/Write Mode
Timer1 can be configured for 16-bit reads and writes.
When the RD16 control bit (T1CON<1>) is set, the
address for TMR1H is mapped to a buffer register for
the high byte of Timer1. A read from TMR1L loads the
contents of the high byte of Timer1 into the Timer1 High
Byte Buffer register. This provides the user with the
ability to accurately read all 16 bits of Timer1 without
having to determine whether a read of the high byte,
followed by a read of the low byte, has become invalid
due to a rollover between reads. A write to the high byte
of Timer1 must also take place through the TMR1H
Buffer register. The Timer1 high byte is updated with
the contents of TMR1H when a write occurs to TMR1L.
This allows a user to write all 16 bits at once to both the
high and low bytes of Timer1. The high byte of Timer1
is not directly readable or writable in this mode. All
reads and writes must take place through the Timer1
High Byte Buffer register. Writes to TMR1H do not clear
the Timer1 prescaler. The prescaler is only cleared on
writes to TMR1L.
TABLE 28-1: TIMER1 ENABLE
SELECTIONS
TMR1ON TMR1GE Timer1
Operation
11Count Enabled
10Always On
01Off
00Off
Note: In Counter mode, a falling edge must be
registered by the counter prior to the first
incrementing rising edge after any one or
more of the following conditions:
• The timer is first enabled after POR
• Firmware writes to TMR1H or TMR1L
• The timer is disabled
• The timer is re-enabled (e.g.,
TMR1ON-->1) when the T1CKI sig-
nal is currently logic low.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 403
PIC16(L)F18855/75
28.5 Secondary Oscillator
A dedicated low-power 32.768 kHz oscillator circuit is
built-in between pins SOSCI (input) and SOSCO
(amplifier output). This internal circuit is designed to be
used in conjunction with an external 32.768 kHz
crystal.
The oscillator circuit is enabled by setting the SOSCEN
bit of the OSCEN register. The oscillator will continue to
run during Sleep.
28.6 Timer Operation in Asynchronous
Counter Mode
If the control bit SYNC of the T1CON register is set, the
external clock input is not synchronized. The timer
increments asynchronously to the internal phase
clocks. If the external clock source is selected then the
timer will continue to run during Sleep and can
generate an interrupt on overflow, which will wake-up
the processor. However, special precautions in
software are needed to read/write the timer (see
Section 28.6.1 “Reading and Writing Timer1 in
Asynchronous Counter Mode”).
28.6.1 READING AND WRITING TIMER1 IN
ASYNCHRONOUS COUNTER
MODE
Reading TMR1H or TMR1L while the timer is running
from an external asynchronous clock will ensure a valid
read (taken care of in hardware). However, the user
should keep in mind that reading the 16-bit timer in two
8-bit values itself, poses certain problems, since the
timer may overflow between the reads.
For writes, it is recommended that the user simply stop
the timer and write the desired values. A write
contention may occur by writing to the timer registers,
while the register is incrementing. This may produce an
unpredictable value in the TMR1H:TMR1L register pair.
28.7 Timer Gate
Timer1 can be configured to count freely or the count
can be enabled and disabled using the time gate
circuitry. This is also referred to as Timer Gate Enable.
The timer gate can also be driven by multiple select-
able sources.
28.7.1 TIMER GATE ENABLE
The Timer Gate Enable mode is enabled by setting the
GE bit of the T1GCON register. The polarity of the
Timer Gate Enable mode is configured using the GPOL
bit of the T1GCON register.
When Timer Gate Enable mode is enabled, the timer
will increment on the rising edge of the Timer1 clock
source. When Timer Gate Enable mode is disabled, no
incrementing will occur and the timer will hold the
current count. See Figure 28-3 for timing details.
Note: The oscillator requires a start-up and
stabilization time before use. Thus,
SOSCEN should be set and a suitable
delay observed prior to using Timer1 with
the SOSC source. A suitable delay similar
to the OST delay can be implemented in
software by clearing the TMR1IF bit then
presetting the TMR1H:TMR1L register
pair to FC00h. The TMR1IF flag will be set
when 1024 clock cycles have elapsed,
thereby indicating that the oscillator is
running and reasonably stable.
Note: When switching from synchronous to
asynchronous operation, it is possible to
skip an increment. When switching from
asynchronous to synchronous operation,
it is possible to produce an additional
increment.
TABLE 28-2: TIMER GATE ENABLE
SELECTIONS
T1CLK T1GPOL T1G Timer Operation
11Counts
10Holds Count
01Holds Count
00Counts
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 404
PIC16(L)F18855/75
28.7.2 TIMER GATE SOURCE SELECTION
One of the several different external or internal signal
sources may be chosen to gate the timer and allow the
timer to increment. The gate input signal source can be
selected based on the T1GATE register setting. See the
T1GATE register (Register 28-4) description for a
complete list of the available gate sources. The polarity
for each available source is also selectable. Polarity
selection is controlled by the GPOL bit of the T1GCON
register.
28.7.2.1 T1G Pin Gate Operation
The T1G pin is one source for the timer gate control. It
can be used to supply an external source to the time
gate circuitry.
28.7.2.2 Timer0 Overflow Gate Operation
When Timer0 overflows, or a period register match
condition occurs (in 8-bit mode), a low-to-high pulse will
automatically be generated and internally supplied to
the Timer1 gate circuitry.
28.7.2.3 Comparator C1 Gate Operation
The output resulting from a Comparator 1 operation can
be selected as a source for the timer gate control. The
Comparator 1 output can be synchronized to the timer
clock or left asynchronous. For more information see
Section 18.4.1 “Comparator Output
Synchronization”.
28.7.2.4 Comparator C2 Gate Operation
The output resulting from a Comparator 2 operation
can be selected as a source for the timer gate control.
The Comparator 2 output can be synchronized to the
timer clock or left asynchronous. For more information
see Section 18.4.1 “Comparator Output
Synchronization”.
28.7.3 TIMER1 GATE TOGGLE MODE
When Timer1 Gate Toggle mode is enabled, it is possi-
ble to measure the full-cycle length of a timer gate sig-
nal, as opposed to the duration of a single level pulse.
The timer gate source is routed through a flip-flop that
changes state on every incrementing edge of the
signal. See Figure 28-4 for timing details.
Timer1 Gate Toggle mode is enabled by setting the
GTM bit of the T1GCON register. When the GTM bit is
cleared, the flip-flop is cleared and held clear. This is
necessary in order to control which edge is measured.
28.7.4 TIMER1 GATE SINGLE-PULSE
MODE
When Timer1 Gate Single-Pulse mode is enabled, it is
possible to capture a single-pulse gate event. Timer1
Gate Single-Pulse mode is first enabled by setting the
GSPM bit in the T1GCON register. Next, the
GGO/DONE bit in the T1GCON register must be set.
The timer will be fully enabled on the next incrementing
edge. On the next trailing edge of the pulse, the
GGO/DONE bit will automatically be cleared. No other
gate events will be allowed to increment the timer until
the GGO/DONE bit is once again set in software. See
Figure 28-5 for timing details.
If the Single-Pulse Gate mode is disabled by clearing the
GSPM bit in the T1GCON register, the GGO/DONE bit
should also be cleared.
Enabling the Toggle mode and the Single-Pulse mode
simultaneously will permit both sections to work
together. This allows the cycle times on the timer gate
source to be measured. See Figure 28-6 for timing
details.
28.7.5 TIMER1 GATE VALUE STATUS
When Timer1 Gate Value Status is utilized, it is possible
to read the most current level of the gate control value.
The value is stored in the GVAL bit in the T1GCON reg-
ister. The GVAL bit is valid even when the timer gate is
not enabled (GE bit is cleared).
28.7.6 TIMER1 GATE EVENT INTERRUPT
When Timer1 Gate Event Interrupt is enabled, it is
possible to generate an interrupt upon the completion
of a gate event. When the falling edge of T1GVAL
occurs, the TMR1GIF flag bit in the PIR5 register will be
set. If the TMR1GIE bit in the PIE5 register is set, then
an interrupt will be recognized.
The TMR1GIF flag bit operates even when the timer
gate is not enabled (TMR1GE bit is cleared).
Note: Enabling Toggle mode at the same time
as changing the gate polarity may result in
indeterminate operation.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 405
PIC16(L)F18855/75
28.8 Timer1 Interrupts
The timer register pair (TMR1H:TMR1L) increments to
FFFFh and rolls over to 0000h. When the timer rolls
over, the respective timer interrupt flag bit of the PIR5
register is set. To enable the interrupt on rollover, you
must set these bits:
• ON bit of the T1CON register
• TMR1IE bit of the PIE4 register
• PEIE bit of the INTCON register
• GIE bit of the INTCON register
The interrupt is cleared by clearing the TMR1IF bit in
the Interrupt Service Routine.
28.9 Timer1 Operation During Sleep
Timer1 can only operate during Sleep when setup in
Asynchronous Counter mode. In this mode, an external
crystal or clock source can be used to increment the
counter. To set up the timer to wake the device:
• ON bit of the T1CON register must be set
• TMR1IE bit of the PIE4 register must be set
• PEIE bit of the INTCON register must be set
• SYNC bit of the T1CON register must be set
• CLK bits of the T1CLK register must be
configured
• The timer clock source must be enabled and
continue operation during sleep. When the SOSC
is used for this purpose, the SOSCEN bit of the
OSCEN register must be set.
The device will wake-up on an overflow and execute
the next instructions. If the GIE bit of the INTCON
register is set, the device will call the Interrupt Service
Routine.
Secondary oscillator will continue to operate in Sleep
regardless of the SYNC bit setting.
28.10 CCP Capture/Compare Time Base
The CCP modules use the TMR1H:TMR1L register
pair as the time base when operating in Capture or
Compare mode.
In Capture mode, the value in the TMR1H:TMR1L
register pair is copied into the CCPRxH:CCPRxL
register pair on a configured event.
In Compare mode, an event is triggered when the value
CCPRxH:CCPRxL register pair matches the value in
the TMR1H:TMR1L register pair. This event can be an
Auto-conversion Trigger.
The Timer1 to CCP1/2/3/4/5 mapping is not fixed, and
can be assigned on an individual CCP module basis.
All of the CCP modules may be configured to share a
single Timer1 (or Timer3, or Timer5) resource, or
different CCP modules may be configured to use
different Timer1 resources. This timer to CCP mapping
selection is made in the CCPTMRS0 and CCPTMRS1
registers.
For more information, see Section 30.0
“Capture/Compare/PWM Modules”.
28.11 CCP Auto-Conversion Trigger
When any of the CCP’s are configured to trigger an
auto-conversion, the trigger will clear the
TMR1H:TMR1L register pair. This auto-conversion
does not cause a timer interrupt. The CCP module may
still be configured to generate a CCP interrupt.
In this mode of operation, the CCPRxH:CCPRxL
register pair becomes the period register for Timer1.
The timer should be synchronized and FOSC/4 should
be selected as the clock source in order to utilize the
Auto-conversion Trigger. Asynchronous operation of
the timer can cause an Auto-conversion Trigger to be
missed.
In the event that a write to TMR1H or TMR1L coincides
with an Auto-conversion Trigger from the CCP, the
write will take precedence.
For more information, see Section 30.2.4 “Compare
During Sleep”.
Note: To avoid immediate interrupt vectoring,
the TMR1H:TMR1L register pair should
be preloaded with a value that is not immi-
nently about to rollover, and the TMR1IF
flag should be cleared prior to enabling
the timer interrupts.
4 Q J 1 ‘ ‘ ‘ jflmfiflflfiflflfim §V 1 3
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 406
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 28-2: TIMER1 INCREMENTING EDGE
FIGURE 28-3: TIMER1 GATE ENABLE MODE
TxCKI = 1
when the timer is
enabled
TxCKI = 0
when the timer is
enabled
Note 1: Arrows indicate counter increments.
2: In Counter mode, a falling edge must be registered by the counter prior to the first incrementing rising edge of the clock.
TMRxGE
TxGPOL
selected
TxCKI
TxGVAL
TMRxH:TMRxL N N + 1 N + 2 N + 3 N + 4
gate input
Count
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 407
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 28-4: TIMER1 GATE TOGGLE MODE
FIGURE 28-5: TIMER1 GATE SINGLE-PULSE MODE
TMRxGE
TxGPOL
TxGTM
TxCKI
TxGVAL
N N + 1 N + 2 N + 3 N + 4 N + 5 N + 6 N + 7 N + 8
selected
gate input
TMRxH:TMRxL
Count
TMRxGE
TxGPOL
selected gate
TxCKI
TxGVAL
N N + 1 N + 2
TxGSPM
TxGGO/
DONE
Set by software
Cleared by hardware on
falling edge of TxGVAL
Set by hardware on
falling edge of TxGVAL
Cleared by software
Cleared by
software
TMRxGIF
Counting enabled on
rising edge of selected source
source
TMRxH:TMRxL
Count
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 408
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 28-6: TIMER1 GATE SINGLE-PULSE AND TOGGLE COMBINED MODE
TMRxGE
TxGPOL
selected gate
TxCKI
TxGVAL
NN + 1
N + 2
TxGSPM
TxGGO/
DONE
Set by software
Cleared by hardware on
falling edge of TxGVAL
Set by hardware on
falling edge of TxGVAL
Cleared by software
Cleared by
software
TMRxGIF
TxGTM
Counting enabled on
rising edge of selected source
N + 4
N + 3
source
TMRxH:TMRxL
Count
When TMRWCL Fosc or Pose/4 When TMRWCS<1 0=""> : (an sellina other than Fosc or Fosc/A)
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 409
PIC16(L)F18855/75
28.12 Register Definitions: Timer1 Control start here with Memory chapter compare
Long bit name prefixes for the Timer1/3/5 are shown in
Table 28-3. Refer to Section 1.1 “Register and Bit
naming conventions” for more information
TABLE 28-3:
Peripheral Bit Name Prefix
Timer1 T1
Timer3 T3
Timer5 T5
REGISTER 28-1: TxCON: TIMER1/3/5 CONTROL REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-0/u R/W-0/u U-0 R/W-0/u R/W-0/u R/W-0/u
—— CKPS<1:0> — SYNC RD16 ON
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5-4 CKPS<1:0>: Timer1 Input Clock Prescale Select bits
11 = 1:8 Prescale value
10 = 1:4 Prescale value
01 = 1:2 Prescale value
00 = 1:1 Prescale value
bit 3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2 SYNC: Timer1 Synchronization Control bit
When TMR1CLK = FOSC or FOSC/4
This bit is ignored. The timer uses the internal clock and no additional synchronization is performed.
When TMR1CS<1:0> = (any setting other than FOSC or FOSC/4)
1 = Do not synchronize external clock input
0 = Synchronized external clock input with system clock
bit 1 RD16: Timer1 On bit
1 = All 16 bits of Timer1 can be read simultaneously (TMR1H is buffered)
0 = 16-bit reads of Timer1 are disabled (TMR1H is not buffered)
bit 0 ON: Timer1 On bit
1 = Enables Timer1
0 = Stops Timer1 and clears Timer1 gate flip-flop
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 410
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 28-2: TxGCON: TIMER1/3/5 GATE CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0/u R/W-0/u R/W-0/u R/W-0/u R/W/HC-0/u R-x/x U-0 U-0
GE GPOL GTM GSPM GGO/
DONE
GVAL — —
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared HC = Bit is cleared by hardware
bit 7 GE: Timer1 Gate Enable bit
If ON = 0:
This bit is ignored
If ON = 1:
1 = Timer1 counting is controlled by the Timer1 gate function
0 = Timer1 is always counting
bit 6 GPOL: Timer1 Gate Polarity bit
1 = Timer1 gate is active-high (Timer1 counts when gate is high)
0 = Timer1 gate is active-low (Timer1 counts when gate is low)
bit 5 GTM: Timer1 Gate Toggle Mode bit
1 = Timer1 Gate Toggle mode is enabled
0 = Timer1 Gate Toggle mode is disabled and toggle flip-flop is cleared
Timer1 gate flip-flop toggles on every rising edge.
bit 4 GSPM: Timer1 Gate Single-Pulse Mode bit
1 = Timer1 Gate Single-Pulse mode is enabled and is controlling Timer1 gate
0 = Timer1 Gate Single-Pulse mode is disabled
bit 3 GGO/DONE: Timer1 Gate Single-Pulse Acquisition Status bit
1 = Timer1 gate single-pulse acquisition is ready, waiting for an edge
0 = Timer1 gate single-pulse acquisition has completed or has not been started
This bit is automatically cleared when GSPM is cleared
bit 2 GVAL: Timer1 Gate Value Status bit
Indicates the current state of the Timer1 gate that could be provided to TMR1H:TMR1L
Unaffected by Timer1 Gate Enable (GE)
bit 1-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 411
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 28-3: TxCLK TIMER1/3/5 CLOCK SELECT REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/u R/W-0/u R/W-0/u R/W-0/u
— — — — CS<3:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 3-0 TxCS<3:0>: Timer1/3/5 Clock Select bits
1111 = LC4_out
1110 = LC3_out
1101 = LC2_out
1100 = LC1_out
1011 = TMR5 overflow output(3)
1010 = TMR3 overflow output(2)
1001 = TMR1 overflow output(1)
1000 = TMR0 overflow output
0111 = CLKR output clock
0110 = SOSC
0101 = MFINTOSC
0100 = LFINTOSC
0011 = HFINTOSC
0010 = FOSC
0001 = FOSC/4
0000 = TxCKIPPS
Note 1: For Timer1, this bit is Reserved.
2: For Timer3, this bit is Reserved.
3: For Timer5, this bit is Reserved.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 412
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 28-4: TxGATE TIMER1/3/5 GATE SELECT REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/u R/W-0/u R/W-0/u R/W-0/u R/W-0/u
— — — GSS<4:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4-0 GSS<4:0>: Timer1 Gate Select bits
11111 = Reserved
•
•
•
11001 = Reserved
11000 = LC4_out
10111 = LC3_out
10110 = LC2_out
10101 = LC1_out
10100 = ZCD1_output
10011 = C2OUT_sync
10010 = C1OUT_sync
10001 = DDS_out
10000 = PWM7_out
01111 = PWM6_out
01110 = CCP5_out
01101 = CCP4_out
01100 = CCP3_out
01011 = CCP2_out
01010 = CCP1_out
01001 = SMT2_match
01000 = SMT1_match
00111 = TMR6_postscaled
00110 = TMR5 overflow output(3)
00101 = TMR4_postscaled
00100 = TMR3 overflow output(2)
00011 = TMR2_postscaled
00010 = TMR1 overflow output(1)t
00001 = TMR0 overflow output
00000 = T1GPPS
Note 1: For Timer1, this bit is Reserved.
2: For Timer3, this bit is Reserved.
3: For Timer5, this bit is Reserved.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 413
PIC16(L)F18855/75
TABLE 28-4: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH TIMER1
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
INTCON GIE PEIE ― ― ― ― ― INTEDG 133
PIR1 OSFIF CSWIF ― ― ― ― ADTIF ADIF 133
PIE1 OSFIE CSWIE ― ― ― ― ADTIE ADIE 135
T1CON —— CKPS<5:4> — SYNC RD16 ON 409
T1GCON GE GPOL GTM GSPM GGO/
DONE
GVAL — — 410
T1GATE — — — GSS<4:0> 412
T1CLK ———— CS<3:0> 411
TMR1L Holding Register for the Least Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Register 400*
TMR1H Holding Register for the Most Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Register 400*
T1CKIPPS ― ― ― T1CKIPPS<4:0> 240
T1GPPS ― ― ― T1GPPS<4:0> 240
T3CON —— CKPS<5:4> — SYNC RD16 ON 409
T3GCON GE GPOL GTM GSPM GGO/
DONE
GVAL — — 410
T3GATE — — — GSS<4:0> 412
T3CLK ———— CS<3:0> 411
TMR3L Holding Register for the Least Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR3 Register 400*
TMR3H Holding Register for the Most Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR3 Register 400*
T3CKIPPS ― ― ― T3CKIPPS<4:0> 240
T3GPPS ― ― ― T3GPPS<4:0> 240
T5CON —— CKPS<5:4> — SYNC RD16 ON 409
T5GCON GE GPOL GTM GSPM GGO/
DONE
GVAL — — 410
T5GATE — — — GSS<4:0> 412
T5CLK ———— CS<3:0> 411
TMR5L Holding Register for the Least Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR5 Register 400*
TMR5H Holding Register for the Most Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR5 Register 400*
T5CKIPPS ― ― ― T5CKIPPS<4:0> 240
T5GPPS ― ― ― T5GPPS<4:0> 240
T0CON0 T0EN ―T0OUT T016BIT T0OUTPS<3:0> 397
CMxCON0 CxON CxOUT ―CxPOL ―CxSP CxHYS CxSYNC 270
CCPTMRS0 C4TSEL<1:0> C3TSEL<1:0> C2TSEL<1:0> C1TSEL<1:0> 445
CCPTMRS1 — — P7TSEL<1:0> P6TSEL<1:0> C5TSEL<1:0> 445
CCPxCON CCPxEN ―CCPxOUT CCPxFMT CCPxMODE<3:0> 442
CLCxSELy ― ― ― LCxDyS<4:0> 320
ADACT ― ― ― ADACT<4:0> 350
Legend: — = Unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used with the Timer1 modules.
* Page with register information.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 414
PIC16(L)F18855/75
29.0 TIMER2/4/6 MODULE
The Timer2/4/6 modules are 8-bit timers that can
operate as free-running period counters or in
conjunction with external signals that control start, run,
freeze, and reset operation in One-Shot and
Monostable modes of operation. Sophisticated
waveform control such as pulse density modulation are
possible by combining the operation of these timers
with other internal peripherals such as the comparators
and CCP modules. Features of the timer include:
• 8-bit timer register
• 8-bit period register
• Selectable external hardware timer Resets
• Programmable prescaler (1:1 to 1:128)
• Programmable postscaler (1:1 to 1:16)
• Selectable synchronous/asynchronous operation
• Alternate clock sources
• Interrupt-on-period
• Three modes of operation:
- Free Running Period
- One-shot
- Monostable
See Figure 29-1 for a block diagram of Timer2. See
Figure 29-2 for the clock source block diagram.
FIGURE 29-1: TIMER2 BLOCK DIAGRAM
Note: Three identical Timer2 modules are
implemented on this device. The timers are
named Timer2, Timer4, and Timer6. All
references to Timer2 apply as well to
Timer4 and Timer6. All references to T2PR
apply as well to T4PR and T6PR.
Note 1: Signal to the CCP to trigger the PWM pulse.
2: See Tabl e 29.5 for description of CCP interaction in the different TMR modes.
3: See Register 29-4 for external Reset sources.
Rev. 10-000168C
9/10/2015
MODE<3>
Clear ON
T[7MR
Comparator
7[PR
CSYNC
ON
OUTPS<3:0>
Postscaler
Set flag bit
TMRxIF
TMRx_postscaled
CPOL
4
MODE<4:0>
PSYNC
Prescaler
CKPS<2:0>
3
TMRx_clk
RSEL <:0>
R
Sync
(2 Clocks)
Edge Detector
Level Detector
Mode Control
(2 clock Sync)
TMRx_ers
0
1
1
0
enable
reset
Sync
Fosc/4
DQ
CCP_pset(1)
MODE<4:1>=1011
MODE<4:3>=01
PPS
INPPS
TxIN
External
Reset
Sources
(2)
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 415
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 29-2: TIMER2 CLOCK SOURCE
BLOCK DIAGRAM
29.1 Timer2 Operation
Timer2 operates in three major modes:
• Free Running Period
• One-shot
• Monostable
Within each mode there are several options for starting,
stopping, and reset. Table 29-1 lists the options.
In all modes, the TMR2 count register is incremented
on the rising edge of the clock signal from the program-
mable prescaler. When TMR2 equals T2PR, a high
level is output to the postscaler counter. TMR2 is
cleared on the next clock input.
An external signal from hardware can also be config-
ured to gate the timer operation or force a TMR2 count
Reset. In Gate modes the counter stops when the gate
is disabled and resumes when the gate is enabled. In
Reset modes the TMR2 count is reset on either the
level or edge from the external source.
The TMR2 register is directly readable and writable.
The TMR2 register is cleared on any device Reset. The
T2PR register is double-buffered and initializes to 0xFF
on any device Reset. The SFR is directly readable and
writable, but the actual period buffer is only updated
with the SFR value when the following events occur:
• a write to the TMR2 register
• a write to the T2CON register
• a write to the T2HLT register
• TMR2 = T2PR and the prescaler is full
• External Reset Source even that resets the timer.
Both the prescaler and postscaler counters are cleared
on the following events:
• a write to the TMR2 register
• a write to the T2CON register
• any device Reset
• External Reset Source event that resets the timer.
29.1.1 FREE RUNNING PERIOD MODE
The value of TMR2 is compared to that of the Period
register, T2PR, on each clock cycle. When the two
values match, the comparator resets the value of TMR2
to 00h on the next cycle and increments the output
postscaler counter. When the postscaler count equals
the value in the OUTPS<4:0> bits of the TMRxCON1
register then a one clock period wide pulse occurs on the
TMR2_postscaled output, and the postscaler count is
cleared.
29.1.2 ONE-SHOT MODE
The One-Shot mode is identical to the Free Running
Period mode except that the ON bit is cleared and the
timer is stopped when TMR2 matches T2PR and will
not restart until the T2ON bit is cycled off and on.
Postscaler OUTPS<4:0> values other than 0 are
meaningless in this mode because the timer is stopped
at the first period event and the postscaler is reset
when the timer is restarted.
29.1.3 MONOSTABLE MODE
Monostable modes are similar to One-Shot modes
except that the ON bit is not cleared and the timer can
be restarted by an external Reset event.
29.2 Timer2 Output
The Timer2 module’s primary output is TMR2_posts-
caled, which pulses for a single TMR2_clk period when
the postscaler counter matches the value in the
OUTPS bits of the TMR2CON register. The T2PR post-
scaler is incremented each time the TMR2 value
matches the T2PR value. This signal can be selected
as an input to several other input modules:
• The ADC module, as an Auto-conversion Trigger
• CWG, as an auto-shutdown source
• Memory Scanner, as a trigger to begin a scan
• Timer 1/3/5, as a gate input
• Timer 2/4/6, as an external reset signal
• SMT, as both a window and signal input
In addition, the Timer2 is also used by the CCP module
for pulse generation in PWM mode. Both the actual
TMR2 value as well as other internal signals are sent to
the CCP module to properly clock both the period and
pulse width of the PWM signal. See Section 30.0
“Capture/Compare/PWM Modules” for more details
on setting up Timer2 for use with the CCP, as well as
the timing diagrams in Section 29.5 “Operation
Examples” for examples of how the varying Timer2
modes affect CCP PWM output.
Note: TMR2 is not cleared when T2CON is
written.
Rev . 10 - 000 169B
5/29 /201 4
TMR2_clk
TXIN
TxCLKCON
PPS
TXINPPS
Timer Clock Sources
(See Register 29-1)
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 416
PIC16(L)F18855/75
29.3 External Reset Sources
In addition to the clock source, the Timer2 also takes in
an external Reset source. This external Reset source
is selected for Timer2, Timer4, and Timer6 with the
T2RST, T4RST, and T6RST registers, respectively.
This source can control starting and stopping of the
timer, as well as resetting the timer, depending on
which mode the timer is in. The mode of the timer is
controlled by the MODE<4:0> bits of the TMRxHLT
register. Edge-Triggered modes require six Timer clock
periods between external triggers. Level-Triggered
modes require the triggering level to be at least three
Timer clock periods long. External triggers are ignored
while in Debug Freeze mode.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 417
PIC16(L)F18855/75
TABLE 29-1: TIMER2 OPERATING MODES
Mode
MODE<4:0> Output
Operation Operation
Timer Control
<4:3> <2:0> Start Reset Stop
Free
Running
Period
00
000
Period
Pulse
Software gate (Figure 29-4)ON = 1—ON = 0
001 Hardware gate, active-high
(Figure 29-5)
ON = 1 and
TMRx_ers = 1
—ON = 0 or
TMRx_ers = 0
010 Hardware gate, active-low ON = 1 and
TMRx_ers = 0
—ON = 0 or
TMRx_ers = 1
011
Period
Pulse
with
Hardware
Reset
Rising or falling edge Reset
ON = 1
TMRx_ers ↕
ON = 0100 Rising edge Reset (Figure 29-6)TMRx_ers ↑
101 Falling edge Reset TMRx_ers ↓
110 Low level Reset TMRx_ers = 0ON = 0 or
TMRx_ers = 0
111 High level Reset (Figure 29-7)TMRx_ers = 1ON = 0 or
TMRx_ers = 1
One-shot 01
000 One-shot Software start (Figure 29-8)ON = 1—
ON = 0
or
Next clock
after
TMRx = PRx
(Note 2)
001 Edge
triggered
start
(Note 1)
Rising edge start (Figure 29-9)ON = 1 and
TMRx_ers ↑—
010 Falling edge start ON = 1 and
TMRx_ers ↓—
011 Any edge start ON = 1 and
TMRx_ers ↕—
100 Edge
triggered
start
and
hardware
Reset
(Note 1)
Rising edge start and
Rising edge Reset (Figure 29-10)
ON = 1 and
TMRx_ers ↑TMRx_ers ↑
101 Falling edge start and
Falling edge Reset
ON = 1 and
TMRx_ers ↓TMRx_ers ↓
110 Rising edge start and
Low level Reset (Figure 29-11)
ON = 1 and
TMRx_ers ↑TMRx_ers = 0
111 Falling edge start and
High level Reset
ON = 1 and
TMRx_ers ↓TMRx_ers = 1
Mono-stable
10
000 Reserved
001 Edge
triggered
start
(Note 1)
Rising edge start
(Figure 29-12)
ON = 1 and
TMRx_ers ↑—ON = 0
or
Next clock
after
TMRx = PRx
(Note 3)
010 Falling edge start ON = 1 and
TMRx_ers ↓—
011 Any edge start ON = 1 and
TMRx_ers ↕—
Reserved 100 Reserved
Reserved 101 Reserved
One-shot
110 Level
triggered
start
and
hardware
Reset
High level start and
Low level Reset (Figure 29-13)
ON = 1 and
TMRx_ers = 1TMRx_ers = 0
ON = 0 or
Held in Reset
(Note 2)
111 Low level start &
High level Reset
ON = 1 and
TMRx_ers = 0TMRx_ers = 1
Reserved 11 xxx Reserved
Note 1: If ON = 0 then an edge is required to restart the timer after ON = 1.
2: When TMRx = PRx then the next clock clears ON and stops TMRx at 00h.
3: When TMRx = PRx then the next clock stops TMRx at 00h but does not clear ON.
CKPS‘ FRX‘ ‘ ourps‘ ‘ TMRx: u w \‘ J! x ‘xj TM inpns‘scaled m m —!—|—Ii
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 418
PIC16(L)F18855/75
29.4 Timer2 Interrupt
Timer2 can also generate a device interrupt. The
interrupt is generated when the postscaler counter
matches one of 16 postscale options (from 1:1 through
1:16), which are selected with the postscaler control
bits, OUTPS<3:0> of the T2CON register. The interrupt
is enabled by setting the TMR2IE interrupt enable bit of
the PIE4 register. Interrupt timing is illustrated in
Figure 29-3.
FIGURE 29-3: TIMER2 PRESCALER, POSTSCALER, AND INTERRUPT TIMING DIAGRAM
29.5 Operation Examples
Unless otherwise specified, the following notes apply to
the following timing diagrams:
- Both the prescaler and postscaler are set to
1:1 (both the CKPS and OUTPS bits in the
TxCON register are cleared).
- The diagrams illustrate any clock except
Fosc/4 and show clock-sync delays of at
least two full cycles for both ON and
Timer2_ers. When using Fosc/4, the
clock-sync delay is at least one instruction
period for Timer2_ers; ON applies in the next
instruction period.
- The PWM Duty Cycle and PWM output are
illustrated assuming that the timer is used for
the PWM function of the CCP module as
described in Section 30.0 “Capture/Com-
pare/PWM Modules”. The signals are not a
part of the Timer2 module.
29.5.1 SOFTWARE GATE MODE
This mode corresponds to legacy Timer2 operation.
The timer increments with each clock input when
ON = 1 and does not increment when ON = 0. When
the TMRx count equals the PRx period count the timer
resets on the next clock and continues counting from 0.
Operation with the ON bit software controlled is illus-
trated in Figure 29-4. With PRx = 5, the counter
advances until TMRx = 5, and goes to zero with the
next clock.
Rev. 10-000205A
4/7/2016
TMRx_clk
PRx
TMRx
1
0
CKPS 0b010
TMRx_postscaled
OUTPS 0b0001
10 1 0 1 0
TMRxIF (1)
Note 1: Setting the interrupt flag is synchronized with the instruction clock.
Synchronization may take as many as 2 instruction cycles
2: Cleared by software.
(1) (2)
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 419
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 29-4: SOFTWARE GATE MODE TIMING DIAGRAM (MODE = 00000)
Rev. 10-000195B
5/30/2014
TMRx_clk
Instruction(1)
ON
PRx
TMRx
TMRx_postscaled
BSF BCF BSF
5
0 12345012 2 345
MODE 0b00000
3 4 5 0 1 0 1
PWM Duty
Cycle 3
PWM Output
Note 1: BSF and BCF represent Bit-Set File and Bit-Clear File instructions executed by the CPU to
set or clear the ON bit of TxCON. CPU execution is asynchronous to the timer clock input.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 420
PIC16(L)F18855/75
29.5.2 HARDWARE GATE MODE
The Hardware Gate modes operate the same as the
Software Gate mode except the TMRx_ers external
signal can also gate the timer. When used with the CCP
the gating extends the PWM period. If the timer is
stopped when the PWM output is high then the duty
cycle is also extended.
When MODE<4:0> = 00001 then the timer is stopped
when the external signal is high. When
MODE<4:0> = 00010 then the timer is stopped when
the external signal is low.
Figure 29-5 illustrates the Hardware Gating mode for
MODE<4:0> = 00001 in which a high input level starts
the counter.
FIGURE 29-5: HARDWARE GATE MODE TIMING DIAGRAM (MODE = 00001)
Rev . 10 -000 196B
5/ 30 /201 4
TMRx_clk
TMRx_ers
PRx
TMRx
TMRx_postscaled
5
MODE 0b00001
0 1234501 2 34501
PWM Duty
Cycle 3
PWM Output
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 421
PIC16(L)F18855/75
29.5.3 EDGE-TRIGGERED HARDWARE
LIMIT MODE
In Hardware Limit mode the timer can be reset by the
TMRx_ers external signal before the timer reaches the
period count. Three types of Resets are possible:
• Reset on rising or falling edge
(MODE<4:0>= 00011)
• Reset on rising edge (MODE<4:0> = 00100)
• Reset on falling edge (MODE<4:0> = 00101)
When the timer is used in conjunction with the CCP in
PWM mode then an early Reset shortens the period
and restarts the PWM pulse after a two clock delay.
Refer to Figure 29-6.
FIGURE 29-6: EDGE-TRIGGERED HARDWARE LIMIT MODE TIMING DIAGRAM
(MODE = 00100)
Rev . 10 -000 197B
5/30 /201 4
TMRx_clk
ON
PRx
TMRx
BS F BCF BS F
5
0 12 0 123450 450
MODE 0b00100
TMRx_ers
12 3 1
TMRx_postscaled
PWM Duty
Cycle 3
PWM Output
Instruction(1)
Note 1: BSF and BCF represent Bit-Set File and Bit-Clear File instructions executed by the CPU to
set or clear the ON bit of TxCON. CPU execution is asynchronous to the timer clock input.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 422
PIC16(L)F18855/75
29.5.4 LEVEL-TRIGGERED HARDWARE
LIMIT MODE
In the Level-Triggered Hardware Limit Timer modes the
counter is reset by high or low levels of the external
signal TMRx_ers, as shown in Figure 29-7. Selecting
MODE<4:0> = 00110 will cause the timer to reset on a
low level external signal. Selecting
MODE<4:0> = 00111 will cause the timer to reset on a
high level external signal. In the example, the counter
is reset while TMRx_ers = 1. ON is controlled by BSF
and BCF instructions. When ON = 0 the external signal
is ignored.
When the CCP uses the timer as the PWM time base
then the PWM output will be set high when the timer
starts counting and then set low only when the timer
count matches the CCPRx value. The timer is reset
when either the timer count matches the PRx value or
two clock periods after the external Reset signal goes
true and stays true.
The timer starts counting, and the PWM output is set
high, on either the clock following the PRx match or two
clocks after the external Reset signal relinquishes the
Reset. The PWM output will remain high until the timer
counts up to match the CCPRx pulse width value. If the
external Reset signal goes true while the PWM output
is high then the PWM output will remain high until the
Reset signal is released allowing the timer to count up
to match the CCPRx value.
FIGURE 29-7: LEVEL-TRIGGERED HARDWARE LIMIT MODE TIMING DIAGRAM
(MODE = 00111)
Rev. 10-000198B
5/30/2014
TMRx_clk
ON
PRx
TMRx
BSF BCF BSF
5
012 0 12345 123
MODE 0b00111
TMRx_ers
00 4
TMRx_postscaled
50
PWM Duty
Cycle 3
PWM Output
Instruction(1)
Note 1: BSF and BCF represent Bit-Set File and Bit-Clear File instructions executed by the CPU to
set or clear the ON bit of TxCON. CPU execution is asynchronous to the timer clock input.
u‘ !‘
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 423
PIC16(L)F18855/75
29.5.5 SOFTWARE START ONE-SHOT
MODE
In One-Shot mode the timer resets and the ON bit is
cleared when the timer value matches the PRx period
value. The ON bit must be set by software to start
another timer cycle. Setting MODE<4:0> = 01000
selects One-Shot mode which is illustrated in
Figure 29-8. In the example, ON is controlled by BSF
and BCF instructions. In the first case, a BSF instruc-
tion sets ON and the counter runs to completion and
clears ON. In the second case, a BSF instruction starts
the cycle, BCF/BSF instructions turn the counter off
and on during the cycle, and then it runs to completion.
When One-Shot mode is used in conjunction with the
CCP PWM operation the PWM pulse drive starts con-
current with setting the ON bit. Clearing the ON bit
while the PWM drive is active will extend the PWM
drive. The PWM drive will terminate when the timer
value matches the CCPRx pulse width value. The
PWM drive will remain off until software sets the ON bit
to start another cycle. If software clears the ON bit after
the CCPRx match but before the PRx match then the
PWM drive will be extended by the length of time the
ON bit remains cleared. Another timing cycle can only
be initiated by setting the ON bit after it has been
cleared by a PRx period count match.
FIGURE 29-8: SOFTWARE START ONE-SHOT MODE TIMING DIAGRAM (MODE = 01000)
Rev. 10-000199B
4/7/2016
TMRx_clk
ON
PRx
TMRx
BSF BSF
5
0123450 431
MODE 0b01000
2 5 0
TMRx_postscaled
BCF BSF
PWM Duty
Cycle 3
PWM Output
Note 1: BSF and BCF represent Bit-Set File and Bit-Clear File instructions
executed by the CPU to set or clear the ON bit of TxCON. CPU
execution is asynchronous to the timer clock input.
Instruction(1)
, 4 4 gggiiifififiigggggggfi j #### fl;
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 424
PIC16(L)F18855/75
29.5.6 EDGE-TRIGGERED ONE-SHOT
MODE
The Edge-Triggered One-Shot modes start the timer
on an edge from the external signal input, after the ON
bit is set, and clear the ON bit when the timer matches
the PRx period value. The following edges will start the
timer:
• Rising edge (MODE<4:0> = 01001)
• Falling edge (MODE<4:0> = 01010)
• Rising or Falling edge (MODE<4:0> = 01011)
If the timer is halted by clearing the ON bit then another
TMRx_ers edge is required after the ON bit is set to
resume counting. Figure 29-9 illustrates operation in
the rising edge One-Shot mode.
When Edge-Triggered One-Shot mode is used in con-
junction with the CCP then the edge-trigger will activate
the PWM drive and the PWM drive will deactivate when
the timer matches the CCPRx pulse width value and
stay deactivated when the timer halts at the PRx period
count match.
FIGURE 29-9: EDGE-TRIGGERED ONE-SHOT MODE TIMING DIAGRAM (MODE = 01001)
Rev. 10-000200B
5/19/2016
TMRx_clk
ON
PRx
TMRx
BSF BSF
5
012345 0 1
MODE 0b01001
2
CCP_pset
TMRx_postscaled
BCF
TMRx_ers
PWM Duty
Cycle 3
PWM Output
Instruction(1)
Note 1: BSF and BCF represent Bit-Set File and Bit-Clear File instructions executed by the CPU to
set or clear the ON bit of TxCON. CPU execution is asynchronous to the timer clock input.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 429
PIC16(L)F18855/75
29.6 Timer2 Operation During Sleep
When PSYNC = 1, Timer2 cannot be operated while
the processor is in Sleep mode. The contents of the
TMR2 and T2PR registers will remain unchanged while
processor is in Sleep mode.
When PSYNC = 0, Timer2 will operate in Sleep as long
as the clock source selected is also still running.
Selecting the LFINTOSC, MFINTOSC, or HFINTOSC
oscillator as the timer clock source will keep the
selected oscillator running during Sleep.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 430
PIC16(L)F18855/75
29.7 Register Definitions: Timer2/4/6 Control
Long bit name prefixes for the Timer2/4/6 peripherals are
shown in Table 29-2. Refer to Section 1.1 “Register
and Bit naming conventions” for more information
TABLE 29-2:
Peripheral Bit Name Prefix
Timer2 T2
Timer4 T4
Timer6 T6
REGISTER 29-1: TxCLKCON: TIMER2/4/6 CLOCK SELECTION REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
— — — — CS<3:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 3-0 CS<3:0>: Timer2/4/6 Clock Select bits
1111 = Reserved
1110 = Reserved
1101 = LC4_out
1100 = LC3_out
1011 = LC2_out
1010 = LC1_out
1001 = ZCD1_output
1000 = NCO output
0111 = CLKR
0110 = SOSC
0101 = MFINTOSC/16 (31.25 kHz)
0100 = LFINTOSC
0011 = HFINTOSC (16 MHz)
0010 = FOSC
0001 = FOSC/4
0000 = TxCKIPPS
Nm
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 431
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 29-2: TxCON: TIMER2/4/6 CONTROL REGISTER
R/W/HC-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
ON(1) CKPS<2:0> OUTPS<3:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared HC = Bit is cleared by hardware
bit 7 ON: Timerx On bit
1 =Timerx is on
0 = Timerx is off: all counters and state machines are reset
bit 6-4 CKPS<2:0>: Timer2-type Clock Prescale Select bits
111 = 1:128 Prescaler
110 = 1:64 Prescaler
101 = 1:32 Prescaler
100 = 1:16 Prescaler
011 = 1:8 Prescaler
010 = 1:4 Prescaler
001 = 1:2 Prescaler
000 = 1:1 Prescaler
bit 3-0 OUTPS<3:0>: Timerx Output Postscaler Select bits
1111 = 1:16 Postscaler
1110 = 1:15 Postscaler
1101 = 1:14 Postscaler
1100 = 1:13 Postscaler
1011 = 1:12 Postscaler
1010 = 1:11 Postscaler
1001 = 1:10 Postscaler
1000 = 1:9 Postscaler
0111 = 1:8 Postscaler
0110 = 1:7 Postscaler
0101 = 1:6 Postscaler
0100 = 1:5 Postscaler
0011 = 1:4 Postscaler
0010 = 1:3 Postscaler
0001 = 1:2 Postscaler
0000 = 1:1 Postscaler
Note 1: In certain modes, the ON bit will be auto-cleared by hardware. See Section 29.5 “Operation Examples”.
29-17
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 432
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 29-3: TxHLT: TIMERx HARDWARE LIMIT CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
PSYNC(1, 2) CKPOL(3) CKSYNC(4, 5) MODE<4:0>(6, 7)
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 PSYNC: Timerx Prescaler Synchronization Enable bit(1, 2)
1 = TMRx Prescaler Output is synchronized to Fosc/4
0 = TMRx Prescaler Output is not synchronized to Fosc/4
bit 6 CKPOL: Timerx Clock Polarity Selection bit(3)
1 = Falling edge of input clock clocks timer/prescaler
0 = Rising edge of input clock clocks timer/prescaler
bit 5 CKSYNC: Timerx Clock Synchronization Enable bit(4, 5)
1 = ON register bit is synchronized to TMR2_clk input
0 = ON register bit is not synchronized to TMR2_clk input
bit 4-0 MODE<4:0>: Timerx Control Mode Selection bits(6, 7)
See Ta b l e 2 9- 1.
Note 1: Setting this bit ensures that reading TMRx will return a valid value.
2: When this bit is ‘1’, Timer2 cannot operate in Sleep mode.
3: CKPOL should not be changed while ON = 1.
4: Setting this bit ensures glitch-free operation when the ON is enabled or disabled.
5: When this bit is set then the timer operation will be delayed by two TMRx input clocks after the ON bit is set.
6: Unless otherwise indicated, all modes start upon ON = 1 and stop upon ON = 0 (stops occur without affecting the value
of TMRx).
7: When TMRx = PRx, the next clock clears TMRx, regardless of the operating mode.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 433
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 29-4: TXRST: TIMER2/4/6 EXTERNAL RESET SIGNAL SELECTION REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
— — — RSEL<4:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4-0 RSEL<4:0>: Timer2 External Reset Signal Source Selection bits
11111 = Reserved
•
•
•
10010 = Reserved
10001 = LC4_out
10000 = LC3_out
01111 = LC2_out
01110 = LC1_out
01101 = ZCD1_output
01100 = C2OUT_sync
01011 = C1OUT_sync
01010 = PWM7_out
01001 = PWM6_out
01000 = CCP5_out
00111 = CCP4_out
00110 = CCP3_out
00101 = CCP2_out
00100 = CCP1_out
00011 = TMR6_postscaled(3)
00010 = TMR4_postscaled(2)
00001 = TMR2_postscaled(1)
00000 = Pin selected by TxINPPS
Note 1: For Timer2, this bit is Reserved.
2: For Timer4, this bit is Reserved.
3: For Timer6, this bit is Reserved.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 434
PIC16(L)F18855/75
TABLE 29-3: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH TIMER2
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
CCP1CON EN —OUTFMT MODE<3:0> 442
CCP2CON EN —OUTFMT MODE<3:0> 442
CCPTMRS0 C4TSEL<1:0> C3TSEL<1:0> C2TSEL<1:0> C1TSEL<1:0> 445
CCPTMRS1 —— P7TSEL<1:0> P6TSEL<1:0> C5TSEL<1:0> 445
INTCON GIE PEIE —————INTEDG
133
PIE1 OSFIE CSWIE ———— ADTIE ADIE 135
PIR1 OSFIF CSWIF ———— ADTIF ADIF 144
T2PR Timer2 Module Period Register 415*
TMR2 Holding Register for the 8-bit TMR2 Register 415*
T2CON ON CKPS<2:0> OUTPS<3:0> 431
T2CLKCON ———— CS<3:0> 430
T2RST — — — RSEL<4:0> 433
T2HLT PSYNC CKPOL CKSYNC —MODE<3:0>432
T4PR Timer4 Module Period Register 415*
TMR4 Holding Register for the 8-bit TMR4 Register 415*
T4CON ON CKPS<2:0> OUTPS<3:0> 431
T4CLKCON ————— CS<3:0> 430
T4RST — — — RSEL<4:0> 433
T4HLT PSYNC CKPOL CKSYNC —MODE<3:0>432
T6PR Timer6 Module Period Register 415*
TMR6 Holding Register for the 8-bit TMR6 Register 415*
T6CON ON CKPS<2:0> OUTPS<3:0> 431
T6CLKCON ————— CS<2:0> 430
T6RST — — — RSEL<4:0> 433
T6HLT PSYNC CKPOL CKSYNC —MODE<3:0>432
Legend: — = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used for Timer2 module.
* Page provides register information.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 435
PIC16(L)F18855/75
30.0 CAPTURE/COMPARE/PWM
MODULES
The Capture/Compare/PWM module is a peripheral
that allows the user to time and control different events,
and to generate Pulse-Width Modulation (PWM)
signals. In Capture mode, the peripheral allows the
timing of the duration of an event. The Compare mode
allows the user to trigger an external event when a
predetermined amount of time has expired. The PWM
mode can generate Pulse-Width Modulated signals of
varying frequency and duty cycle.
The Capture/Compare/PWM modules available are
shown in Ta b l e 3 0 -1.
The Capture and Compare functions are identical for all
CCP modules.
TABLE 30-1: AVAILABLE CCP MODULES
Device CCP1 CCP2 CCP3 CCP4 CCP5
PIC16(L)F18855/75 ●●●●●
Note 1: In devices with more than one CCP
module, it is very important to pay close
attention to the register names used. A
number placed after the module acronym
is used to distinguish between separate
modules. For example, the CCP1CON
and CCP2CON control the same
operational aspects of two completely
different CCP modules.
2: Throughout this section, generic
references to a CCP module in any of its
operating modes may be interpreted as
being equally applicable to CCPx module.
Register names, module signals, I/O pins,
and bit names may use the generic
designator ‘x’ to indicate the use of a
numeral to distinguish a particular module,
when required.
condmon. CTS<2 0=""> LCLom chiom LC Lam IOCJnterm m CZOUTisync c1 ouLsync CCF‘x >< prescaler="" x416="" f="" mode=""><3 0=""> WM 4 TMRwH TMRWL
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 436
PIC16(L)F18855/75
30.1 Capture Mode
The Capture mode function described in this section is
available and identical for all CCP modules.
Capture mode makes use of the 16-bit Timer1
resource. When an event occurs on the capture
source, the 16-bit CCPRxH:CCPRxL register pair
captures and stores the 16-bit value of the
TMR1H:TMR1L register pair, respectively. An event is
defined as one of the following and is configured by the
CCPxMODE<3:0> bits of the CCPxCON register:
• Every falling edge
• Every rising edge
• Every 4th rising edge
• Every 16th rising edge
When a capture is made, the Interrupt Request Flag bit
CCPxIF of the PIR6 register is set. The interrupt flag
must be cleared in software. If another capture occurs
before the value in the CCPRxH, CCPRxL register pair
is read, the old captured value is overwritten by the new
captured value.
Figure 30-1 shows a simplified diagram of the capture
operation.
30.1.1 CAPTURE SOURCES
In Capture mode, the CCPx pin should be configured
as an input by setting the associated TRIS control bit.
The capture source is selected by configuring the
CCPxCTS<2:0> bits of the CCPxCAP register. The
following sources can be selected:
• CCPxPPS input
• C1OUT_sync
• C2OUT_sync
• IOC_interrupt
• LC1_out
• LC2_out
• LC3_out
• LC4_out
FIGURE 30-1: CAPTURE MODE OPERATION BLOCK DIAGRAM
Note: If the CCPx pin is configured as an output,
a write to the port can cause a capture
condition.
Rev. 10-000158F
9/1/2015
CCPRxH CCPRxL
TMR1H TMR1L
16
16
Prescaler
1,4,16
CCPx
TRIS Control
set CCPxIF
MODE <3:0>
and
Edge Detect
C1OUT_sync
C2OUT_sync
IOC_interrupt
RxyPPS
CTS<2:0>
000
011
010
001
100
101
110
111
LC3_out
LC1_out
LC2_out
LC4_out
CCPx PPS
CCPxPPS
::
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 437
PIC16(L)F18855/75
30.1.2 TIMER1 MODE RESOURCE
Timer1 must be running in Timer mode or Synchronized
Counter mode for the CCP module to use the capture
feature. In Asynchronous Counter mode, the capture
operation may not work.
See Section 28.0 “Timer1/3/5 Module with Gate
Control” for more information on configuring Timer1.
30.1.3 SOFTWARE INTERRUPT MODE
When the Capture mode is changed, a false capture
interrupt may be generated. The user should keep the
CCPxIE interrupt enable bit of the PIE6 register clear to
avoid false interrupts. Additionally, the user should
clear the CCPxIF interrupt flag bit of the PIR6 register
following any change in Operating mode.
30.1.4 CCP PRESCALER
There are four prescaler settings specified by the
CCPxMODE<3:0> bits of the CCPxCON register.
Whenever the CCP module is turned off, or the CCP
module is not in Capture mode, the prescaler counter
is cleared. Any Reset will clear the prescaler counter.
Switching from one capture prescaler to another does not
clear the prescaler and may generate a false interrupt. To
avoid this unexpected operation, turn the module off by
clearing the CCPxCON register before changing the
prescaler. Example 30-1 demonstrates the code to
perform this function.
EXAMPLE 30-1: CHANGING BETWEEN
CAPTURE PRESCALERS
30.1.5 CAPTURE DURING SLEEP
Capture mode depends upon the Timer1 module for
proper operation. There are two options for driving the
Timer1 module in Capture mode. It can be driven by the
instruction clock (FOSC/4), or by an external clock source.
When Timer1 is clocked by FOSC/4, Timer1 will not
increment during Sleep. When the device wakes from
Sleep, Timer1 will continue from its previous state.
Capture mode will operate during Sleep when Timer1
is clocked by an external clock source.
30.2 Compare Mode
The Compare mode function described in this section
is available and identical for all CCP modules.
Compare mode makes use of the 16-bit Timer1
resource. The 16-bit value of the CCPRxH:CCPRxL
register pair is constantly compared against the 16-bit
value of the TMR1H:TMR1L register pair. When a
match occurs, one of the following events can occur:
• Toggle the CCPx output
• Set the CCPx output
• Clear the CCPx output
• Generate an Auto-conversion Trigger
• Generate a Software Interrupt
The action on the pin is based on the value of the
CCPxMODE<3:0> control bits of the CCPxCON
register. At the same time, the interrupt flag CCPxIF bit
is set, and an ADC conversion can be triggered, if
selected.
All Compare modes can generate an interrupt and
trigger and ADC conversion.
Figure 30-2 shows a simplified diagram of the compare
operation.
FIGURE 30-2: COMPARE MODE
OPERATION BLOCK
DIAGRAM
Note: Clocking Timer1 from the system clock
(FOSC) should not be used in Capture
mode. In order for Capture mode to
recognize the trigger event on the CCPx
pin, Timer1 must be clocked from the
instruction clock (FOSC/4) or from an
external clock source.
BANKSEL CCPxCON ;Set Bank bits to point
;to CCPxCON
CLRF CCPxCON ;Turn CCP module off
MOVLW NEW_CAPT_PS ;Load the W reg with
;the new prescaler
;move value and CCP ON
MOVWF CCPxCON ;Load CCPxCON with this
;value
CCPRxH CCPRxL
TMR1H TMR1L
Comparator
QS
R
Output
Logic
Auto-conversion Trigger
Set CCPxIF Interrupt Flag
(PIR6)
Match
TRIS
CCPxMODE<3:0>
Mode Select
Output Enable
Pin
CCPx
4
dala lamh rec‘ude me Rese: from occurrin
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 438
PIC16(L)F18855/75
30.2.1 CCPX PIN CONFIGURATION
The software must configure the CCPx pin as an output
by clearing the associated TRIS bit and defining the
appropriate output pin through the RxyPPS registers.
See Section 13.0 “Peripheral Pin Select (PPS)
Module” for more details.
The CCP output can also be used as an input for other
peripherals.
30.2.2 TIMER1 MODE RESOURCE
In Compare mode, Timer1 must be running in either
Timer mode or Synchronized Counter mode. The
compare operation may not work in Asynchronous
Counter mode.
See Section 28.0 “Timer1/3/5 Module with Gate
Control” for more information on configuring Timer1.
30.2.3 AUTO-CONVERSION TRIGGER
All CCPx modes set the CCP interrupt flag (CCPxIF).
When this flag is set and a match occurs, an
Auto-conversion Trigger can take place if the CCP
module is selected as the conversion trigger source.
Refer to Section 23.2.6 “Auto-Conversion Trigger”
for more information.
30.2.4 COMPARE DURING SLEEP
Since FOSC is shut down during Sleep mode, the
Compare mode will not function properly during Sleep,
unless the timer is running. The device will wake on
interrupt (if enabled).
30.3 PWM Overview
Pulse-Width Modulation (PWM) is a scheme that
provides power to a load by switching quickly between
fully on and fully off states. The PWM signal resembles
a square wave where the high portion of the signal is
considered the on state and the low portion of the signal
is considered the off state. The high portion, also known
as the pulse width, can vary in time and is defined in
steps. A larger number of steps applied, which
lengthens the pulse width, also supplies more power to
the load. Lowering the number of steps applied, which
shortens the pulse width, supplies less power. The
PWM period is defined as the duration of one complete
cycle or the total amount of on and off time combined.
PWM resolution defines the maximum number of steps
that can be present in a single PWM period. A higher
resolution allows for more precise control of the pulse
width time and in turn the power that is applied to the
load.
The term duty cycle describes the proportion of the on
time to the off time and is expressed in percentages,
where 0% is fully off and 100% is fully on. A lower duty
cycle corresponds to less power applied and a higher
duty cycle corresponds to more power applied.
Figure 30-3 shows a typical waveform of the PWM
signal.
30.3.1 STANDARD PWM OPERATION
The standard PWM function described in this section is
available and identical for all CCP modules.
The standard PWM mode generates a Pulse-Width
Modulation (PWM) signal on the CCPx pin with up to
ten bits of resolution. The period, duty cycle, and
resolution are controlled by the following registers:
• PR2 registers
• T2CON registers
• CCPRxL registers
• CCPxCON registers
Figure 30-4 shows a simplified block diagram of PWM
operation.
FIGURE 30-3: CCP PWM OUTPUT SIGNAL
Note: Clearing the CCPxCON register will force
the CCPx compare output latch to the
default low level. This is not the PORT I/O
data latch.
Note: Clocking Timer1 from the system clock
(FOSC) should not be used in Compare
mode. In order for Compare mode to
recognize the trigger event on the CCPx
pin, TImer1 must be clocked from the
instruction clock (FOSC/4) or from an
external clock source.
Note: Removing the match condition by
changing the contents of the CCPRxH
and CCPRxL register pair, between the
clock edge that generates the
Auto-conversion Trigger and the clock
edge that generates the Timer1 Reset, will
preclude the Reset from occurring Note: The corresponding TRIS bit must be
cleared to enable the PWM output on the
CCPx pin.
Period
Pulse Width
TMR2 = 0
TMR2 = CCPRxH:CCPRxL
TMR2 = PR2
_______4
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 439
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 30-4: SIMPLIFIED PWM BLOCK DIAGRAM
30.3.2 SETUP FOR PWM OPERATION
The following steps should be taken when configuring
the CCP module for standard PWM operation:
1. Use the desired output pin RxyPPS control to
select CCPx as the source and disable the
CCPx pin output driver by setting the associated
TRIS bit.
2. Load the PR2 register with the PWM period
value.
3. Configure the CCP module for the PWM mode
by loading the CCPxCON register with the
appropriate values.
4. Load the CCPRxL register, and the CCPRxH
register with the PWM duty cycle value and
configure the CCPxFMT bit of the CCPxCON
register to set the proper register alignment.
5. Configure and start Timer2:
• Clear the TMR2IF interrupt flag bit of the
PIR4 register. See Note below.
• Configure the T2CKPS bits of the T2CON
register with the Timer prescale value.
• Enable the Timer by setting the TMR2ON
bit of the T2CON register.
6. Enable PWM output pin:
• Wait until the Timer overflows and the
TMR2IF bit of the PIR4 register is set. See
Note below.
• Enable the CCPx pin output driver by
clearing the associated TRIS bit.
30.3.3 CCP/PWM CLOCK SELECTION
The PIC16F18855/75 allows each individual CCP and
PWM module to select the timer source that controls
the module. Each module has an independent selec-
tion.
As there are up to three 8-bit timers with auto-reload
(Timer2/4/6), PWM mode on the CCP and PWM mod-
ules can use any of these timers. The CCPTMRS0 and
CCPTMRS1 registers is used to select which timer is
used.
Rev . 10 -000 157C
9/5/201 4
CCPRxH
Duty cycle registers
10-bit Latch(2)
(Not accessible by user)
Comparator
Comparator
PR2
(1)
TMR2
TMR2 Module
CCPx
CCPx_out To Peripherals
R
TRIS Control
R
S
Q
CCPRxL
set CCPIF
CCPx_pset
ERS logic
PPS
RxyPPS
Note: In order to send a complete duty cycle and
period on the first PWM output, the above
steps must be included in the setup
sequence. If it is not critical to start with a
complete PWM signal on the first output,
then step 6 may be ignored.
determmafion loe PWM fre uenc . remain unchanged.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 440
PIC16(L)F18855/75
30.3.4 TIMER2 TIMER RESOURCE
This device has a newer version of the TMR2 module
that has many new modes, which allow for greater
customization and control of the PWM signals than on
older parts. Refer to Section 29.5, Operation Examples
for examples of PWM signal generation using the
different modes of Timer2. The CCP operation requires
that the timer used as the PWM time base has the
FOSC/4 clock source selected
30.3.5 PWM PERIOD
The PWM period is specified by the PR2/4/6 register of
Timer2/4/6. The PWM period can be calculated using
the formula of Equation 30-1.
EQUATION 30-1: PWM PERIOD
When TMR2/4/6 is equal to PR2, the following three
events occur on the next increment cycle:
• TMR2/4/6 is cleared
• The CCPx pin is set. (Exception: If the PWM duty
cycle = 0%, the pin will not be set.)
• The PWM duty cycle is transferred from the
CCPRxL/H register pair into a 10-bit buffer.
30.3.6 PWM DUTY CYCLE
The PWM duty cycle is specified by writing a 10-bit
value to the CCPRxH:CCPRxL register pair. The
alignment of the 10-bit value is determined by the
CCPRxFMT bit of the CCPxCON register (see
Figure 30-5). The CCPRxH:CCPRxL register pair can
be written to at any time; however the duty cycle value
is not latched into the 10-bit buffer until after a match
between PR2 and TMR2.
Equation 30-2 is used to calculate the PWM pulse
width.
Equation 30-3 is used to calculate the PWM duty cycle
ratio.
FIGURE 30-5: PWM 10-BIT ALIGNMENT
EQUATION 30-2: PULSE WIDTH
EQUATION 30-3: DUTY CYCLE RATIO
CCPRxH:CCPRxL register pair are used to double
buffer the PWM duty cycle. This double buffering is
essential for glitchless PWM operation.
The 8-bit timer TMR2 register is concatenated with
either the 2-bit internal system clock (FOSC), or two bits
of the prescaler, to create the 10-bit time base. The
system clock is used if the Timer2 prescaler is set to 1:1.
When the 10-bit time base matches the
CCPRxH:CCPRxL register pair, then the CCPx pin is
cleared (see Figure 30-4).
30.3.7 PWM RESOLUTION
The resolution determines the number of available duty
cycles for a given period. For example, a 10-bit resolution
will result in 1024 discrete duty cycles, whereas an 8-bit
resolution will result in 256 discrete duty cycles.
The maximum PWM resolution is ten bits when PR2 is
255. The resolution is a function of the PR2 register
value as shown by Equation 30-4.
EQUATION 30-4: PWM RESOLUTION
Note: The Timer postscaler (see Section 29.4
“Timer2 Interrupt”) is not used in the
determination of the PWM frequency.
PWM Period PR21+4TOSC =
(TMR2 Prescale Value)
Note 1: TOSC = 1/FOSC
Note: If the pulse width value is greater than the
period the assigned PWM pin(s) will
remain unchanged.
Rev . 10 -000 160A
12/9/201 3
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CCPRxH CCPRxL
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CCPRxH CCPRxL
FMT = 0
FMT = 1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 09 8
10-bit Duty Cycle
Pulse Width CCPRxH:CCPRxL register pair
=
TOSC
(TMR2 Prescale Value)
Duty Cycle Ratio CCPRxH:CCPRxL register pair
4PR21+
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------=
Resolution 4PR21+log
2log
------------------------------------------ bits=
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 441
PIC16(L)F18855/75
TABLE 30-2: EXAMPLE PWM FREQUENCIES AND RESOLUTIONS (FOSC = 20 MHz)
TABLE 30-3: EXAMPLE PWM FREQUENCIES AND RESOLUTIONS (FOSC = 8 MHz)
30.3.8 OPERATION IN SLEEP MODE
In Sleep mode, the TMR2 register will not increment
and the state of the module will not change. If the CCPx
pin is driving a value, it will continue to drive that value.
When the device wakes up, TMR2 will continue from its
previous state.
30.3.9 CHANGES IN SYSTEM CLOCK
FREQUENCY
The PWM frequency is derived from the system clock
frequency. Any changes in the system clock frequency
will result in changes to the PWM frequency. See
Section 6.0 “Oscillator Module (with Fail-Safe
Clock Monitor)” for additional details.
30.3.10 EFFECTS OF RESET
Any Reset will force all ports to Input mode and the
CCP registers to their Reset states.
PWM Frequency 1.22 kHz 4.88 kHz 19.53 kHz 78.12 kHz 156.3 kHz 208.3 kHz
Timer Prescale 16 4 1 1 1 1
PR2 Value 0xFF 0xFF 0xFF 0x3F 0x1F 0x17
Maximum Resolution (bits) 10 10 10 8 7 6.6
PWM Frequency 1.22 kHz 4.90 kHz 19.61 kHz 76.92 kHz 153.85 kHz 200.0 kHz
Timer Prescale 16 4 1 1 1 1
PR2 Value 0x65 0x65 0x65 0x19 0x0C 0x09
Maximum Resolution (bits) 8 8 8 6 5 5
MODE : Camure mode MODE : Comgare mode MODE : PWM mode
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 442
PIC16(L)F18855/75
30.4 Register Definitions: CCP Control
Long bit name prefixes for the CCP peripherals are
shown in Section 1.1 “Register and Bit naming con-
ventions”.
TABLE 30-4: LONG BIT NAMES PREFIXES
FOR CCP PERIPHERALS
Peripheral Bit Name Prefix
CCP1 CCP1
CCP2 CCP2
CCP3 CCP3
CCP4 CCP4
CCP5 CCP5
REGISTER 30-1: CCPxCON: CCPx CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0/0 U-0 R-x R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
EN — OUT FMT MODE<3:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Reset
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 EN: CCPx Module Enable bit
1 = CCPx is enabled
0 = CCPx is disabled
bit 6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5 OUT: CCPx Output Data bit (read-only)
bit 4 FMT: CCPW (Pulse Width) Alignment bit
MODE = Capture mode
Unused
MODE = Compare mode
Unused
MODE = PWM mode
1 = Left-aligned format
0 = Right-aligned format
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 443
PIC16(L)F18855/75
bit 3-0 MODE<3:0>: CCPx Mode Select bits(1)
1111 =PWM mode
1110 = Reserved
1101 = Reserved
1100 = Reserved
1011 = Compare mode: output will pulse 0-1-0; Clears TMR1
1010 = Compare mode: output will pulse 0-1-0
1001 = Compare mode: clear output on compare match
1000 = Compare mode: set output on compare match
0111 = Capture mode: every 16th rising edge of CCPx input
0110 = Capture mode: every 4th rising edge of CCPx input
0101 = Capture mode: every rising edge of CCPx input
0100 = Capture mode: every falling edge of CCPx input
0011 = Capture mode: every edge of CCPx input
0010 = Compare mode: toggle output on match
0001 = Compare mode: toggle output on match; clear TMR1
0000 = Capture/Compare/PWM off (resets CCPx module)
Note 1: All modes will set the CCPxIF bit, and will trigger an ADC conversion if CCPx is selected as the ADC
trigger source.
REGISTER 30-1: CCPxCON: CCPx CONTROL REGISTER (CONTINUED)
CCPxMODE : Camure mode CCPxMODE : Comgare mode CCPXMODE : PWM modes when CCPXFMT : 0 CCPXMOD PWM modes when CCPxFMT
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 444
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 30-2: CCPxCAP: CAPTURE INPUT SELECTION REGISTER
REGISTER 30-3: CCPRxL REGISTER: CCPx REGISTER LOW BYTE
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/x R/W-0/x R/W-0/x
— — — — —CTS<2:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Reset
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2-0 CTS<2:0>: Capture Trigger Input Selection bits
CTS CCP1.capture CCP2.capture CCP3.capture CCP4.capture CCP5.capture
111 LC4_out
110 LC3_out
101 LC2_out
100 LC1_out
011 IOC_interrupt
010 C2OUT
001 C1OUT
000 CCP1PPS CCP2PPS CCP3PPS CCP4PPS CCP5PPS
R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x
CCPRx<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Reset
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 CCPxMODE = Capture mode
CCPRxL<7:0>: Capture value of TMR1L
CCPxMODE = Compare mode
CCPRxL<7:0>: LS Byte compared to TMR1L
CCPxMODE = PWM modes when CCPxFMT = 0:
CCPRxL<7:0>: Pulse-width Least Significant eight bits
CCPxMODE = PWM modes when CCPxFMT = 1:
CCPRxL<7:6>: Pulse-width Least Significant two bits
CCPRxL<5:0>: Not used.
CCPxMODE : Cag‘ure mode CCPxMODE : Compare mode CCPXMODE : PWM modes when CCPXFMT : 0 CCPXMODE : PWM modes when CCPXFMT : |
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 445
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 30-4: CCPRxH REGISTER: CCPx REGISTER HIGH BYTE
REGISTER 30-5: CCPTMRS0: CCP TIMERS CONTROL 0 REGISTER
R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x
CCPRx<15:8>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Reset
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 CCPxMODE = Capture mode
CCPRxH<7:0>: Captured value of TMR1H
CCPxMODE = Compare mode
CCPRxH<7:0>: MS Byte compared to TMR1H
CCPxMODE = PWM modes when CCPxFMT = 0:
CCPRxH<7:2>: Not used
CCPRxH<1:0>: Pulse-width Most Significant two bits
CCPxMODE = PWM modes when CCPxFMT = 1:
CCPRxH<7:0>: Pulse-width Most Significant eight bits
R/W-0/0 R/W-1/1 R/W-0/0 R/W-1/1 R/W-0/0 R/W-1/1 R/W-0/0 R/W-1/1
C4TSEL<1:0> C3TSEL<1:0> C2TSEL<1:0> C1TSEL<1:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Reset
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 C4TSEL<1:0>: CCP4 Timer Selection
11 = CCP4 based on TMR5 (Capture/Compare) or TMR6 (PWM)
10 = CCP4 based on TMR3 (Capture/Compare) or TMR4 (PWM)
01 = CCP4 based on TMR1 (Capture/Compare) or TMR2 (PWM)
00 = Reserved
bit 5-4 C3TSEL<1:0>: CCP4 Timer Selection
11 = CCP3 based on TMR5 (Capture/Compare) or TMR6 (PWM)
10 = CCP3 based on TMR3 (Capture/Compare) or TMR4 (PWM)
01 = CCP3 based on TMR1 (Capture/Compare) or TMR2 (PWM)
00 = Reserved
bit 3-2 C2TSEL<1:0>: CCP4 Timer Selection
11 = CCP2 based on TMR5 (Capture/Compare) or TMR6 (PWM)
10 = CCP2 based on TMR3 (Capture/Compare) or TMR4 (PWM)
01 = CCP2 based on TMR1 (Capture/Compare) or TMR2 (PWM)
00 = Reserved
bit 1-0 C1TSEL<1:0>: CCP4 Timer Selection
11 = CCP1 based on TMR5 (Capture/Compare) or TMR6 (PWM)
10 = CCP1 based on TMR3 (Capture/Compare) or TMR4 (PWM)
01 = CCP1 based on TMR1 (Capture/Compare) or TMR2 (PWM)
00 = Reserved
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 446
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 30-6: CCPTMRS1: CCP TIMERS CONTROL 1 REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-1/1 R/W-0/0 R/W-1/1 R/W-0/0 R/W-1/1
—— P7TSEL<1:0> P6TSEL<1:0> C5TSEL<1:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Reset
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5-4 P7TSEL<1:0>: PWM7 Timer Selection
11 = PWM7 based on TMR6
10 = PWM7 based on TMR4
01 = PWM7 based on TMR2
00 = Reserved
bit 3-2 P6TSEL<1:0>: PWM6 Timer Selection
11 = PWM6 based on TMR6
10 = PWM6 based on TMR4
01 = PWM6 based on TMR2
00 = Reserved
bit 1-0 C5TSEL<1:0>: CCP5 Timer Selection
11 = CCP5 based on TMR5 (Capture/Compare) or TMR6 (PWM)
10 = CCP5 based on TMR3 (Capture/Compare) or TMR4 (PWM)
01 = CCP5 based on TMR1 (Capture/Compare) or TMR2 (PWM)
00 = Reserved
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 447
PIC16(L)F18855/75
TABLE 30-5: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH CCPx
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
INTCON GIE PEIE —————INTEDG133
PIR4 —— TMR6IF TMR5IF TMR4IF TMR3IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 147
PIE4 —— TMR6IE TMR5IE TMR4IE TMR3IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 138
CCP1CON EN —OUTFMT MODE<3:0> 442
CCP1CAP —————CTS<2:0>444
CCPR1L Capture/Compare/PWM Register 1 (LSB) 444
CCPR1H Capture/Compare/PWM Register 1 (MSB) 445
CCP2CON EN —OUTFMT MODE<3:0> 442
CCP2CAP — ———CTS<2:0>444
CCPR2L Capture/Compare/PWM Register 1 (LSB) 444
CCPR2H Capture/Compare/PWM Register 1 (MSB) 444
CCPTMRS0 C4TSEL<1:0> C3TSEL<1:0> C2TSEL<1:0> C1TSEL<1:0> 445
CCPTMRS1 —— P7TSEL<1:0> P6TSEL<1:0> C5TSEL<1:0> 446
CCP1PPS ———CCP1PPS<4:0>240
CCP2PPS ———CCP2PPS<4:0>240
RxyPPS ——— RxyPPS<4:0> 241
ADACT ——— ADACT<4:0> 350
CLCxSELy ——— LCxDyS<4:0> 320
CWG1ISM ————IS<3:0>303
MDSRC ———MDMS<4:0>389
MDCARH ———— MDCHS<3:0> 390
MDCARL ———— MDCLS<3:0> 391
Legend: — = Unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by the CCP module.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 448
PIC16(L)F18855/75
31.0 MASTER SYNCHRONOUS
SERIAL PORT (MSSP)
MODULES
31.1 MSSP Module Overview
The Master Synchronous Serial Port (MSSP) module is
a serial interface useful for communicating with other
peripheral or microcontroller devices. These peripheral
devices may be serial EEPROMs, shift registers,
display drivers, A/D converters, etc. The MSSP module
can operate in one of two modes:
• Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)
• Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C)
The SPI interface supports the following modes and
features:
• Master mode
• Slave mode
• Clock Parity
• Slave Select Synchronization (Slave mode only)
• Daisy-chain connection of slave devices
Figure 31-1 is a block diagram of the SPI interface
module.
FIGURE 31-1: MSSP BLOCK DIAGRAM (SPI MODE)
( )
Read Write
Data Bus
SSPSR Reg
SSPM<3:0>
bit 0 Shift
Clock
SS Control
Enable
Edge
Select
Clock Select
T2_match
2
Edge
Select
2 (CKP, CKE)
4
TRIS bit
SDO
SSPxBUF Reg
SDI
SS
SCK
TOSC
Prescaler
4, 16, 64
Baud Rate
Generator
(SSPxADD)
PPS
PPS
PPS
PPS
SSPDATPPS
RxyPPS
SSPCLKPPS(2)
PPS
RxyPPS(1)
SSPSSPPS
Note 1: Output selection for master mode
2: Input selection for slave mode
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 449
PIC16(L)F18855/75
The I2C interface supports the following modes and
features:
• Master mode
• Slave mode
• Byte NACKing (Slave mode)
• Limited multi-master support
• 7-bit and 10-bit addressing
• Start and Stop interrupts
• Interrupt masking
• Clock stretching
• Bus collision detection
• General call address matching
• Address masking
• Address Hold and Data Hold modes
• Selectable SDA hold times
Figure 31-2 is a block diagram of the I2C interface
module in Master mode. Figure 31-3 is a diagram of the
I2C interface module in Slave mode.
FIGURE 31-2: MSSP BLOCK DIAGRAM (I2C MASTER MODE)
Note 1: In devices with more than one MSSP
module, it is very important to pay close
attention to SSPxCONx register names.
SSPxCON1 and SSPxCON2 registers
control different operational aspects of
the same module, while SSPxCON1 and
SSP2CON1 control the same features for
two different modules.
2: Throughout this section, generic refer-
ences to an MSSPx module in any of its
operating modes may be interpreted as
being equally applicable to MSSPx or
MSSP2. Register names, module I/O sig-
nals, and bit names may use the generic
designator ‘x’ to indicate the use of a
numeral to distinguish a particular module
when required.
Read Write
SSPSR
Start bit, Stop bit,
Start bit detect,
SSPxBUF
Internal
data bus
Set/Reset: S, P, SSPxSTAT, WCOL, SSPOV
Shift
Clock
MSb LSb
SDA
Acknowledge
Generate (SSPxCON2)
Stop bit detect
Write collision detect
Clock arbitration
State counter for
end of XMIT/RCV
SCL
SCL in
Bus Collision
SDA in
Receive Enable (RCEN)
Clock Cntl
Clock arbitrate/BCOL detect
(Hold off clock source)
[SSPM<3:0>]
Baud Rate
Reset SEN, PEN (SSPxCON2)
Generator
(SSPxADD)
Address Match detect
Set SSPxIF, BCL1IF
PPS
SSPDATPPS(1)
PPS
Note 1: SDA pin selections must be the same for input and output
2: SCL pin selections must be the same for input and output
PPS
RxyPPS(1)
PPS
SSPCLKPPS(2)
RxyPPS(1)
RxyPPS(2)
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 450
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 31-3: MSSP BLOCK DIAGRAM (I2C SLAVE MODE)
Read Write
SSPSR Reg
Match Detect
SSPxADD Reg
Start and
Stop bit Detect
SSPxBUF Reg
Internal
Data Bus
Addr Match
Set, Reset
S, P bits
(SSPxSTAT Reg)
SCL
Shift
Clock
MSb LSb
SSPxMSK Reg
PPS
PPS
SSPCLKPPS(2)
RxyPPS(2)
Clock
Stretching
SDA
PPS
PPS
SSPDATPPS(1)
RxyPPS(1)
Note 1: SDA pin selections must be the same for input and output
2: SCL pin selections must be the same for input and output
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 451
PIC16(L)F18855/75
31.2 SPI Mode Overview
The Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) bus is a
synchronous serial data communication bus that
operates in Full-Duplex mode. Devices communicate
in a master/slave environment where the master device
initiates the communication. A slave device is
controlled through a Chip Select known as Slave
Select.
The SPI bus specifies four signal connections:
• Serial Clock (SCK)
• Serial Data Out (SDO)
• Serial Data In (SDI)
• Slave Select (SS)
Figure 31-1 shows the block diagram of the MSSP
module when operating in SPI mode.
The SPI bus operates with a single master device and
one or more slave devices. When multiple slave
devices are used, an independent Slave Select
connection is required from the master device to each
slave device.
Figure 31-4 shows a typical connection between a
master device and multiple slave devices.
The master selects only one slave at a time. Most slave
devices have tri-state outputs so their output signal
appears disconnected from the bus when they are not
selected.
Transmissions involve two shift registers, eight bits in
size, one in the master and one in the slave. With either
the master or the slave device, data is always shifted
out one bit at a time, with the Most Significant bit (MSb)
shifted out first. At the same time, a new Least
Significant bit (LSb) is shifted into the same register.
Figure 31-5 shows a typical connection between two
processors configured as master and slave devices.
Data is shifted out of both shift registers on the
programmed clock edge and latched on the opposite
edge of the clock.
The master device transmits information out on its SDO
output pin which is connected to, and received by, the
slave’s SDI input pin. The slave device transmits infor-
mation out on its SDO output pin, which is connected
to, and received by, the master’s SDI input pin.
To begin communication, the master device first sends
out the clock signal. Both the master and the slave
devices should be configured for the same clock polar-
ity.
The master device starts a transmission by sending out
the MSb from its shift register. The slave device reads
this bit from that same line and saves it into the LSb
position of its shift register.
During each SPI clock cycle, a full-duplex data
transmission occurs. This means that while the master
device is sending out the MSb from its shift register (on
its SDO pin) and the slave device is reading this bit and
saving it as the LSb of its shift register, that the slave
device is also sending out the MSb from its shift register
(on its SDO pin) and the master device is reading this
bit and saving it as the LSb of its shift register.
After eight bits have been shifted out, the master and
slave have exchanged register values.
If there is more data to exchange, the shift registers are
loaded with new data and the process repeats itself.
Whether the data is meaningful or not (dummy data),
depends on the application software. This leads to
three scenarios for data transmission:
• Master sends useful data and slave sends dummy
data.
• Master sends useful data and slave sends useful
data.
• Master sends dummy data and slave sends useful
data.
Transmissions may involve any number of clock
cycles. When there is no more data to be transmitted,
the master stops sending the clock signal and it
deselects the slave.
Every slave device connected to the bus that has not
been selected through its slave select line must disre-
gard the clock and transmission signals and must not
transmit out any data of its own.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 452
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 31-4: SPI MASTER AND MULTIPLE SLAVE CONNECTION
31.2.1 SPI MODE REGISTERS
The MSSP module has five registers for SPI mode
operation. These are:
• MSSP STATUS register (SSPxSTAT)
• MSSP Control register 1 (SSPxCON1)
• MSSP Control register 3 (SSPxCON3)
• MSSP Data Buffer register (SSPxBUF)
• MSSP Address register (SSPxADD)
• MSSP Shift register (SSPxSR)
(Not directly accessible)
SSPxCON1 and SSPxSTAT are the control and status
registers in SPI mode operation. The SSPxCON1
register is readable and writable. The lower six bits of
the SSPxSTAT are read-only. The upper two bits of the
SSPxSTAT are read/write.
In one SPI master mode, SSPxADD can be loaded
with a value used in the Baud Rate Generator. More
information on the Baud Rate Generator is available in
Section 31.7 “Baud Rate Generator”.
SSPxSR is the shift register used for shifting data in
and out. SSPxBUF provides indirect access to the
SSPxSR register. SSPxBUF is the buffer register to
which data bytes are written, and from which data
bytes are read.
In receive operations, SSPxSR and SSPxBUF
together create a buffered receiver. When SSPxSR
receives a complete byte, it is transferred to SSPxBUF
and the SSPxIF interrupt is set.
During transmission, the SSPxBUF is not buffered. A
write to SSPxBUF will write to both SSPxBUF and
SSPxSR.
SPI Master SCK
SDO
SDI
General I/O
General I/O
General I/O
SCK
SDI
SDO
SS
SPI Slave
#1
SCK
SDI
SDO
SS
SPI Slave
#2
SCK
SDI
SDO
SS
SPI Slave
#3
iiiii ‘ +‘
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 453
PIC16(L)F18855/75
31.2.2 SPI MODE OPERATION
When initializing the SPI, several options need to be
specified. This is done by programming the appropriate
control bits (SSPxCON1<3:0> and SSPxSTAT<7:6>).
These control bits allow the following to be specified:
• Master mode (SCK is the clock output)
• Slave mode (SCK is the clock input)
• Clock Polarity (Idle state of SCK)
• Data Input Sample Phase (middle or end of data
output time)
• Clock Edge (output data on rising/falling edge of
SCK)
• Clock Rate (Master mode only)
• Slave Select mode (Slave mode only)
To enable the serial port, SSP Enable bit, SSPEN of the
SSPxCON1 register, must be set. To reset or reconfig-
ure SPI mode, clear the SSPEN bit, re-initialize the
SSPxCONx registers and then set the SSPEN bit. This
configures the SDI, SDO, SCK and SS pins as serial port
pins. For the pins to behave as the serial port function,
some must have their data direction bits (in the TRISx
register) appropriately programmed as follows:
• SDI must have corresponding TRIS bit set
• SDO must have corresponding TRIS bit cleared
• SCK (Master mode) must have corresponding
TRIS bit cleared
• SCK (Slave mode) must have corresponding
TRIS bit set
•SS
must have corresponding TRIS bit set
Any serial port function that is not desired may be
overridden by programming the corresponding data
direction (TRIS) register to the opposite value.
The MSSP consists of a transmit/receive shift register
(SSPxSR) and a buffer register (SSPxBUF). The
SSPxSR shifts the data in and out of the device, MSb first.
The SSPxBUF holds the data that was written to the
SSPxSR until the received data is ready. Once the eight
bits of data have been received, that byte is moved to the
SSPxBUF register. Then, the Buffer Full Detect bit, BF of
the SSPxSTAT register, and the interrupt flag bit, SSPxIF,
are set. This double-buffering of the received data
(SSPxBUF) allows the next byte to start reception before
reading the data that was just received. Any write to the
SSPxBUF register during transmission/reception of data
will be ignored and the write collision detect bit WCOL of
the SSPxCON1 register, will be set. User software must
clear the WCOL bit to allow the following write(s) to the
SSPxBUF register to complete successfully.
When the application software is expecting to receive
valid data, the SSPxBUF should be read before the next
byte of data to transfer is written to the SSPxBUF. The
Buffer Full bit, BF of the SSPxSTAT register, indicates
when SSPxBUF has been loaded with the received data
(transmission is complete). When the SSPxBUF is read,
the BF bit is cleared. This data may be irrelevant if the
SPI is only a transmitter. Generally, the MSSP interrupt
is used to determine when the transmission/reception
has completed. If the interrupt method is not going to be
used, then software polling can be done to ensure that a
write collision does not occur.
The SSPxSR is not directly readable or writable and
can only be accessed by addressing the SSPxBUF
register. Additionally, the SSPxSTAT register indicates
the various Status conditions.
FIGURE 31-5: SPI MASTER/SLAVE CONNECTION
Serial Input Buffer
(SSPxBUF)
Shift Register
(SSPxSR)
MSb LSb
SDO
SDI
Processor 1
SCK
SPI Master SSPM<3:0> = 00xx
Serial Input Buffer
(SSPxBUF)
Shift Register
(SSPxSR)
LSb
MSb
SDI
SDO
Processor 2
SCK
SPI Slave SSPM<3:0> = 010x
Serial Clock
SS
Slave Select
General I/O (optional)
= 1010
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 454
PIC16(L)F18855/75
31.2.3 SPI MASTER MODE
The master can initiate the data transfer at any time
because it controls the SCK line. The master
determines when the slave (Processor 2, Figure 31-5)
is to broadcast data by the software protocol.
In Master mode, the data is transmitted/received as
soon as the SSPxBUF register is written to. If the SPI
is only going to receive, the SDO output could be
disabled (programmed as an input). The SSPxSR
register will continue to shift in the signal present on the
SDI pin at the programmed clock rate. As each byte is
received, it will be loaded into the SSPxBUF register as
if a normal received byte (interrupts and Status bits
appropriately set).
The clock polarity is selected by appropriately
programming the CKP bit of the SSPxCON1 register
and the CKE bit of the SSPxSTAT register. This then,
would give waveforms for SPI communication as
shown in Figure 31-6, Figure 31-8, Figure 31-9 and
Figure 31-10, where the MSB is transmitted first. In
Master mode, the SPI clock rate (bit rate) is user
programmable to be one of the following:
•F
OSC/4 (or TCY)
•F
OSC/16 (or 4 * TCY)
•F
OSC/64 (or 16 * TCY)
• Timer2 output/2
•F
OSC/(4 * (SSPxADD + 1))
Figure 31-6 shows the waveforms for Master mode.
When the CKE bit is set, the SDO data is valid before
there is a clock edge on SCK. The change of the input
sample is shown based on the state of the SMP bit. The
time when the SSPxBUF is loaded with the received
data is shown.
FIGURE 31-6: SPI MODE WAVEFORM (MASTER MODE)
SCK
(CKP = 0
SCK
(CKP = 1
SCK
(CKP = 0
SCK
(CKP = 1
4 Clock
Modes
Input
Sample
Input
Sample
SDI
bit 7 bit 0
SDO bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0
bit 7
SDI
SSPxIF
(SMP = 1)
(SMP = 0)
(SMP = 1)
CKE = 1)
CKE = 0)
CKE = 1)
CKE = 0)
(SMP = 0)
Write to
SSPxBUF
SSPxSR to
SSPxBUF
SDO bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0
(CKE = 0)
(CKE = 1)
bit 0
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 455
PIC16(L)F18855/75
31.2.4 SPI SLAVE MODE
In Slave mode, the data is transmitted and received as
external clock pulses appear on SCK. When the last
bit is latched, the SSPxIF interrupt flag bit is set.
Before enabling the module in SPI Slave mode, the clock
line must match the proper Idle state. The clock line can
be observed by reading the SCK pin. The Idle state is
determined by the CKP bit of the SSPxCON1 register.
While in Slave mode, the external clock is supplied by
the external clock source on the SCK pin. This external
clock must meet the minimum high and low times as
specified in the electrical specifications.
While in Sleep mode, the slave can transmit/receive
data. The shift register is clocked from the SCK pin
input and when a byte is received, the device will
generate an interrupt. If enabled, the device will
wake-up from Sleep.
31.2.4.1 Daisy-Chain Configuration
The SPI bus can sometimes be connected in a
daisy-chain configuration. The first slave output is
connected to the second slave input, the second slave
output is connected to the third slave input, and so on.
The final slave output is connected to the master input.
Each slave sends out, during a second group of clock
pulses, an exact copy of what was received during the
first group of clock pulses. The whole chain acts as
one large communication shift register. The
daisy-chain feature only requires a single Slave Select
line from the master device.
Figure 31-7 shows the block diagram of a typical
daisy-chain connection when operating in SPI mode.
In a daisy-chain configuration, only the most recent
byte on the bus is required by the slave. Setting the
BOEN bit of the SSPxCON3 register will enable writes
to the SSPxBUF register, even if the previous byte has
not been read. This allows the software to ignore data
that may not apply to it.
31.2.5 SLAVE SELECT
SYNCHRONIZATION
The Slave Select can also be used to synchronize
communication. The Slave Select line is held high until
the master device is ready to communicate. When the
Slave Select line is pulled low, the slave knows that a
new transmission is starting.
If the slave fails to receive the communication properly,
it will be reset at the end of the transmission, when the
Slave Select line returns to a high state. The slave is
then ready to receive a new transmission when the
Slave Select line is pulled low again. If the Slave Select
line is not used, there is a risk that the slave will
eventually become out of sync with the master. If the
slave misses a bit, it will always be one bit off in future
transmissions. Use of the Slave Select line allows the
slave and master to align themselves at the beginning
of each transmission.
The SS pin allows a Synchronous Slave mode. The
SPI must be in Slave mode with SS pin control enabled
(SSPxCON1<3:0> = 0100).
When the SS pin is low, transmission and reception are
enabled and the SDO pin is driven.
When the SS pin goes high, the SDO pin is no longer
driven, even if in the middle of a transmitted byte and
becomes a floating output. External pull-up/pull-down
resistors may be desirable depending on the applica-
tion.
When the SPI module resets, the bit counter is forced
to ‘0’. This can be done by either forcing the SS pin to
a high level or clearing the SSPEN bit.
Note 1: When the SPI is in Slave mode with SS pin
control enabled (SSPxCON1<3:0> =
0100), the SPI module will reset if the SS
pin is set to VDD.
2: When the SPI is used in Slave mode with
CKE set; the user must enable SS pin
control.
3: While operated in SPI Slave mode the
SMP bit of the SSPxSTAT register must
remain clear.
69 45 >1 1 1: {( J) SR1 Eur»
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 456
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 31-7: SPI DAISY-CHAIN CONNECTION
FIGURE 31-8: SLAVE SELECT SYNCHRONOUS WAVEFORM
SPI Master SCK
SDO
SDI
General I/O
SCK
SDI
SDO
SS
SPI Slave
#1
SCK
SDI
SDO
SS
SPI Slave
#2
SCK
SDI
SDO
SS
SPI Slave
#3
SCK
(CKP = 1
SCK
(CKP = 0
Input
Sample
SDI
bit 7
SDO bit 7 bit 6 bit 7
SSPxIF
Interrupt
CKE = 0)
CKE = 0)
Write to
SSPxBUF
SSPxSR to
SSPxBUF
SS
Flag
bit 0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 6
SSPxBUF to
SSPxSR
Shift register SSPxSR
and bit count are reset
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 457
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 31-9: SPI MODE WAVEFORM (SLAVE MODE WITH CKE = 0)
FIGURE 31-10: SPI MODE WAVEFORM (SLAVE MODE WITH CKE = 1)
SCK
(CKP = 1
SCK
(CKP = 0
Input
Sample
SDI
bit 7
SDO bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0
SSPxIF
Interrupt
CKE = 0)
CKE = 0)
Write to
SSPxBUF
SSPxSR to
SSPxBUF
SS
Flag
Optional
bit 0
detection active
Write Collision
Valid
SCK
(CKP = 1
SCK
(CKP = 0
Input
Sample
SDI
bit 7 bit 0
SDO bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0
SSPxIF
Interrupt
CKE = 1)
CKE = 1)
Write to
SSPxBUF
SSPxSR to
SSPxBUF
SS
Flag
Not Optional
Write Collision
detection active
Valid
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 458
PIC16(L)F18855/75
31.2.6 SPI OPERATION IN SLEEP MODE
In SPI Master mode, module clocks may be operating
at a different speed than when in Full-Power mode; in
the case of the Sleep mode, all clocks are halted.
Special care must be taken by the user when the MSSP
clock is much faster than the system clock.
In Slave mode, when MSSP interrupts are enabled,
after the master completes sending data, an MSSP
interrupt will wake the controller from Sleep.
If an exit from Sleep mode is not desired, MSSP
interrupts should be disabled.
In SPI Master mode, when the Sleep mode is selected,
all module clocks are halted and the transmis-
sion/reception will remain in that state until the device
wakes. After the device returns to Run mode, the
module will resume transmitting and receiving data.
In SPI Slave mode, the SPI Transmit/Receive Shift
register operates asynchronously to the device. This
allows the device to be placed in Sleep mode and data
to be shifted into the SPI Transmit/Receive Shift
register. When all eight bits have been received, the
MSSP interrupt flag bit will be set and if enabled, will
wake the device.
31.3 I2C MODE OVERVIEW
The Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) bus is a multi-master
serial data communication bus. Devices communicate
in a master/slave environment where the master
devices initiate the communication. A slave device is
controlled through addressing.
The I2C bus specifies two signal connections:
• Serial Clock (SCL)
• Serial Data (SDA)
Figure 31-11 shows the block diagram of the MSSP
module when operating in I2C mode.
Both the SCL and SDA connections are bidirectional
open-drain lines, each requiring pull-up resistors for the
supply voltage. Pulling the line to ground is considered
a logical zero and letting the line float is considered a
logical one.
Figure 31-11 shows a typical connection between two
processors configured as master and slave devices.
The I2C bus can operate with one or more master
devices and one or more slave devices.
There are four potential modes of operation for a given
device:
• Master Transmit mode
(master is transmitting data to a slave)
• Master Receive mode
(master is receiving data from a slave)
• Slave Transmit mode
(slave is transmitting data to a master)
• Slave Receive mode
(slave is receiving data from the master)
To begin communication, a master device starts out in
Master Transmit mode. The master device sends out a
Start bit followed by the address byte of the slave it
intends to communicate with. This is followed by a
single Read/Write bit, which determines whether the
master intends to transmit to or receive data from the
slave device.
If the requested slave exists on the bus, it will respond
with an Acknowledge bit, otherwise known as an ACK.
The master then continues in either Transmit mode or
Receive mode and the slave continues in the comple-
ment, either in Receive mode or Transmit mode,
respectively.
A Start bit is indicated by a high-to-low transition of the
SDA line while the SCL line is held high. Address and
data bytes are sent out, Most Significant bit (MSb) first.
The Read/Write bit is sent out as a logical one when the
master intends to read data from the slave, and is sent
out as a logical zero when it intends to write data to the
slave.
FIGURE 31-11: I2C MASTER/
SLAVE CONNECTION
The Acknowledge bit (ACK) is an active-low signal,
which holds the SDA line low to indicate to the transmit-
ter that the slave device has received the transmitted
data and is ready to receive more.
The transition of a data bit is always performed while
the SCL line is held low. Transitions that occur while the
SCL line is held high are used to indicate Start and Stop
bits.
Master
SCL
SDA
SCL
SDA
Slave
VDD
VDD
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 459
PIC16(L)F18855/75
If the master intends to write to the slave, then it repeat-
edly sends out a byte of data, with the slave responding
after each byte with an ACK bit. In this example, the
master device is in Master Transmit mode and the
slave is in Slave Receive mode.
If the master intends to read from the slave, then it
repeatedly receives a byte of data from the slave, and
responds after each byte with an ACK bit. In this exam-
ple, the master device is in Master Receive mode and
the slave is Slave Transmit mode.
On the last byte of data communicated, the master
device may end the transmission by sending a Stop bit.
If the master device is in Receive mode, it sends the
Stop bit in place of the last ACK bit. A Stop bit is
indicated by a low-to-high transition of the SDA line
while the SCL line is held high.
In some cases, the master may want to maintain
control of the bus and re-initiate another transmission.
If so, the master device may send another Start bit in
place of the Stop bit or last ACK bit when it is in receive
mode.
The I2C bus specifies three message protocols;
• Single message where a master writes data to a
slave.
• Single message where a master reads data from
a slave.
• Combined message where a master initiates a
minimum of two writes, or two reads, or a
combination of writes and reads, to one or more
slaves.
When one device is transmitting a logical one, or letting
the line float, and a second device is transmitting a log-
ical zero, or holding the line low, the first device can
detect that the line is not a logical one. This detection,
when used on the SCL line, is called clock stretching.
Clock stretching gives slave devices a mechanism to
control the flow of data. When this detection is used on
the SDA line, it is called arbitration. Arbitration ensures
that there is only one master device communicating at
any single time.
31.3.1 CLOCK STRETCHING
When a slave device has not completed processing
data, it can delay the transfer of more data through the
process of clock stretching. An addressed slave device
may hold the SCL clock line low after receiving or send-
ing a bit, indicating that it is not yet ready to continue.
The master that is communicating with the slave will
attempt to raise the SCL line in order to transfer the
next bit, but will detect that the clock line has not yet
been released. Because the SCL connection is
open-drain, the slave has the ability to hold that line low
until it is ready to continue communicating.
Clock stretching allows receivers that cannot keep up
with a transmitter to control the flow of incoming data.
31.3.2 ARBITRATION
Each master device must monitor the bus for Start and
Stop bits. If the device detects that the bus is busy, it
cannot begin a new message until the bus returns to an
Idle state.
However, two master devices may try to initiate a trans-
mission on or about the same time. When this occurs,
the process of arbitration begins. Each transmitter
checks the level of the SDA data line and compares it
to the level that it expects to find. The first transmitter to
observe that the two levels do not match, loses arbitra-
tion, and must stop transmitting on the SDA line.
For example, if one transmitter holds the SDA line to a
logical one (lets it float) and a second transmitter holds
it to a logical zero (pulls it low), the result is that the
SDA line will be low. The first transmitter then observes
that the level of the line is different than expected and
concludes that another transmitter is communicating.
The first transmitter to notice this difference is the one
that loses arbitration and must stop driving the SDA
line. If this transmitter is also a master device, it also
must stop driving the SCL line. It then can monitor the
lines for a Stop condition before trying to reissue its
transmission. In the meantime, the other device that
has not noticed any difference between the expected
and actual levels on the SDA line continues with its
original transmission. It can do so without any compli-
cations, because so far, the transmission appears
exactly as expected with no other transmitter disturbing
the message.
Slave Transmit mode can also be arbitrated, when a
master addresses multiple slaves, but this is less
common.
If two master devices are sending a message to two
different slave devices at the address stage, the master
sending the lower slave address always wins arbitra-
tion. When two master devices send messages to the
same slave address, and addresses can sometimes
refer to multiple slaves, the arbitration process must
continue into the data stage.
Arbitration usually occurs very rarely, but it is a
necessary process for proper multi-master support.
Transmmer The device wmch smfls da‘a out
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 460
PIC16(L)F18855/75
31.4 I2C MODE OPERATION
All MSSP I2C communication is byte oriented and
shifted out MSb first. Six SFR registers and two
interrupt flags interface the module with the PIC®
microcontroller and user software. Two pins, SDA and
SCL, are exercised by the module to communicate
with other external I2C devices.
31.4.1 BYTE FORMAT
All communication in I2C is done in 9-bit segments. A
byte is sent from a master to a slave or vice-versa, fol-
lowed by an Acknowledge bit sent back. After the
eighth falling edge of the SCL line, the device output-
ting data on the SDA changes that pin to an input and
reads in an acknowledge value on the next clock
pulse.
The clock signal, SCL, is provided by the master. Data
is valid to change while the SCL signal is low, and
sampled on the rising edge of the clock. Changes on
the SDA line while the SCL line is high define special
conditions on the bus, explained below.
31.4.2 DEFINITION OF I2C TERMINOLOGY
There is language and terminology in the description
of I2C communication that have definitions specific to
I2C. That word usage is defined below and may be
used in the rest of this document without explanation.
This table was adapted from the Philips I2C
specification.
31.4.3 SDA AND SCL PINS
Selection of any I2C mode with the SSPEN bit set,
forces the SCL and SDA pins to be open-drain. These
pins should be set by the user to inputs by setting the
appropriate TRIS bits.
31.4.4 SDA HOLD TIME
The hold time of the SDA pin is selected by the SDAHT
bit of the SSPxCON3 register. Hold time is the time
SDA is held valid after the falling edge of SCL. Setting
the SDAHT bit selects a longer 300 ns minimum hold
time and may help on buses with large capacitance.
TABLE 31-1: I2C BUS TERMS
Note 1: Data is tied to output zero when an I2C
mode is enabled.
2: Any device pin can be selected for SDA
and SCL functions with the PPS peripheral.
These functions are bidirectional. The SDA
input is selected with the SSPDATPPS
registers. The SCL input is selected with
the SSPCLKPPS registers. Outputs are
selected with the RxyPPS registers. It is the
user’s responsibility to make the selections
so that both the input and the output for
each function is on the same pin.
TERM Description
Transmitter The device which shifts data out
onto the bus.
Receiver The device which shifts data in
from the bus.
Master The device that initiates a transfer,
generates clock signals and termi-
nates a transfer.
Slave The device addressed by the
master.
Multi-master A bus with more than one device
that can initiate data transfers.
Arbitration Procedure to ensure that only one
master at a time controls the bus.
Winning arbitration ensures that
the message is not corrupted.
Synchronization Procedure to synchronize the
clocks of two or more devices on
the bus.
Idle No master is controlling the bus,
and both SDA and SCL lines are
high.
Active Any time one or more master
devices are controlling the bus.
Addressed
Slave
Slave device that has received a
matching address and is actively
being clocked by a master.
Matching
Address
Address byte that is clocked into a
slave that matches the value
stored in SSPxADD.
Write Request Slave receives a matching
address with R/W bit clear, and is
ready to clock in data.
Read Request Master sends an address byte with
the R/W bit set, indicating that it
wishes to clock data out of the
Slave. This data is the next and all
following bytes until a Restart or
Stop.
Clock Stretching When a device on the bus hold
SCL low to stall communication.
Bus Collision Any time the SDA line is sampled
low by the module while it is out-
putting and expected high state.
\\\\\\\
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 461
PIC16(L)F18855/75
31.4.5 START CONDITION
The I2C specification defines a Start condition as a
transition of SDA from a high to a low state while SCL
line is high. A Start condition is always generated by
the master and signifies the transition of the bus from
an Idle to an Active state. Figure 31-12 shows wave
forms for Start and Stop conditions.
A bus collision can occur on a Start condition if the
module samples the SDA line low before asserting it
low. This does not conform to the I2C Specification that
states no bus collision can occur on a Start.
31.4.6 STOP CONDITION
A Stop condition is a transition of the SDA line from
low-to-high state while the SCL line is high.
31.4.7 RESTART CONDITION
A Restart is valid any time that a Stop would be valid.
A master can issue a Restart if it wishes to hold the
bus after terminating the current transfer. A Restart
has the same effect on the slave that a Start would,
resetting all slave logic and preparing it to clock in an
address. The master may want to address the same or
another slave. Figure 31-13 shows the wave form for a
Restart condition.
In 10-bit Addressing Slave mode a Restart is required
for the master to clock data out of the addressed
slave. Once a slave has been fully addressed, match-
ing both high and low address bytes, the master can
issue a Restart and the high address byte with the
R/W bit set. The slave logic will then hold the clock
and prepare to clock out data.
After a full match with R/W clear in 10-bit mode, a prior
match flag is set and maintained until a Stop condition, a
high address with R/W clear, or high address match fails.
31.4.8 START/STOP CONDITION INTERRUPT
MASKING
The SCIE and PCIE bits of the SSPxCON3 register
can enable the generation of an interrupt in Slave
modes that do not typically support this function. Slave
modes where interrupt on Start and Stop detect are
already enabled, these bits will have no effect.
FIGURE 31-12: I2C START AND STOP CONDITIONS
FIGURE 31-13: I2C RESTART CONDITION
Note: At least one SCL low time must appear
before a Stop is valid, therefore, if the SDA
line goes low then high again while the SCL
line stays high, only the Start condition is
detected.
SDA
SCL
P
Stop
Condition
S
Start
Condition
Change of
Data Allowed
Change of
Data Allowed
Restart
Condition
Sr
Change of
Data Allowed
Change of
Data Allowed
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 462
PIC16(L)F18855/75
31.4.9 ACKNOWLEDGE SEQUENCE
The 9th SCL pulse for any transferred byte in I2C is
dedicated as an Acknowledge. It allows receiving
devices to respond back to the transmitter by pulling
the SDA line low. The transmitter must release control
of the line during this time to shift in the response. The
Acknowledge (ACK) is an active-low signal, pulling the
SDA line low indicates to the transmitter that the
device has received the transmitted data and is ready
to receive more.
The result of an ACK is placed in the ACKSTAT bit of
the SSPxCON2 register.
Slave software, when the AHEN and DHEN bits are
set, allow the user to set the ACK value sent back to
the transmitter. The ACKDT bit of the SSPxCON2
register is set/cleared to determine the response.
Slave hardware will generate an ACK response if the
AHEN and DHEN bits of the SSPxCON3 register are
clear.
There are certain conditions where an ACK will not be
sent by the slave. If the BF bit of the SSPxSTAT regis-
ter or the SSPOV bit of the SSPxCON1 register are
set when a byte is received.
When the module is addressed, after the eighth falling
edge of SCL on the bus, the ACKTIM bit of the SSPx-
CON3 register is set. The ACKTIM bit indicates the
acknowledge time of the active bus. The ACKTIM Sta-
tus bit is only active when the AHEN bit or DHEN bit is
enabled.
31.5 I2C SLAVE MODE OPERATION
The MSSP Slave mode operates in one of four modes
selected by the SSPM bits of SSPxCON1 register. The
modes can be divided into 7-bit and 10-bit Addressing
mode. 10-bit Addressing modes operate the same as
7-bit with some additional overhead for handling the
larger addresses.
Modes with Start and Stop bit interrupts operate the
same as the other modes with SSPxIF additionally
getting set upon detection of a Start, Restart, or Stop
condition.
31.5.1 SLAVE MODE ADDRESSES
The SSPxADD register (Register 31-6) contains the
Slave mode address. The first byte received after a
Start or Restart condition is compared against the
value stored in this register. If the byte matches, the
value is loaded into the SSPxBUF register and an
interrupt is generated. If the value does not match, the
module goes idle and no indication is given to the
software that anything happened.
The SSP Mask register (Register 31-5) affects the
address matching process. See Section 31.5.9 “SSP
Mask Register” for more information.
31.5.1.1 I2C Slave 7-bit Addressing Mode
In 7-bit Addressing mode, the LSb of the received data
byte is ignored when determining if there is an address
match.
31.5.1.2 I2C Slave 10-bit Addressing Mode
In 10-bit Addressing mode, the first received byte is
compared to the binary value of ‘1 1 1 1 0 A9 A8 0’. A9
and A8 are the two MSb’s of the 10-bit address and
stored in bits 2 and 1 of the SSPxADD register.
After the acknowledge of the high byte the UA bit is set
and SCL is held low until the user updates SSPxADD
with the low address. The low address byte is clocked
in and all eight bits are compared to the low address
value in SSPxADD. Even if there is not an address
match; SSPxIF and UA are set, and SCL is held low
until SSPxADD is updated to receive a high byte
again. When SSPxADD is updated the UA bit is
cleared. This ensures the module is ready to receive
the high address byte on the next communication.
A high and low address match as a write request is
required at the start of all 10-bit addressing communi-
cation. A transmission can be initiated by issuing a
Restart once the slave is addressed, and clocking in
the high address with the R/W bit set. The slave
hardware will then acknowledge the read request and
prepare to clock out data. This is only valid for a slave
after it has received a complete high and low address
byte match.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 463
PIC16(L)F18855/75
31.5.2 SLAVE RECEPTION
When the R/W bit of a matching received address byte
is clear, the R/W bit of the SSPxSTAT register is
cleared. The received address is loaded into the
SSPxBUF register and acknowledged.
When the overflow condition exists for a received
address, then not Acknowledge is given. An overflow
condition is defined as either bit BF of the SSPxSTAT
register is set, or bit SSPOV of the SSPxCON1 register
is set. The BOEN bit of the SSPxCON3 register modi-
fies this operation. For more information see
Register 31-4.
An MSSP interrupt is generated for each transferred
data byte. Flag bit, SSPxIF, must be cleared by
software.
When the SEN bit of the SSPxCON2 register is set,
SCL will be held low (clock stretch) following each
received byte. The clock must be released by setting
the CKP bit of the SSPxCON1 register, except
sometimes in 10-bit mode. See Section 31.5.6.2
“10-bit Addressing Mode” for more detail.
31.5.2.1 7-bit Addressing Reception
This section describes a standard sequence of events
for the MSSP module configured as an I2C slave in
7-bit Addressing mode. Figure 31-14 and Figure 31-15
is used as a visual reference for this description.
This is a step by step process of what typically must
be done to accomplish I2C communication.
1. Start bit detected.
2. S bit of SSPxSTAT is set; SSPxIF is set if
interrupt on Start detect is enabled.
3. Matching address with R/W bit clear is received.
4. The slave pulls SDA low sending an ACK to the
master, and sets SSPxIF bit.
5. Software clears the SSPxIF bit.
6. Software reads received address from
SSPxBUF clearing the BF flag.
7. If SEN = 1; Slave software sets CKP bit to
release the SCL line.
8. The master clocks out a data byte.
9. Slave drives SDA low sending an ACK to the
master, and sets SSPxIF bit.
10. Software clears SSPxIF.
11. Software reads the received byte from
SSPxBUF clearing BF.
12. Steps 8-12 are repeated for all received bytes
from the master.
13. Master sends Stop condition, setting P bit of
SSPxSTAT, and the bus goes idle.
31.5.2.2 7-bit Reception with AHEN and DHEN
Slave device reception with AHEN and DHEN set
operate the same as without these options with extra
interrupts and clock stretching added after the eighth
falling edge of SCL. These additional interrupts allow
the slave software to decide whether it wants to ACK
the receive address or data byte, rather than the hard-
ware. This functionality adds support for PMBus™ that
was not present on previous versions of this module.
This list describes the steps that need to be taken by
slave software to use these options for I2C communi-
cation. Figure 31-16 displays a module using both
address and data holding. Figure 31-17 includes the
operation with the SEN bit of the SSPxCON2 register
set.
1. S bit of SSPxSTAT is set; SSPxIF is set if
interrupt on Start detect is enabled.
2. Matching address with R/W bit clear is clocked
in. SSPxIF is set and CKP cleared after the
eighth falling edge of SCL.
3. Slave clears the SSPxIF.
4. Slave can look at the ACKTIM bit of the
SSPxCON3 register to determine if the SSPxIF
was after or before the ACK.
5. Slave reads the address value from SSPxBUF,
clearing the BF flag.
6. Slave sets ACK value clocked out to the master
by setting ACKDT.
7. Slave releases the clock by setting CKP.
8. SSPxIF is set after an ACK, not after a NACK.
9. If SEN = 1 the slave hardware will stretch the
clock after the ACK.
10. Slave clears SSPxIF.
11. SSPxIF set and CKP cleared after eighth falling
edge of SCL for a received data byte.
12. Slave looks at ACKTIM bit of SSPxCON3 to
determine the source of the interrupt.
13. Slave reads the received data from SSPxBUF
clearing BF.
14. Steps 7-14 are the same for each received data
byte.
15. Communication is ended by either the slave
sending an ACK =1, or the master sending a
Stop condition. If a Stop is sent and Interrupt on
Stop Detect is disabled, the slave will only know
by polling the P bit of the SSPxSTAT register.
Note: SSPxIF is still set after the ninth falling edge
of SCL even if there is no clock stretching
and BF has been cleared. Only if NACK is
sent to master is SSPxIF not set
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 468
PIC16(L)F18855/75
31.5.3 SLAVE TRANSMISSION
When the R/W bit of the incoming address byte is set
and an address match occurs, the R/W bit of the
SSPxSTAT register is set. The received address is
loaded into the SSPxBUF register, and an ACK pulse is
sent by the slave on the ninth bit.
Following the ACK, slave hardware clears the CKP bit
and the SCL pin is held low (see Section 31.5.6
“Clock Stretching” for more detail). By stretching the
clock, the master will be unable to assert another clock
pulse until the slave is done preparing the transmit
data.
The transmit data must be loaded into the SSPxBUF
register which also loads the SSPxSR register. Then
the SCL pin should be released by setting the CKP bit
of the SSPxCON1 register. The eight data bits are
shifted out on the falling edge of the SCL input. This
ensures that the SDA signal is valid during the SCL
high time.
The ACK pulse from the master-receiver is latched on
the rising edge of the ninth SCL input pulse. This ACK
value is copied to the ACKSTAT bit of the SSPxCON2
register. If ACKSTAT is set (not ACK), then the data
transfer is complete. In this case, when the not ACK is
latched by the slave, the slave goes idle and waits for
another occurrence of the Start bit. If the SDA line was
low (ACK), the next transmit data must be loaded into
the SSPxBUF register. Again, the SCL pin must be
released by setting bit CKP.
An MSSP interrupt is generated for each data transfer
byte. The SSPxIF bit must be cleared by software and
the SSPxSTAT register is used to determine the status
of the byte. The SSPxIF bit is set on the falling edge of
the ninth clock pulse.
31.5.3.1 Slave Mode Bus Collision
A slave receives a read request and begins shifting
data out on the SDA line. If a bus collision is detected
and the SBCDE bit of the SSPxCON3 register is set,
the BCL1IF bit of the PIR3 register is set. Once a bus
collision is detected, the slave goes idle and waits to be
addressed again. User software can use the BCL1IF bit
to handle a slave bus collision.
31.5.3.2 7-bit Transmission
A master device can transmit a read request to a
slave, and then clock data out of the slave. The list
below outlines what software for a slave will need to
do to accomplish a standard transmission.
Figure 31-18 can be used as a reference to this list.
1. Master sends a Start condition on SDA and
SCL.
2. S bit of SSPxSTAT is set; SSPxIF is set if
interrupt on Start detect is enabled.
3. Matching address with R/W bit set is received by
the Slave setting SSPxIF bit.
4. Slave hardware generates an ACK and sets
SSPxIF.
5. SSPxIF bit is cleared by user.
6. Software reads the received address from
SSPxBUF, clearing BF.
7. R/W is set so CKP was automatically cleared
after the ACK.
8. The slave software loads the transmit data into
SSPxBUF.
9. CKP bit is set releasing SCL, allowing the
master to clock the data out of the slave.
10. SSPxIF is set after the ACK response from the
master is loaded into the ACKSTAT register.
11. SSPxIF bit is cleared.
12. The slave software checks the ACKSTAT bit to
see if the master wants to clock out more data.
13. Steps 9-13 are repeated for each transmitted
byte.
14. If the master sends a not ACK; the clock is not
held, but SSPxIF is still set.
15. The master sends a Restart condition or a Stop.
16. The slave is no longer addressed.
Note 1: If the master ACKs the clock will be
stretched.
2: ACKSTAT is the only bit updated on the
rising edge of SCL (9th) rather than the
falling.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 470
PIC16(L)F18855/75
31.5.3.3 7-bit Transmission with Address
Hold Enabled
Setting the AHEN bit of the SSPxCON3 register
enables additional clock stretching and interrupt
generation after the eighth falling edge of a received
matching address. Once a matching address has
been clocked in, CKP is cleared and the SSPxIF
interrupt is set.
Figure 31-19 displays a standard waveform of a 7-bit
address slave transmission with AHEN enabled.
1. Bus starts Idle.
2. Master sends Start condition; the S bit of
SSPxSTAT is set; SSPxIF is set if interrupt on
Start detect is enabled.
3. Master sends matching address with R/W bit
set. After the eighth falling edge of the SCL line
the CKP bit is cleared and SSPxIF interrupt is
generated.
4. Slave software clears SSPxIF.
5. Slave software reads ACKTIM bit of SSPxCON3
register, and R/W and D/A of the SSPxSTAT
register to determine the source of the interrupt.
6. Slave reads the address value from the
SSPxBUF register clearing the BF bit.
7. Slave software decides from this information if it
wishes to ACK or not ACK and sets the ACKDT
bit of the SSPxCON2 register accordingly.
8. Slave sets the CKP bit releasing SCL.
9. Master clocks in the ACK value from the slave.
10. Slave hardware automatically clears the CKP bit
and sets SSPxIF after the ACK if the R/W bit is
set.
11. Slave software clears SSPxIF.
12. Slave loads value to transmit to the master into
SSPxBUF setting the BF bit.
13. Slave sets the CKP bit releasing the clock.
14. Master clocks out the data from the slave and
sends an ACK value on the ninth SCL pulse.
15. Slave hardware copies the ACK value into the
ACKSTAT bit of the SSPxCON2 register.
16. Steps 10-15 are repeated for each byte transmit-
ted to the master from the slave.
17. If the master sends a not ACK the slave
releases the bus allowing the master to send a
Stop and end the communication.
Note: SSPxBUF cannot be loaded until after the
ACK.
Note: Master must send a not ACK on the last
byte to ensure that the slave releases the
SCL line to receive a Stop.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 472
PIC16(L)F18855/75
31.5.4 SLAVE MODE 10-BIT ADDRESS
RECEPTION
This section describes a standard sequence of events
for the MSSP module configured as an I2C slave in
10-bit Addressing mode.
Figure 31-20 is used as a visual reference for this
description.
This is a step by step process of what must be done by
slave software to accomplish I2C communication.
1. Bus starts Idle.
2. Master sends Start condition; S bit of SSPxSTAT
is set; SSPxIF is set if interrupt on Start detect is
enabled.
3. Master sends matching high address with R/W
bit clear; UA bit of the SSPxSTAT register is set.
4. Slave sends ACK and SSPxIF is set.
5. Software clears the SSPxIF bit.
6. Software reads received address from
SSPxBUF clearing the BF flag.
7. Slave loads low address into SSPxADD,
releasing SCL.
8. Master sends matching low address byte to the
slave; UA bit is set.
9. Slave sends ACK and SSPxIF is set.
10. Slave clears SSPxIF.
11. Slave reads the received matching address
from SSPxBUF clearing BF.
12. Slave loads high address into SSPxADD.
13. Master clocks a data byte to the slave and
clocks out the slaves ACK on the ninth SCL
pulse; SSPxIF is set.
14. If SEN bit of SSPxCON2 is set, CKP is cleared
by hardware and the clock is stretched.
15. Slave clears SSPxIF.
16. Slave reads the received byte from SSPxBUF
clearing BF.
17. If SEN is set the slave sets CKP to release the
SCL.
18. Steps 13-17 repeat for each received byte.
19. Master sends Stop to end the transmission.
31.5.5 10-BIT ADDRESSING WITH ADDRESS OR
DATA HOLD
Reception using 10-bit addressing with AHEN or
DHEN set is the same as with 7-bit modes. The only
difference is the need to update the SSPxADD register
using the UA bit. All functionality, specifically when the
CKP bit is cleared and SCL line is held low are the
same. Figure 31-21 can be used as a reference of a
slave in 10-bit addressing with AHEN set.
Figure 31-22 shows a standard waveform for a slave
transmitter in 10-bit Addressing mode.
Note: Updates to the SSPxADD register are not
allowed until after the ACK sequence.
Note: If the low address does not match, SSPxIF
and UA are still set so that the slave
software can set SSPxADD back to the high
address. BF is not set because there is no
match. CKP is unaffected.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 476
PIC16(L)F18855/75
31.5.6 CLOCK STRETCHING
Clock stretching occurs when a device on the bus
holds the SCL line low, effectively pausing communi-
cation. The slave may stretch the clock to allow more
time to handle data or prepare a response for the
master device. A master device is not concerned with
stretching as anytime it is active on the bus and not
transferring data it is stretching. Any stretching done
by a slave is invisible to the master software and
handled by the hardware that generates SCL.
The CKP bit of the SSPxCON1 register is used to
control stretching in software. Any time the CKP bit is
cleared, the module will wait for the SCL line to go low
and then hold it. Setting CKP will release SCL and
allow more communication.
31.5.6.1 Normal Clock Stretching
Following an ACK if the R/W bit of SSPxSTAT is set, a
read request, the slave hardware will clear CKP. This
allows the slave time to update SSPxBUF with data to
transfer to the master. If the SEN bit of SSPxCON2 is
set, the slave hardware will always stretch the clock
after the ACK sequence. Once the slave is ready; CKP
is set by software and communication resumes.
31.5.6.2 10-bit Addressing Mode
In 10-bit Addressing mode, when the UA bit is set the
clock is always stretched. This is the only time the SCL
is stretched without CKP being cleared. SCL is
released immediately after a write to SSPxADD.
31.5.6.3 Byte NACKing
When AHEN bit of SSPxCON3 is set; CKP is cleared
by hardware after the eighth falling edge of SCL for a
received matching address byte. When DHEN bit of
SSPxCON3 is set; CKP is cleared after the eighth fall-
ing edge of SCL for received data.
Stretching after the eighth falling edge of SCL allows
the slave to look at the received address or data and
decide if it wants to ACK the received data.
31.5.7 CLOCK SYNCHRONIZATION AND THE
CKP BIT
Any time the CKP bit is cleared, the module will wait
for the SCL line to go low and then hold it. However,
clearing the CKP bit will not assert the SCL output low
until the SCL output is already sampled low. There-
fore, the CKP bit will not assert the SCL line until an
external I2C master device has already asserted the
SCL line. The SCL output will remain low until the CKP
bit is set and all other devices on the I2C bus have
released SCL. This ensures that a write to the CKP bit
will not violate the minimum high time requirement for
SCL (see Figure 31-23).
FIGURE 31-23: CLOCK SYNCHRONIZATION TIMING
Note 1: The BF bit has no effect on if the clock will
be stretched or not. This is different than
previous versions of the module that
would not stretch the clock, clear CKP, if
SSPxBUF was read before the ninth
falling edge of SCL.
2: Previous versions of the module did not
stretch the clock for a transmission if
SSPxBUF was loaded before the ninth
falling edge of SCL. It is now always
cleared for read requests.
Note: Previous versions of the module did not
stretch the clock if the second address byte
did not match.
SDA
SCL
DX ‚ – 1DX
WR
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
SSPxCON1
CKP
Master device
releases clock
Master device
asserts clock
ACK
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 477
PIC16(L)F18855/75
31.5.8 GENERAL CALL ADDRESS SUPPORT
The addressing procedure for the I2C bus is such that
the first byte after the Start condition usually deter-
mines which device will be the slave addressed by the
master device. The exception is the general call
address which can address all devices. When this
address is used, all devices should, in theory, respond
with an acknowledge.
The general call address is a reserved address in the
I2C protocol, defined as address 0x00. When the
GCEN bit of the SSPxCON2 register is set, the slave
module will automatically ACK the reception of this
address regardless of the value stored in SSPxADD.
After the slave clocks in an address of all zeros with
the R/W bit clear, an interrupt is generated and slave
software can read SSPxBUF and respond.
Figure 31-24 shows a general call reception
sequence.
In 10-bit Address mode, the UA bit will not be set on
the reception of the general call address. The slave
will prepare to receive the second byte as data, just as
it would in 7-bit mode.
If the AHEN bit of the SSPxCON3 register is set, just
as with any other address reception, the slave hard-
ware will stretch the clock after the eighth falling edge
of SCL. The slave must then set its ACKDT value and
release the clock with communication progressing as it
would normally.
FIGURE 31-24: SLAVE MODE GENERAL CALL ADDRESS SEQUENCE
31.5.9 SSP MASK REGISTER
An SSP Mask (SSPxMSK) register (Register 31-5) is
available in I2C Slave mode as a mask for the value
held in the SSPxSR register during an address
comparison operation. A zero (‘0’) bit in the SSPxMSK
register has the effect of making the corresponding bit
of the received address a “don’t care”.
This register is reset to all ‘1’s upon any Reset
condition and, therefore, has no effect on standard
SSP operation until written with a mask value.
The SSP Mask register is active during:
• 7-bit Address mode: address compare of A<7:1>.
• 10-bit Address mode: address compare of A<7:0>
only. The SSP mask has no effect during the
reception of the first (high) byte of the address.
SDA
SCL
S
SSPxIF
BF (SSPxSTAT<0>)
Cleared by software
SSPxBUF is read
R/W = 0
ACK
General Call Address
Address is compared to General Call Address
Receiving Data ACK
123456789123456789
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
after ACK, set interrupt
GCEN (SSPxCON2<7>)
’1’
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 478
PIC16(L)F18855/75
31.6 I2C Master Mode
Master mode is enabled by setting and clearing the
appropriate SSPM bits in the SSPxCON1 register and
by setting the SSPEN bit. In Master mode, the SDA and
SCK pins must be configured as inputs. The MSSP
peripheral hardware will override the output driver TRIS
controls when necessary to drive the pins low.
Master mode of operation is supported by interrupt
generation on the detection of the Start and Stop
conditions. The Stop (P) and Start (S) bits are cleared
from a Reset or when the MSSP module is disabled.
Control of the I2C bus may be taken when the P bit is
set, or the bus is Idle.
In Firmware Controlled Master mode, user code
conducts all I2C bus operations based on Start and
Stop bit condition detection. Start and Stop condition
detection is the only active circuitry in this mode. All
other communication is done by the user software
directly manipulating the SDA and SCL lines.
The following events will cause the SSP Interrupt Flag
bit, SSPxIF, to be set (SSP interrupt, if enabled):
• Start condition detected
• Stop condition detected
• Data transfer byte transmitted/received
• Acknowledge transmitted/received
• Repeated Start generated
31.6.1 I2C MASTER MODE OPERATION
The master device generates all of the serial clock
pulses and the Start and Stop conditions. A transfer is
ended with a Stop condition or with a Repeated Start
condition. Since the Repeated Start condition is also
the beginning of the next serial transfer, the I2C bus will
not be released.
In Master Transmitter mode, serial data is output
through SDA, while SCL outputs the serial clock. The
first byte transmitted contains the slave address of the
receiving device (7 bits) and the Read/Write (R/W) bit.
In this case, the R/W bit will be logic ‘0’. Serial data is
transmitted eight bits at a time. After each byte is
transmitted, an Acknowledge bit is received. Start and
Stop conditions are output to indicate the beginning
and the end of a serial transfer.
In Master Receive mode, the first byte transmitted
contains the slave address of the transmitting device
(7 bits) and the R/W bit. In this case, the R/W bit will be
logic ‘1’. Thus, the first byte transmitted is a 7-bit slave
address followed by a ‘1’ to indicate the receive bit.
Serial data is received via SDA, while SCL outputs the
serial clock. Serial data is received eight bits at a time.
After each byte is received, an Acknowledge bit is
transmitted. Start and Stop conditions indicate the
beginning and end of transmission.
A Baud Rate Generator is used to set the clock
frequency output on SCL. See Section 31.7 “Baud
Rate Generator” for more detail.
Note 1: The MSSP module, when configured in
I2C Master mode, does not allow queuing
of events. For instance, the user is not
allowed to initiate a Start condition and
immediately write the SSPxBUF register
to initiate transmission before the Start
condition is complete. In this case, the
SSPxBUF will not be written to and the
WCOL bit will be set, indicating that a
write to the SSPxBUF did not occur
2: Master mode suspends Start/Stop
detection when sending the Start/Stop
condition by means of the SEN/PEN
control bits. The SSPxIF bit is set at the
end of the Start/Stop generation when
hardware clears the control bit.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 479
PIC16(L)F18855/75
31.6.2 CLOCK ARBITRATION
Clock arbitration occurs when the master, during any
receive, transmit or Repeated Start/Stop condition,
releases the SCL pin (SCL allowed to float high). When
the SCL pin is allowed to float high, the Baud Rate
Generator (BRG) is suspended from counting until the
SCL pin is actually sampled high. When the SCL pin is
sampled high, the Baud Rate Generator is reloaded
with the contents of SSPxADD<7:0> and begins count-
ing. This ensures that the SCL high time will always be
at least one BRG rollover count in the event that the
clock is held low by an external device (Figure 31-25).
FIGURE 31-25: BAUD RATE GENERATOR TIMING WITH CLOCK ARBITRATION
31.6.3 WCOL STATUS FLAG
If the user writes the SSPxBUF when a Start, Restart,
Stop, Receive or Transmit sequence is in progress, the
WCOL is set and the contents of the buffer are
unchanged (the write does not occur). Any time the
WCOL bit is set it indicates that an action on SSPxBUF
was attempted while the module was not idle.
SDA
SCL
SCL deasserted but slave holds
DX ‚ – 1DX
BRG
SCL is sampled high, reload takes
place and BRG starts its count
03h 02h 01h 00h (hold off) 03h 02h
Reload
BRG
Value
SCL low (clock arbitration)
SCL allowed to transition high
BRG decrements on
Q2 and Q4 cycles
Note: Because queuing of events is not allowed,
writing to the lower five bits of SSPxCON2
is disabled until the Start condition is
complete.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 480
PIC16(L)F18855/75
31.6.4 I2C MASTER MODE START
CONDITION TIMING
To initiate a Start condition (Figure 31-26), the user
sets the Start Enable bit, SEN bit of the SSPxCON2
register. If the SDA and SCL pins are sampled high,
the Baud Rate Generator is reloaded with the contents
of SSPxADD<7:0> and starts its count. If SCL and
SDA are both sampled high when the Baud Rate Gen-
erator times out (TBRG), the SDA pin is driven low. The
action of the SDA being driven low while SCL is high is
the Start condition and causes the S bit of the
SSPxSTAT1 register to be set. Following this, the
Baud Rate Generator is reloaded with the contents of
SSPxADD<7:0> and resumes its count. When the
Baud Rate Generator times out (TBRG), the SEN bit of
the SSPxCON2 register will be automatically cleared
by hardware; the Baud Rate Generator is suspended,
leaving the SDA line held low and the Start condition is
complete.
FIGURE 31-26: FIRST START BIT TIMING
Note 1: If at the beginning of the Start condition,
the SDA and SCL pins are already
sampled low, or if during the Start condi-
tion, the SCL line is sampled low before
the SDA line is driven low, a bus collision
occurs, the Bus Collision Interrupt Flag,
BCLIF, is set, the Start condition is
aborted and the I2C module is reset into
its Idle state.
2: The Philips I2C specification states that a
bus collision cannot occur on a Start.
SDA
SCL
S
TBRG
1st bit 2nd bit
TBRG
SDA = 1, At completion of Start bit,
SCL = 1
Write to SSPxBUF occurs here
TBRG
hardware clears SEN bit
TBRG
Write to SEN bit occurs here Set S bit (SSPxSTAT<3>)
and sets SSPxIF bit
NTERGv‘ % l. H i ““““““ 1 \\ ‘4 liwxw \L kw ““““““ T
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 481
PIC16(L)F18855/75
31.6.5 I2C MASTER MODE REPEATED
START CONDITION TIMING
A Repeated Start condition (Figure 31-27) occurs when
the RSEN bit of the SSPxCON2 register is pro-
grammed high and the master state machine is no lon-
ger active. When the RSEN bit is set, the SCL pin is
asserted low. When the SCL pin is sampled low, the
Baud Rate Generator is loaded and begins counting.
The SDA pin is released (brought high) for one Baud
Rate Generator count (TBRG). When the Baud Rate
Generator times out, if SDA is sampled high, the SCL
pin will be deasserted (brought high). When SCL is
sampled high, the Baud Rate Generator is reloaded
and begins counting. SDA and SCL must be sampled
high for one TBRG. This action is then followed by
assertion of the SDA pin (SDA = 0) for one TBRG while
SCL is high. SCL is asserted low. Following this, the
RSEN bit of the SSPxCON2 register will be automati-
cally cleared and the Baud Rate Generator will not be
reloaded, leaving the SDA pin held low. As soon as a
Start condition is detected on the SDA and SCL pins,
the S bit of the SSPxSTAT register will be set. The
SSPxIF bit will not be set until the Baud Rate Generator
has timed out.
FIGURE 31-27: REPEATED START CONDITION WAVEFORM
Note 1: If RSEN is programmed while any other
event is in progress, it will not take effect.
2: A bus collision during the Repeated Start
condition occurs if:
• SDA is sampled low when SCL
goes from low-to-high.
• SCL goes low before SDA is
asserted low. This may indicate
that another master is attempting
to transmit a data ‘1’.
SDA
SCL
Repeated Start
Write to SSPxCON2
Write to SSPxBUF occurs here
At completion of Start bit,
hardware clears RSEN bit
1st bit
S bit set by hardware
TBRG
TBRG
SDA = 1,SDA = 1,
SCL (no change) SCL = 1
occurs here
TBRG TBRG TBRG
and sets SSPxIF
Sr
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 482
PIC16(L)F18855/75
31.6.6 I2C MASTER MODE TRANSMISSION
Transmission of a data byte, a 7-bit address or the
other half of a 10-bit address is accomplished by simply
writing a value to the SSPxBUF register. This action will
set the Buffer Full flag bit, BF, and allow the Baud Rate
Generator to begin counting and start the next trans-
mission. Each bit of address/data will be shifted out
onto the SDA pin after the falling edge of SCL is
asserted. SCL is held low for one Baud Rate Generator
rollover count (TBRG). Data should be valid before SCL
is released high. When the SCL pin is released high, it
is held that way for TBRG. The data on the SDA pin
must remain stable for that duration and some hold
time after the next falling edge of SCL. After the eighth
bit is shifted out (the falling edge of the eighth clock),
the BF flag is cleared and the master releases SDA.
This allows the slave device being addressed to
respond with an ACK bit during the ninth bit time if an
address match occurred, or if data was received prop-
erly. The status of ACK is written into the ACKSTAT bit
on the rising edge of the ninth clock. If the master
receives an Acknowledge, the Acknowledge Status bit,
ACKSTAT, is cleared. If not, the bit is set. After the ninth
clock, the SSPxIF bit is set and the master clock (Baud
Rate Generator) is suspended until the next data byte
is loaded into the SSPxBUF, leaving SCL low and SDA
unchanged (Figure 31-28).
After the write to the SSPxBUF, each bit of the address
will be shifted out on the falling edge of SCL until all
seven address bits and the R/W bit are completed. On
the falling edge of the eighth clock, the master will
release the SDA pin, allowing the slave to respond with
an Acknowledge. On the falling edge of the ninth clock,
the master will sample the SDA pin to see if the address
was recognized by a slave. The status of the ACK bit is
loaded into the ACKSTAT Status bit of the SSPxCON2
register. Following the falling edge of the ninth clock
transmission of the address, the SSPxIF is set, the BF
flag is cleared and the Baud Rate Generator is turned
off until another write to the SSPxBUF takes place,
holding SCL low and allowing SDA to float.
31.6.6.1 BF Status Flag
In Transmit mode, the BF bit of the SSPxSTAT register
is set when the CPU writes to SSPxBUF and is cleared
when all eight bits are shifted out.
31.6.6.2 WCOL Status Flag
If the user writes the SSPxBUF when a transmit is
already in progress (i.e., SSPxSR is still shifting out a
data byte), the WCOL bit is set and the contents of the
buffer are unchanged (the write does not occur).
WCOL must be cleared by software before the next
transmission.
31.6.6.3 ACKSTAT Status Flag
In Transmit mode, the ACKSTAT bit of the SSPxCON2
register is cleared when the slave has sent an Acknowl-
edge (ACK =0) and is set when the slave does not
Acknowledge (ACK =1). A slave sends an Acknowl-
edge when it has recognized its address (including a
general call), or when the slave has properly received
its data.
31.6.6.4 Typical transmit sequence:
1. The user generates a Start condition by setting
the SEN bit of the SSPxCON2 register.
2. SSPxIF is set by hardware on completion of the
Start.
3. SSPxIF is cleared by software.
4. The MSSP module will wait the required start
time before any other operation takes place.
5. The user loads the SSPxBUF with the slave
address to transmit.
6. Address is shifted out the SDA pin until all eight
bits are transmitted. Transmission begins as
soon as SSPxBUF is written to.
7. The MSSP module shifts in the ACK bit from the
slave device and writes its value into the
ACKSTAT bit of the SSPxCON2 register.
8. The MSSP module generates an interrupt at the
end of the ninth clock cycle by setting the
SSPxIF bit.
9. The user loads the SSPxBUF with eight bits of
data.
10. Data is shifted out the SDA pin until all eight bits
are transmitted.
11. The MSSP module shifts in the ACK bit from the
slave device and writes its value into the
ACKSTAT bit of the SSPxCON2 register.
12. Steps 8-11 are repeated for all transmitted data
bytes.
13. The user generates a Stop or Restart condition
by setting the PEN or RSEN bits of the SSPx-
CON2 register. Interrupt is generated once the
Stop/Restart condition is complete.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 484
PIC16(L)F18855/75
31.6.7 I2C MASTER MODE RECEPTION
Master mode reception (Figure 31-29) is enabled by
programming the Receive Enable bit, RCEN bit of the
SSPxCON2 register.
The Baud Rate Generator begins counting and on each
rollover, the state of the SCL pin changes
(high-to-low/low-to-high) and data is shifted into the
SSPxSR. After the falling edge of the eighth clock, the
receive enable flag is automatically cleared, the
contents of the SSPxSR are loaded into the SSPxBUF,
the BF flag bit is set, the SSPxIF flag bit is set and the
Baud Rate Generator is suspended from counting,
holding SCL low. The MSSP is now in Idle state
awaiting the next command. When the buffer is read by
the CPU, the BF flag bit is automatically cleared. The
user can then send an Acknowledge bit at the end of
reception by setting the Acknowledge Sequence
Enable, ACKEN bit of the SSPxCON2 register.
31.6.7.1 BF Status Flag
In receive operation, the BF bit is set when an address
or data byte is loaded into SSPxBUF from SSPxSR. It
is cleared when the SSPxBUF register is read.
31.6.7.2 SSPOV Status Flag
In receive operation, the SSPOV bit is set when eight
bits are received into the SSPxSR and the BF flag bit is
already set from a previous reception.
31.6.7.3 WCOL Status Flag
If the user writes the SSPxBUF when a receive is
already in progress (i.e., SSPxSR is still shifting in a
data byte), the WCOL bit is set and the contents of the
buffer are unchanged (the write does not occur).
31.6.7.4 Typical Receive Sequence:
1. The user generates a Start condition by setting
the SEN bit of the SSPxCON2 register.
2. SSPxIF is set by hardware on completion of the
Start.
3. SSPxIF is cleared by software.
4. User writes SSPxBUF with the slave address to
transmit and the R/W bit set.
5. Address is shifted out the SDA pin until all eight
bits are transmitted. Transmission begins as
soon as SSPxBUF is written to.
6. The MSSP module shifts in the ACK bit from the
slave device and writes its value into the
ACKSTAT bit of the SSPxCON2 register.
7. The MSSP module generates an interrupt at the
end of the ninth clock cycle by setting the
SSPxIF bit.
8. User sets the RCEN bit of the SSPxCON2
register and the master clocks in a byte from the
slave.
9. After the eighth falling edge of SCL, SSPxIF and
BF are set.
10. Master clears SSPxIF and reads the received
byte from SSPxBUF, clears BF.
11. Master sets ACK value sent to slave in ACKDT
bit of the SSPxCON2 register and initiates the
ACK by setting the ACKEN bit.
12. Master’s ACK is clocked out to the slave and
SSPxIF is set.
13. User clears SSPxIF.
14. Steps 8-13 are repeated for each received byte
from the slave.
15. Master sends a not ACK or Stop to end
communication.
Note: The MSSP module must be in an Idle
state before the RCEN bit is set or the
RCEN bit will be disregarded.
1\\\4
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 486
PIC16(L)F18855/75
31.6.8 ACKNOWLEDGE SEQUENCE
TIMING
An Acknowledge sequence is enabled by setting the
Acknowledge Sequence Enable bit, ACKEN bit of the
SSPxCON2 register. When this bit is set, the SCL pin is
pulled low and the contents of the Acknowledge data bit
are presented on the SDA pin. If the user wishes to
generate an Acknowledge, then the ACKDT bit should
be cleared. If not, the user should set the ACKDT bit
before starting an Acknowledge sequence. The Baud
Rate Generator then counts for one rollover period
(TBRG) and the SCL pin is deasserted (pulled high).
When the SCL pin is sampled high (clock arbitration),
the Baud Rate Generator counts for TBRG. The SCL pin
is then pulled low. Following this, the ACKEN bit is auto-
matically cleared, the Baud Rate Generator is turned off
and the MSSP module then goes into IDLE mode
(Figure 31-30).
31.6.8.1 WCOL Status Flag
If the user writes the SSPxBUF when an Acknowledge
sequence is in progress, then WCOL bit is set and the
contents of the buffer are unchanged (the write does
not occur).
31.6.9 STOP CONDITION TIMING
A Stop bit is asserted on the SDA pin at the end of a
receive/transmit by setting the Stop Sequence Enable
bit, PEN bit of the SSPxCON2 register. At the end of a
receive/transmit, the SCL line is held low after the
falling edge of the ninth clock. When the PEN bit is set,
the master will assert the SDA line low. When the SDA
line is sampled low, the Baud Rate Generator is
reloaded and counts down to ‘0’. When the Baud Rate
Generator times out, the SCL pin will be brought high
and one TBRG (Baud Rate Generator rollover count)
later, the SDA pin will be deasserted. When the SDA
pin is sampled high while SCL is high, the P bit of the
SSPxSTAT register is set. A TBRG later, the PEN bit is
cleared and the SSPxIF bit is set (Figure 31-31).
31.6.9.1 WCOL Status Flag
If the user writes the SSPxBUF when a Stop sequence
is in progress, then the WCOL bit is set and the
contents of the buffer are unchanged (the write does
not occur).
FIGURE 31-30: ACKNOWLEDGE SEQUENCE WAVEFORM
FIGURE 31-31: STOP CONDITION RECEIVE OR TRANSMIT MODE
Note: TBRG = one Baud Rate Generator period.
SDA
SCL
SSPxIF set at
Acknowledge sequence starts here,
write to SSPxCON2 ACKEN automatically cleared
Cleared in
TBRG TBRG
the end of receive
8
ACKEN = 1, ACKDT = 0
D0
9
SSPxIF
software SSPxIF set at the end
of Acknowledge sequence
Cleared in
software
ACK
SCL
SDA
SDA asserted low before rising edge of clock
Write to SSPxCON2,
set PEN
Falling edge of
SCL = 1 for TBRG, followed by SDA = 1 for TBRG
9th clock
SCL brought high after TBRG
Note: TBRG = one Baud Rate Generator period.
TBRG TBRG
after SDA sampled high. P bit (SSPxSTAT<4>) is set.
TBRG
to setup Stop condition
ACK
P
TBRG
PEN bit (SSPxCON2<2>) is cleared by
hardware and the SSPxIF bit is set
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 487
PIC16(L)F18855/75
31.6.10 SLEEP OPERATION
While in Sleep mode, the I2C slave module can receive
addresses or data and when an address match or
complete byte transfer occurs, wake the processor
from Sleep (if the MSSP interrupt is enabled).
31.6.11 EFFECTS OF A RESET
A Reset disables the MSSP module and terminates the
current transfer.
31.6.12 MULTI-MASTER MODE
In Multi-Master mode, the interrupt generation on the
detection of the Start and Stop conditions allows the
determination of when the bus is free. The Stop (P) and
Start (S) bits are cleared from a Reset or when the
MSSP module is disabled. Control of the I2C bus may
be taken when the P bit of the SSPxSTAT register is
set, or the bus is Idle, with both the S and P bits clear.
When the bus is busy, enabling the SSP interrupt will
generate the interrupt when the Stop condition occurs.
In multi-master operation, the SDA line must be
monitored for arbitration to see if the signal level is the
expected output level. This check is performed by
hardware with the result placed in the BCL1IF bit.
The states where arbitration can be lost are:
• Address Transfer
• Data Transfer
• A Start Condition
• A Repeated Start Condition
• An Acknowledge Condition
31.6.13 MULTI -MASTER COMMUNICATION,
BUS COLLISION AND BUS
ARBITRATION
Multi-Master mode support is achieved by bus arbitra-
tion. When the master outputs address/data bits onto
the SDA pin, arbitration takes place when the master
outputs a ‘1’ on SDA, by letting SDA float high and
another master asserts a ‘0’. When the SCL pin floats
high, data should be stable. If the expected data on
SDA is a ‘1’ and the data sampled on the SDA pin is ‘0’,
then a bus collision has taken place. The master will set
the Bus Collision Interrupt Flag, BCL1IF and reset the
I2C port to its Idle state (Figure 31-32).
If a transmit was in progress when the bus collision
occurred, the transmission is halted, the BF flag is
cleared, the SDA and SCL lines are deasserted and the
SSPxBUF can be written to. When the user services
the bus collision Interrupt Service Routine and if the I2C
bus is free, the user can resume communication by
asserting a Start condition.
If a Start, Repeated Start, Stop or Acknowledge condi-
tion was in progress when the bus collision occurred, the
condition is aborted, the SDA and SCL lines are deas-
serted and the respective control bits in the SSPxCON2
register are cleared. When the user services the bus
collision Interrupt Service Routine and if the I2C bus is
free, the user can resume communication by asserting a
Start condition.
The master will continue to monitor the SDA and SCL
pins. If a Stop condition occurs, the SSPxIF bit will be set.
A write to the SSPxBUF will start the transmission of
data at the first data bit, regardless of where the
transmitter left off when the bus collision occurred.
In Multi-Master mode, the interrupt generation on the
detection of Start and Stop conditions allows the deter-
mination of when the bus is free. Control of the I2C bus
can be taken when the P bit is set in the SSPxSTAT
register, or the bus is Idle and the S and P bits are
cleared.
FIGURE 31-32: BUS COLLISION TIMING FOR TRANSMIT AND ACKNOWLEDGE
SDA
SCL
BCL1IF
SDA released
SDA line pulled low
by another source
Sample SDA. While SCL is high,
data does not match what is driven
Bus collision has occurred.
Set bus collision
interrupt (BCL1IF)
by the master.
by master
Data changes
while SCL = 0
L
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 488
PIC16(L)F18855/75
31.6.13.1 Bus Collision During a Start
Condition
During a Start condition, a bus collision occurs if:
a) SDA or SCL are sampled low at the beginning of
the Start condition (Figure 31-33).
b) SCL is sampled low before SDA is asserted low
(Figure 31-34).
During a Start condition, both the SDA and the SCL
pins are monitored.
If the SDA pin is already low, or the SCL pin is already
low, then all of the following occur:
• the Start condition is aborted,
• the BCL1IF flag is set and
• the MSSP module is reset to its Idle state
(Figure 31-33).
The Start condition begins with the SDA and SCL pins
deasserted. When the SDA pin is sampled high, the
Baud Rate Generator is loaded and counts down. If the
SCL pin is sampled low while SDA is high, a bus
collision occurs because it is assumed that another
master is attempting to drive a data ‘1’ during the Start
condition.
If the SDA pin is sampled low during this count, the
BRG is reset and the SDA line is asserted early
(Figure 31-35). If, however, a ‘1’ is sampled on the SDA
pin, the SDA pin is asserted low at the end of the BRG
count. The Baud Rate Generator is then reloaded and
counts down to zero; if the SCL pin is sampled as ‘0’
during this time, a bus collision does not occur. At the
end of the BRG count, the SCL pin is asserted low.
FIGURE 31-33: BUS COLLISION DURING START CONDITION (SDA ONLY)
Note: The reason that bus collision is not a
factor during a Start condition is that no
two bus masters can assert a Start condi-
tion at the exact same time. Therefore,
one master will always assert SDA before
the other. This condition does not cause a
bus collision because the two masters
must be allowed to arbitrate the first
address following the Start condition. If the
address is the same, arbitration must be
allowed to continue into the data portion,
Repeated Start or Stop conditions.
SDA
SCL
SEN
SDA sampled low before
SDA goes low before the SEN bit is set.
S bit and SSPxIF set because
SSP module reset into Idle state.
SEN cleared automatically because of bus collision.
S bit and SSPxIF set because
Set SEN, enable Start
condition if SDA = 1, SCL = 1
SDA = 0, SCL = 1.
BCL1IF
S
SSPxIF
SDA = 0, SCL = 1.
SSPxIF and BCL1IF are
cleared by software
SSPxIF and BCL1IF are
cleared by software
Set BCL1IF,
Start condition. Set BCL1IF.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 489
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 31-34: BUS COLLISION DURING START CONDITION (SCL = 0)
FIGURE 31-35: BRG RESET DUE TO SDA ARBITRATION DURING START CONDITION
SDA
SCL
SEN bus collision occurs. Set BCL1IF.
SCL = 0 before SDA = 0,
Set SEN, enable Start
sequence if SDA = 1, SCL = 1
TBRG TBRG
SDA = 0, SCL = 1
BCL1IF
S
SSPxIF
Interrupt cleared
by software
bus collision occurs. Set BCL1IF.
SCL = 0 before BRG time-out,
’0’’0’
’0’’0’
SDA
SCL
SEN
Set S
Less than TBRG TBRG
SDA = 0, SCL = 1
BCL1IF
S
SSPxIF
S
Interrupts cleared
by software
set SSPxIF
SDA = 0, SCL = 1,
SCL pulled low after BRG
time-out
Set SSPxIF
’0’
SDA pulled low by other master.
Reset BRG and assert SDA.
Set SEN, enable Start
sequence if SDA = 1, SCL = 1
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 490
PIC16(L)F18855/75
31.6.13.2 Bus Collision During a Repeated
Start Condition
During a Repeated Start condition, a bus collision
occurs if:
a) A low level is sampled on SDA when SCL goes
from low level to high level (Case 1).
b) SCL goes low before SDA is asserted low,
indicating that another master is attempting to
transmit a data ‘1’ (Case 2).
When the user releases SDA and the pin is allowed to
float high, the BRG is loaded with SSPxADD and
counts down to zero. The SCL pin is then deasserted
and when sampled high, the SDA pin is sampled.
If SDA is low, a bus collision has occurred (i.e., another
master is attempting to transmit a data ‘0’, Figure 31-36).
If SDA is sampled high, the BRG is reloaded and begins
counting. If SDA goes from high-to-low before the BRG
times out, no bus collision occurs because no two
masters can assert SDA at exactly the same time.
If SCL goes from high-to-low before the BRG times out
and SDA has not already been asserted, a bus collision
occurs. In this case, another master is attempting to
transmit a data ‘1’ during the Repeated Start condition,
see Figure 31-37.
If, at the end of the BRG time-out, both SCL and SDA
are still high, the SDA pin is driven low and the BRG is
reloaded and begins counting. At the end of the count,
regardless of the status of the SCL pin, the SCL pin is
driven low and the Repeated Start condition is
complete.
FIGURE 31-36: BUS COLLISION DURING A REPEATED START CONDITION (CASE 1)
FIGURE 31-37: BUS COLLISION DURING REPEATED START CONDITION (CASE 2)
SDA
SCL
RSEN
BCL1IF
S
SSPxIF
Sample SDA when SCL goes high.
If SDA = 0, set BCL1IF and release SDA and SCL.
Cleared by software
’0’
’0’
SDA
SCL
BCL1IF
RSEN
S
SSPxIF
Interrupt cleared
by software
SCL goes low before SDA,
set BCL1IF. Release SDA and SCL.
TBRG TBRG
’0’
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 491
PIC16(L)F18855/75
31.6.13.3 Bus Collision During a Stop
Condition
Bus collision occurs during a Stop condition if:
a) After the SDA pin has been deasserted and
allowed to float high, SDA is sampled low after
the BRG has timed out (Case 1).
b) After the SCL pin is deasserted, SCL is sampled
low before SDA goes high (Case 2).
The Stop condition begins with SDA asserted low.
When SDA is sampled low, the SCL pin is allowed to
float. When the pin is sampled high (clock arbitration),
the Baud Rate Generator is loaded with SSPxADD and
counts down to zero. After the BRG times out, SDA is
sampled. If SDA is sampled low, a bus collision has
occurred. This is due to another master attempting to
drive a data ‘0’ (Figure 31-38). If the SCL pin is sampled
low before SDA is allowed to float high, a bus collision
occurs. This is another case of another master
attempting to drive a data ‘0’ (Figure 31-39).
FIGURE 31-38: BUS COLLISION DURING A STOP CONDITION (CASE 1)
FIGURE 31-39: BUS COLLISION DURING A STOP CONDITION (CASE 2)
SDA
SCL
BCL1IF
PEN
P
SSPxIF
TBRG TBRG TBRG
SDA asserted low
SDA sampled
low after TBRG,
set BCL1IF
’0’
’0’
SDA
SCL
BCL1IF
PEN
P
SSPxIF
TBRG TBRG TBRG
Assert SDA SCL goes low before SDA goes high,
set BCL1IF
’0’
’0’
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 492
PIC16(L)F18855/75
31.7 BAUD RATE GENERATOR
The MSSP module has a Baud Rate Generator avail-
able for clock generation in both I2C and SPI Master
modes. The Baud Rate Generator (BRG) reload value
is placed in the SSPxADD register (Register 31-6).
When a write occurs to SSPxBUF, the Baud Rate
Generator will automatically begin counting down.
Once the given operation is complete, the internal clock
will automatically stop counting and the clock pin will
remain in its last state.
An internal signal “Reload” in Figure 31-40 triggers the
value from SSPxADD to be loaded into the BRG
counter. This occurs twice for each oscillation of the
module clock line. The logic dictating when the reload
signal is asserted depends on the mode the MSSP is
being operated in.
Table 31-2 demonstrates clock rates based on
instruction cycles and the BRG value loaded into
SSPxADD.
EQUATION 31-1:
FIGURE 31-40: BAUD RATE GENERATOR BLOCK DIAGRAM
TABLE 31-2: MSSP CLOCK RATE W/BRG
FCLOCK FOSC
SSP1ADD 1+4
---------------------------------------------------=
Note: Values of 0x00, 0x01 and 0x02 are not valid
for SSPxADD when used as a Baud Rate
Generator for I2C. This is an implementation
limitation.
FOSC FCY BRG Value FCLOCK
(2 Rollovers of BRG)
32 MHz 8 MHz 13h 400 kHz
32 MHz 8 MHz 19h 308 kHz
32 MHz 8 MHz 4Fh 100 kHz
16 MHz 4 MHz 09h 400 kHz
16 MHz 4 MHz 0Ch 308 kHz
16 MHz 4 MHz 27h 100 kHz
4 MHz 1 MHz 09h 100 kHz
Note: Refer to the I/O port electrical specifications in Table 37-4 to ensure the system is designed to support IOL
requirements.
SSPM<3:0>
BRG Down Counter
SSPCLK FOSC/2
SSPxADD<7:0>
SSPM<3:0>
SCL
Reload
Control
Reload
)>\ E Sm Masler mode Sm S‘ave mode' SMF' m Re Master or Save mode' \n SP‘ Masxer or Save mode' m \Zcm mode My /Address Wme 7 Tm: w om ext ACK m Re Slave mode m Re Master mode' Recewe SPI and #0 modes Transmm (‘20 made om ACK ACK
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 493
PIC16(L)F18855/75
31.8 Register Definitions: MSSPx Control
REGISTER 31-1: SSPxSTAT: SSPx STATUS REGISTER
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/HS/HC-0 R/HS/HC-0 R/HS/HC-0 R/HS/HC-0 R/HS/HC-0 R/HS/HC-0
SMP CKE(1) D/A P(2) S(2) R/W UA BF
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared HS/HC = Hardware set/clear
bit 7 SMP: SPI Data Input Sample bit
SPI Master mode:
1 = Input data sampled at end of data output time
0 = Input data sampled at middle of data output time
SPI Slave mode:
SMP must be cleared when SPI is used in Slave mode
In I2 C Master or Slave mode:
1 = Slew rate control disabled for Standard Speed mode (100 kHz and 1 MHz)
0 = Slew rate control enabled for High-Speed mode (400 kHz)
bit 6 CKE: SPI Clock Edge Select bit (SPI mode only)(1)
In SPI Master or Slave mode:
1 = Transmit occurs on transition from active to Idle clock state
0 = Transmit occurs on transition from Idle to active clock state
In I2 C™ mode only:
1 = Enable input logic so that thresholds are compliant with SMBus specification
0 = Disable SMBus specific inputs
bit 5 D/A: Data/Address bit (I2C mode only)
1 = Indicates that the last byte received or transmitted was data
0 = Indicates that the last byte received or transmitted was address
bit 4 P: Stop bit(2)
(I2C mode only. This bit is cleared when the MSSP module is disabled, SSPEN is cleared.)
1 = Indicates that a Stop bit has been detected last (this bit is ‘0’ on Reset)
0 = Stop bit was not detected last
bit 3 S: Start bit (2)
(I2C mode only. This bit is cleared when the MSSP module is disabled, SSPEN is cleared.)
1 = Indicates that a Start bit has been detected last (this bit is ‘0’ on Reset)
0 = Start bit was not detected last
bit 2 R/W: Read/Write bit information (I2C mode only)
This bit holds the R/W bit information following the last address match. This bit is only valid from the address match to the
next Start bit, Stop bit, or not ACK bit.
In I2 C Slave mode:
1 =Read
0 = Write
In I2 C Master mode:
1 = Transmit is in progress
0 = Transmit is not in progress
OR-ing this bit with SEN, RSEN, PEN, RCEN or ACKEN will indicate if the MSSP is in IDLE mode.
bit 1 UA: Update Address bit (10-bit I2C mode only)
1 = Indicates that the user needs to update the address in the SSPxADD register
0 = Address does not need to be updated
bit 0 BF: Buffer Full Status bit
Receive (SPI and I2 C modes):
1 = Receive complete, SSPxBUF is full
0 = Receive not complete, SSPxBUF is empty
Transmit (I2 C mode only):
1 = Data transmit in progress (does not include the ACK and Stop bits), SSPxBUF is full
0 = Data transmit complete (does not include the ACK and Stop bits), SSPxBUF is empty
Note 1: Polarity of clock state is set by the CKP bit of the SSPxCON register.
2: This bit is cleared on Reset and when SSPEN is cleared.
\n 5m made A, \n I20 made \n bum made \n 5m made 7 Enames sena‘ pan and configures SCK SDO‘ Sm and 55 A, \n I20 made \n 5m made r, : \n I20 S‘ave made r, : H \n I20 Master mode
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 494
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 31-2: SSPxCON1: SSPx CONTROL REGISTER 1
R/C/HS-0/0 R/C/HS-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
WCOL SSPOV(1) SSPEN CKP SSPM<3:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared HS = Bit is set by hardware C = User cleared
bit 7 WCOL: Write Collision Detect bit (Transmit mode only)
1 = The SSPxBUF register is written while it is still transmitting the previous word (must be cleared in software)
0 = No collision
bit 6 SSPOV: Receive Overflow Indicator bit(1)
In SPI mode:
1 = A new byte is received while the SSPxBUF register is still holding the previous data. In case of overflow, the data in SSPxSR is lost.
Overflow can only occur in Slave mode. In Slave mode, the user must read the SSPxBUF, even if only transmitting data, to avoid
setting overflow. In Master mode, the overflow bit is not set since each new reception (and transmission) is initiated by writing to the
SSPxBUF register (must be cleared in software).
0 = No overflow
In I2 C mode:
1 = A byte is received while the SSPxBUF register is still holding the previous byte. SSPOV is a “don’t care” in Transmit mode
(must be cleared in software).
0 = No overflow
bit 5 SSPEN: Synchronous Serial Port Enable bit
In both modes, when enabled, the following pins must be properly configured as input or output
In SPI mode:
1 = Enables serial port and configures SCK, SDO, SDI and SS as the source of the serial port pins(2)
0 = Disables serial port and configures these pins as I/O port pins
In I2 C mode:
1 = Enables the serial port and configures the SDA and SCL pins as the source of the serial port pins(3)
0 = Disables serial port and configures these pins as I/O port pins
bit 4 CKP: Clock Polarity Select bit
In SPI mode:
1 = Idle state for clock is a high level
0 = Idle state for clock is a low level
In I2 C Slave mode:
SCL release control
1 = Enable clock
0 = Holds clock low (clock stretch). (Used to ensure data setup time.)
In I2 C Master mode:
Unused in this mode
bit 3-0 SSPM<3:0>: Synchronous Serial Port Mode Select bits
1111 = I2C Slave mode, 10-bit address with Start and Stop bit interrupts enabled
1110 = I2C Slave mode, 7-bit address with Start and Stop bit interrupts enabled
1101 = Reserved
1100 = Reserved
1011 = I2C firmware controlled Master mode (slave idle)
1010 = SPI Master mode, clock = FOSC/(4 * (SSPxADD+1))(5)
1001 = Reserved
1000 = I2C Master mode, clock = FOSC / (4 * (SSPxADD+1))(4)
0111 = I2C Slave mode, 10-bit address
0110 = I2C Slave mode, 7-bit address
0101 = SPI Slave mode, clock = SCK pin, SS pin control disabled, SS can be used as I/O pin
0100 = SPI Slave mode, clock = SCK pin, SS pin control enabled
0011 = SPI Master mode, clock = T2_match/2
0010 = SPI Master mode, clock = FOSC/64
0001 = SPI Master mode, clock = FOSC/16
0000 = SPI Master mode, clock = FOSC/4
Note 1: In Master mode, the overflow bit is not set since each new reception (and transmission) is initiated by writing to the SSPxBUF register.
2: When enabled, these pins must be properly configured as input or output. Use SSPxSSPPS, SSPxCLKPPS, SSPxDATPPS, and
RxyPPS to select the pins.
3: When enabled, the SDA and SCL pins must be configured as inputs. Use SSPxCLKPPS, SSPxDATPPS, and RxyPPS to select the pins.
4: SSPxADD values of 0, 1 or 2 are not supported for I2C mode.
5: SSPxADD value of ‘0’ is not supported. Use SSPM = 0000 instead.
In Recexve mode. In Masler Recewe mode. SCKMSSP Release Control. In Masler mode. In SIave mode.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 495
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 31-3: SSPxCON2: SSPx CONTROL REGISTER 2 (I2C MODE ONLY)(1)
R/W-0/0 R/HS/HC-0 R/W-0/0 R/S/HC-0/0 R/S/HC-0/0 R/S/HC-0/0 R/S/HC-0/0 R/S/HC-0/0
GCEN ACKSTAT ACKDT ACKEN RCEN PEN RSEN SEN
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared HC = Cleared by hardware S = User set
bit 7 GCEN: General Call Enable bit (in I2C Slave mode only)
1 = Enable interrupt when a general call address (0x00 or 00h) is received in the SSPxSR
0 = General call address disabled
bit 6 ACKSTAT: Acknowledge Status bit (in I2C mode only)
1 = Acknowledge was not received
0 = Acknowledge was received
bit 5 ACKDT: Acknowledge Data bit (in I2C mode only)
In Receive mode:
Value transmitted when the user initiates an Acknowledge sequence at the end of a receive
1 = Not Acknowledge
0 = Acknowledge
bit 4 ACKEN: Acknowledge Sequence Enable bit (in I2C Master mode only)
In Master Receive mode:
1 = Initiate Acknowledge sequence on SDA and SCL pins, and transmit ACKDT data bit.
Automatically cleared by hardware.
0 = Acknowledge sequence idle
bit 3 RCEN: Receive Enable bit (in I2C Master mode only)
1 = Enables Receive mode for I2C
0 = Receive idle
bit 2 PEN: Stop Condition Enable bit (in I2C Master mode only)
SCKMSSP Release Control:
1 = Initiate Stop condition on SDA and SCL pins. Automatically cleared by hardware.
0 = Stop condition Idle
bit 1 RSEN: Repeated Start Condition Enable bit (in I2C Master mode only)
1 = Initiate Repeated Start condition on SDA and SCL pins. Automatically cleared by hardware.
0 = Repeated Start condition Idle
bit 0 SEN: Start Condition Enable/Stretch Enable bit
In Master mode:
1 = Initiate Start condition on SDA and SCL pins. Automatically cleared by hardware.
0 = Start condition Idle
In Slave mode:
1 = Clock stretching is enabled for both slave transmit and slave receive (stretch enabled)
0 = Clock stretching is disabled
Note 1: For bits ACKEN, RCEN, PEN, RSEN, SEN: If the I2C module is not in the IDLE mode, this bit may not be
set (no spooling) and the SSPxBUF may not be written (or writes to the SSPxBUF are disabled).
In SFI Slave mode. In IZCW Master made and SFI Master made. In IZC‘” SIave mode
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 496
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 31-4: SSPxCON3: SSPx CONTROL REGISTER 3
R-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
ACKTIM(3) PCIE SCIE BOEN SDAHT SBCDE AHEN DHEN
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 ACKTIM: Acknowledge Time Status bit (I2C mode only)(3)
1 = Indicates the I2C bus is in an Acknowledge sequence, set on 8th falling edge of SCL clock
0 = Not an Acknowledge sequence, cleared on 9TH rising edge of SCL clock
bit 6 PCIE: Stop Condition Interrupt Enable bit (I2C Slave mode only)
1 = Enable interrupt on detection of Stop condition
0 = Stop detection interrupts are disabled(2)
bit 5 SCIE: Start Condition Interrupt Enable bit (I2C Slave mode only)
1 = Enable interrupt on detection of Start or Restart conditions
0 = Start detection interrupts are disabled(2)
bit 4 BOEN: Buffer Overwrite Enable bit
In SPI Slave mode:(1)
1 = SSPxBUF updates every time that a new data byte is shifted in ignoring the BF bit
0 = If new byte is received with BF bit of the SSPxSTAT register already set, SSPOV bit of the SSPxCON1
register is set, and the buffer is not updated
In I2 C™ Master mode and SPI Master mode:
This bit is ignored.
In I2 C™ Slave mode:
1 = SSPxBUF is updated and ACK is generated for a received address/data byte, ignoring the state of the
SSPOV bit only if the BF bit = 0.
0 = SSPxBUF is only updated when SSPOV is clear
bit 3 SDAHT: SDA Hold Time Selection bit (I2C mode only)
1 = Minimum of 300 ns hold time on SDA after the falling edge of SCL
0 = Minimum of 100 ns hold time on SDA after the falling edge of SCL
bit 2 SBCDE: Slave Mode Bus Collision Detect Enable bit (I2C Slave mode only)
If, on the rising edge of SCL, SDA is sampled low when the module is outputting a high state, the BCL1IF bit of the
PIR3 register is set, and bus goes idle
1 = Enable slave bus collision interrupts
0 = Slave bus collision interrupts are disabled
bit 1 AHEN: Address Hold Enable bit (I2C Slave mode only)
1 = Following the eighth falling edge of SCL for a matching received address byte; CKP bit of the SSPxCON1
register will be cleared and the SCL will be held low.
0 = Address holding is disabled
bit 0 DHEN: Data Hold Enable bit (I2C Slave mode only)
1 = Following the eighth falling edge of SCL for a received data byte; slave hardware clears the CKP bit of the
SSPxCON1 register and SCL is held low.
0 = Data holding is disabled
Note 1: For daisy-chained SPI operation; allows the user to ignore all but the last received byte. SSPOV is still set when a new
byte is received and BF = 1, but hardware continues to write the most recent byte to SSPxBUF.
2: This bit has no effect in Slave modes that Start and Stop condition detection is explicitly listed as enabled.
3: The ACKTIM Status bit is only active when the AHEN bit or DHEN bit is set.
SS [10 Slave mode. 1041i: address (SSPM<3.0> [ZC Slave mode. 77m address 0,11 or1,u) Master mode: 10-Bil Slave mode — Most Significant Address Byte: 10-Bil Slave mode — Least Significant Address Byte: 7-Bil Slave mode:
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 497
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 31-5: SSPxMSK: SSPx MASK REGISTER
R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1
SSPMSK<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-1 SSPMSK<7:1>: Mask bits
1 = The received address bit n is compared to SSPxADD<n> to detect I2C address match
0 = The received address bit n is not used to detect I2C address match
bit 0 SSPMSK<0>: Mask bit for I2C Slave mode, 10-bit Address
I2C Slave mode, 10-bit address (SSPM<3:0> = 0111 or 1111):
1 = The received address bit 0 is compared to SSPxADD<0> to detect I2C address match
0 = The received address bit 0 is not used to detect I2C address match
I2C Slave mode, 7-bit address:
MSK0 bit is ignored.
REGISTER 31-6: SSPxADD: MSSPx ADDRESS AND BAUD RATE REGISTER (I2C MODE)
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
SSPADD<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
Master mode:
bit 7-0 SSPADD<7:0>: Baud Rate Clock Divider bits
SCL pin clock period = ((ADD<7:0> + 1) *4)/FOSC
10-Bit Slave mode – Most Significant Address Byte:
bit 7-3 Not used: Unused for Most Significant Address Byte. Bit state of this register is a “don’t care”. Bit
pattern sent by master is fixed by I2C specification and must be equal to ‘11110’. However, those bits
are compared by hardware and are not affected by the value in this register.
bit 2-1 SSPADD<2:1>: Two Most Significant bits of 10-bit Address
bit 0 Not used: Unused in this mode. Bit state is a “don’t care”.
10-Bit Slave mode – Least Significant Address Byte:
bit 7-0 SSPADD<7:0>: Eight Least Significant bits of 10-bit Address
7-Bit Slave mode:
bit 7-1 SSPADD<7:1>: 7-bit Address
bit 0 Not used: Unused in this mode. Bit state is a “don’t care”.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 498
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 31-7: SSPxBUF: MSSPx BUFFER REGISTER
TABLE 31-3: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH MSSPx
R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x
SSPBUF<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 SSPBUF<7:0>: MSSP Buffer bits
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
INTCON GIE PEIE — — — — — INTEDG 133
PIR3 — — RCIF TXIF BCL2IF SSP2IF BCL1IF SSP1IF 146
PIE3 — — RCIE TXIE BCL2IE SSP2IE BCL1IE SSP1IE 137
SSP1STAT SMP CKE D/A P S R/W UA BF 493
SSP1CON1 WCOL SSPOV SSPEN CKP SSPM<3:0> 494
SSP1CON2 GCEN ACKSTAT ACKDT ACKEN RCEN PEN RSEN SEN 495
SSP1CON3 ACKTIM PCIE SCIE BOEN SDAHT SBCDE AHEN DHEN 493
SSP1MSK SSPMSK<7:0> 497
SSP1ADD SSPADD<7:0> 497
SSP1BUF SSPBUF<7:0> 498
SSP2STAT SMP CKE D/A P S R/W UA BF 493
SSP2CON1 WCOL SSPOV SSPEN CKP SSPM<3:0> 494
SSP2CON2 GCEN ACKSTAT ACKDT ACKEN RCEN PEN RSEN SEN 495
SSP2CON3 ACKTIM PCIE SCIE BOEN SDAHT SBCDE AHEN DHEN 493
SSP2MSK SSPMSK<7:0> 497
SSP2ADD SSPADD<7:0> 497
SSP2BUF SSPBUF<7:0> 498
SSP1CLKPPS — — — SSP1CLKPPS<4:0> 240
SSP1DATPPS — — — SSP1DATPPS<4:0> 240
SSP1SSPPS — — — SSP1SSPPS<4:0> 240
SSP2CLKPPS — — — SSP2CLKPPS<4:0> 240
SSP2DATPPS — — — SSP2DATPPS<4:0> 240
SSP2SSPPS — — — SSP2SSPPS<4:0> 240
RxyPPS — — — RxyPPS<4:0> 241
Legend: — = Unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by the MSSPx module
Note 1: When using designated I2C pins, the associated pin values in INLVLx will be ignored.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 499
PIC16(L)F18855/75
32.0 SIGNAL MEASUREMENT TIMER
(SMT)
The SMT is a 24-bit counter with advanced clock and
gating logic, which can be configured for measuring a
variety of digital signal parameters such as pulse width,
frequency and duty cycle, and the time difference
between edges on two signals.
Features of the SMT include:
• 24-bit timer/counter
- Three 8-bit registers (SMTxL/H/U)
- Readable and writable
- Optional 16-bit operating mode
• Two 24-bit measurement capture registers
• One 24-bit period match register
• Multi-mode operation, including relative timing
measurement
• Interrupt on period match
• Multiple clock, gate and signal sources
• Interrupt on acquisition complete
• Ability to read current input values
Note: These devices implement two SMT
modules. All references to SMTx apply to
SMT1 and SMT2.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 500
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 32-1: SMT BLOCK DIAGRAM
FIGURE 32-2: SMT SIGNAL AND WINDOW BLOCK DIAGRAM
Rev. 10-000161C
7/28/2015
Control
Logic
SMT_window
SMT_signal
000
011
010
001
100
101
110
111
Prescaler
CLKR
SOSC
MFINTOSC/16
MFINTOSC
LFINTOSC
HFINTOSC 16
MHz
FOSC
FOSC/4
SMTxPR
Comparator
SMTxTMR
Enable
Reset 24-bit
Buffer
24-bit
Buffer
SMTxCPR
SMTxCPW
Window Latch
Period Latch
Set SMTxIF
SMTxCLK<2:0>
SMT
Clock
Sync
Circuit
SMT
Clock
Sync
Circuit
Set SMTxPRAIF
Set SMTxPWAIF
Rev. 10-000173B
7/21/2014
SMT_signal
SMTxSIG<3:0> SMTxWIN<3:0>
SMT_window
See
SMTxWIN
Register
See
SMTxSIG
Register
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 501
PIC16(L)F18855/75
32.1 SMT Operation
The core of the module is the 24-bit counter, SMTxTMR
combined with a complex data acquisition front-end.
Depending on the mode of operation selected, the SMT
can perform a variety of measurements summarized in
Table 32-1.
32.1.1 CLOCK SOURCES
Clock sources available to the SMT include:
•F
OSC
•FOSC/4
• HFINTOSC (16 MHz)
•LFINTOSC
• MFINTOSC/16 (31.25 kHz)
The SMT clock source is selected by configuring the
CSEL<2:0> bits in the SMTxCLK register. The clock
source can also be prescaled using the PS<1:0> bits of
the SMTxCON0 register. The prescaled clock source is
used to clock both the counter and any synchronization
logic used by the module.
32.1.2 PERIOD MATCH INTERRUPT
Similar to other timers, the SMT triggers an interrupt
when SMTxTMR rolls over to ‘0’. This happens when
SMTxTMR = SMTxPR, regardless of mode. Hence, in
any mode that relies on an external signal or a window
to reset the timer, proper operation requires that
SMTxPR be set to a period larger than that of the
expected signal or window.
32.2 Basic Timer Function Registers
The SMTxTMR time base and the
SMTxCPW/SMTxPR/SMTxCPR buffer registers serve
several functions and can be manually updated using
software.
32.2.1 TIME BASE
The SMTxTMR is the 24-bit counter that is the center of
the SMT. It is used as the basic counter/timer for
measurement in each of the modes of the SMT. It can be
reset to a value of 24’h00_0000 by setting the RST bit of
the SMTxSTAT register. It can be written to and read
from software, but it is not guarded for atomic access,
therefore reads and writes to the SMTxTMR should only
be made when the GO = 0, or the software should have
other measures to ensure integrity of SMTxTMR
reads/writes.
32.2.2 PULSE WIDTH LATCH REGISTERS
The SMTxCPW registers are the 24-bit SMT pulse
width latch. They are used to latch in the value of the
SMTxTMR when triggered by various signals, which
are determined by the mode the SMT is currently in.
The SMTxCPW registers can also be updated with the
current value of the SMTxTMR value by setting the
CPWUP bit of the SMTxSTAT register.
32.2.3 PERIOD LATCH REGISTERS
The SMTxCPR registers are the 24-bit SMT period
latch. They are used to latch in other values of the
SMTxTMR when triggered by various other signals,
which are determined by the mode the SMT is currently
in.
The SMTxCPR registers can also be updated with the
current value of the SMTxTMR value by setting the
CPRU bit in the SMTxSTAT register.
32.3 Halt Operation
The counter can be prevented from rolling-over using
the STP bit in the SMTxCON0 register. When halting is
enabled, the period match interrupt persists until the
SMTxTMR is reset (either by a manual reset, Section
32.2.1 “Time Base”) or by clearing the SMTxGO bit of
the SMTxCON1 register and writing the SMTxTMR
values in software.
32.4 Polarity Control
The three input signals for the SMT have polarity
control to determine whether or not they are active
high/positive edge or active low/negative edge signals.
The following bits apply to Polarity Control:
• WSEL bit (Window Polarity)
• SSEL bit (Signal Polarity)
• CSEL bit (Clock Polarity)
These bits are located in the SMTxCON0 register.
32.5 Status Information
The SMT provides input status information for the user
without requiring the need to deal with the polarity of
the incoming signals.
32.5.1 WINDOW STATUS
Window status is determined by the WS bit of the
SMTxSTAT register. This bit is only used in Windowed
Measure, Gated Counter and Gated Window Measure
modes, and is only valid when TS = 1, and will be
delayed in time by synchronizer delays in non-Counter
modes.
32.5.2 SIGNAL STATUS
Signal status is determined by the AS bit of the
SMTxSTAT register. This bit is used in all modes except
Window Measure, Time of Flight and Capture modes,
and is only valid when TS = 1, and will be delayed in
time by synchronizer delays in non-Counter modes.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 502
PIC16(L)F18855/75
32.5.3 GO STATUS
Timer run status is determined by the TS bit of the
SMTxSTAT register, and will be delayed in time by
synchronizer delays in non-Counter modes.
32.6 Modes of Operation
The modes of operation are summarized in Table 32-1.
The following sections provide detailed descriptions,
examples of how the modes can be used. Note that all
waveforms assume WPOL/SPOL/CPOL = 0. When
WPOL/SPOL/CPOL = 1, all SMTSIGx, SMTWINx and
SMT clock signals will have a polarity opposite to that
indicated. For all modes, the REPEAT bit controls
whether the acquisition is repeated or single. When
REPEAT = 0 (Single Acquisition mode), the timer will
stop incrementing and the SMTxGO bit will be reset
upon the completion of an acquisition. Otherwise, the
timer will continue and allow for continued acquisitions
to overwrite the previous ones until the timer is stopped
in software.
32.6.1 TIMER MODE
Timer mode is the simplest mode of operation where
the SMTxTMR is used as a 16/24-bit timer. No data
acquisition takes place in this mode. The timer
increments as long as the SMTxGO bit has been set by
software. No SMT window or SMT signal events affect
the SMTxGO bit. Everything is synchronized to the
SMT clock source. When the timer experiences a
period match (SMTxTMR = SMTxPR), SMTxTMR is
reset and the period match interrupt trips. See
Figure 32-3.
TABLE 32-1: MODES OF OPERATION
MODE Mode of Operation Synchronous
Operation Reference
0000 Timer Yes Section 32.6.1 “Timer Mode”
0001 Gated Timer Yes Section 32.6.2 “Gated Timer Mode”
0010 Period and Duty Cycle Acquisition Yes Section 32.6.3 “Period and Duty-Cycle Mode”
0011 High and Low Time Measurement Yes Section 32.6.4 “High and Low Measure Mode”
0100 Windowed Measurement Yes Section 32.6.5 “Windowed Measure Mode”
0101 Gated Windowed Measurement Yes Section 32.6.6 “Gated Window Measure Mode”
0110 Time of Flight Yes Section 32.6.7 “Time of Flight Measure Mode”
0111 Capture Yes Section 32.6.8 “Capture Mode”
1000 Counter No Section 32.6.9 “Counter Mode”
1001 Gated Counter No Section 32.6.10 “Gated Counter Mode”
1010 Windowed Counter No Section 32.6.11 “Windowed Counter Mode”
1011-1111 Reserved — —
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 504
PIC16(L)F18855/75
32.6.2 GATED TIMER MODE
Gated Timer mode uses the SMTSIGx input to control
whether or not the SMTxTMR will increment. Upon a
falling edge of the external signal, the SMTxCPW
register will update to the current value of the
SMTxTMR. Example waveforms for both repeated and
single acquisitions are provided in Figure 32-4 and
Figure 32-5.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 507
PIC16(L)F18855/75
32.6.3 PERIOD AND DUTY-CYCLE MODE
In Duty-Cycle mode, either the duty cycle or period
(depending on polarity) of the SMTx_signal can be
acquired relative to the SMT clock. The CPW register is
updated on a falling edge of the signal, and the CPR
register is updated on a rising edge of the signal, along
with the SMTxTMR resetting to 0x0001. In addition, the
SMTxGO bit is reset on a rising edge when the SMT is
in Single Acquisition mode. See Figure 32-6 and
Figure 32-7.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 510
PIC16(L)F18855/75
32.6.4 HIGH AND LOW MEASURE MODE
This mode measures the high and low pulse time of the
SMTSIGx relative to the SMT clock. It begins
incrementing the SMTxTMR on a rising edge on the
SMTSIGx input, then updates the SMTxCPW register
with the value and resets the SMTxTMR on a falling
edge, starting to increment again. Upon observing
another rising edge, it updates the SMTxCPR register
with its current value and once again resets the
SMTxTMR value and begins incrementing again. See
Figure 32-8 and Figure 32-9.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 513
PIC16(L)F18855/75
32.6.5 WINDOWED MEASURE MODE
This mode measures the window duration of the
SMTWINx input of the SMT. It begins incrementing the
timer on a rising edge of the SMTWINx input and
updates the SMTxCPR register with the value of the
timer and resets the timer on a second rising edge. See
Figure 32-10 and Figure 32-11.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 516
PIC16(L)F18855/75
32.6.6 GATED WINDOW MEASURE MODE
This mode measures the duty cycle of the SMTx_signal
input over a known input window. It does so by
incrementing the timer on each pulse of the clock signal
while the SMTx_signal input is high, updating the
SMTxCPR register and resetting the timer on every
rising edge of the SMTWINx input after the first. See
Figure 32-12 and Figure 32-13.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 519
PIC16(L)F18855/75
32.6.7 TIME OF FLIGHT MEASURE MODE
This mode measures the time interval between a rising
edge on the SMTWINx input and a rising edge on the
SMTx_signal input, beginning to increment the timer
upon observing a rising edge on the SMTWINx input,
while updating the SMTxCPR register and resetting the
timer upon observing a rising edge on the SMTx_signal
input. In the event of two SMTWINx rising edges
without an SMTx_signal rising edge, it will update the
SMTxCPW register with the current value of the timer
and reset the timer value. See Figure 32-14 and
Figure 32-15.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 522
PIC16(L)F18855/75
32.6.8 CAPTURE MODE
This mode captures the Timer value based on a rising
or falling edge on the SMTWINx input and triggers an
interrupt. This mimics the capture feature of a CCP
module. The timer begins incrementing upon the
SMTxGO bit being set, and updates the value of the
SMTxCPR register on each rising edge of SMTWINx,
and updates the value of the CPW register on each
falling edge of the SMTWINx. The timer is not reset by
any hardware conditions in this mode and must be
reset by software, if desired. See Figure 32-16 and
Figure 32-17.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 525
PIC16(L)F18855/75
32.6.9 COUNTER MODE
This mode increments the timer on each pulse of the
SMTx_signal input. This mode is asynchronous to the
SMT clock and uses the SMTx_signal as a time source.
The SMTxCPW register will be updated with the
current SMTxTMR value on the falling edge of the
SMTxWIN input. See Figure 32-18.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 527
PIC16(L)F18855/75
32.6.10 GATED COUNTER MODE
This mode counts pulses on the SMTx_signal input,
gated by the SMTxWIN input. It begins incrementing
the timer upon seeing a rising edge of the SMTxWIN
input and updates the SMTxCPW register upon a fall-
ing edge on the SMTxWIN input. See Figure 32-19
and Figure 32-20.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 529
PIC16(L)F18855/75
32.6.11 WINDOWED COUNTER MODE
This mode counts pulses on the SMTx_signal input,
within a window dictated by the SMTxWIN input. It
begins counting upon seeing a rising edge of the
SMTxWIN input, updates the SMTxCPW register on a
falling edge of the SMTxWIN input, and updates the
SMTxCPR register on each rising edge of the
SMTxWIN input beyond the first. See Figure 32-21 and
Figure 32-22.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 532
PIC16(L)F18855/75
32.7 Interrupts
The SMT can trigger an interrupt under three different
conditions:
• PW Acquisition Complete
• PR Acquisition Complete
• Counter Period Match
The interrupts are controlled by the PIR and PIE
registers of the device.
32.7.1 PW AND PR ACQUISITION
INTERRUPTS
The SMT can trigger interrupts whenever it updates the
SMTxCPW and SMTxCPR registers, the circum-
stances for which are dependent on the SMT mode,
and are discussed in each mode’s specific section. The
SMTxCPW interrupt is controlled by SMTxPWAIF and
SMTxPWAIE bits in registers PIR8 and PIE8, respec-
tively. The SMTxCPR interrupt is controlled by the
SMTxPRAIF and SMTxPRAIE bits, also located in reg-
isters PIR8 and PIE8, respectively.
In synchronous SMT modes, the interrupt trigger is
synchronized to the SMTxCLK. In Asynchronous
modes, the interrupt trigger is asynchronous. In either
mode, once triggered, the interrupt will be synchro-
nized to the CPU clock.
32.7.2 COUNTER PERIOD MATCH
INTERRUPT
As described in Section 32.1.2 “Period Match
interrupt”, the SMT will also interrupt upon SMTxTMR,
matching SMTxPR with its period match limit functionality
described in Section 32.3 “Halt Operation”. The period
match interrupt is controlled by SMTxIF and SMTxIE,
located in registers PIR8 and PIE8, respectively.
ENm
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 533
PIC16(L)F18855/75
32.8 Register Definitions: SMT Control
Long bit name prefixes for the Signal Measurement
Timer peripherals are shown in Section 1.1 “Register
and Bit naming conventions”.
TABLE 32-2: LONG BIT NAMES PREFIXES
FOR SMT PERIPHERALS
Peripheral Bit Name Prefix
SMT1 SMT1
SMT2 SMT2
REGISTER 32-1: SMTxCON0: SMT CONTROL REGISTER 0
R/W-0/0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
EN(1) — STP WPOL SPOL CPOL SMTxPS<1:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 EN: SMT Enable bit(1)
1 = SMT is enabled
0 = SMT is disabled; internal states are reset, clock requests are disabled
bit 6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5 STP: SMT Counter Halt Enable bit
When SMTxTMR = SMTxPR:
1 = Counter remains SMTxPR; period match interrupt occurs when clocked
0 = Counter resets to 24’h000000; period match interrupt occurs when clocked
bit 4 WPOL: SMTxWIN Input Polarity Control bit
1 = SMTxWIN signal is active-low/falling edge enabled
0 = SMTxWIN signal is active-high/rising edge enabled
bit 3 SPOL: SMTxSIG Input Polarity Control bit
1 = SMTx_signal is active-low/falling edge enabled
0 = SMTx_signal is active-high/rising edge enabled
bit 2 CPOL: SMT Clock Input Polarity Control bit
1 = SMTxTMR increments on the falling edge of the selected clock signal
0 = SMTxTMR increments on the rising edge of the selected clock signal
bit 1-0 SMTxPS<1:0>: SMT Prescale Select bits
11 = Prescaler = 1:8
10 = Prescaler = 1:4
01 = Prescaler = 1:2
00 = Prescaler = 1:1
Note 1: Setting EN to ‘0’ does not affect the register contents.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 534
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 32-2: SMTxCON1: SMT CONTROL REGISTER 1
R/W/HC-0/0 R/W-0/0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
SMTxGO REPEAT —— MODE<3:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
HC = Bit is cleared by hardware HS = Bit is set by hardware
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7 SMTxGO: SMT GO Data Acquisition bit
1 = Incrementing, acquiring data is enabled
0 = Incrementing, acquiring data is disabled
bit 6 REPEAT: SMT Repeat Acquisition Enable bit
1 = Repeat Data Acquisition mode is enabled
0 = Single Acquisition mode is enabled
bit 5-4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 3-0 MODE<3:0> SMT Operation Mode Select bits
1111 = Reserved
•
•
•
1011 = Reserved
1010 = Windowed counter
1001 = Gated counter
1000 = Counter
0111 = Capture
0110 = Time of flight
0101 = Gated windowed measure
0100 = Windowed measure
0011 = High and low time measurement
0010 = Period and Duty-Cycle Acquisition
0001 = Gated Timer
0000 = Timer
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 535
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 32-3: SMTxSTAT: SMT STATUS REGISTER
R/W/HC-0/0 R/W/HC-0/0 R/W/HC-0/0 U-0 U-0 R-0/0 R-0/0 R-0/0
CPRUP CPWUP RST ——TSWSAS
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
HC = Bit is cleared by hardware HS = Bit is set by hardware
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7 CPRUP: SMT Manual Period Buffer Update bit
1 = Request update to SMTxPRx registers
0 = SMTxPRx registers update is complete
bit 6 CPWUP: SMT Manual Pulse Width Buffer Update bit
1 = Request update to SMTxCPW registers
0 = SMTxCPW registers update is complete
bit 5 RST: SMT Manual Timer Reset bit
1 = Request Reset to SMTxTMR registers
0 = SMTxTMR registers update is complete
bit 4-3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2 TS: SMT GO Value Status bit
1 = SMT timer is incrementing
0 = SMT timer is not incrementing
bit 1 WS: SMTxWIN Value Status bit
1 = SMT window is open
0 = SMT window is closed
bit 0 AS: SMT_signal Value Status bit
1 = SMT acquisition is in progress
0 = SMT acquisition is not in progress
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 536
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 32-4: SMTxCLK: SMT CLOCK SELECTION REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
— — — — — CSEL<2:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7-3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2-0 CSEL<2:0>: SMT Clock Selection bits
111 = Reference Clock Output
110 =SOSC
101 = MFINTOSC/16
100 =MFINTOSC
011 = LFINTOSC
010 = HFINTOSC 16 MHz
001 =F
OSC
000 =FOSC/4
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 537
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 32-5: SMTxWIN: SMT1 WINDOW INPUT SELECT REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
— — — WSEL<4:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4-0 WSEL<4:0>: SMTx Window Selection bits
11111 = Reserved
•
•
•
11000 = Reserved
10111 = LC4_out
10110 = LC3_out
10101 = LC2_out
10100 = LC1_out
10011 = ZCD1_output
10010 = C2OUT_sync
10001 = C1OUT_sync
10000 = PWM7_out
01111 = PWM6_out
01110 = CCP5_out
01101 = CCP4_out
01100 = CCP3_out
01011 = CCP2_out
01010 = CCP1_out
01001 = SMT2_match(1)
01000 = SMT1_match(1)
00111 = TMR6_postscaled
00110 = TMR4_postscaled
00101 = TMR2_postscaled
00100 = TMR0_overflow
00011 = SOSC
00010 = MFINTOSC/16
00001 = LFINTOSC
00000 = SMTxWINPPS
Note 1: The SMT_match corresponding to the SMT selected becomes reserved.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 538
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 32-6: SMTxSIG: SMT1 SIGNAL INPUT SELECT REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
— — — SSEL<4:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition
bit 7-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4-0 SSEL<4:0>: SMTx Signal Selection bits
11111 = Reserved
•
•
•
11000 = LC4_out
10111 = LC3_out
10110 = LC2_out
10101 = LC1_out
10100 = ZCD1_output
10011 = C2OUT_sync
10010 = C1OUT_sync
10001 = NCO output
10000 = PWM7_out
01111 = PWM6_out
01110 = CCP5_out
01101 = CCP4_out
01100 = CCP3_out
01011 = CCP2_out
01010 = CCP1_out
01001 = SMT2_match(1)
01000 = SMT1_match(1)
00111 = TMR6_postscaled
00110 = TMR5_postscaled
00101 = TMR4_postscaled
00100 = TMR3_postscaled
00011 = TMR2_postscaled
00010 = TMR1_postscaled
00001 = TMR0_overflow
00000 = SMTxSIGPPS
Note 1: The SMT_match corresponding to the SMT selected becomes reserved.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 539
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 32-7: SMTxTMRL: SMT TIMER REGISTER – LOW BYTE
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
SMTxTMR<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 SMTxTMR<7:0>: Significant bits of the SMT Counter – Low Byte
REGISTER 32-8: SMTxTMRH: SMT TIMER REGISTER – HIGH BYTE
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
SMTxTMR<15:8>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 SMTxTMR<15:8>: Significant bits of the SMT Counter – High Byte
REGISTER 32-9: SMTxTMRU: SMT TIMER REGISTER – UPPER BYTE
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
SMTxTMR<23:16>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 SMTxTMR<23:16>: Significant bits of the SMT Counter – Upper Byte
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 540
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 32-10: SMTxCPRL: SMT CAPTURED PERIOD REGISTER – LOW BYTE
R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x
SMTxCPR<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 SMTxCPR<7:0>: Significant bits of the SMT Period Latch – Low Byte
REGISTER 32-11: SMTxCPRH: SMT CAPTURED PERIOD REGISTER – HIGH BYTE
R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x
SMTxCPR<15:8>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 SMTxCPR<15:8>: Significant bits of the SMT Period Latch – High Byte
REGISTER 32-12: SMTxCPRU: SMT CAPTURED PERIOD REGISTER – UPPER BYTE
R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x
SMTxCPR<23:16>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 SMTxCPR<23:16>: Significant bits of the SMT Period Latch – Upper Byte
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 541
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 32-13: SMTxCPWL: SMT CAPTURED PULSE WIDTH REGISTER – LOW BYTE
R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x
SMTxCPW<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 SMTxCPW<7:0>: Significant bits of the SMT PW Latch – Low Byte
REGISTER 32-14: SMTxCPWH: SMT CAPTURED PULSE WIDTH REGISTER – HIGH BYTE
R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x
SMTxCPW<15:8>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 SMTxCPW<15:8>: Significant bits of the SMT PW Latch – High Byte
REGISTER 32-15: SMTxCPWU: SMT CAPTURED PULSE WIDTH REGISTER – UPPER BYTE
R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x R-x/x
SMTxCPW<23:16>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 SMTxCPW<23:16>: Significant bits of the SMT PW Latch – Upper Byte
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 542
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 32-16: SMTxPRL: SMT PERIOD REGISTER – LOW BYTE
R/W-x/1 R/W-x/1 R/W-x/1 R/W-x/1 R/W-x/1 R/W-x/1 R/W-x/1 R/W-x/1
SMTxPR<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 SMTxPR<7:0>: Significant bits of the SMT Timer Value for Period Match – Low Byte
REGISTER 32-17: SMTxPRH: SMT PERIOD REGISTER – HIGH BYTE
R/W-x/1 R/W-x/1 R/W-x/1 R/W-x/1 R/W-x/1 R/W-x/1 R/W-x/1 R/W-x/1
SMTxPR<15:8>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 SMTxPR<15:8>: Significant bits of the SMT Timer Value for Period Match – High Byte
REGISTER 32-18: SMTxPRU: SMT PERIOD REGISTER – UPPER BYTE
R/W-x/1 R/W-x/1 R/W-x/1 R/W-x/1 R/W-x/1 R/W-x/1 R/W-x/1 R/W-x/1
SMTxPR<23:16>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 SMTxPR<23:16>: Significant bits of the SMT Timer Value for Period Match – Upper Byte
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 543
PIC16(L)F18855/75
TABLE 32-3: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH SMTx
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
PIE8 —— SMT2PWAIE SMT2PRAIE SMT2IE SMT1PWAIE SMT1PRAIE SMT1IE 142
PIR8 —— SMT2PWAIF SMT2PRAIF SMT2IF SMT1PWAIF SMT1PRAIF SMT1IF 152
SMT1TMRL SMT1TMR<7:0> 539
SMT1TMRH SMT1TMR<15:8> 539
SMT1TMRU SMT1TMR<23:16> 539
SMT1CPRL SMT1CPR<7:0> 540
SMT1CPRH SMT1CPR<15:8> 540
SMT1CPRU SMT1CPR<23:16> 540
SMT1CPWL SMT1CPW<7:0> 541
SMT1CPWH SMT1CPW<15:8> 541
SMT1CPWU SMT1CPW<23:16> 541
SMT1PRL SMT1PR<7:0> 542
SMT1PRH SMT1PR<15:8> 542
SMT1PRU SMT1PR<23:16> 542
SMT1CON0 EN — STP WPOL SPOL CPOL SMT1PS<1:0> 533
SMT1CON1 SMT1GO REPEAT ——MODE<3:0>534
SMT1STAT CPRUP CPWUP RST ——TSWSAS535
SMT1CLK — — — — — CSEL<2:0> 536
SMT1SIG — — — SSEL<4:0> 538
SMT1WIN — — — WSEL<4:0> 537
SMT2TMRL SMT2TMR<7:0> 539
SMT2TMRH SMT2TMR<15:8> 539
SMT2TMRU SMT2TMR<23:16> 539
SMT2CPRL SMT2CPR<7:0> 540
SMT2CPRH SMT2CPR<15:8> 540
SMT2CPRU SMT2CPR<23:16> 540
SMT2CPWL SMT2CPW<7:0> 541
SMT2CPWH SMT2CPW<15:8> 541
SMT2CPWU SMT2CPW<23:16> 541
SMT2PRL SMT2PR<7:0> 542
SMT2PRH SMT2PR<15:8> 542
SMT2PRU SMT2PR<23:16> 542
SMT2CON0 EN — STP WPOL SPOL CPOL SMT2PS<1:0> 533
SMT2CON1 SMT2GO REPEAT ——MODE<3:0>534
SMT2STAT CPRUP CPWUP RST ——TSWSAS535
SMT2CLK — — — — — CSEL<2:0> 536
SMT2SIG — — — SSEL<4:0> 538
SMT2WIN — — — WSEL<4:0> 537
Legend: — = unimplemented read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used for SMTx module.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 544
PIC16(L)F18855/75
33.0 ENHANCED UNIVERSAL
SYNCHRONOUS
ASYNCHRONOUS RECEIVER
TRANSMITTER (EUSART)
The Enhanced Universal Synchronous Asynchronous
Receiver Transmitter (EUSART) module is a serial I/O
communications peripheral. It contains all the clock
generators, shift registers and data buffers necessary
to perform an input or output serial data transfer
independent of device program execution. The
EUSART, also known as a Serial Communications
Interface (SCI), can be configured as a full-duplex
asynchronous system or half-duplex synchronous
system. Full-Duplex mode is useful for
communications with peripheral systems, such as CRT
terminals and personal computers. Half-Duplex
Synchronous mode is intended for communications
with peripheral devices, such as A/D or D/A integrated
circuits, serial EEPROMs or other microcontrollers.
These devices typically do not have internal clocks for
baud rate generation and require the external clock
signal provided by a master synchronous device.
The EUSART module includes the following capabilities:
• Full-duplex asynchronous transmit and receive
• Two-character input buffer
• One-character output buffer
• Programmable 8-bit or 9-bit character length
• Address detection in 9-bit mode
• Input buffer overrun error detection
• Received character framing error detection
• Half-duplex synchronous master
• Half-duplex synchronous slave
• Programmable clock polarity in synchronous
modes
• Sleep operation
The EUSART module implements the following
additional features, making it ideally suited for use in
Local Interconnect Network (LIN) bus systems:
• Automatic detection and calibration of the baud rate
• Wake-up on Break reception
• 13-bit Break character transmit
Block diagrams of the EUSART transmitter and
receiver are shown in Figure 33-1 and Figure 33-2.
The EUSART transmit output (TX_out) is available to
the TX/CK pin and internally to the following peripherals:
• Configurable Logic Cell (CLC)
FIGURE 33-1: EUSART TRANSMIT BLOCK DIAGRAM
TXIF
TXIE
Interrupt
TXEN
TX9D
MSb LSb
Data Bus
TXxREG Register
Transmit Shift Register (TSR)
(8) 0
TX9
TRMT
RX/DT pin
Pin Buffer
and Control
8
SPxBRGLSPxBRGH
BRG16
FOSC ÷ n
n
+ 1 Multiplier x4 x16 x64
SYNC 1X00 0
BRGH X110 0
BRG16 X101 0
Baud Rate Generator
•••
TX_out
PPS
RxyPPS(1)
CK pin
PPS
CKPPS
1
0
SYNC
CSRC
TX/CK pin
PPS
0
1
SYNC
CSRC
RxyPPS
SYNC
Note 1: In Synchronous mode the DT output and RX input PPS
selections should enable the same pin.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 545
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 33-2: EUSART RECEIVE BLOCK DIAGRAM
The operation of the EUSART module is controlled
through three registers:
• Transmit Status and Control (TX1STA)
• Receive Status and Control (RC1STA)
• Baud Rate Control (BAUD1CON)
These registers are detailed in Register 33-1,
Register 33-2 and Register 33-3, respectively.
The RX input pin is selected with the RXPPS. The CK
input is selected with the TXPPS register. TX, CK, and
DT output pins are selected with each pin’s RxyPPS
register. Since the RX input is coupled with the DT output
in Synchronous mode, it is the user’s responsibility to
select the same pin for both of these functions when
operating in Synchronous mode. The EUSART control
logic will control the data direction drivers automatically.
RX/DT pin
Pin Buffer
and Control
SPEN
Data
Recovery
CREN OERR
FERR
RSR Register
MSb LSb
RX9D RCxREG Register FIFO
Interrupt
RCIF
RCIE
Data Bus
8
Stop Start
(8) 7 1 0
RX9
• • •
SPxBRGL
SPxBRGH
BRG16
RCIDL
FOSC ÷ n
n
+ 1 Multiplier x4 x16 x64
SYNC 1X00 0
BRGH X110 0
BRG16 X101 0
Baud Rate Generator
PPS
RXPPS(1)
Note 1: In Synchronous mode the DT output and RX input PPS
selections should enable the same pin.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 546
PIC16(L)F18855/75
33.1 EUSART Asynchronous Mode
The EUSART transmits and receives data using the
standard non-return-to-zero (NRZ) format. NRZ is
implemented with two levels: a VOH Mark state which
represents a ‘1’ data bit, and a VOL Space state which
represents a ‘0’ data bit. NRZ refers to the fact that
consecutively transmitted data bits of the same value
stay at the output level of that bit without returning to a
neutral level between each bit transmission. An NRZ
transmission port idles in the Mark state. Each character
transmission consists of one Start bit followed by eight
or nine data bits and is always terminated by one or
more Stop bits. The Start bit is always a space and the
Stop bits are always marks. The most common data
format is eight bits. Each transmitted bit persists for a
period of 1/(Baud Rate). An on-chip dedicated
8-bit/16-bit Baud Rate Generator is used to derive
standard baud rate frequencies from the system
oscillator. See Table 33-3 for examples of baud rate
configurations.
The EUSART transmits and receives the LSb first. The
EUSART’s transmitter and receiver are functionally
independent, but share the same data format and baud
rate. Parity is not supported by the hardware, but can
be implemented in software and stored as the ninth
data bit.
33.1.1 EUSART ASYNCHRONOUS
TRANSMITTER
The EUSART transmitter block diagram is shown in
Figure 33-1. The heart of the transmitter is the serial
Transmit Shift Register (TSR), which is not directly
accessible by software. The TSR obtains its data from
the transmit buffer, which is the TXREG register.
33.1.1.1 Enabling the Transmitter
The EUSART transmitter is enabled for asynchronous
operations by configuring the following three control
bits:
• TXEN = 1
• SYNC = 0
• SPEN = 1
All other EUSART control bits are assumed to be in
their default state.
Setting the TXEN bit of the TX1STA register enables the
transmitter circuitry of the EUSART. Clearing the SYNC
bit of the TX1STA register configures the EUSART for
asynchronous operation. Setting the SPEN bit of the
RC1STA register enables the EUSART and
automatically configures the TX/CK I/O pin as an output.
If the TX/CK pin is shared with an analog peripheral, the
analog I/O function must be disabled by clearing the
corresponding ANSEL bit.
33.1.1.2 Transmitting Data
A transmission is initiated by writing a character to the
TXREG register. If this is the first character, or the
previous character has been completely flushed from
the TSR, the data in the TXREG is immediately
transferred to the TSR register. If the TSR still contains
all or part of a previous character, the new character
data is held in the TXREG until the Stop bit of the
previous character has been transmitted. The pending
character in the TXREG is then transferred to the TSR
in one TCY immediately following the Stop bit
transmission. The transmission of the Start bit, data bits
and Stop bit sequence commences immediately
following the transfer of the data to the TSR from the
TXREG.
33.1.1.3 Transmit Data Polarity
The polarity of the transmit data can be controlled with
the SCKP bit of the BAUD1CON register. The default
state of this bit is ‘0’ which selects high true transmit idle
and data bits. Setting the SCKP bit to ‘1’ will invert the
transmit data resulting in low true idle and data bits. The
SCKP bit controls transmit data polarity in
Asynchronous mode only. In Synchronous mode, the
SCKP bit has a different function. See Section 33.4.1.2
“Clock Polarity”.
33.1.1.4 Transmit Interrupt Flag
The TXIF interrupt flag bit of the PIR3 register is set
whenever the EUSART transmitter is enabled and no
character is being held for transmission in the TXREG.
In other words, the TXIF bit is only clear when the TSR
is busy with a character and a new character has been
queued for transmission in the TXREG. The TXIF flag bit
is not cleared immediately upon writing TXREG. TXIF
becomes valid in the second instruction cycle following
the write execution. Polling TXIF immediately following
the TXREG write will return invalid results. The TXIF bit
is read-only, it cannot be set or cleared by software.
The TXIF interrupt can be enabled by setting the TXIE
interrupt enable bit of the PIE3 register. However, the
TXIF flag bit will be set whenever the TXREG is empty,
regardless of the state of TXIE enable bit.
To use interrupts when transmitting data, set the TXIE
bit only when there is more data to send. Clear the
TXIE interrupt enable bit upon writing the last character
of the transmission to the TXREG.
Note: The TXIF Transmitter Interrupt flag is set
when the TXEN enable bit is set.
du
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 547
PIC16(L)F18855/75
33.1.1.5 TSR Status
The TRMT bit of the TX1STA register indicates the
status of the TSR register. This is a read-only bit. The
TRMT bit is set when the TSR register is empty and is
cleared when a character is transferred to the TSR
register from the TXREG. The TRMT bit remains clear
until all bits have been shifted out of the TSR register.
No interrupt logic is tied to this bit, so the user has to
poll this bit to determine the TSR status.
33.1.1.6 Transmitting 9-Bit Characters
The EUSART supports 9-bit character transmissions.
When the TX9 bit of the TX1STA register is set, the
EUSART will shift nine bits out for each character trans-
mitted. The TX9D bit of the TX1STA register is the
ninth, and Most Significant data bit. When transmitting
9-bit data, the TX9D data bit must be written before
writing the eight Least Significant bits into the TXREG.
All nine bits of data will be transferred to the TSR shift
register immediately after the TXREG is written.
A special 9-bit Address mode is available for use with
multiple receivers. See Section 33.1.2.7 “Address
Detection” for more information on the Address mode.
33.1.1.7 Asynchronous Transmission Set-up:
1. Initialize the SPBRGH, SPBRGL register pair and
the BRGH and BRG16 bits to achieve the desired
baud rate (see Section 33.3 “EUSART Baud
Rate Generator (BRG)”).
2. Enable the asynchronous serial port by clearing
the SYNC bit and setting the SPEN bit.
3. If 9-bit transmission is desired, set the TX9
control bit. A set ninth data bit will indicate that
the eight Least Significant data bits are an
address when the receiver is set for address
detection.
4. Set SCKP bit if inverted transmit is desired.
5. Enable the transmission by setting the TXEN
control bit. This will cause the TXIF interrupt bit
to be set.
6. If interrupts are desired, set the TXIE interrupt
enable bit of the PIE3 register. An interrupt will
occur immediately provided that the GIE and
PEIE bits of the INTCON register are also set.
7. If 9-bit transmission is selected, the ninth bit
should be loaded into the TX9D data bit.
8. Load 8-bit data into the TXREG register. This
will start the transmission.
FIGURE 33-3: ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION
Note: The TSR register is not mapped in data
memory, so it is not available to the user.
Word 1
Stop bit
Word 1
Transmit Shift Reg.
Start bit bit 0 bit 1 bit 7/8
Write to TXREG
Word 1
BRG Output
(Shift Clock)
TX/CK
TXIF bit
(Transmit Buffer
Reg. Empty Flag)
TRMT bit
(Transmit Shift
Reg. Empty Flag)
1 TCY
pin
H )J ((
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 548
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 33-4: ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION (BACK-TO-BACK)
33.1.2 EUSART ASYNCHRONOUS
RECEIVER
The Asynchronous mode is typically used in RS-232
systems. The receiver block diagram is shown in
Figure 33-2. The data is received on the RX/DT pin and
drives the data recovery block. The data recovery block
is actually a high-speed shifter operating at 16 times
the baud rate, whereas the serial Receive Shift
Register (RSR) operates at the bit rate. When all eight
or nine bits of the character have been shifted in, they
are immediately transferred to a two character
First-In-First-Out (FIFO) memory. The FIFO buffering
allows reception of two complete characters and the
start of a third character before software must start
servicing the EUSART receiver. The FIFO and RSR
registers are not directly accessible by software.
Access to the received data is via the RCREG register.
33.1.2.1 Enabling the Receiver
The EUSART receiver is enabled for asynchronous
operation by configuring the following three control bits:
• CREN = 1
• SYNC = 0
• SPEN = 1
All other EUSART control bits are assumed to be in
their default state.
Setting the CREN bit of the RC1STA register enables
the receiver circuitry of the EUSART. Clearing the SYNC
bit of the TX1STA register configures the EUSART for
asynchronous operation. Setting the SPEN bit of the
RC1STA register enables the EUSART. The
programmer must set the corresponding TRIS bit to
configure the RX/DT I/O pin as an input.
33.1.2.2 Receiving Data
The receiver data recovery circuit initiates character
reception on the falling edge of the first bit. The first bit,
also known as the Start bit, is always a zero. The data
recovery circuit counts one-half bit time to the center of
the Start bit and verifies that the bit is still a zero. If it is
not a zero then the data recovery circuit aborts
character reception, without generating an error, and
resumes looking for the falling edge of the Start bit. If
the Start bit zero verification succeeds then the data
recovery circuit counts a full bit time to the center of the
next bit. The bit is then sampled by a majority detect
circuit and the resulting ‘0’ or ‘1’ is shifted into the RSR.
This repeats until all data bits have been sampled and
shifted into the RSR. One final bit time is measured and
the level sampled. This is the Stop bit, which is always
a ‘1’. If the data recovery circuit samples a ‘0’ in the
Stop bit position then a framing error is set for this
character, otherwise the framing error is cleared for this
character. See Section 33.1.2.4 “Receive Framing
Error” for more information on framing errors.
Immediately after all data bits and the Stop bit have
been received, the character in the RSR is transferred
to the EUSART receive FIFO and the RCIF interrupt
flag bit of the PIR3 register is set. The top character in
the FIFO is transferred out of the FIFO by reading the
RCREG register.
Transmit Shift Reg.
Write to TXREG
BRG Output
(Shift Clock)
TX/CK
TRMT bit
(Transmit Shift
Reg. Empty Flag)
Word 1 Word 2
Word 1 Word 2
Start bit Stop bit Start bit
Transmit Shift Reg.
Word 1 Word 2
bit 0 bit 1 bit 7/8 bit 0
Note: This timing diagram shows two consecutive transmissions.
1 TCY
1 TCY
pin
TXIF bit
(Transmit Buffer
Reg. Empty Flag)
Note: If the RX/DT function is on an analog pin,
the corresponding ANSEL bit must be
cleared for the receiver to function.
Note: If the receive FIFO is overrun, no additional
characters will be received until the overrun
condition is cleared. See Section 33.1.2.5
“Receive Overrun Error” for more
information on overrun errors.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 549
PIC16(L)F18855/75
33.1.2.3 Receive Interrupts
The RCIF interrupt flag bit of the PIR3 register is set
whenever the EUSART receiver is enabled and there is
an unread character in the receive FIFO. The RCIF
interrupt flag bit is read-only, it cannot be set or cleared
by software.
RCIF interrupts are enabled by setting all of the
following bits:
• RCIE, Interrupt Enable bit of the PIE3 register
• PEIE, Peripheral Interrupt Enable bit of the
INTCON register
• GIE, Global Interrupt Enable bit of the INTCON
register
The RCIF interrupt flag bit will be set when there is an
unread character in the FIFO, regardless of the state of
interrupt enable bits.
33.1.2.4 Receive Framing Error
Each character in the receive FIFO buffer has a
corresponding framing error Status bit. A framing error
indicates that a Stop bit was not seen at the expected
time. The framing error status is accessed via the
FERR bit of the RC1STA register. The FERR bit
represents the status of the top unread character in the
receive FIFO. Therefore, the FERR bit must be read
before reading the RCREG.
The FERR bit is read-only and only applies to the top
unread character in the receive FIFO. A framing error
(FERR = 1) does not preclude reception of additional
characters. It is not necessary to clear the FERR bit.
Reading the next character from the FIFO buffer will
advance the FIFO to the next character and the next
corresponding framing error.
The FERR bit can be forced clear by clearing the SPEN
bit of the RC1STA register which resets the EUSART.
Clearing the CREN bit of the RC1STA register does not
affect the FERR bit. A framing error by itself does not
generate an interrupt.
33.1.2.5 Receive Overrun Error
The receive FIFO buffer can hold two characters. An
overrun error will be generated if a third character, in its
entirety, is received before the FIFO is accessed. When
this happens the OERR bit of the RC1STA register is
set. The characters already in the FIFO buffer can be
read but no additional characters will be received until
the error is cleared. The error must be cleared by either
clearing the CREN bit of the RC1STA register or by
resetting the EUSART by clearing the SPEN bit of the
RC1STA register.
33.1.2.6 Receiving 9-Bit Characters
The EUSART supports 9-bit character reception. When
the RX9 bit of the RC1STA register is set the EUSART
will shift nine bits into the RSR for each character
received. The RX9D bit of the RC1STA register is the
ninth and Most Significant data bit of the top unread
character in the receive FIFO. When reading 9-bit data
from the receive FIFO buffer, the RX9D data bit must
be read before reading the eight Least Significant bits
from the RCREG.
33.1.2.7 Address Detection
A special Address Detection mode is available for use
when multiple receivers share the same transmission
line, such as in RS-485 systems. Address detection is
enabled by setting the ADDEN bit of the RC1STA
register.
Address detection requires 9-bit character reception.
When address detection is enabled, only characters
with the ninth data bit set will be transferred to the
receive FIFO buffer, thereby setting the RCIF interrupt
bit. All other characters will be ignored.
Upon receiving an address character, user software
determines if the address matches its own. Upon
address match, user software must disable address
detection by clearing the ADDEN bit before the next
Stop bit occurs. When user software detects the end of
the message, determined by the message protocol
used, software places the receiver back into the
Address Detection mode by setting the ADDEN bit.
Note: If all receive characters in the receive
FIFO have framing errors, repeated reads
of the RCREG will not clear the FERR bit.
sun sun m ". MSW Sign woflgmms 5:30p m G u f ) bu DO: 5 r 3 J f H as H :T T ‘ ){ 1 f ‘ {>5 5r M} Jr (J S( r—\_ r r ( 3 J J J \_
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 550
PIC16(L)F18855/75
33.1.2.8 Asynchronous Reception Setup:
1. Initialize the SPBRGH, SPBRGL register pair
and the BRGH and BRG16 bits to achieve the
desired baud rate (see Section 33.3 “EUSART
Baud Rate Generator (BRG)”).
2. Clear the ANSEL bit for the RX pin (if applicable).
3. Enable the serial port by setting the SPEN bit.
The SYNC bit must be clear for asynchronous
operation.
4. If interrupts are desired, set the RCIE bit of the
PIE3 register and the GIE and PEIE bits of the
INTCON register.
5. If 9-bit reception is desired, set the RX9 bit.
6. Enable reception by setting the CREN bit.
7. The RCIF interrupt flag bit will be set when a
character is transferred from the RSR to the
receive buffer. An interrupt will be generated if
the RCIE interrupt enable bit was also set.
8. Read the RC1STA register to get the error flags
and, if 9-bit data reception is enabled, the ninth
data bit.
9. Get the received eight Least Significant data bits
from the receive buffer by reading the RCREG
register.
10. If an overrun occurred, clear the OERR flag by
clearing the CREN receiver enable bit.
33.1.2.9 9-bit Address Detection Mode Setup
This mode would typically be used in RS-485 systems.
To set up an Asynchronous Reception with Address
Detect Enable:
1. Initialize the SPBRGH, SPBRGL register pair
and the BRGH and BRG16 bits to achieve the
desired baud rate (see Section 33.3 “EUSART
Baud Rate Generator (BRG)”).
2. Clear the ANSEL bit for the RX pin (if applicable).
3. Enable the serial port by setting the SPEN bit.
The SYNC bit must be clear for asynchronous
operation.
4. If interrupts are desired, set the RCIE bit of the
PIE3 register and the GIE and PEIE bits of the
INTCON register.
5. Enable 9-bit reception by setting the RX9 bit.
6. Enable address detection by setting the ADDEN
bit.
7. Enable reception by setting the CREN bit.
8. The RCIF interrupt flag bit will be set when a
character with the ninth bit set is transferred
from the RSR to the receive buffer. An interrupt
will be generated if the RCIE interrupt enable bit
was also set.
9. Read the RC1STA register to get the error flags.
The ninth data bit will always be set.
10. Get the received eight Least Significant data bits
from the receive buffer by reading the RCREG
register. Software determines if this is the
device’s address.
11. If an overrun occurred, clear the OERR flag by
clearing the CREN receiver enable bit.
12. If the device has been addressed, clear the
ADDEN bit to allow all received data into the
receive buffer and generate interrupts.
FIGURE 33-5: ASYNCHRONOUS RECEPTION
Start
bit bit 7/8
bit 1bit 0 bit 7/8 bit 0Stop
bit
Start
bit
Start
bit
bit 7/8 Stop
bit
RX/DT pin
Reg
Rcv Buffer Reg.
Rcv Shift
Read Rcv
Buffer Reg.
RCREG
RCIF
(Interrupt Flag)
OERR bit
CREN
Word 1
RCREG
Word 2
RCREG
Stop
bit
Note: This timing diagram shows three words appearing on the RX input. The RCREG (receive buffer) is read after the third word,
causing the OERR (overrun) bit to be set.
RCIDL
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 551
PIC16(L)F18855/75
33.2 Clock Accuracy with
Asynchronous Operation
The factory calibrates the internal oscillator block
output (INTOSC). However, the INTOSC frequency
may drift as VDD or temperature changes, and this
directly affects the asynchronous baud rate. Two
methods may be used to adjust the baud rate clock, but
both require a reference clock source of some kind.
The first (preferred) method uses the OSCTUNE
register to adjust the INTOSC output. Adjusting the
value in the OSCTUNE register allows for fine resolution
changes to the system clock source. See
Section 6.2.2.2 “Internal Oscillator Frequency
Adjustment” for more information.
The other method adjusts the value in the Baud Rate
Generator. This can be done automatically with the
Auto-Baud Detect feature (see Section 33.3.1
“Auto-Baud Detect”). There may not be fine enough
resolution when adjusting the Baud Rate Generator to
compensate for a gradual change in the peripheral
clock frequency.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 552
PIC16(L)F18855/75
33.3 EUSART Baud Rate Generator
(BRG)
The Baud Rate Generator (BRG) is an 8-bit or 16-bit
timer that is dedicated to the support of both the
asynchronous and synchronous EUSART operation.
By default, the BRG operates in 8-bit mode. Setting the
BRG16 bit of the BAUD1CON register selects 16-bit
mode.
The SPBRGH, SPBRGL register pair determines the
period of the free running baud rate timer. In
Asynchronous mode the multiplier of the baud rate
period is determined by both the BRGH bit of the
TX1STA register and the BRG16 bit of the BAUD1CON
register. In Synchronous mode, the BRGH bit is ignored.
Table 33-1 contains the formulas for determining the
baud rate. Example 33-1 provides a sample calculation
for determining the baud rate and baud rate error.
Typical baud rates and error values for various
Asynchronous modes have been computed for your
convenience and are shown in Table 33-3. It may be
advantageous to use the high baud rate (BRGH = 1),
or the 16-bit BRG (BRG16 = 1) to reduce the baud rate
error. The 16-bit BRG mode is used to achieve slow
baud rates for fast oscillator frequencies.
Writing a new value to the SPBRGH, SPBRGL register
pair causes the BRG timer to be reset (or cleared). This
ensures that the BRG does not wait for a timer overflow
before outputting the new baud rate.
If the system clock is changed during an active receive
operation, a receive error or data loss may result. To
avoid this problem, check the status of the RCIDL bit to
make sure that the receive operation is idle before
changing the system clock.
EXAMPLE 33-1: CALCULATING BAUD
RATE ERROR
For a device with FOSC of 16 MHz, desired baud rate
of 9600, Asynchronous mode, 8-bit BRG:
Solving for SPBRGH:SPBRGL:
X
FOSC
Desired Baud Rate
---------------------------------------------
64
--------------------------------------------- 1–=
Desired Baud Rate FOSC
64 [SPBRGH:SPBRGL] 1+
------------------------------------------------------------------------=
16000000
9600
------------------------
64
------------------------1–=
25.04225==
Calculated Baud Rate 16000000
64 25 1+
---------------------------=
9615=
Error Calc. Baud Rate Desired Baud Rate –
Desired Baud Rate
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------=
9615 9600–
9600
---------------------------------- 0 . 1 6 %==
foHowxng WICKED f f F mm mm rum me W7 rsmpbn
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 553
PIC16(L)F18855/75
33.3.1 AUTO-BAUD DETECT
The EUSART module supports automatic detection
and calibration of the baud rate.
In the Auto-Baud Detect (ABD) mode, the clock to the
BRG is reversed. Rather than the BRG clocking the
incoming RX signal, the RX signal is timing the BRG.
The Baud Rate Generator is used to time the period of
a received 55h (ASCII “U”) which is the Sync character
for the LIN bus. The unique feature of this character is
that it has five rising edges including the Stop bit edge.
Setting the ABDEN bit of the BAUD1CON register
starts the auto-baud calibration sequence. While the
ABD sequence takes place, the EUSART state
machine is held in Idle. On the first rising edge of the
receive line, after the Start bit, the SPBRG begins
counting up using the BRG counter clock as shown in
Figure 33-6. The fifth rising edge will occur on the RX
pin at the end of the eighth bit period. At that time, an
accumulated value totaling the proper BRG period is
left in the SPBRGH, SPBRGL register pair, the ABDEN
bit is automatically cleared and the RCIF interrupt flag
is set. The value in the RCREG needs to be read to
clear the RCIF interrupt. RCREG content should be
discarded. When calibrating for modes that do not use
the SPBRGH register the user can verify that the
SPBRGL register did not overflow by checking for 00h
in the SPBRGH register.
The BRG auto-baud clock is determined by the BRG16
and BRGH bits as shown in Ta b le 33-1 . During ABD,
both the SPBRGH and SPBRGL registers are used as
a 16-bit counter, independent of the BRG16 bit setting.
While calibrating the baud rate period, the SPBRGH
and SPBRGL registers are clocked at 1/8th the BRG
base clock rate. The resulting byte measurement is the
average bit time when clocked at full speed.
TABLE 33-1: BRG COUNTER CLOCK RATES
FIGURE 33-6: AUTOMATIC BAUD RATE CALIBRATION
Note 1: If the WUE bit is set with the ABDEN bit,
auto-baud detection will occur on the byte
following the Break character (see
Section 33.3.3 “Auto-Wake-up on
Break”).
2: It is up to the user to determine that the
incoming character baud rate is within the
range of the selected BRG clock source.
Some combinations of oscillator frequency
and EUSART baud rates are not possible.
3: During the auto-baud process, the
auto-baud counter starts counting at one.
Upon completion of the auto-baud
sequence, to achieve maximum accuracy,
subtract 1 from the SPBRGH:SPBRGL
register pair.
BRG16 BRGH BRG Base
Clock
BRG ABD
Clock
00FOSC/64 FOSC/512
01FOSC/16 FOSC/128
10FOSC/16 FOSC/128
11 FOSC/4 FOSC/32
Note: During the ABD sequence, SPBRGL and
SPBRGH registers are both used as a 16-bit
counter, independent of the BRG16 setting.
BRG Value
RX pin
ABDEN bit
RCIF bit
bit 0 bit 1
(Interrupt)
Read
RCREG
BRG Clock
Start
Auto Cleared
Set by User
XXXXh 0000h
Edge #1
bit 2 bit 3
Edge #2
bit 4 bit 5
Edge #3
bit 6 bit 7
Edge #4
Stop bit
Edge #5
001Ch
Note 1: The ABD sequence requires the EUSART module to be configured in Asynchronous mode.
SPBRGL XXh 1Ch
SPBRGH XXh 00h
RCIDL
Break Character OsciHalor Shading Time WUE Bil
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 554
PIC16(L)F18855/75
33.3.2 AUTO-BAUD OVERFLOW
During the course of automatic baud detection, the
ABDOVF bit of the BAUD1CON register will be set if
the baud rate counter overflows before the fifth rising
edge is detected on the RX pin. The ABDOVF bit indi-
cates that the counter has exceeded the maximum
count that can fit in the 16 bits of the
SPBRGH:SPBRGL register pair. The overflow condi-
tion will set the RCIF flag. The counter continues to
count until the fifth rising edge is detected on the RX
pin. The RCIDL bit will remain false (‘0’) until the fifth
rising edge at which time the RCIDL bit will be set. If the
RCREG is read after the overflow occurs but before the
fifth rising edge then the fifth rising edge will set the
RCIF again.
Terminating the auto-baud process early to clear an
overflow condition will prevent proper detection of the
sync character fifth rising edge. If any falling edges of
the sync character have not yet occurred when the
ABDEN bit is cleared then those will be falsely detected
as Start bits. The following steps are recommended to
clear the overflow condition:
1. Read RCREG to clear RCIF.
2. If RCIDL is ‘0’ then wait for RDCIF and repeat
step 1.
3. Clear the ABDOVF bit.
33.3.3 AUTO-WAKE-UP ON BREAK
During Sleep mode, all clocks to the EUSART are
suspended. Because of this, the Baud Rate Generator
is inactive and a proper character reception cannot be
performed. The Auto-Wake-up feature allows the
controller to wake-up due to activity on the RX/DT line.
This feature is available only in Asynchronous mode.
The Auto-Wake-up feature is enabled by setting the
WUE bit of the BAUD1CON register. Once set, the
normal receive sequence on RX/DT is disabled, and the
EUSART remains in an Idle state, monitoring for a
wake-up event independent of the CPU mode. A
wake-up event consists of a high-to-low transition on the
RX/DT line. (This coincides with the start of a Sync Break
or a wake-up signal character for the LIN protocol.)
The EUSART module generates an RCIF interrupt
coincident with the wake-up event. The interrupt is
generated synchronously to the Q clocks in normal CPU
operating modes (Figure 33-7), and asynchronously if
the device is in Sleep mode (Figure 33-8). The interrupt
condition is cleared by reading the RCREG register.
The WUE bit is automatically cleared by the low-to-high
transition on the RX line at the end of the Break. This
signals to the user that the Break event is over. At this
point, the EUSART module is in IDLE mode waiting to
receive the next character.
33.3.3.1 Special Considerations
Break Character
To avoid character errors or character fragments during
a wake-up event, the wake-up character must be all
zeros.
When the wake-up is enabled the function works
independent of the low time on the data stream. If the
WUE bit is set and a valid non-zero character is
received, the low time from the Start bit to the first rising
edge will be interpreted as the wake-up event. The
remaining bits in the character will be received as a
fragmented character and subsequent characters can
result in framing or overrun errors.
Therefore, the initial character in the transmission must
be all ‘0’s. This must be ten or more bit times, 13-bit
times recommended for LIN bus, or any number of bit
times for standard RS-232 devices.
Oscillator Start-up Time
Oscillator start-up time must be considered, especially
in applications using oscillators with longer start-up
intervals (i.e., LP, XT or HS/PLL mode). The Sync
Break (or wake-up signal) character must be of
sufficient length, and be followed by a sufficient
interval, to allow enough time for the selected oscillator
to start and provide proper initialization of the EUSART.
WUE Bit
The wake-up event causes a receive interrupt by
setting the RCIF bit. The WUE bit is cleared in
hardware by a rising edge on RX/DT. The interrupt
condition is then cleared in software by reading the
RCREG register and discarding its contents.
To ensure that no actual data is lost, check the RCIDL
bit to verify that a receive operation is not in process
before setting the WUE bit. If a receive operation is not
occurring, the WUE bit may then be set just prior to
entering the Sleep mode.
‘14“ \ 10“ \oa‘omq \M‘“ 11‘ w ‘ “““ \ ‘0” \ ‘0“ \ A)“ ‘1‘
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 555
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 33-7: AUTO-WAKE-UP BIT (WUE) TIMING DURING NORMAL OPERATION
FIGURE 33-8: AUTO-WAKE-UP BIT (WUE) TIMINGS DURING SLEEP
33.3.4 BREAK CHARACTER SEQUENCE
The EUSART module has the capability of sending the
special Break character sequences that are required by
the LIN bus standard. A Break character consists of a
Start bit, followed by 12 ‘0’ bits and a Stop bit.
To send a Break character, set the SENDB and TXEN
bits of the TX1STA register. The Break character trans-
mission is then initiated by a write to the TXREG. The
value of data written to TXREG will be ignored and all
‘0’s will be transmitted.
The SENDB bit is automatically reset by hardware after
the corresponding Stop bit is sent. This allows the user
to preload the transmit FIFO with the next transmit byte
following the Break character (typically, the Sync
character in the LIN specification).
The TRMT bit of the TX1STA register indicates when the
transmit operation is active or idle, just as it does during
normal transmission. See Figure 33-9 for the timing of
the Break character sequence.
33.3.4.1 Break and Sync Transmit Sequence
The following sequence will start a message frame
header made up of a Break, followed by an auto-baud
Sync byte. This sequence is typical of a LIN bus
master.
1. Configure the EUSART for the desired mode.
2. Set the TXEN and SENDB bits to enable the
Break sequence.
3. Load the TXREG with a dummy character to
initiate transmission (the value is ignored).
4. Write ‘55h’ to TXREG to load the Sync character
into the transmit FIFO buffer.
5. After the Break has been sent, the SENDB bit is
reset by hardware and the Sync character is
then transmitted.
When the TXREG becomes empty, as indicated by the
TXIF, the next data byte can be written to TXREG.
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
OSC1
WUE bit
RX/DT Line
RCIF
Bit set by user Auto Cleared
Cleared due to User Read of RCREG
Note 1: The EUSART remains in Idle while the WUE bit is set.
Q1Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1Q2 Q3 Q4
OSC1
WUE bit
RX/DT Line
RCIF
Bit Set by User Auto Cleared
Cleared due to User Read of RCREG
Sleep Command Executed
Note 1
Note 1: If the wake-up event requires long oscillator warm-up time, the automatic clearing of the WUE bit can occur while the stposc signal is
still active. This sequence should not depend on the presence of Q clocks.
2: The EUSART remains in Idle while the WUE bit is set.
Sleep Ends
H ))
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 556
PIC16(L)F18855/75
33.3.5 RECEIVING A BREAK CHARACTER
The Enhanced EUSART module can receive a Break
character in two ways.
The first method to detect a Break character uses the
FERR bit of the RC1STA register and the received data
as indicated by RCREG. The Baud Rate Generator is
assumed to have been initialized to the expected baud
rate.
A Break character has been received when:
• RCIF bit is set
• FERR bit is set
• RCREG = 00h
The second method uses the Auto-Wake-up feature
described in Section 33.3.3 “Auto-Wake-up on
Break”. By enabling this feature, the EUSART will
sample the next two transitions on RX/DT, cause an
RCIF interrupt, and receive the next data byte followed
by another interrupt.
Note that following a Break character, the user will
typically want to enable the Auto-Baud Detect feature.
For both methods, the user can set the ABDEN bit of
the BAUD1CON register before placing the EUSART in
Sleep mode.
FIGURE 33-9: SEND BREAK CHARACTER SEQUENCE
Write to TXREG Dummy Write
BRG Output
(Shift Clock)
Start bit bit 0 bit 1 bit 11 Stop bit
Break
TXIF bit
(Transmit
Interrupt Flag)
TX (pin)
TRMT bit
(Transmit Shift
Empty Flag)
SENDB
(send Break
control bit)
SENDB Sampled Here Auto Cleared
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 557
PIC16(L)F18855/75
33.4 EUSART Synchronous Mode
Synchronous serial communications are typically used
in systems with a single master and one or more
slaves. The master device contains the necessary
circuitry for baud rate generation and supplies the clock
for all devices in the system. Slave devices can take
advantage of the master clock by eliminating the
internal clock generation circuitry.
There are two signal lines in Synchronous mode: a
bidirectional data line and a clock line. Slaves use the
external clock supplied by the master to shift the serial
data into and out of their respective receive and trans-
mit shift registers. Since the data line is bidirectional,
synchronous operation is half-duplex only. Half-duplex
refers to the fact that master and slave devices can
receive and transmit data but not both simultaneously.
The EUSART can operate as either a master or slave
device.
Start and Stop bits are not used in synchronous
transmissions.
33.4.1 SYNCHRONOUS MASTER MODE
The following bits are used to configure the EUSART
for synchronous master operation:
• SYNC = 1
• CSRC = 1
• SREN = 0 (for transmit); SREN = 1 (for receive)
• CREN = 0 (for transmit); CREN = 1 (for receive)
• SPEN = 1
Setting the SYNC bit of the TX1STA register configures
the device for synchronous operation. Setting the CSRC
bit of the TX1STA register configures the device as a
master. Clearing the SREN and CREN bits of the
RC1STA register ensures that the device is in the
Transmit mode, otherwise the device will be configured
to receive. Setting the SPEN bit of the RC1STA register
enables the EUSART.
33.4.1.1 Master Clock
Synchronous data transfers use a separate clock line,
which is synchronous with the data. A device config-
ured as a master transmits the clock on the TX/CK line.
The TX/CK pin output driver is automatically enabled
when the EUSART is configured for synchronous
transmit or receive operation. Serial data bits change
on the leading edge to ensure they are valid at the
trailing edge of each clock. One clock cycle is gener-
ated for each data bit. Only as many clock cycles are
generated as there are data bits.
33.4.1.2 Clock Polarity
A clock polarity option is provided for Microwire
compatibility. Clock polarity is selected with the SCKP
bit of the BAUD1CON register. Setting the SCKP bit
sets the clock Idle state as high. When the SCKP bit is
set, the data changes on the falling edge of each clock.
Clearing the SCKP bit sets the Idle state as low. When
the SCKP bit is cleared, the data changes on the rising
edge of each clock.
33.4.1.3 Synchronous Master Transmission
Data is transferred out of the device on the RX/DT pin.
The RX/DT and TX/CK pin output drivers are automat-
ically enabled when the EUSART is configured for
synchronous master transmit operation.
A transmission is initiated by writing a character to the
TXREG register. If the TSR still contains all or part of a
previous character the new character data is held in the
TXREG until the last bit of the previous character has
been transmitted. If this is the first character, or the
previous character has been completely flushed from
the TSR, the data in the TXREG is immediately trans-
ferred to the TSR. The transmission of the character
commences immediately following the transfer of the
data to the TSR from the TXREG.
Each data bit changes on the leading edge of the
master clock and remains valid until the subsequent
leading clock edge.
33.4.1.4 Synchronous Master Transmission
Set-up:
1. Initialize the SPBRGH, SPBRGL register pair
and the BRGH and BRG16 bits to achieve the
desired baud rate (see Section 33.3 “EUSART
Baud Rate Generator (BRG)”).
2. Enable the synchronous master serial port by
setting bits SYNC, SPEN and CSRC.
3. Disable Receive mode by clearing bits SREN
and CREN.
4. Enable Transmit mode by setting the TXEN bit.
5. If 9-bit transmission is desired, set the TX9 bit.
6. If interrupts are desired, set the TXIE bit of the
PIE3 register and the GIE and PEIE bits of the
INTCON register.
7. If 9-bit transmission is selected, the ninth bit
should be loaded in the TX9D bit.
8. Start transmission by loading data to the TXREG
register.
Note: The TSR register is not mapped in data
memory, so it is not available to the user.
GD db nu ‘ m u (( )J $7 (( (( )J (( (f 1) { (
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 558
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 33-10: SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION
FIGURE 33-11: SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION (THROUGH TXEN)
33.4.1.5 Synchronous Master Reception
Data is received at the RX/DT pin. The RX/DT pin
output driver is automatically disabled when the
EUSART is configured for synchronous master receive
operation.
In Synchronous mode, reception is enabled by setting
either the Single Receive Enable bit (SREN of the
RC1STA register) or the Continuous Receive Enable
bit (CREN of the RC1STA register).
When SREN is set and CREN is clear, only as many
clock cycles are generated as there are data bits in a
single character. The SREN bit is automatically cleared
at the completion of one character. When CREN is set,
clocks are continuously generated until CREN is
cleared. If CREN is cleared in the middle of a character
the CK clock stops immediately and the partial charac-
ter is discarded. If SREN and CREN are both set, then
SREN is cleared at the completion of the first character
and CREN takes precedence.
To initiate reception, set either SREN or CREN. Data is
sampled at the RX/DT pin on the trailing edge of the
TX/CK clock pin and is shifted into the Receive Shift
Register (RSR). When a complete character is
received into the RSR, the RCIF bit is set and the char-
acter is automatically transferred to the two character
receive FIFO. The Least Significant eight bits of the top
character in the receive FIFO are available in RCREG.
The RCIF bit remains set as long as there are unread
characters in the receive FIFO.
bit 0 bit 1 bit 7
Word 1
bit 2 bit 0 bit 1 bit 7
RX/DT
Write to
TXREG Reg
TXIF bit
(Interrupt Flag)
TXEN bit ‘1’ ‘1’
Word 2
TRMT bit
Write Word 1 Write Word 2
Note: Sync Master mode, SPBRGL = 0, continuous transmission of two 8-bit words.
pin
TX/CK pin
TX/CK pin
(SCKP = 0)
(SCKP = 1)
RX/DT pin
TX/CK pin
Write to
TXREG reg
TXIF bit
TRMT bit
bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 bit 6 bit 7
TXEN bit
Note: If the RX/DT function is on an analog pin,
the corresponding ANSEL bit must be
cleared for the receiver to function.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 559
PIC16(L)F18855/75
33.4.1.6 Slave Clock
Synchronous data transfers use a separate clock line,
which is synchronous with the data. A device configured
as a slave receives the clock on the TX/CK line. The
TX/CK pin output driver is automatically disabled when
the device is configured for synchronous slave transmit
or receive operation. Serial data bits change on the
leading edge to ensure they are valid at the trailing edge
of each clock. One data bit is transferred for each clock
cycle. Only as many clock cycles should be received as
there are data bits.
33.4.1.7 Receive Overrun Error
The receive FIFO buffer can hold two characters. An
overrun error will be generated if a third character, in its
entirety, is received before RCREG is read to access
the FIFO. When this happens the OERR bit of the
RC1STA register is set. Previous data in the FIFO will
not be overwritten. The two characters in the FIFO
buffer can be read, however, no additional characters
will be received until the error is cleared. The OERR bit
can only be cleared by clearing the overrun condition.
If the overrun error occurred when the SREN bit is set
and CREN is clear then the error is cleared by reading
RCREG. If the overrun occurred when the CREN bit is
set then the error condition is cleared by either clearing
the CREN bit of the RC1STA register or by clearing the
SPEN bit which resets the EUSART.
33.4.1.8 Receiving 9-bit Characters
The EUSART supports 9-bit character reception. When
the RX9 bit of the RC1STA register is set the EUSART
will shift nine bits into the RSR for each character
received. The RX9D bit of the RC1STA register is the
ninth, and Most Significant, data bit of the top unread
character in the receive FIFO. When reading 9-bit data
from the receive FIFO buffer, the RX9D data bit must
be read before reading the eight Least Significant bits
from the RCREG.
33.4.1.9 Synchronous Master Reception
Set-up:
1. Initialize the SPBRGH, SPBRGL register pair for
the appropriate baud rate. Set or clear the
BRGH and BRG16 bits, as required, to achieve
the desired baud rate.
2. Clear the ANSEL bit for the RX pin (if applicable).
3. Enable the synchronous master serial port by
setting bits SYNC, SPEN and CSRC.
4. Ensure bits CREN and SREN are clear.
5. If interrupts are desired, set the RCIE bit of the
PIE3 register and the GIE and PEIE bits of the
INTCON register.
6. If 9-bit reception is desired, set bit RX9.
7. Start reception by setting the SREN bit or for
continuous reception, set the CREN bit.
8. Interrupt flag bit RCIF will be set when reception
of a character is complete. An interrupt will be
generated if the enable bit RCIE was set.
9. Read the RC1STA register to get the ninth bit (if
enabled) and determine if any error occurred
during reception.
10. Read the 8-bit received data by reading the
RCREG register.
11. If an overrun error occurs, clear the error by
either clearing the CREN bit of the RC1STA
register or by clearing the SPEN bit which resets
the EUSART.
FIGURE 33-12: SYNCHRONOUS RECEPTION (MASTER MODE, SREN)
Note: If the device is configured as a slave and
the TX/CK function is on an analog pin, the
corresponding ANSEL bit must be cleared.
CREN bit
RX/DT
Write to
bit SREN
SREN bit
RCIF bit
(Interrupt)
Read
RCREG
‘0’
bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4 bit 5 bit 6 bit 7
‘0’
Note: Timing diagram demonstrates Sync Master mode with bit SREN = 1 and bit BRGH = 0.
TX/CK pin
TX/CK pin
pin
(SCKP = 0)
(SCKP = 1)
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 560
PIC16(L)F18855/75
33.4.2 SYNCHRONOUS SLAVE MODE
The following bits are used to configure the EUSART
for synchronous slave operation:
• SYNC = 1
• CSRC = 0
• SREN = 0 (for transmit); SREN = 1 (for receive)
• CREN = 0 (for transmit); CREN = 1 (for receive)
• SPEN = 1
Setting the SYNC bit of the TX1STA register configures
the device for synchronous operation. Clearing the
CSRC bit of the TX1STA register configures the device
as a slave. Clearing the SREN and CREN bits of the
RC1STA register ensures that the device is in the
Transmit mode, otherwise the device will be configured to
receive. Setting the SPEN bit of the RC1STA register
enables the EUSART.
33.4.2.1 EUSART Synchronous Slave
Transmit
The operation of the Synchronous Master and Slave
modes are identical (see Section 33.4.1.3
“Synchronous Master Transmission”), except in the
case of the Sleep mode.
If two words are written to the TXREG and then the
SLEEP instruction is executed, the following will occur:
1. The first character will immediately transfer to
the TSR register and transmit.
2. The second word will remain in the TXREG
register.
3. The TXIF bit will not be set.
4. After the first character has been shifted out of
TSR, the TXREG register will transfer the second
character to the TSR and the TXIF bit will now be
set.
5. If the PEIE and TXIE bits are set, the interrupt
will wake the device from Sleep and execute the
next instruction. If the GIE bit is also set, the
program will call the Interrupt Service Routine.
33.4.2.2 Synchronous Slave Transmission
Set-up:
1. Set the SYNC and SPEN bits and clear the
CSRC bit.
2. Clear the ANSEL bit for the CK pin (if applicable).
3. Clear the CREN and SREN bits.
4. If interrupts are desired, set the TXIE bit of the
PIE3 register and the GIE and PEIE bits of the
INTCON register.
5. If 9-bit transmission is desired, set the TX9 bit.
6. Enable transmission by setting the TXEN bit.
7. If 9-bit transmission is selected, insert the Most
Significant bit into the TX9D bit.
8. Start transmission by writing the Least
Significant eight bits to the TXREG register.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 561
PIC16(L)F18855/75
33.4.2.3 EUSART Synchronous Slave
Reception
The operation of the Synchronous Master and Slave
modes is identical (Section 33.4.1.5 “Synchronous
Master Reception”), with the following exceptions:
•Sleep
• CREN bit is always set, therefore the receiver is
never idle
• SREN bit, which is a “don’t care” in Slave mode
A character may be received while in Sleep mode by
setting the CREN bit prior to entering Sleep. Once the
word is received, the RSR register will transfer the data
to the RCREG register. If the RCIE enable bit is set, the
interrupt generated will wake the device from Sleep
and execute the next instruction. If the GIE bit is also
set, the program will branch to the interrupt vector.
33.4.2.4 Synchronous Slave Reception
Set-up:
1. Set the SYNC and SPEN bits and clear the
CSRC bit.
2. Clear the ANSEL bit for both the CK and DT pins
(if applicable).
3. If interrupts are desired, set the RCIE bit of the
PIE3 register and the GIE and PEIE bits of the
INTCON register.
4. If 9-bit reception is desired, set the RX9 bit.
5. Set the CREN bit to enable reception.
6. The RCIF bit will be set when reception is
complete. An interrupt will be generated if the
RCIE bit was set.
7. If 9-bit mode is enabled, retrieve the Most
Significant bit from the RX9D bit of the RC1STA
register.
8. Retrieve the eight Least Significant bits from the
receive FIFO by reading the RCREG register.
9. If an overrun error occurs, clear the error by
either clearing the CREN bit of the RC1STA
register or by clearing the SPEN bit which resets
the EUSART.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 562
PIC16(L)F18855/75
33.5 EUSART Operation During Sleep
The EUSART will remain active during Sleep only in the
Synchronous Slave mode. All other modes require the
system clock and therefore cannot generate the neces-
sary signals to run the Transmit or Receive Shift
registers during Sleep.
Synchronous Slave mode uses an externally generated
clock to run the Transmit and Receive Shift registers.
33.5.1 SYNCHRONOUS RECEIVE DURING
SLEEP
To receive during Sleep, all the following conditions
must be met before entering Sleep mode:
• RC1STA and TX1STA Control registers must be
configured for Synchronous Slave Reception (see
Section 33.4.2.4 “Synchronous Slave
Reception Set-up:”).
• If interrupts are desired, set the RCIE bit of the
PIE3 register and the GIE and PEIE bits of the
INTCON register.
• The RCIF interrupt flag must be cleared by read-
ing RCREG to unload any pending characters in
the receive buffer.
Upon entering Sleep mode, the device will be ready to
accept data and clocks on the RX/DT and TX/CK pins,
respectively. When the data word has been completely
clocked in by the external device, the RCIF interrupt
flag bit of the PIR3 register will be set. Thereby, waking
the processor from Sleep.
Upon waking from Sleep, the instruction following the
SLEEP instruction will be executed. If the Global
Interrupt Enable (GIE) bit of the INTCON register is
also set, then the Interrupt Service Routine at address
004h will be called.
33.5.2 SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMIT
DURING SLEEP
To transmit during Sleep, all the following conditions
must be met before entering Sleep mode:
• The RC1STA and TX1STA Control registers must
be configured for synchronous slave transmission
(see Section 33.4.2.2 “Synchronous Slave
Transmission Set-up:”).
• The TXIF interrupt flag must be cleared by writing
the output data to the TXREG, thereby filling the
TSR and transmit buffer.
• If interrupts are desired, set the TXIE bit of the
PIE3 register and the PEIE bit of the INTCON
register.
• Interrupt enable bits TXIE of the PIE3 register and
PEIE of the INTCON register must set.
Upon entering Sleep mode, the device will be ready to
accept clocks on TX/CK pin and transmit data on the
RX/DT pin. When the data word in the TSR has been
completely clocked out by the external device, the
pending byte in the TXREG will transfer to the TSR and
the TXIF flag will be set. Thereby, waking the processor
from Sleep. At this point, the TXREG is available to
accept another character for transmission, which will
clear the TXIF flag.
Upon waking from Sleep, the instruction following the
SLEEP instruction will be executed. If the Global
Interrupt Enable (GIE) bit is also set then the Interrupt
Service Routine at address 0004h will be called.
N111 Asynchronous mode Synchronous mode Asynchronous mode Synchronous mode Asynchronous mode Synchronous mode.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 563
PIC16(L)F18855/75
33.6 Register Definitions: EUSART Control
REGISTER 33-1: TX1STA: TRANSMIT STATUS AND CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R-1/1 R/W-0/0
CSRC TX9 TXEN(1) SYNC SENDB BRGH TRMT TX9D
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 CSRC: Clock Source Select bit
Asynchronous mode:
Unused in this mode – value ignored
Synchronous mode:
1 = Master mode (clock generated internally from BRG)
0 = Slave mode (clock from external source)
bit 6 TX9: 9-bit Transmit Enable bit
1 = Selects 9-bit transmission
0 = Selects 8-bit transmission
bit 5 TXEN: Transmit Enable bit(1)
1 = Transmit enabled
0 = Transmit disabled
bit 4 SYNC: EUSART Mode Select bit
1 = Synchronous mode
0 = Asynchronous mode
bit 3 SENDB: Send Break Character bit
Asynchronous mode:
1 = Send SYNCH BREAK on next transmission – start bit, followed by 12 ‘0’ bits, followed by Stop bit;
cleared by hardware upon completion
0 = SYNCH BREAK transmission disabled or completed
Synchronous mode:
Unused in this mode – value ignored
bit 2 BRGH: High Baud Rate Select bit
Asynchronous mode:
1 = High speed
0 = Low speed
Synchronous mode:
Unused in this mode – value ignored
bit 1 TRMT: Transmit Shift Register Status bit
1 =TSR empty
0 = TSR full
bit 0 TX9D: Ninth bit of Transmit Data
Can be address/data bit or a parity bit.
Note 1: SREN/CREN overrides TXEN in Sync mode.
SPEN‘“ Asynchronous mode Synchronous mode , Masrer Synchronous mode , Slave Asyncnronous mode Synchronous mode Asyncnronous mode 97m RXQ : l) Asyncnronous mode Srbrl RXQ : g)
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 564
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 33-2: RC1STA: RECEIVE STATUS AND CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R-0/0 R-0/0 R-0/0
SPEN(1) RX9 SREN CREN ADDEN FERR OERR RX9D
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 SPEN: Serial Port Enable bit(1)
1 = Serial port enabled
0 = Serial port disabled (held in Reset)
bit 6 RX9: 9-Bit Receive Enable bit
1 = Selects 9-bit reception
0 = Selects 8-bit reception
bit 5 SREN: Single Receive Enable bit
Asynchronous mode:
Unused in this mode – value ignored
Synchronous mode – Master:
1 = Enables single receive
0 = Disables single receive
This bit is cleared after reception is complete.
Synchronous mode – Slave
Unused in this mode – value ignored
bit 4 CREN: Continuous Receive Enable bit
Asynchronous mode:
1 = Enables continuous receive until enable bit CREN is cleared
0 = Disables continuous receive
Synchronous mode:
1 = Enables continuous receive until enable bit CREN is cleared (CREN overrides SREN)
0 = Disables continuous receive
bit 3 ADDEN: Address Detect Enable bit
Asynchronous mode 9-bit (RX9 = 1):
1 = Enables address detection – enable interrupt and load of the receive buffer when the ninth bit in
the receive buffer is set
0 = Disables address detection, all bytes are received and ninth bit can be used as parity bit
Asynchronous mode 8-bit (RX9 = 0):
Unused in this mode – value ignored
bit 2 FERR: Framing Error bit
1 = Framing error (can be updated by reading RCREG register and receive next valid byte)
0 = No framing error
bit 1 OERR: Overrun Error bit
1 = Overrun error (can be cleared by clearing bit CREN)
0 = No overrun error
bit 0 RX9D: Ninth bit of Received Data
This can be address/data bit or a parity bit and must be calculated by user firmware.
Note 1: The EUSART module automatically changes the pin from tri-state to drive as needed. Configure the
associated TRIS bits for TX/CK and RX/DT to 1.
Asynchronous mode Synchronous mode Asynchronous mode Synchronous mode Asynchronous mode Synchronous mode Asynchronous mode Synchronous mode Asynchronous mode Synchronous mode
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 565
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 33-3: BAUD1CON: BAUD RATE CONTROL REGISTER
R-0/0 R-1/1 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
ABDOVF RCIDL — SCKP BRG16 —WUEABDEN
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 ABDOVF: Auto-Baud Detect Overflow bit
Asynchronous mode:
1 = Auto-baud timer overflowed
0 = Auto-baud timer did not overflow
Synchronous mode:
Don’t care
bit 6 RCIDL: Receive Idle Flag bit
Asynchronous mode:
1 = Receiver is Idle
0 = Start bit has been received and the receiver is receiving
Synchronous mode:
Don’t care
bit 5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4 SCKP: Clock/Transmit Polarity Select bit
Asynchronous mode:
1 = Idle state for transmit (TX) is a low level
0 = Idle state for transmit (TX) is a high level
Synchronous mode:
1 = Idle state for clock (CK) is a high level
0 = Idle state for clock (CK) is a low level
bit 3 BRG16: 16-bit Baud Rate Generator bit
1 = 16-bit Baud Rate Generator is used
0 = 8-bit Baud Rate Generator is used
bit 2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 1 WUE: Wake-up Enable bit
Asynchronous mode:
1 = USART will continue to sample the Rx pin – interrupt generated on falling edge; bit cleared in
hardware on following rising edge.
0 = RX pin not monitored nor rising edge detected
Synchronous mode:
Unused in this mode – value ignored
bit 0 ABDEN: Auto-Baud Detect Enable bit
Asynchronous mode:
1 = Enable baud rate measurement on the next character – requires reception of a SYNCH field
(55h);
cleared in hardware upon completion
0 = Baud rate measurement disabled or completed
Synchronous mode:
Unused in this mode – value ignored
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 566
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 33-4: RC1REG(1): RECEIVE DATA REGISTER
REGISTER 33-5: TX1REG(1): TRANSMIT DATA REGISTER
REGISTER 33-6: SP1BRGL(1): BAUD RATE GENERATOR REGISTER
R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0
RC1REG<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 RC1REG<7:0>: Lower eight bits of the received data; read-only; see also RX9D (Register 33-2)
Note 1: RCREG (including the 9th bit) is double buffered, and data is available while new data is being received.
R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
TX1REG<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 TX1REG<7:0>: Lower eight bits of the received data; read-only; see also RX9D (Register 33-1)
Note 1: TXREG (including the 9th bit) is double buffered, and can be written when previous data has started
shifting.
R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
SP1BRG<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0 SP1BRG<7:0>: Lower eight bits of the Baud Rate Generator
Note 1: Writing to SP1BRG resets the BRG counter.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 567
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 33-7: SP1BRGH(1, 2): BAUD RATE GENERATOR HIGH REGISTER
R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
SP1BRG<15:8>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 SP1BRG<15:8>: Upper eight bits of the Baud Rate Generator
Note 1: SPBRGH value is ignored for all modes unless BAUD1CON<BRG16> is active.
2: Writing to SPBRGH resets the BRG counter.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 568
PIC16(L)F18855/75
TABLE 33-2: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH EUSART
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
INTCON GIE PEIE ― ― ― ― ― INTEDG 133
PIR3 —— RCIF TXIF BCL2IF SSP2IF BCL1IF SSP1IF 146
PIE3 —— RCIE TXIE BCL2IE SSP2IE BCL1IE SSP1IE 137
RC1STA SPEN RX9 SREN CREN ADDEN FERR OERR RX9D 564
TX1STA CSRC TX9 TXEN SYNC SENDB BRGH TRMT TX9D 563
BAUD1CON ABDOVF RCIDL ―SCKP BRG16 ―WUE ABDEN 565
RC1REG RC1REG<7:0> 548*
TX1REG TX1REG<7:0> 546*
SPB1RGL SP1BRG<7:0> 552*
SPB1RGH SP1BRG<15:8> 552*
RXPPS ― ― ― RXPPS<4:0> 240
CKPPS ― ― ― CXPPS<4:0> 240
RxyPPS ― ― ― RxyPPS<4:0> 241
CLCxSELy ― ― ― LCxDyS<4:0> 320
MDSRC ― ― ― MDMS<4:0> 389
Legend: — = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used for the EUSART module.
* Page with register information.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 569
PIC16(L)F18855/75
TABLE 33-3: BAUD RATE FORMULAS
Configuration Bits
BRG/EUSART Mode Baud Rate Formula
SYNC BRG16 BRGH
000 8-bit/Asynchronous FOSC/[64 (n+1)]
001 8-bit/Asynchronous FOSC/[16 (n+1)]
010 16-bit/Asynchronous
011 16-bit/Asynchronous
FOSC/[4 (n+1)]10x 8-bit/Synchronous
11x 16-bit/Synchronous
Legend: x = Don’t care, n = value of SPBRGH, SPBRGL register pair.
TABLE 33-4: BAUD RATE FOR ASYNCHRONOUS MODES
BAUD
RATE
SYNC = 0, BRGH = 0, BRG16 = 0
FOSC = 32.000 MHz FOSC = 20.000 MHz FOSC = 18.432 MHz FOSC = 11.0592 MHz
Actual
Rate
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
300—— — —— — —— — —— —
1200 — — — 1221 1.73 255 1200 0.00 239 1200 0.00 143
2400 2404 0.16 207 2404 0.16 129 2400 0.00 119 2400 0.00 71
9600 9615 0.16 51 9470 -1.36 32 9600 0.00 29 9600 0.00 17
10417 10417 0.00 47 10417 0.00 29 10286 -1.26 27 10165 -2.42 16
19.2k 19.23k 0.16 25 19.53k 1.73 15 19.20k 0.00 14 19.20k 0.00 8
57.6k 55.55k -3.55 3 — — — 57.60k 0.00 7 57.60k 0.00 2
115.2k — — — — — — — — — — — —
BAUD
RATE
SYNC = 0, BRGH = 0, BRG16 = 0
FOSC = 8.000 MHz FOSC = 4.000 MHz FOSC = 3.6864 MHz FOSC = 1.000 MHz
Actual
Rate
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
300 — — — 300 0.16 207 300 0.00 191 300 0.16 51
1200 1202 0.16 103 1202 0.16 51 1200 0.00 47 1202 0.16 12
2400 2404 0.16 51 2404 0.16 25 2400 0.00 23 — — —
9600 9615 0.16 12 — — — 9600 0.00 5 — — —
10417 10417 0.00 11 10417 0.00 5 — — — — — —
19.2k — — — — — — 19.20k 0.00 2 — — —
57.6k — — — — — — 57.60k 0.00 0 — — —
115.2k — — — — — — — — — — — —
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 570
PIC16(L)F18855/75
BAUD
RATE
SYNC = 0, BRGH = 1, BRG16 = 0
FOSC = 32.000 MHz FOSC = 20.000 MHz FOSC = 18.432 MHz FOSC = 11.0592 MHz
Actual
Rate
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
300 —— — —— — —— — —— —
1200 — — — — — — — — — — — —
2400 — — — — — — — — — —— —
9600 9615 0.16 207 9615 0.16 129 9600 0.00 119 9600 0.00 71
10417 10417 0.00 191 10417 0.00 119 10378 -0.37 110 10473 0.53 65
19.2k 19.23k 0.16 103 19.23k 0.16 64 19.20k 0.00 59 19.20k 0.00 35
57.6k 57.14k -0.79 34 56.82k -1.36 21 57.60k 0.00 19 57.60k 0.00 11
115.2k 117.64k 2.12 16 113.64k -1.36 10 115.2k 0.00 9 115.2k 0.00 5
BAUD
RATE
SYNC = 0, BRGH = 1, BRG16 = 0
FOSC = 8.000 MHz FOSC = 4.000 MHz FOSC = 3.6864 MHz FOSC = 1.000 MHz
Actual
Rate
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
300 —— — — — — — — — 300 0.16 207
1200 — — — 1202 0.16 207 1200 0.00 191 1202 0.16 51
2400 2404 0.16 207 2404 0.16 103 2400 0.00 95 2404 0.16 25
9600 9615 0.16 51 9615 0.16 25 9600 0.00 23 — — —
10417 10417 0.00 47 10417 0.00 23 10473 0.53 21 10417 0.00 5
19.2k 19231 0.16 25 19.23k 0.16 12 19.2k 0.00 11 — — —
57.6k 55556 -3.55 8 — — — 57.60k 0.00 3 — — —
115.2k — — — — — — 115.2k 0.00 1 — — —
BAUD
RATE
SYNC = 0, BRGH = 0, BRG16 = 1
FOSC = 32.000 MHz FOSC = 20.000 MHz FOSC = 18.432 MHz FOSC = 11.0592 MHz
Actual
Rate
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
300 300.0 0.00 6666 300.0 -0.01 4166 300.0 0.00 3839 300.0 0.00 2303
1200 1200 -0.02 3332 1200 -0.03 1041 1200 0.00 959 1200 0.00 575
2400 2401 -0.04 832 2399 -0.03 520 2400 0.00 479 2400 0.00 287
9600 9615 0.16 207 9615 0.16 129 9600 0.00 119 9600 0.00 71
10417 10417 0.00 191 10417 0.00 119 10378 -0.37 110 10473 0.53 65
19.2k 19.23k 0.16 103 19.23k 0.16 64 19.20k 0.00 59 19.20k 0.00 35
57.6k 57.14k -0.79 34 56.818 -1.36 21 57.60k 0.00 19 57.60k 0.00 11
115.2k 117.6k 2.12 16 113.636 -1.36 10 115.2k 0.00 9 115.2k 0.00 5
TABLE 33-4: BAUD RATE FOR ASYNCHRONOUS MODES (CONTINUED)
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 571
PIC16(L)F18855/75
BAUD
RATE
SYNC = 0, BRGH = 0, BRG16 = 1
FOSC = 8.000 MHz FOSC = 4.000 MHz FOSC = 3.6864 MHz FOSC = 1.000 MHz
Actual
Rate
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
300 299.9 -0.02 1666 300.1 0.04 832 300.0 0.00 767 300.5 0.16 207
1200 1199 -0.08 416 1202 0.16 207 1200 0.00 191 1202 0.16 51
2400 2404 0.16 207 2404 0.16 103 2400 0.00 95 2404 0.16 25
9600 9615 0.16 51 9615 0.16 25 9600 0.00 23 — — —
10417 10417 0.00 47 10417 0.00 23 10473 0.53 21 10417 0.00 5
19.2k 19.23k 0.16 25 19.23k 0.16 12 19.20k 0.00 11 — — —
57.6k 55556 -3.55 8 — — — 57.60k 0.00 3 — — —
115.2k — — — — — — 115.2k 0.00 1 — — —
BAUD
RATE
SYNC = 0, BRGH = 1, BRG16 = 1 or SYNC = 1, BRG16 = 1
FOSC = 32.000 MHz FOSC = 20.000 MHz FOSC = 18.432 MHz FOSC = 11.0592 MHz
Actual
Rate
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
300 300.0 0.00 26666 300.0 0.00 16665 300.0 0.00 15359 300.0 0.00 9215
1200 1200 0.00 6666 1200 -0.01 4166 1200 0.00 3839 1200 0.00 2303
2400 2400 0.01 3332 2400 0.02 2082 2400 0.00 1919 2400 0.00 1151
9600 9604 0.04 832 9597 -0.03 520 9600 0.00 479 9600 0.00 287
10417 10417 0.00 767 10417 0.00 479 10425 0.08 441 10433 0.16 264
19.2k 19.18k -0.08 416 19.23k 0.16 259 19.20k 0.00 239 19.20k 0.00 143
57.6k 57.55k -0.08 138 57.47k -0.22 86 57.60k 0.00 79 57.60k 0.00 47
115.2k 115.9k 0.64 68 116.3k 0.94 42 115.2k 0.00 39 115.2k 0.00 23
BAUD
RATE
SYNC = 0, BRGH = 1, BRG16 = 1 or SYNC = 1, BRG16 = 1
FOSC = 8.000 MHz FOSC = 4.000 MHz FOSC = 3.6864 MHz FOSC = 1.000 MHz
Actual
Rate
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
300 300.0 0.00 6666 300.0 0.01 3332 300.0 0.00 3071 300.1 0.04 832
1200 1200 -0.02 1666 1200 0.04 832 1200 0.00 767 1202 0.16 207
2400 2401 0.04 832 2398 0.08 416 2400 0.00 383 2404 0.16 103
9600 9615 0.16 207 9615 0.16 103 9600 0.00 95 9615 0.16 25
10417 10417 0 191 10417 0.00 95 10473 0.53 87 10417 0.00 23
19.2k 19.23k 0.16 103 19.23k 0.16 51 19.20k 0.00 47 19.23k 0.16 12
57.6k 57.14k -0.79 34 58.82k 2.12 16 57.60k 0.00 15 — — —
115.2k 117.6k 2.12 16 111.1k -3.55 8 115.2k 0.00 7 — — —
TABLE 33-4: BAUD RATE FOR ASYNCHRONOUS MODES (CONTINUED)
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 572
PIC16(L)F18855/75
34.0 REFERENCE CLOCK OUTPUT
MODULE
The Reference Clock Output module provides the
ability to send a clock signal to the clock reference
output pin (CLKR). The Reference Clock Output can
also be used as a signal for other peripherals, such as
the Data Signal Modulator (DSM).
The Reference Clock Output module has the following
features:
• Selectable input clock
• Programmable clock divider
• Selectable duty cycle
34.1 CLOCK SOURCE
The Reference Clock Output module has a selectable
clock source. The CLKRCLK register (Register 34-2)
controls which input is used.
34.1.1 CLOCK SYNCHRONIZATION
Once the reference clock enable (CLKREN) is set, the
module is ensured to be glitch-free at start-up.
When the Reference Clock Output is disabled, the
output signal will be disabled immediately.
Clock dividers and clock duty cycles can be changed
while the module is enabled, but glitches may occur on
the output. To avoid possible glitches, clock dividers
and clock duty cycles should be changed only when the
CLKREN is clear.
34.2 PROGRAMMABLE CLOCK
DIVIDER
The module takes the selected clock input and divides
it based on the value of the CLKRDIV<2:0> bits of the
CLKRCON register (Register 34-1).
The following configurations can be made based on the
CLKRDIV<2:0> bits:
• Base input clock value
• Input clock divided by 2
• Input clock divided by 4
• Input clock divided by 8
• Input clock divided by 16
• Input clock divided by 32
• Input clock divided by 64
• Input clock divided by 128
The clock divider values can be changed while the
module is enabled; however, in order to prevent
glitches on the output, the CLKRDIV<2:0> bits should
only be changed when the module is disabled
(CLKREN = 0).
34.3 SELECTABLE DUTY CYCLE
The CLKRDC<1:0> bits of the CLKRCON register can
be used to modify the duty cycle of the output clock. A
duty cycle of 25%, 50%, or 75% can be selected for all
clock rates, with the exception of the undivided base
FOSC value.
The duty cycle can be changed while the module is
enabled; however, in order to prevent glitches on the
output, the CLKRDC<1:0> bits should only be changed
when the module is disabled (CLKREN = 0).
34.4 OPERATION IN SLEEP MODE
The Reference Clock Output module is not affected by
Sleep mode. The Reference Clock Output module can
still operate during Sleep if the clock source selected by
CLKRCLK is also active during Sleep.
Note: The CLKRDC1 bit is reset to ‘1’. This
makes the default duty cycle 50% and not
0%.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 573
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 34-1: CLOCK REFERENCE BLOCK DIAGRAM
FIGURE 34-2: CLOCK REFERENCE TIMING
Rev. 10-000261A
9/10/2015
000
011
010
001
100
101
110
111
CLKRDIV<2:0>
D
EN
Q
128
64
32
16
8
4
2
CLKREN Counter Reset
Duty Cycle PPS
To Peripherals
CLKR
CLKRCLK<3:0>
See
CLKRCLK
Register
CLKREN
FREEZE ENABLED
ICD FREEZE MODE
(1)
(1)
Reference Clock Divider
CLKRDC<1:0>
FOSC
CLKREN
CLKRDIV[2:0] = 001
CLKRDC[1:0] = 10
CLKRDC[1:0] = 01
CLKRDIV[2:0] = 001
CLKR Output
Duty Cycle (25%)
Duty Cycle
(50%)
FOSC /2
P1 P2
CLKR Output
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 574
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 34-1: CLKRCON: REFERENCE CLOCK CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0/0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
CLKREN —— CLKRDC<1:0> CLKRDIV<2:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7 CLKREN: Reference Clock Module Enable bit
1 = Reference Clock module enabled
0 = Reference Clock module is disabled
bit 6-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4-3 CLKRDC<1:0>: Reference Clock Duty Cycle bits (1)
11 = Clock outputs duty cycle of 75%
10 = Clock outputs duty cycle of 50%
01 = Clock outputs duty cycle of 25%
00 = Clock outputs duty cycle of 0%
bit 2-0 CLKRDIV<2:0>: Reference Clock Divider bits
111 = Input clock divided by 128
110 = Input clock divided by 64
101 = Input clock divided by 32
100 = Input clock divided by 16
011 = Input clock divided by 8
010 = Input clock divided by 4
001 = Input clock divided by 2
000 = Input clock
Note 1: Bits are valid for Reference Clock divider values of two or larger, the base clock cannot be further divided.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 575
PIC16(L)F18855/75
REGISTER 34-2: CLKRCLK: CLOCK REFERENCE CLOCK SELECTION REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0
— — — — CLKRCLK<3:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 3-0 CLKRCLK<3:0>: CLKR Input bits
Clock Selection
1111 = Reserved
•
•
•
1010 = Reserved
1001 = LC4_out
1000 = LC3_out
0111 = LC2_out
0110 = LC1_out
0101 = NCO output
0100 = SOSC
0011 = MFINTOSC
0010 = LFINTOSC
0001 = HFINTOSC
0000 = FOSC
TABLE 34-1: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH CLOCK REFERENCE OUTPUT
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register
on Page
CLKRCON CLKREN —— CLKRDC<1:0> CLKRDIV<2:0> 574
CLKRCLK — — — — CLKRCLK<3:0> 575
CLCxSELy — — — LCxDyS<4:0> 320
MDCARH — — — — MDCHS<3:0> 390
MDCARL — — — —MDCLS<3:0>391
RxyPPS — — — RxyPPS<4:0> 241
Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by the CLKR module.
Bollom Sxde
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 576
PIC16(L)F18855/75
35.0 IN-CIRCUIT SERIAL
PROGRAMMING™ (ICSP™)
ICSP™ programming allows customers to manufacture
circuit boards with unprogrammed devices. Programming
can be done after the assembly process, allowing the
device to be programmed with the most recent firmware
or a custom firmware. Five pins are needed for ICSP™
programming:
•ICSPCLK
•ICSPDAT
•MCLR
/VPP
•VDD
•VSS
In Program/Verify mode the program memory, User IDs
and the Configuration Words are programmed through
serial communications. The ICSPDAT pin is a
bidirectional I/O used for transferring the serial data
and the ICSPCLK pin is the clock input. For more
information on ICSP™ refer to the
“PIC16(L)F1783XX Memory Programming
Specification” (DS400001738).
35.1 High-Voltage Programming Entry
Mode
The device is placed into High-Voltage Programming
Entry mode by holding the ICSPCLK and ICSPDAT
pins low then raising the voltage on MCLR/VPP to VIHH.
35.2 Low-Voltage Programming Entry
Mode
The Low-Voltage Programming Entry mode allows the
PIC® Flash MCUs to be programmed using VDD only,
without high voltage. When the LVP bit of Configuration
Words is set to ‘1’, the low-voltage ICSP programming
entry is enabled. To disable the Low-Voltage ICSP
mode, the LVP bit must be programmed to ‘0’.
Entry into the Low-Voltage Programming Entry mode
requires the following steps:
1. MCLR is brought to VIL.
2. A 32-bit key sequence is presented on
ICSPDAT, while clocking ICSPCLK.
Once the key sequence is complete, MCLR must be
held at VIL for as long as Program/Verify mode is to be
maintained.
If low-voltage programming is enabled (LVP = 1), the
MCLR Reset function is automatically enabled and
cannot be disabled. See Section 5.4 “MCLR” for more
information.
The LVP bit can only be reprogrammed to ‘0’ by using
the High-Voltage Programming mode.
35.3 Common Programming Interfaces
Connection to a target device is typically done through
an ICSP™ header. A commonly found connector on
development tools is the RJ-11 in the 6P6C (6-pin,
6-connector) configuration. See Figure 35-1.
FIGURE 35-1: ICD RJ-11 STYLE
CONNECTOR INTERFACE
Another connector often found in use with the PICkit™
programmers is a standard 6-pin header with 0.1 inch
spacing. Refer to Figure 35-2.
For additional interface recommendations, refer to your
specific device programmer manual prior to PCB
design.
It is recommended that isolation devices be used to
separate the programming pins from other circuitry.
The type of isolation is highly dependent on the specific
application and may include devices such as resistors,
diodes, or even jumpers. See Figure 35-3 for more
information.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Tar g e t
Bottom Side
PC Board
VPP/MCLR VSS
ICSPCLK
VDD
ICSPDAT
NC
Pin Description*
1 = VPP/MCLR
2 = VDD Ta r g e t
3 = VSS (ground)
4 = ICSPDAT
5 = ICSPCLK
6 = No Connect
j
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 577
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 35-2: PICkit™ PROGRAMMER STYLE CONNECTOR INTERFACE
FIGURE 35-3: TYPICAL CONNECTION FOR ICSP™ PROGRAMMING
1
2
3
4
5
6
* The 6-pin header (0.100" spacing) accepts 0.025" square pins.
Pin Description*
1 = VPP/MCLR
2 = VDD Tar g et
3 = VSS (ground)
4 = ICSPDAT
5 = ICSPCLK
6 = No Connect
Pin 1 Indicator
VDD
VPP
VSS
External
Device to be
Data
Clock
VDD
MCLR/VPP
VSS
ICSPDAT
ICSPCLK
**
*
To Normal Connections
*Isolation devices (as required).
Programming
Signals Programmed
VDD
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 578
PIC16(L)F18855/75
36.0 INSTRUCTION SET SUMMARY
Each instruction is a 14-bit word containing the
operation code (opcode) and all required operands.
The opcodes are broken into three broad categories.
• Byte Oriented
• Bit Oriented
• Literal and Control
The literal and control category contains the most
varied instruction word format.
Table 36-4 lists the instructions recognized by the
MPASMTM assembler.
All instructions are executed within a single instruction
cycle, with the following exceptions, which may take
two or three cycles:
• Subroutine takes two cycles (CALL, CALLW)
• Returns from interrupts or subroutines take two
cycles (RETURN, RETLW, RETFIE)
• Program branching takes two cycles (GOTO, BRA,
BRW, BTFSS, BTFSC, DECFSZ, INCSFZ)
• One additional instruction cycle will be used when
any instruction references an indirect file register
and the file select register is pointing to program
memory.
One instruction cycle consists of 4 oscillator cycles; for
an oscillator frequency of 4 MHz, this gives a nominal
instruction execution rate of 1 MHz.
All instruction examples use the format ‘0xhh’ to
represent a hexadecimal number, where ‘h’ signifies a
hexadecimal digit.
36.1 Read-Modify-Write Operations
Any instruction that specifies a file register as part of
the instruction performs a Read-Modify-Write (R-M-W)
operation. The register is read, the data is modified,
and the result is stored according to either the instruc-
tion, or the destination designator ‘d’. A read operation
is performed on a register even if the instruction writes
to that register.
TABLE 36-1: OPCODE FIELD
DESCRIPTIONS
TABLE 36-2: ABBREVIATION
DESCRIPTIONS
Field Description
fRegister file address (0x00 to 0x7F)
WWorking register (accumulator)
bBit address within an 8-bit file register
kLiteral field, constant data or label
xDon’t care location (= 0 or 1).
The assembler will generate code with x = 0.
It is the recommended form of use for
compatibility with all Microchip software tools.
dDestination select; d = 0: store result in W,
d = 1: store result in file register f.
Default is d = 1.
nFSR or INDF number. (0-1)
mm Prepost increment-decrement mode selection
Field Description
PC Program Counter
TO Time-Out bit
CCarry bit
DC Digit Carry bit
ZZero bit
PD Power-Down bit
Byla-Drien‘ed file ragismr operations |:|:|:| E
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 579
PIC16(L)F18855/75
TABLE 36-3: GENERAL FORMAT FOR
INSTRUCTIONS
Byte-oriented file register operations
13 8 7 6 0
d = 0 for destination W
OPCODE d f (FILE #)
d = 1 for destination f
f = 7-bit file register address
Bit-oriented file register operations
13 10 9 7 6 0
OPCODE b (BIT #) f (FILE #)
b = 3-bit bit address
f = 7-bit file register address
Literal and control operations
13 8 7 0
OPCODE k (literal)
k = 8-bit immediate value
13 11 10 0
OPCODE k (literal)
k = 11-bit immediate value
General
CALL and GOTO instructions only
MOVLP instruction only
13 5 4 0
OPCODE k (literal)
k = 5-bit immediate value
MOVLB instruction only
13 9 8 0
OPCODE k (literal)
k = 9-bit immediate value
BRA instruction only
FSR Offset instructions
13 7 6 5 0
OPCODE n k (literal)
n = appropriate FSR
FSR Increment instructions
13 7 6 0
OPCODE k (literal)
k = 7-bit immediate value
13 3 2 1 0
OPCODE n m (mode)
n = appropriate FSR
m = 2-bit mode value
k = 6-bit immediate value
13 0
OPCODE
OPCODE only
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 580
PIC16(L)F18855/75
TABLE 36-4: INSTRUCTION SET
Mnemonic,
Operands Description Cycles
14-Bit Opcode Status
Affected Notes
MSb LSb
BYTE-ORIENTED FILE REGISTER OPERATIONS
ADDWF
ADDWFC
ANDWF
ASRF
LSLF
LSRF
CLRF
CLRW
COMF
DECF
INCF
IORWF
MOVF
MOVWF
RLF
RRF
SUBWF
SUBWFB
SWAPF
XORWF
f, d
f, d
f, d
f, d
f, d
f, d
f
–
f, d
f, d
f, d
f, d
f, d
f
f, d
f, d
f, d
f, d
f, d
f, d
Add W and f
Add with Carry W and f
AND W with f
Arithmetic Right Shift
Logical Left Shift
Logical Right Shift
Clear f
Clear W
Complement f
Decrement f
Increment f
Inclusive OR W with f
Move f
Move W to f
Rotate Left f through Carry
Rotate Right f through Carry
Subtract W from f
Subtract with Borrow W from f
Swap nibbles in f
Exclusive OR W with f
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
00
11
00
11
11
11
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
11
00
00
0111
1101
0101
0111
0101
0110
0001
0001
1001
0011
1010
0100
1000
0000
1101
1100
0010
1011
1110
0110
dfff
dfff
dfff
dfff
dfff
dfff
lfff
0000
dfff
dfff
dfff
dfff
dfff
1fff
dfff
dfff
dfff
dfff
dfff
dfff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
00xx
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
C, DC, Z
C, DC, Z
Z
C, Z
C, Z
C, Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
C
C
C, DC, Z
C, DC, Z
Z
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
BYTE ORIENTED SKIP OPERATIONS
DECFSZ
INCFSZ
f, d
f, d
Decrement f, Skip if 0
Increment f, Skip if 0
1(2)
1(2)
00
00
1011
1111
dfff
dfff
ffff
ffff
1, 2
1, 2
BIT-ORIENTED FILE REGISTER OPERATIONS
BCF
BSF
f, b
f, b
Bit Clear f
Bit Set f
1
1
01
01
00bb
01bb
bfff
bfff
ffff
ffff
2
2
BIT-ORIENTED SKIP OPERATIONS
BTFSC
BTFSS
f, b
f, b
Bit Test f, Skip if Clear
Bit Test f, Skip if Set
1 (2)
1 (2)
01
01
10bb
11bb
bfff
bfff
ffff
ffff
1, 2
1, 2
LITERAL OPERATIONS
ADDLW
ANDLW
IORLW
MOVLB
MOVLP
MOVLW
SUBLW
XORLW
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
Add literal and W
AND literal with W
Inclusive OR literal with W
Move literal to BSR
Move literal to PCLATH
Move literal to W
Subtract W from literal
Exclusive OR literal with W
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
11
11
11
00
11
11
11
11
1110
1001
1000
0000
0001
0000
1100
1010
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
001k
1kkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
C, DC, Z
Z
Z
C, DC, Z
Z
Note 1: If the Program Counter (PC) is modified, or a conditional test is true, the instruction requires two cycles. The second
cycle is executed as a NOP.
2: If this instruction addresses an INDF register and the MSb of the corresponding FSR is set, this instruction will require
one additional instruction cycle.
CONTROL OPERATIONS
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 581
PIC16(L)F18855/75
TABLE 36-4: INSTRUCTION SET (CONTINUED)
Mnemonic,
Operands Description Cycles
14-Bit Opcode Status
Affected Notes
MSb LSb
CONTROL OPERATIONS
BRA
BRW
CALL
CALLW
GOTO
RETFIE
RETLW
RETURN
k
–
k
–
k
k
k
–
Relative Branch
Relative Branch with W
Call Subroutine
Call Subroutine with W
Go to address
Return from interrupt
Return with literal in W
Return from Subroutine
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
11
00
10
00
10
00
11
00
001k
0000
0kkk
0000
1kkk
0000
0100
0000
kkkk
0000
kkkk
0000
kkkk
0000
kkkk
0000
kkkk
1011
kkkk
1010
kkkk
1001
kkkk
1000
INHERENT OPERATIONS
CLRWDT
NOP
RESET
SLEEP
TRIS
–
–
–
–
f
Clear Watchdog Timer
No Operation
Software device Reset
Go into Standby or IDLE mode
Load TRIS register with W
1
1
1
1
1
00
00
00
00
00
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0110
0000
0000
0110
0110
0100
0000
0001
0011
0fff
TO, PD
TO, PD
C-COMPILER OPTIMIZED
ADDFSR
MOVIW
MOVWI
n, k
n mm
k[n]
n mm
k[n]
Add Literal k to FSRn
Move Indirect FSRn to W with pre/post inc/dec
modifier, mm
Move INDFn to W, Indexed Indirect.
Move W to Indirect FSRn with pre/post inc/dec
modifier, mm
Move W to INDFn, Indexed Indirect.
1
1
1
1
1
11
00
11
00
11
0001
0000
1111
0000
1111
0nkk
0001
0nkk
0001
1nkk
kkkk
0nmm
kkkk
1nmm
kkkk
Z
Z
2, 3
2
2, 3
2
Note 1: If the Program Counter (PC) is modified, or a conditional test is true, the instruction requires two cycles. The second
cycle is executed as a NOP.
2: If this instruction addresses an INDF register and the MSb of the corresponding FSR is set, this instruction will require
one additional instruction cycle.
3: See Table in the MOVIW and MOVWI instruction descriptions.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 582
PIC16(L)F18855/75
36.2 Instruction Descriptions
ADDFSR Add Literal to FSRn
Syntax: [ label ] ADDFSR FSRn, k
Operands: -32 k 31
n [ 0, 1]
Operation: FSR(n) + k FSR(n)
Status Affected: None
Description: The signed 6-bit literal ‘k’ is added to
the contents of the FSRnH:FSRnL
register pair.
FSRn is limited to the range
0000h-FFFFh. Moving beyond these
bounds will cause the FSR to
wrap-around.
ADDLW Add literal and W
Syntax: [ label ] ADDLW k
Operands: 0 k 255
Operation: (W) + k (W)
Status Affected: C, DC, Z
Description: The contents of the W register are
added to the 8-bit literal ‘k’ and the
result is placed in the W register.
ADDWF Add W and f
Syntax: [ label ] ADDWF f,d
Operands: 0 f 127
d 0,1
Operation: (W) + (f) (destination)
Status Affected: C, DC, Z
Description: Add the contents of the W register
with register ‘f’. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is
stored in the W register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the
result is stored back in register ‘f’.
ADDWFC ADD W and CARRY bit to f
Syntax: [ label ] ADDWFC f {,d}
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: (W) + (f) + (C) dest
Status Affected: C, DC, Z
Description: Add W, the Carry flag and data mem-
ory location ‘f’. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is
placed in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is
placed in data memory location ‘f’.
ANDLW AND literal with W
Syntax: [ label ] ANDLW k
Operands: 0 k 255
Operation: (W) .AND. (k) (W)
Status Affected: Z
Description: The contents of W register are
AND’ed with the 8-bit literal ‘k’. The
result is placed in the W register.
ANDWF AND W with f
Syntax: [ label ] ANDWF f,d
Operands: 0 f 127
d 0,1
Operation: (W) .AND. (f) (destination)
Status Affected: Z
Description: AND the W register with register ‘f’. If
‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is stored in the W
register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is stored
back in register ‘f’.
ASRF Arithmetic Right Shift
Syntax: [ label ] ASRF f {,d}
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: (f<7>) dest<7>
(f<7:1>) dest<6:0>,
(f<0>) C,
Status Affected: C, Z
Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are shifted
one bit to the right through the Carry
flag. The MSb remains unchanged. If
‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is placed in W. If ‘d’
is ‘1’, the result is stored back in
register ‘f’.
register f C
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 583
PIC16(L)F18855/75
BCF Bit Clear f
Syntax: [ label ] BCF f,b
Operands: 0 f 127
0 b 7
Operation: 0 (f<b>)
Status Affected: None
Description: Bit ‘b’ in register ‘f’ is cleared.
BRA Relative Branch
Syntax: [ label ] BRA label
[ label ] BRA $+k
Operands: -256 label - PC + 1 255
-256 k 255
Operation: (PC) + 1 + k PC
Status Affected: None
Description: Add the signed 9-bit literal ‘k’ to the
PC. Since the PC will have
incremented to fetch the next
instruction, the new address will be
PC + 1 + k. This instruction is a
2-cycle instruction. This branch has a
limited range.
BRW Relative Branch with W
Syntax: [ label ] BRW
Operands: None
Operation: (PC) + (W) PC
Status Affected: None
Description: Add the contents of W (unsigned) to
the PC. Since the PC will have
incremented to fetch the next
instruction, the new address will be
PC + 1 + (W). This instruction is a
2-cycle instruction.
BSF Bit Set f
Syntax: [ label ] BSF f,b
Operands: 0 f 127
0 b 7
Operation: 1 (f<b>)
Status Affected: None
Description: Bit ‘b’ in register ‘f’ is set.
BTFSC Bit Test f, Skip if Clear
Syntax: [ label ] BTFSC f,b
Operands: 0 f 127
0 b 7
Operation: skip if (f<b>) = 0
Status Affected: None
Description: If bit ‘b’ in register ‘f’ is ‘1’, the next
instruction is executed.
If bit ‘b’, in register ‘f’, is ‘0’, the next
instruction is discarded, and a NOP is
executed instead, making this a
2-cycle instruction.
BTFSS Bit Test f, Skip if Set
Syntax: [ label ] BTFSS f,b
Operands: 0 f 127
0 b < 7
Operation: skip if (f<b>) = 1
Status Affected: None
Description: If bit ‘b’ in register ‘f’ is ‘0’, the next
instruction is executed.
If bit ‘b’ is ‘1’, then the next instruction
is discarded and a NOP is executed
instead, making this a 2-cycle
instruction.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 584
PIC16(L)F18855/75
CALL Call Subroutine
Syntax: [ label ] CALL k
Operands: 0 k 2047
Operation: (PC)+ 1 TOS,
k PC<10:0>,
(PCLATH<6:3>) PC<14:11>
Status Affected: None
Description: Call Subroutine. First, return address
(PC + 1) is pushed onto the stack.
The 11-bit immediate address is
loaded into PC bits <10:0>. The upper
bits of the PC are loaded from
PCLATH. CALL is a 2-cycle
instruction.
CALLW Subroutine Call With W
Syntax: [ label ] CALLW
Operands: None
Operation: (PC) +1 TOS,
(W) PC<7:0>,
(PCLATH<6:0>) PC<14:8>
Status Affected: None
Description: Subroutine call with W. First, the
return address (PC + 1) is pushed
onto the return stack. Then, the
contents of W is loaded into PC<7:0>,
and the contents of PCLATH into
PC<14:8>. CALLW is a 2-cycle
instruction.
CLRF Clear f
Syntax: [ label ] CLRF f
Operands: 0 f 127
Operation: 00h (f)
1 Z
Status Affected: Z
Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are cleared
and the Z bit is set.
CLRW Clear W
Syntax: [ label ] CLRW
Operands: None
Operation: 00h (W)
1 Z
Status Affected: Z
Description: W register is cleared. Zero bit (Z) is
set.
CLRWDT Clear Watchdog Timer
Syntax: [ label ] CLRWDT
Operands: None
Operation: 00h WDT
0 WDT prescaler,
1 TO
1 PD
Status Affected: TO, PD
Description: CLRWDT instruction resets the Watch-
dog Timer. It also resets the prescaler
of the WDT. Status bits TO and PD
are set.
COMF Complement f
Syntax: [ label ] COMF f,d
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: (f) (destination)
Status Affected: Z
Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are
complemented. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is
stored in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is
stored back in register ‘f’.
DECF Decrement f
Syntax: [ label ] DECF f,d
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: (f) - 1 (destination)
Status Affected: Z
Description: Decrement register ‘f’. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the
result is stored in the W register. If ‘d’
is ‘1’, the result is stored back in
register ‘f’.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 585
PIC16(L)F18855/75
DECFSZ Decrement f, Skip if 0
Syntax: [ label ] DECFSZ f,d
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: (f) - 1 (destination);
skip if result = 0
Status Affected: None
Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are decre-
mented. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is placed
in the W register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result
is placed back in register ‘f’.
If the result is ‘1’, the next instruction is
executed. If the result is ‘0’, then a
NOP is executed instead, making it a
2-cycle instruction.
GOTO Unconditional Branch
Syntax: [ label ] GOTO k
Operands: 0 k 2047
Operation: k PC<10:0>
PCLATH<6:3> PC<14:11>
Status Affected: None
Description: GOTO is an unconditional branch. The
11-bit immediate value is loaded into
PC bits <10:0>. The upper bits of PC
are loaded from PCLATH<4:3>. GOTO
is a 2-cycle instruction.
INCF Increment f
Syntax: [ label ] INCF f,d
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: (f) + 1 (destination)
Status Affected: Z
Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are incre-
mented. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is placed
in the W register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result
is placed back in register ‘f’.
INCFSZ Increment f, Skip if 0
Syntax: [ label ] INCFSZ f,d
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: (f) + 1 (destination),
skip if result = 0
Status Affected: None
Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are incre-
mented. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is placed
in the W register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result
is placed back in register ‘f’.
If the result is ‘1’, the next instruction is
executed. If the result is ‘0’, a NOP is
executed instead, making it a 2-cycle
instruction.
IORLW Inclusive OR literal with W
Syntax: [ label ] IORLW k
Operands: 0 k 255
Operation: (W) .OR. k (W)
Status Affected: Z
Description: The contents of the W register are
OR’ed with the 8-bit literal ‘k’. The
result is placed in the W register.
IORWF Inclusive OR W with f
Syntax: [ label ] IORWF f,d
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: (W) .OR. (f) (destination)
Status Affected: Z
Description: Inclusive OR the W register with regis-
ter ‘f’. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is placed in
the W register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is
placed back in register ‘f’.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 586
PIC16(L)F18855/75
LSLF Logical Left Shift
Syntax: [ label ] LSLF f {,d}
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: (f<7>) C
(f<6:0>) dest<7:1>
0 dest<0>
Status Affected: C, Z
Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are shifted
one bit to the left through the Carry flag.
A ‘0’ is shifted into the LSb. If ‘d’ is ‘0’,
the result is placed in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the
result is stored back in register ‘f’.
LSRF Logical Right Shift
Syntax: [ label ] LSRF f {,d}
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: 0 dest<7>
(f<7:1>) dest<6:0>,
(f<0>) C,
Status Affected: C, Z
Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are shifted
one bit to the right through the Carry
flag. A ‘0’ is shifted into the MSb. If ‘d’ is
‘0’, the result is placed in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’,
the result is stored back in register ‘f’.
register f 0
C
register f C0
MOVF Move f
Syntax: [ label ] MOVF f,d
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: (f) (dest)
Status Affected: Z
Description: The contents of register f is moved to
a destination dependent upon the
status of d. If d = 0, destination is W
register. If d = 1, the destination is file
register f itself. d = 1 is useful to test a
file register since status flag Z is
affected.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Example: MOVF FSR, 0
After Instruction
W = value in FSR register
Z=
1
Examg‘e. Examg‘e.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 587
PIC16(L)F18855/75
MOVIW Move INDFn to W
Syntax: [ label ] MOVIW ++FSRn
[ label ] MOVIW --FSRn
[ label ] MOVIW FSRn++
[ label ] MOVIW FSRn--
[ label ] MOVIW k[FSRn]
Operands: n [0,1]
mm [00,01, 10, 11]
-32 k 31
Operation: INDFn W
Effective address is determined by
• FSR + 1 (preincrement)
• FSR - 1 (predecrement)
• FSR + k (relative offset)
After the Move, the FSR value will be
either:
• FSR + 1 (all increments)
• FSR - 1 (all decrements)
• Unchanged
Status Affected: Z
Mode Syntax mm
Preincrement ++FSRn 00
Predecrement --FSRn 01
Postincrement FSRn++ 10
Postdecrement FSRn-- 11
Description: This instruction is used to move data
between W and one of the indirect
registers (INDFn). Before/after this
move, the pointer (FSRn) is updated by
pre/post incrementing/decrementing it.
Note: The INDFn registers are not
physical registers. Any instruction that
accesses an INDFn register actually
accesses the register at the address
specified by the FSRn.
FSRn is limited to the range 0000h -
FFFFh. Incrementing/decrementing it
beyond these bounds will cause it to
wrap-around.
MOVLB Move literal to BSR
Syntax: [ label ] MOVLB k
Operands: 0 k 31
Operation: k BSR
Status Affected: None
Description: The 5-bit literal ‘k’ is loaded into the
Bank Select Register (BSR).
MOVLP Move literal to PCLATH
Syntax: [ label ] MOVLP k
Operands: 0 k 127
Operation: k PCLATH
Status Affected: None
Description: The 7-bit literal ‘k’ is loaded into the
PCLATH register.
MOVLW Move literal to W
Syntax: [ label ] MOVLW k
Operands: 0 k 255
Operation: k (W)
Status Affected: None
Description: The 8-bit literal ‘k’ is loaded into W reg-
ister. The “don’t cares” will assemble as
‘0’s.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Example: MOVLW 0x5A
After Instruction
W = 0x5A
MOVWF Move W to f
Syntax: [ label ] MOVWF f
Operands: 0 f 127
Operation: (W) (f)
Status Affected: None
Description: Move data from W register to register
‘f’.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Example: MOVWF LATA
Before Instruction
LATA = 0xFF
W = 0x4F
After Instruction
LATA = 0x4F
W = 0x4F
Examg‘e. Examg‘e.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 588
PIC16(L)F18855/75
MOVWI Move W to INDFn
Syntax: [ label ] MOVWI ++FSRn
[ label ] MOVWI --FSRn
[ label ] MOVWI FSRn++
[ label ] MOVWI FSRn--
[ label ] MOVWI k[FSRn]
Operands: n [0,1]
mm [00,01, 10, 11]
-32 k 31
Operation: W INDFn
Effective address is determined by
• FSR + 1 (preincrement)
• FSR - 1 (predecrement)
• FSR + k (relative offset)
After the Move, the FSR value will be
either:
• FSR + 1 (all increments)
• FSR - 1 (all decrements)
Unchanged
Status Affected: None
Mode Syntax mm
Preincrement ++FSRn 00
Predecrement --FSRn 01
Postincrement FSRn++ 10
Postdecrement FSRn-- 11
Description: This instruction is used to move data
between W and one of the indirect
registers (INDFn). Before/after this
move, the pointer (FSRn) is updated by
pre/post incrementing/decrementing it.
Note: The INDFn registers are not
physical registers. Any instruction that
accesses an INDFn register actually
accesses the register at the address
specified by the FSRn.
FSRn is limited to the range
0000h-FFFFh.
Incrementing/decrementing it beyond
these bounds will cause it to
wrap-around.
The increment/decrement operation on
FSRn WILL NOT affect any Status bits.
NOP No Operation
Syntax: [ label ] NOP
Operands: None
Operation: No operation
Status Affected: None
Description: No operation.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Example: NOP
RESET Software Reset
Syntax: [ label ] RESET
Operands: None
Operation: Execute a device Reset. Resets the
RI flag of the PCON register.
Status Affected: None
Description: This instruction provides a way to
execute a hardware Reset by
software.
RETFIE Return from Interrupt
Syntax: [ label ] RETFIE k
Operands: None
Operation: TOS PC,
1 GIE
Status Affected: None
Description: Return from Interrupt. Stack is POPed
and Top-of-Stack (TOS) is loaded in
the PC. Interrupts are enabled by
setting Global Interrupt Enable bit,
GIE (INTCON<7>). This is a 2-cycle
instruction.
Words: 1
Cycles: 2
Example: RETFIE
After Interrupt
PC = TOS
GIE = 1
Examg‘e. Examg‘e.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 589
PIC16(L)F18855/75
RETLW Return with literal in W
Syntax: [ label ] RETLW k
Operands: 0 k 255
Operation: k (W);
TOS PC
Status Affected: None
Description: The W register is loaded with the 8-bit
literal ‘k’. The program counter is
loaded from the top of the stack (the
return address). This is a 2-cycle
instruction.
Words: 1
Cycles: 2
Example:
TABLE
CALL TABLE;W contains table
;offset value
• ;W now has table value
•
•
ADDWF PC ;W = offset
RETLW k1 ;Begin table
RETLW k2 ;
•
•
•
RETLW kn ; End of table
Before Instruction
W= 0x07
After Instruction
W = value of k8
RETURN Return from Subroutine
Syntax: [ label ] RETURN
Operands: None
Operation: TOS PC
Status Affected: None
Description: Return from subroutine. The stack is
POPed and the top of the stack (TOS)
is loaded into the program counter.
This is a 2-cycle instruction.
RLF Rotate Left f through Carry
Syntax: [ label ] RLF f,d
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: See description below
Status Affected: C
Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are rotated
one bit to the left through the Carry
flag. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is placed in
the W register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is
stored back in register ‘f’.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Example: RLF REG1,0
Before Instruction
REG1 = 1110 0110
C=0
After Instruction
REG1 = 1110 0110
W = 1100 1100
C=1
RRF Rotate Right f through Carry
Syntax: [ label ] RRF f,d
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: See description below
Status Affected: C
Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are rotated
one bit to the right through the Carry
flag. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is placed in
the W register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is
placed back in register ‘f’.
Register fC
Register fC
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 590
PIC16(L)F18855/75
SLEEP Enter Sleep mode
Syntax: [ label ] SLEEP
Operands: None
Operation: 00h WDT,
0 WDT prescaler,
1 TO,
0 PD
Status Affected: TO, PD
Description: The power-down Status bit, PD is
cleared. Time-out Status bit, TO is
set. Watchdog Timer and its
prescaler are cleared.
See Section 8.2 “Sleep Mode” for
more information.
SUBLW Subtract W from literal
Syntax: [ label ]SUBLW k
Operands: 0 k 255
Operation: k - (W) W)
Status Affected: C, DC, Z
Description: The W register is subtracted (2’s
complement method) from the 8-bit
literal ‘k’. The result is placed in the W
register.
SUBWF Subtract W from f
Syntax: [ label ] SUBWF f,d
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: (f) - (W) destination)
Status Affected: C, DC, Z
Description: Subtract (2’s complement method) W
register from register ‘f’. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the
result is stored in the W
register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is stored
back in register ‘f.
C = 0W k
C = 1W k
DC = 0W<3:0> k<3:0>
DC = 1W<3:0> k<3:0>
C = 0W f
C = 1W f
DC = 0W<3:0> f<3:0>
DC = 1W<3:0> f<3:0>
SUBWFB Subtract W from f with Borrow
Syntax: SUBWFB f {,d}
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: (f) – (W) – (B) dest
Status Affected: C, DC, Z
Description: Subtract W and the BORROW flag
(CARRY) from register ‘f’ (2’s
complement method). If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the
result is stored in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the
result is stored back in register ‘f’.
SWAPF Swap Nibbles in f
Syntax: [ label ] SWAPF f,d
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: (f<3:0>) (destination<7:4>),
(f<7:4>) (destination<3:0>)
Status Affected: None
Description: The upper and lower nibbles of
register ‘f’ are exchanged. If ‘d’ is ‘0’,
the result is placed in the W register. If
‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is placed in register
‘f’.
TRIS Load TRIS Register with W
Syntax: [ label ] TRIS f
Operands: 5 f 7
Operation: (W) TRIS register ‘f’
Status Affected: None
Description: Move data from W register to TRIS
register.
When ‘f’ = 5, TRISA is loaded.
When ‘f’ = 6, TRISB is loaded.
When ‘f’ = 7, TRISC is loaded.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 591
PIC16(L)F18855/75
XORLW Exclusive OR literal with W
Syntax: [ label ] XORLW k
Operands: 0 k 255
Operation: (W) .XOR. k W)
Status Affected: Z
Description: The contents of the W register are
XOR’ed with the 8-bit literal ‘k’. The
result is placed in the W register.
XORWF Exclusive OR W with f
Syntax: [ label ] XORWF f,d
Operands: 0 f 127
d [0,1]
Operation: (W) .XOR. (f) destination)
Status Affected: Z
Description: Exclusive OR the contents of the W
register with register ‘f’. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the
result is stored in the W register. If ‘d’
is ‘1’, the result is stored back in
register ‘f’.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 592
PIC16(L)F18855/75
37.0 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
37.1 Absolute Maximum Ratings(†)
Ambient temperature under bias...................................................................................................... -40°C to +125°C
Storage temperature ........................................................................................................................ -65°C to +150°C
Voltage on pins with respect to VSS
on VDD pin
PIC16F18855/75 ....................................................................................................... -0.3V to +6.5V
PIC16LF18855/75 ..................................................................................................... -0.3V to +4.0V
on MCLR pin ........................................................................................................................... -0.3V to +9.0V
on all other pins ............................................................................................................ -0.3V to (VDD + 0.3V)
Maximum current
on VSS pin(1)
-40°C TA +85°C .............................................................................................................. 350 mA
85°C TA +125°C ............................................................................................................. 120 mA
on VDD pin for 28-Pin devices(1)
-40°C TA +85°C .............................................................................................................. 250 mA
85°C TA +125°C ............................................................................................................... 85 mA
on VDD pin for 40-Pin devices(1)
-40°C TA +85°C .............................................................................................................. 350 mA
85°C TA +125°C ............................................................................................................. 120 mA
on any standard I/O pin ...................................................................................................................... 50 mA
Clamp current, IK (VPIN < 0 or VPIN > VDD) ................................................................................................... 20 mA
Total power dissipation(2)................................................................................................................................ 800 mW
Note 1: Maximum current rating requires even load distribution across I/O pins. Maximum current rating may be
limited by the device package power dissipation characterizations, see Table 37-6 to calculate device
specifications.
2: Power dissipation is calculated as follows:
PDIS = VDD x {IDD - IOH} + VDD - VOH) x IOH} + VOI x IOL
† NOTICE: Stresses above those listed under “Absolute Maximum Ratings” may cause permanent damage to the
device. This is a stress rating only and functional operation of the device at those or any other conditions above those
indicated in the operation listings of this specification is not implied. Exposure above maximum rating conditions for
extended periods may affect device reliability.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 593
PIC16(L)F18855/75
37.2 Standard Operating Conditions
The standard operating conditions for any device are defined as:
Operating Voltage: VDDMIN VDD VDDMAX
Operating Temperature: TA_MIN TA TA_MAX
VDD — Operating Supply Voltage(1)
PIC16LF18855/75
VDDMIN (Fosc 16 MHz) ......................................................................................................... +1.8V
VDDMIN (Fosc 32 MHz) ......................................................................................................... +2.5V
VDDMAX .................................................................................................................................... +3.6V
PIC16F18855/75
VDDMIN (Fosc 16 MHz) ......................................................................................................... +2.3V
VDDMIN (Fosc 32 MHz) ......................................................................................................... +2.5V
VDDMAX .................................................................................................................................... +5.5V
TA — Operating Ambient Temperature Range
Industrial Temperature
TA_MIN ...................................................................................................................................... -40°C
TA_MAX .................................................................................................................................... +85°C
Extended Temperature
TA_MIN ...................................................................................................................................... -40°C
TA_MAX .................................................................................................................................. +125°C
Note 1: See Parameter Supply Voltage, DS Characteristics: Supply Voltage.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 594
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 37-1: VOLTAGE FREQUENCY GRAPH, -40°C
TA

+125°C, PIC16F18855/75 ONLY
FIGURE 37-2: VOLTAGE FREQUENCY GRAPH, -40°C
TA

+125°C, PIC16LF18855/75 ONLY
0
2.5
Frequency (MHz)
VDD (V)
Note 1: The shaded region indicates the permissible combinations of voltage and frequency.
2: Refer to Table for each Oscillator mode’s supported frequencies.
432
10 16
5.5
2.3
1.8
0
2.5
Frequency (MHz)
VDD (V)
Note 1: The shaded region indicates the permissible combinations of voltage and frequency.
2: Refer to Table for each Oscillator mode’s supported frequencies.
432
10 16
3.6
Retention
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 595
PIC16(L)F18855/75
37.3 DC Characteristics
TABLE 37-1: SUPPLY VOLTAGE
PIC16LF18855/75 Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
PIC16F18855/75
Param.
No. Sym. Characteristic Min. Typ.† Max. Units Conditions
Supply Voltage
D002 VDD 1.8
2.5
—
—
3.6
3.6
V
V
FOSC 16 MHz
FOSC 16 MHz
D002 VDD 2.3
2.5
—
—
5.5
5.5
V
V
FOSC 16 MHz
FOSC 16 MHz
RAM Data Retention(1)
D003 VDR 1.5 — — V Device in Sleep mode
D003 VDR 1.5 — — V Device in Sleep mode
Power-on Reset Release Voltage(2)
D004 VPOR — 1.6 — V BOR or LPBOR disabled(3)
D004 VPOR —1.6 — V BOR or LPBOR disabled(3)
Power-on Reset Rearm Voltage(2)
D005 VPORR — 0.8 — V BOR or LPBOR disabled(3)
D005 VPORR —1.2 — V BOR or LPBOR disabled(3)
VDD Rise Rate to ensure internal Power-on Reset signal(2)
D006 SVDD 0.05 — — V/ms BOR or LPBOR disabled(3)
D006 SVDD 0.05 — — V/ms BOR or LPBOR disabled(3)
† Data in “Typ.” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance
only and are not tested.
Note 1: This is the limit to which VDD can be lowered in Sleep mode without losing RAM data.
2: See Figure 37-3, POR and POR REARM with Slow Rising VDD.
3: Please see Table 37 - 11 for BOR and LPBOR trip point information.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 596
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 37-3: POR AND POR REARM WITH SLOW RISING VDD
VDD
VPOR
VPORR
VSS
VSS
NPOR(1)
TPOR(2)
POR REARM
Note 1: When NPOR is low, the device is held in Reset.
2: TPOR 1 s typical.
3: TVLOW 2.7 s typical.
TVLOW(3)
SVDD
MCLR
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 597
PIC16(L)F18855/75
TABLE 37-2: SUPPLY CURRENT (IDD)(1,2,4)
PIC16LF18855/75 Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
PIC16F18855/75
Param.
No. Symbol Device Characteristics Min. Typ.† Max. Units
Conditions
VDD Note
D100 IDDXT4 XT = 4 MHz — 400 650 A3.0V
D100 IDDXT4 XT = 4 MHz —450 700 A3.0V
D101 IDDHFO16 HFINTOSC = 16 MHz — 1.8 2.6 mA 3.0V
D101 IDDHFO16 HFINTOSC = 16 MHz —1.9 2.7 mA 3.0V
D102 IDDHFOPLL HFINTOSC = 32 MHz — 2.6 4.25 mA 3.0V
D102 IDDHFOPLL HFINTOSC = 32 MHz —2.7 4.25 mA 3.0V
D103 IDDHSPLL32 HS+PLL = 32 MHz — 2.6 4.1 mA 3.0V
D103 IDDHSPLL32 HS+PLL = 32 MHz —2.7 4.1 mA 3.0V
D104 IDDIDLE IDLE mode, HFINTOSC = 16 MHz — 1.05 — mA 3.0V
D104 IDDIDLE IDLE mode, HFINTOSC = 16 MHz —1.15 —mA 3.0V
D105 IDDDOZE(3) DOZE mode, HFINTOSC = 16 MHz, Doze Ratio = 16 — 1.1 — mA 3.0V
D105 IDDDOZE(3) DOZE mode, HFINTOSC = 16 MHz, Doze Ratio = 16 —1.2 —mA 3.0V
† Data in “Typ.” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested.
Note 1: The test conditions for all IDD measurements in active operation mode are: OSC1 = external square wave, from
rail-to-rail; all I/O pins are outputs driven low; MCLR = VDD; WDT disabled.
2: The supply current is mainly a function of the operating voltage and frequency. Other factors, such as I/O pin loading and switch-
ing rate, oscillator type, internal code execution pattern and temperature, also have an impact on the current consumption.
3: IDDDOZE = [IDDIDLE*(N-1)/N] + IDDHFO16/N where N = DOZE Ratio (Register 8-2).
4: PMD bits are all in the default state, no modules are disabled.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 598
PIC16(L)F18855/75
TABLE 37-3: POWER-DOWN CURRENT (IPD)(1,2)
PIC16LF18855/75 Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
PIC16F18855/75 Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
VREGPM = 1
Param.
No. Symbol Device Characteristics Min. Typ.† Max.
+85°C
Max.
+125°C Units
Conditions
VDD Note
D200 IPD IPD Base — 0.05 2 9 A3.0V
D200
D200A
IPD IPD Base —0.4 412 A3.0V
—10 15 20 A3.0V VREGPM = 0
D201 IPD_WDT Low-Frequency Internal
Oscillator/WDT
—0.4 — — A3.0V
D201 IPD_WDT Low-Frequency Internal
Oscillator/WDT
—0.6 513 A3.0V
D202 IPD_SOSC Secondary Oscillator (SOSC)—0.6513A3.0V
D202 IPD_SOSC Secondary Oscillator (SOSC) — 0.8 8.5 15 A3.0V
D203 IPD_FVR FVR — 31 65 80 A3.0V
D203 IPD_FVR FVR —32 65 80 A3.0V
D204 IPD_BOR Brown-out Reset (BOR) — 9 14 18 A3.0V
D204 IPD_BOR Brown-out Reset (BOR) —14 19 21 A3.0V
D205 IPD_LPBOR Low-Power Brown-out Reset (LPBOR) — 0.5 3.0 10 A3.0V
D205 IPD_LPBOR Low-Power Brown-out Reset (LPBOR) —0.7 5.0 13 A3.0V
D206 IPD_ADCA ADC - Active — 250 — — A 3.0V ADC is converting (4)
D206 IPD_ADCA ADC - Active —280 — — A3.0V ADC is converting (4)
D207 IPD_CMP Comparator — 30 45 48 A3.0V
D207 IPD_CMP Comparator —31 47 50 A3.0V
† Data in “Typ.” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not
tested.
Note 1: The peripheral current is the sum of the base IDD and the additional current consumed when this peripheral is enabled. The
peripheral ∆ current can be determined by subtracting the base IDD or IPD current from this limit. Max. values should be used
when calculating total current consumption.
2: The power-down current in Sleep mode does not depend on the oscillator type. Power-down current is measured with the part
in Sleep mode with all I/O pins in high-impedance state and tied to VSS.
3: All peripheral currents listed are on a per-peripheral basis if more than one instance of a peripheral is available.
4: ADC clock source is FRC.
Input Low Voltage
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 599
PIC16(L)F18855/75
TABLE 37-4: I/O PORTS
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Param.
No. Sym. Characteristic Min. Typ† Max. Units Conditions
VIL Input Low Voltage
I/O PORT:
D300 with TTL buffer — — 0.8 V 4.5V VDD 5.5V
D301 — — 0.15 VDD V1.8V VDD 4.5V
D302 with Schmitt Trigger buffer — — 0.2 VDD V2.0V VDD 5.5V
D303 with I2C levels — — 0.3 VDD V
D304 with SMBus levels — — 0.8 V 2.7V VDD 5.5V
D305 MCLR ——0.2VDD V
VIH Input High Voltage
I/O PORT:
D320 with TTL buffer 2.0 — — V 4.5V VDD 5.5V
D321 0.25 VDD +
0.8
——V1.8V VDD 4.5V
D322 with Schmitt Trigger buffer 0.8 VDD ——V2.0V VDD 5.5V
D323 with I2C levels 0.7 VDD ——V
D324 with SMBus levels 2.1 — — V 2.7V VDD 5.5V
D325 MCLR 0.7 VDD ——V
IIL Input Leakage Current(1)
D340 I/O Ports — ± 5 ± 125 nA VSS VPIN VDD,
Pin at high-impedance, 85°C
D341 — ± 5 ± 1000 nA VSS VPIN VDD,
Pin at high-impedance, 125°C
D342 MCLR(2) — ± 50 ± 200 nA VSS VPIN VDD,
Pin at high-impedance, 85°C
IPUR Weak Pull-up Current
D350 25 120 200 AVDD = 3.0V, VPIN = VSS
VOL Output Low Voltage
D360 I/O ports — — 0.6 V IOL = 10.0mA, VDD = 3.0V
VOH Output High Voltage
D370 I/O ports VDD - 0.7 — — V IOH = 6.0 mA, VDD = 3.0V
D380 CIO All I/O pins — 5 50 pF
† Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are
not tested.
Note 1: Negative current is defined as current sourced by the pin.
2: The leakage current on the MCLR pin is strongly dependent on the applied voltage level. The specified levels represent
normal operating conditions. Higher leakage current may be measured at different input voltages.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 600
PIC16(L)F18855/75
TABLE 37-5: MEMORY PROGRAMMING SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Param.
No. Sym. Characteristic Min. Typ† Max. Units Conditions
High Voltage Entry Programming Mode Specifications
MEM01 VIHH Voltage on MCLR/VPP pin to enter
programming mode
8—9V
(Note 2, Note 3)
MEM02 IPPGM Current on MCLR/VPP pin during
programming mode
—1—mA(Note 2)
Programming Mode Specifications
MEM10 VBE VDD for Bulk Erase — 2.7 — V
MEM11 IDDPGM Supply Current during Programming
operation
——10mA
Data EEPROM Memory Specifications
MEM20 EDDataEE Byte Endurance 100k — — E/W -40C TA +85C
MEM21 TD_RET Characteristic Retention — 40 — Year Provided no other
specifications are violated
MEM22 ND_REF Total Erase/Write Cycles before
Refresh
1M 10M — E/W
MEM23 VD_RW VDD for Read or Erase/Write
operation
VDDMIN —VDDMAX V
MEM24 TD_BEW Byte Erase and Write Cycle Time — 4.0 5.0 ms
Program Flash Memory Specifications
MEM30 EPFlash Memory Cell Endurance 10k — — E/W -40C TA +85C
(Note 1)
MEM32 TP_RET Characteristic Retention — 40 — Year Provided no other
specifications are violated
MEM33 VP_RD VDD for Read operation VDDMIN —VDDMAX V
MEM34 VP_REW VDD for Row Erase or Write
operation
VDDMIN —VDDMAX V
MEM35 TP_REW Self-Timed Row Erase or Self-Timed
Write
—2.02.5ms
† Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are
not tested.
Note 1: Flash Memory Cell Endurance for the Flash memory is defined as: One Row Erase operation and one Self-Timed
Write.
2: Required only if CONFIG4, bit LVP is disabled.
3: The MPLAB ICD2 does not support variable VPP output. Circuitry to limit the ICD2 VPP voltage must be placed between
the ICD2 and target system when programming or debugging with the ICD2.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 601
PIC16(L)F18855/75
TABLE 37-6: THERMAL CHARACTERISTICS
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Param.
No. Sym. Characteristic Typ. Units Conditions
TH01 JA Thermal Resistance Junction to Ambient 60 C/W 28-pin SPDIP package
80 C/W 28-pin SOIC package
90 C/W 28-pin SSOP package
27.5 C/W 28-pin UQFN 4x4 mm package
27.5 C/W 28-pin QFN 6x6mm package
47.2 C/W 40-pin PDIP package
46 C/W 44-pin TQFP package
24.4 C/W 44-pin QFN 8x8mm package
TH02 JC Thermal Resistance Junction to Case 31.4 C/W 28-pin SPDIP package
24 C/W 28-pin SOIC package
24 C/W 28-pin SSOP package
24 C/W 28-pin UQFN 4x4mm package
24 C/W 28-pin QFN 6x6mm package
24.7 C/W 40-pin PDIP package
14.5 C/W 44-pin TQFP package
20 C/W 44-pin QFN 8x8mm package
TH03 TJMAX Maximum Junction Temperature 150 C
TH04 PD Power Dissipation — W PD = PINTERNAL + PI/O
TH05 PINTERNAL Internal Power Dissipation — W PINTERNAL = IDD x VDD(1)
TH06 PI/OI/O Power Dissipation — W PI/O = (IOL * VOL) + (IOH * (VDD - VOH))
TH07 PDER Derated Power — W PDER = PDMAX (TJ - TA)/JA(2)
Note 1: IDD is current to run the chip alone without driving any load on the output pins.
2: TA = Ambient Temperature, TJ = Junction Temperature
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 602
PIC16(L)F18855/75
37.4 AC Characteristics
FIGURE 37-4: LOAD CONDITIONS
Load Condition
Legend: CL=50 pF for all pins
Pin
CL
VSS
Rev. 10-000133A
8/1/2013
2»
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 603
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 37-5: CLOCK TIMING
CLKIN
Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
OS1
OS20
Note 1: See Table 37-7.
OS2
OS2
TABLE 37-7: EXTERNAL CLOCK/OSCILLATOR TIMING REQUIREMENTS
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Param.
No. Sym. Characteristic Min. Typ† Max. Units Conditions
ECL Oscillator
OS1 FECL Clock Frequency — — 500 kHz
OS2 TECL_DC Clock Duty Cycle 40 — 60 %
ECM Oscillator
OS3 FECM Clock Frequency — — 8 MHz
OS4 TECM_DC Clock Duty Cycle 40 — 60 %
ECH Oscillator
OS5 FECH Clock Frequency — — 32 MHz
OS6 TECH_DC Clock Duty Cycle 40 — 60 %
LP Oscillator
OS7 FLP Clock Frequency — — 100 kHz Note 4
XT Oscillator
OS8 FXT Clock Frequency — — 4 MHz Note 4
HS Oscillator
OS9 FHS Clock Frequency — — 20 MHz Note 4
System Oscillator
OS20 FOSC System Clock Frequency — — 32 MHz (Note 2, Note 3)
OS21 FCY Instruction Frequency — FOSC/4 — MHz
OS22 TCY Instruction Period 125 1/FCY —ns
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
† Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are
not tested.
Note 1: Instruction cycle period (TCY) equals four times the input oscillator time base period. All specified values are based on
characterization data for that particular oscillator type under standard operating conditions with the device executing
code. Exceeding these specified limits may result in an unstable oscillator operation and/or higher than expected
current consumption. All devices are tested to operate at “min” values with an external clock applied to OSC1 pin.
When an external clock input is used, the “max” cycle time limit is “DC” (no clock) for all devices.
2: The system clock frequency (FOSC) is selected by the “main clock switch controls” as described in Section 6.0 “Oscil-
lator Module (with Fail-Safe Clock Monitor)”.
3: The system clock frequency (FOSC) must meet the voltage requirements defined in the Section 37.2 “Standard
Operating Conditions”.
4: LP, XT and HS oscillator modes require an appropriate crystal or resonator to be connected to the device. For clocking
the device with the external square wave, one of the EC mode selections must be used.
(4]
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 604
PIC16(L)F18855/75
TABLE 37-8: INTERNAL OSCILLATOR PARAMETERS(1)
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Param.
No. Sym. Characteristic Min. Typ† Max. Units Conditions
OS50 FHFOSC Precision Calibrated HFINTOSC
Frequency
—4
8
12
16
32
—MHz(Note 2)
OS51 FHFOSCLP Low-Power Optimized HFINTOSC
Frequency
—
—
1
2
—
—
MHz
MHz
OS52 FMFOSC Internal Calibrated MFINTOSC
Frequency
—500—kHz
OS53* FLFOSC Internal LFINTOSC Frequency — 31 — kHz (Note 3)
OS54* THFOSCST HFINTOSC
Wake-up from Sleep Start-up
Time
—
—
11
50
20
—
s
s
VREGPM = 0(4)
VREGPM = 1(4)
OS56 TLFOSCST LFINTOSC
Wake-up from Sleep Start-up Time
—0.2—ms
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
† Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance
only and are not tested.
Note 1: To ensure these oscillator frequency tolerances, VDD and VSS must be capacitively decoupled as close to
the device as possible. 0.1 F and 0.01 F values in parallel are recommended.
2: See Figure 37-6: Precision Calibrated HFINTOSC Frequency Accuracy Over Device VDD and Tempera-
ture, Figure 38-78 HFINTOSC Typical Frequency Error, PIC16LF18855/75 Only and Figure 38-79
HFINTOSC Typical Frequency Error, PIC16F18855/75 Only.
3: See Figure 38-7 LFINTOSC Frequency, PIC16LF18855/75 Only and Figure 38-8: LFINTOSC Frequency,
PIC16F18855/75 only.
4: On LF devices, the VREGPM bit is unimplemented. On LF devices, the VREGPM=0 parameter applies
when either the FVR or BOR are active in Sleep and the VREGPM=1 parameter applies when neither are
active in Sleep.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 605
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 37-6: PRECISION CALIBRATED HFINTOSC FREQUENCY ACCURACY OVER DEVICE
VDD AND TEMPERATURE
125
2.0
0
60
85
VDD (V)
4.0 5.04.5
Temperature (°C)
2.3 3.0 3.5 5.51.8
-40
± 5%
± 2%
± 5%
± 3%
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 606
PIC16(L)F18855/75
TABLE 37-9: PLL SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) VDD 2.5V
Param.
No. Sym. Characteristic Min. Typ† Max. Units Conditions
PLL01 FPLLIN PLL Input Frequency Range 4 — 8 MHz
PLL02 FPLLOUT PLL Output Frequency Range 16 — 32 MHz Note 1
PLL03 TPLLST PLL Lock Time from Start-up — 200 — s
PLL04 FPLLJIT PLL Output Frequency Stability (Jitter) -0.25 — 0.25 %
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
† Data in “Typ” column is at 5V, 25C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance
only and are not tested.
Note 1: The output frequency of the PLL must meet the FOSC requirements listed in Parameter D002.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 607
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 37-7: CLKOUT AND I/O TIMING
TABLE 37-10: I/O AND CLKOUT TIMING SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Param.
No. Sym. Characteristic Min. Typ† Max. Units Conditions
IO1* TCLKOUTH CLKOUT rising edge delay (rising edge
Fosc (Q1 cycle) to falling edge CLKOUT
— — 70 ns
IO2* TCLKOUTL CLKOUT falling edge delay (rising edge
Fosc (Q3 cycle) to rising edge CLKOUT
— — 72 ns
IO3* TIO_VALID Port output valid time (rising edge Fosc
(Q1 cycle) to port valid)
—5070ns
IO4* TIO_SETUP Port input setup time (Setup time before
rising edge Fosc – Q2 cycle)
20 — — ns
IO5* TIO_HOLD Port input hold time (Hold time after rising
edge Fosc – Q2 cycle)
50 — — ns
IO6* TIOR_SLREN Port I/O rise time, slew rate enabled — 25 — ns VDD = 3.0V
IO7* TIOR_SLRDIS Port I/O rise time, slew rate disabled — 5 — ns VDD = 3.0V
IO8* TIOF_SLREN Port I/O fall time, slew rate enabled — 25 — ns VDD = 3.0V
IO9* TIOF_SLRDIS Port I/O fall time, slew rate disabled — 5 — ns VDD = 3.0V
IO10* TINT INT pin high or low time to trigger an
interrupt
25 — — ns
IO11* TIOC Interrupt-on-Change minimum high or low
time to trigger interrupt
25 — — ns
*These parameters are characterized but not tested.
FOSC
CLKOUT
I/O pin
(Input)
I/O pin
(Output)
Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3
IO1
IO8
IO3
IO7, IO8
IO10
IO5
IO4
IO2
IO7
Old Value New Value
Write Fetch Read ExecuteCycle
(( ({ (f (f )1
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 608
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 37-8: RESET, WATCHDOG TIMER, OSCILLATOR START-UP TIMER AND POWER-UP
TIMER TIMING
FIGURE 37-9: BROWN-OUT RESET TIMING AND CHARACTERISTICS
VDD
MCLR
Internal
POR
PWRT
Time-out
OSC
Start-up Time
Internal Reset(1)
Watchdog Timer
RST04
RST05
RST01
RST03
RST02
I/O pins
RST02
Note 1: Asserted low.
Reset(1)
VBOR
VDD
(Device in Brown-out Reset) (Device not in Brown-out Reset)
33(1)
Note 1: 64 ms delay only if PWRTE bit in the Configuration Word register is programmed to ‘1’; 2 ms
delay if PWRTE = 0.
Reset
(due to BOR)
VBOR and VHYST
37
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 609
PIC16(L)F18855/75
TABLE 37-11: RESET, WDT, OSCILLATOR START-UP TIMER, POWER-UP TIMER, BROWN-OUT
RESET AND LOW-POWER BROWN-OUT RESET SPECIFICATIONS
TABLE 37-12: ANALOG-TO-DIGITAL CONVERTER (ADC) ACCURACY SPECIFICATIONS(1,2):
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Param.
No. Sym. Characteristic Min. Typ† Max. Units Conditions
RST01* TMCLR MCLR Pulse Width Low to ensure Reset 2 — — s
RST02* TIOZ I/O high-impedance from Reset detection — — 2 s
RST03 TWDT Watchdog Timer Time-out Period — 16 — ms 16 ms Nominal Reset Time
RST04* TPWRT Power-up Timer Period — 65 — ms
RST05 TOST Oscillator Start-up Timer Period(1,2) — 1024 — TOSC
RST06 VBOR Brown-out Reset Voltage(4) 2.55
2.30
1.80
2.70
2.45
1.90
2.85
2.60
2.10
V
V
V
BORV = 0
BORV = 1 (PIC16F18855/75)
BORV = 1 (PIC16LF18855/75)
RST07 VBORHYS Brown-out Reset Hysteresis — 40 — mV
RST08 TBORDC Brown-out Reset Response Time — 3 — s
RST09 VLPBOR Low-Power Brown-out Reset Voltage 1.8 — 2.7 V
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
† Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not
tested.
Note 1: By design, the Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) counts the first 1024 cycles, independent of frequency.
2: To ensure these voltage tolerances, VDD and VSS must be capacitively decoupled as close to the device as possible.
0.1 F and 0.01 F values in parallel are recommended.
Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
VDD = 3.0V, TA = 25°C
Param.
No. Sym. Characteristic Min. Typ† Max. Unit
sConditions
AD01 NRResolution — — 10 bit
AD02 EIL Integral Error — ±0.1 ±1.0 LSb ADCREF+ = 3.0V, ADCREF-= 0V
AD03 EDL Differential Error — ±0.1 ±1.0 LSb ADCREF+ = 3.0V, ADCREF-= 0V
AD04 EOFF Offset Error — 0.5 2.0 LSb ADCREF+ = 3.0V, ADCREF-= 0V
AD05 EGN Gain Error — ±0.2 ±1.0 LSb ADCREF+ = 3.0V, ADCREF-= 0V
AD06 VADREF ADC Reference Voltage
(ADREF+ - ADREF-)
1.8 — VDD V
AD07 VAIN Full-Scale Range ADREF-—ADREF+V
AD08 ZAIN Recommended Impedance of
Analog Voltage Source
—10—k
AD09 RVREF ADC Voltage Reference Ladder
Impedance
—10—kNote 3
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
† Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not
tested.
Note 1: Total Absolute Error is the sum of the offset, gain and integral non-linearity (INL) errors.
2: The ADC conversion result never decreases with an increase in the input and has no missing codes.
3: This is the impedance seen by the VREF pads when the external reference pads are selected.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 610
PIC16(L)F18855/75
TABLE 37-13: ANALOG-TO-DIGITAL CONVERTER (ADC) CONVERSION TIMING SPECIFICATIONS
FIGURE 37-10: ADC CONVERSION TIMING (ADC CLOCK FOSC-BASED)
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Param.
No. Sym. Characteristic Min. Typ† Max. Units Conditions
AD20 TAD ADC Clock Period 1 — 9 s Using FOSC as the ADC clock
source ADOCS = 0
AD21 1 2 6 s Using FRC as the ADC clock
source ADOCS = 1
AD22 TCNV Conversion Time — 11+3TCY —TAD Set of GO/DONE bit to Clear of
GO/DONE bit
AD23 TACQ Acquisition Time — 2 — s
AD24 THCD Sample and Hold Capacitor
Disconnect Time
———sFOSC-based clock source
FRC-based clock source
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
† Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not
tested.
Rev. 10-000321A
12/16/2016
BSF ADCON0, GO
GO
Sample
ADC_clk
Q4
ADIF
ADRES
ADC Data
OLD DATA
AD20
9 8 7 6 3 2 1 0
NEW DATA
AD23
AD22
1 TCY
1 TCY
DONE
Sampling Stopped
AD24
xxx xxxxxWAxx )) (( J) H ))
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 611
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 37-11: ADC CONVERSION TIMING (ADC CLOCK FRC-BASED)
Rev. 10-000328A
3/20/2017
BSF ADCON0, GO
GO
Sample
ADC_clk
Q4
ADIF
ADRES
ADC Data
OLD DATA
AD21
9 8 7 6 3 2 1 0
NEW DATA
AD23
AD22
1 TCY
1 TCY
DONE
Sampling Stopped
AD24
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 612
PIC16(L)F18855/75
TABLE 37-14: COMPARATOR SPECIFICATIONS
TABLE 37-15: 5-BIT DAC SPECIFICATIONS
TABLE 37-17: ZERO CROSS DETECT (ZCD) SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
VDD = 3.0V, TA = 25°C
Param.
No. Sym. Characteristics Min. Typ. Max. Units Comments
CM01 VIOFF Input Offset Voltage — — ±30 mV VICM = VDD/2
CM02 VICM Input Common Mode Range GND — VDD V
CM03 CMRR Common Mode Input Rejection Ratio — 50 — dB
CM04 VHYST Comparator Hysteresis 15 25 35 mV
CM05 TRESP(1) Response Time, Rising Edge — 300 600 ns
Response Time, Falling Edge — 220 500 ns
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
Note 1: Response time measured with one comparator input at VDD/2, while the other input transitions from VSS to VDD.
2: A mode change includes changing any of the control register values, including module enable.
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
VDD = 3.0V, TA = 25°C
Param.
No. Sym. Characteristics Min. Typ. Max. Units Comments
DSB01 VLSB Step Size — (VDACREF+ -VDACREF-)
/32
—V
DSB01 VACC Absolute Accuracy — — 0.5 LSb
DSB03* RUNIT Unit Resistor Value — 5000 —
DSB04* TST Settling Time(1) ——10s
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
† Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested.
Note 1: Settling time measured while DACR<4:0> transitions from ‘00000’ to ‘01111’.
TABLE 37-16: FIXED VOLTAGE REFERENCE (FVR) SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Param.
No. Symbol Characteristic Min. Typ. Max. Units Conditions
FVR01 VFVR1 1x Gain (1.024V) -4 — +4 % VDD 2.5V, -40°C to 85°C
FVR02 VFVR2 2x Gain (2.048V) -4 — +4 % VDD 2.5V, -40°C to 85°C
FVR03 VFVR4 4x Gain (4.096V) -5 — +5 % VDD 4.75V, -40°C to 85°C
FVR04 TFVRST FVR Start-up Time — 25 — us
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
VDD = 3.0V, TA = 25°C
Param.
No. Sym. Characteristics Min Typ†Max Units Comments
ZC01 VPINZC Voltage on Zero Cross Pin — 0.75 — V
ZC02 IZCD_MAX Maximum source or sink current — — 600 A
ZC03 TRESPH Response Time, Rising Edge — 1 — s
TRESPL Response Time, Falling Edge — 1 — s
† Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested.
M 40 T Kl ngh Pulse Width No Presca‘er
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 613
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 37-12: TIMER0 AND TIMER1 EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMINGS
TABLE 37-18: TIMER0 AND TIMER1 EXTERNAL CLOCK REQUIREMENTS
T0CKI
T1CKI
40 41
42
45 46
47 49
TMR0 or
TMR1
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating Temperature -40°C TA +125°C
Param.
No. Sym. Characteristic Min. Typ† Max. Units Conditions
40* TT0H T0CKI High Pulse Width No Prescaler 0.5 TCY + 20 — — ns
With Prescaler 10 — — ns
41* TT0L T0CKI Low Pulse Width No Prescaler 0.5 TCY + 20 — — ns
With Prescaler 10 — — ns
42* TT0P T0CKI Period Greater of:
20 or TCY + 40
N
— — ns N = prescale value
45* TT1H T1CKI High
Time
Synchronous, No Prescaler 0.5 TCY + 20 — — ns
Synchronous, with Prescaler 15 — — ns
Asynchronous 30 — — ns
46* TT1L T1CKI Low
Time
Synchronous, No Prescaler 0.5 TCY + 20 — — ns
Synchronous, with Prescaler 15 — — ns
Asynchronous 30 — — ns
47* TT1P T1CKI Input
Period
Synchronous Greater of:
30 or TCY + 40
N
— — ns N = prescale value
Asynchronous 60 — — ns
48 FT1 Secondary Oscillator Input Frequency Range
(oscillator enabled by setting bit T1OSCEN)
32.4 32.768 33.1 kHz
49* TCKEZTMR1 Delay from External Clock Edge to Timer
Increment
2 TOSC —7 TOSC — Timers in Sync
mode
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
† Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not
tested.
3ch + 40
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 614
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 37-13: CAPTURE/COMPARE/PWM TIMINGS (CCP)
TABLE 37-19: CAPTURE/COMPARE/PWM REQUIREMENTS (CCP)
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating Temperature -40°C TA +125°C
Param.
No. Sym. Characteristic Min. Typ† Max. Units Conditions
CC01* TccL CCPx Input Low Time No Prescaler 0.5TCY + 20 — — ns
With Prescaler 20 — — ns
CC02* TccH CCPx Input High Time No Prescaler 0.5TCY + 20 — — ns
With Prescaler 20 — — ns
CC03* TccP CCPx Input Period 3TCY + 40
N
— — ns N = prescale value
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
† Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not
tested.
Note: Refer to Figure 37-4 for load conditions.
(Capture mode)
CC01 CC02
CC03
CCPx
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 615
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 37-14: CLC PROPAGATION TIMING
TABLE 37-20: CONFIGURABLE LOGIC CELL (CLC) CHARACTERISTICS
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature -40°C TA +125°C
Param.
No. Sym. Characteristic Min. Typ† Max. Units Conditions
CLC01* TCLCIN CLC input time — 7 OS17 ns (Note 1)
CLC02* TCLC CLC module input to output progagation time —
—
24
12
—
—
ns
ns
VDD = 1.8V
VDD > 3.6V
CLC03* TCLCOUT CLC output time Rise Time — OS18 — — (Note 1)
Fall Time — OS19 — — (Note 1)
CLC04* FCLCMAX CLC maximum switching frequency — 32 FOSC MHz
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
† Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not
tested.
Note 1: See Table 37-10 for OS17, OS18 and OS19 rise and fall times.
Note 1: See Figure 22-1 to identify specific CLC signals.
LCx_in[n](1)
CLC
Output time
CLC
Input time LCx_out(1)
CLCx
CLCxINn CLC
Module
CLC01 CLC02 CLC03
LCx_in[n](1) CLC
Output time
CLC
Input time LCx_out(1)
CLCx
CLCxINn CLC
Module
Rev. 10-000031A
6/16/2016
SVNC XMIT Master and Save SYNC RCV Master and Save
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 616
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 37-15: EUSART SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION (MASTER/SLAVE) TIMING
TABLE 37-21: EUSART SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION REQUIREMENTS
FIGURE 37-16: EUSART SYNCHRONOUS RECEIVE (MASTER/SLAVE) TIMING
TABLE 37-22: EUSART SYNCHRONOUS RECEIVE REQUIREMENTS
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Param.
No. Symbol Characteristic Min. Max. Units Conditions
US120 TCKH2DTV SYNC XMIT (Master and Slave)
Clock high to data-out valid
—80ns3.0V
VDD 5.5V
— 100 ns 1.8V VDD 5.5V
US121 TCKRF Clock out rise time and fall time
(Master mode)
—45ns3.0V VDD 5.5V
—50ns1.8V
VDD 5.5V
US122 TDTRF Data-out rise time and fall time — 45 ns 3.0V VDD 5.5V
—50ns1.8V
VDD 5.5V
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Param.
No. Symbol Characteristic Min. Max. Units Conditions
US125 TDTV2CKL SYNC RCV (Master and Slave)
Data-setup before CK (DT hold time) 10 — ns
US126 TCKL2DTL Data-hold after CK (DT hold time) 15 — ns
Note: Refer to Figure 37-4 for load conditions.
US121 US121
US120 US122
CK
DT
Note: Refer to Figure 37-4 for load conditions.
US125
US126
CK
DT
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 617
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 37-17: SPI MASTER MODE TIMING (CKE = 0, SMP = 0)
FIGURE 37-18: SPI MASTER MODE TIMING (CKE = 1, SMP = 1)
SS
SCK
(CKP = 0)
SCK
(CKP = 1)
SDO
SDI
SP81
SP71 SP72
SP73
SP74
SP75, SP76
SP78
SP79
SP80
SP79
SP78
MSb LSb
bit 6 - - - - - -1
MSb In LSb In
bit 6 - - - -1
Note: Refer to Figure 37-4 for load conditions.
SS
SCK
(CKP = 0)
SCK
(CKP = 1)
SDO
SDI
SP81
SP71 SP72
SP74
SP75, SP76
SP78
SP80
MSb
SP79
SP73
MSb In
bit 6 - - - - - -1
LSb In
bit 6 - - - -1
LSb
Note: Refer to Figure 37-4 for load conditions.
{ J) 3‘—'3 3 r 331;)j V3 3 3 r 3 MSb X men-€14 X LSD a: 3% J) :._J ( J
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 618
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 37-19: SPI SLAVE MODE TIMING (CKE = 0)
FIGURE 37-20: SPI SLAVE MODE TIMING (CKE = 1)
SS
SCK
(CKP = 0)
SCK
(CKP = 1)
SDO
SDI
SP70
SP71 SP72
SP73
SP74
SP75, SP76 SP77
SP78
SP79
SP80
SP79
SP78
MSb LSb
bit 6 - - - - - -1
MSb In bit 6 - - - -1 LSb In
SP83
Note: Refer to Figure 37-4 for load conditions.
SS
SCK
(CKP = 0)
SCK
(CKP = 1)
SDO
SDI
SP70
SP71 SP72
SP82
SP74
SP75, SP76
MSb bit 6 - - - - - -1 LSb
SP77
MSb In bit 6 - - - -1 LSb In
SP80
SP83
Note: Refer to Figure 37-4 for load conditions.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 619
PIC16(L)F18855/75
TABLE 37-23: SPI MODE REQUIREMENTS
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Param.
No. Symbol Characteristic Min. Typ† Max. Units Conditions
SP70* TSSL2SCH,
TSSL2SCL
SS to SCK or SCK input 2.25*TCY ——ns
SP71* TSCH SCK input high time (Slave mode) TCY + 20 — — ns
SP72* TSCL SCK input low time (Slave mode) TCY + 20 — — ns
SP73* TDIV2SCH,
TDIV2SCL
Setup time of SDI data input to SCK
edge
100 — — ns
SP74* TSCH2DIL,
TSCL2DIL
Hold time of SDI data input to SCK edge 100 — — ns
SP75* TDOR SDO data output rise time — 10 25 ns 3.0V VDD 5.5V
—2550ns1.8V
VDD 5.5V
SP76* TDOF SDO data output fall time — 10 25 ns
SP77* TSSH2DOZSS to SDO output high-impedance 10 — 50 ns
SP78* TSCR SCK output rise time
(Master mode)
—1025ns3.0V VDD 5.5V
—2550ns1.8V
VDD 5.5V
SP79* TSCF SCK output fall time (Master mode) — 10 25 ns
SP80* TSCH2DOV,
TSCL2DOV
SDO data output valid after SCK edge — — 50 ns 3.0V VDD 5.5V
— — 145 ns 1.8V VDD 5.5V
SP81* TDOV2SCH,
TDOV2SCL
SDO data output setup to SCK edge 1 Tcy — — ns
SP82* TSSL2DOV SDO data output valid after SS edge — — 50 ns
SP83* TSCH2SSH,
TSCL2SSH
SS after SCK edge 1.5 TCY + 40 — — ns
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
† Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance
only and are not tested.
SP1U1 SPme ‘ \j
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 620
PIC16(L)F18855/75
FIGURE 37-21: I2C BUS START/STOP BITS TIMING
TABLE 37-24: I2C BUS START/STOP BITS REQUIREMENTS
FIGURE 37-22: I2C BUS DATA TIMING
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Param.
No. Symbol Characteristic Min. Typ Max. Units Conditions
SP90* TSU:STA Start condition 100 kHz mode 4700 — — ns Only relevant for Repeated Start
condition
Setup time 400 kHz mode 600 — —
SP91* THD:STA Start condition 100 kHz mode 4000 — — ns After this period, the first clock
pulse is generated
Hold time 400 kHz mode 600 — —
SP92* TSU:STO Stop condition 100 kHz mode 4700 — — ns
Setup time 400 kHz mode 600 — —
SP93 THD:STO Stop condition 100 kHz mode 4000 — — ns
Hold time 400 kHz mode 600 — —
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
Note: Refer to Figure 37-4 for load conditions.
SP91
SP92
SP93
SCL
SDA
Start
Condition
Stop
Condition
SP90
Note: Refer to Figure 37-4 for load conditions.
SP90
SP91 SP92
SP100
SP101
SP103
SP106 SP107
SP109 SP109
SP110
SP102
SCL
SDA
In
SDA
Out
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 621
PIC16(L)F18855/75
TABLE 37-25: I2C BUS DATA REQUIREMENTS
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Param.
No. Symbol Characteristic Min. Max. Units Conditions
SP100* THIGH Clock high time 100 kHz mode 4.0 — s Device must operate at a
minimum of 1.5 MHz
400 kHz mode 0.6 — s Device must operate at a
minimum of 10 MHz
SSP module 1.5TCY —
SP101* TLOW Clock low time 100 kHz mode 4.7 — s Device must operate at a
minimum of 1.5 MHz
400 kHz mode 1.3 — s Device must operate at a
minimum of 10 MHz
SSP module 1.5TCY —
SP102* TRSDA and SCL rise
time
100 kHz mode — 1000 ns
400 kHz mode 20 + 0.1CB300 ns CB is specified to be from
10-400 pF
SP103* TFSDA and SCL fall time 100 kHz mode — 250 ns
400 kHz mode 20 + 0.1CB250 ns CB is specified to be from
10-400 pF
SP106* THD:DAT Data input hold time 100 kHz mode 0 — ns
400 kHz mode 0 0.9 s
SP107* TSU:DAT Data input setup time 100 kHz mode 250 — ns (Note 2)
400 kHz mode 100 — ns
SP109* TAA Output valid from
clock
100 kHz mode — 3500 ns (Note 1)
400 kHz mode — — ns
SP110* TBUF Bus free time 100 kHz mode 4.7 — s Time the bus must be free
before a new transmission
can start
400 kHz mode 1.3 — s
SP111 CBBus capacitive loading — 400 pF
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
Note 1: As a transmitter, the device must provide this internal minimum delay time to bridge the undefined region (min. 300 ns)
of the falling edge of SCL to avoid unintended generation of Start or Stop conditions.
2: A Fast mode (400 kHz) I2C bus device can be used in a Standard mode (100 kHz) I2C bus system, but the requirement
TSU:DAT 250 ns must then be met. This will automatically be the case if the device does not stretch the low period of
the SCL signal. If such a device does stretch the low period of the SCL signal, it must output the next data bit to the SDA
line TR max. + TSU:DAT = 1000 + 250 = 1250 ns (according to the Standard mode I2C bus specification), before the SCL
line is released.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 622
PIC16(L)F18855/75
38.0 DC AND AC
CHARACTERISTICS GRAPHS
AND CHARTS
The graphs and tables provided in this section are for design guidance and are not tested.
In some graphs or tables, the data presented are outside specified operating range (i.e., outside specified VDD
range). This is for information only and devices are ensured to operate properly only within the specified range.
Unless otherwise noted, all graphs apply to both the L and LF devices.
“Typical” represents the mean of the distribution at 25C. “Maximum”, “Max.”, “Minimum” or “Min.”
represents (mean + 3) or (mean - 3) respectively, where is a standard deviation, over each
temperature range.
Note: The graphs and tables provided following this note are a statistical summary based on a limited number of
samples and are provided for informational purposes only. The performance characteristics listed herein
are not tested or guaranteed. In some graphs or tables, the data presented may be outside the specified
operating range (e.g., outside specified power supply range) and therefore, outside the warranted range.
% m M FIGURE 38-1: I , LFINT, Foss = 31 kHz, FIGURE 38-4: I D, ECM Oscdlator, /‘ 7/— |:l //— /—/ v M mm FIGURE 38-2: I Typical, INT Oscillator, FIGURE 38-5: I D, ECH Oscillator, Typical, |:| /— /— W— m m /_/ /; FIGURE 38-3: I Maximum, INT FIGURE 38-6: I D, ECH Oscillator,
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 623
PIC16(L)F18855/75
Note: Unless otherwise noted, VIN =5V, FOSC = 300 kHz, CIN =0.1µF, TA=25°C.
FIGURE 38-1: IDD, LFINT, Fosc = 31 kHz,
PIC16F18855/75 Only.
FIGURE 38-2: IDD Typical, INT Oscillator,
PIC16F18855/75 Only.
FIGURE 38-3: IDD Maximum, INT
Oscillator, PIC16F18855/75 Only.
FIGURE 38-4: IDD, ECM Oscillator,
Fosc = 4 MHz, PIC16F18855/75 Only.
FIGURE 38-5: IDD, ECH Oscillator, Typical,
PIC16F18855/75 Only.
FIGURE 38-6: IDD, ECH Oscillator,
Maximum, PIC16F18855/75 Only.
Typical
Max.
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
IDD (µA)
V
DD
(V)
Max: 85°C + 3ı
Typical: 25°C
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
VDD (V)
4 MHz
16 MHz
32 MHz
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
IDD (mA)
VDD (V)
Typical: 25°C
V
DD
(V)
4 MHz
16 MHz
32 MHz
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
IDD (mA)
VDD (V)
Max: 125°C + 3ı
()
Typical
Max.
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1,000
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
IDD (µA)
VDD (V)
Max: 85°C + 3ı
Typical: 25°C
V
DD
(V)
8 MHz
16 MHz
32 MHz
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
IDD (mA)
VDD (V)
Typical: 25°C
V
DD
(V)
8 MHz
16 MHz
32 MHz
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
IDD (mA)
VDD (V)
Max: 125°C + 3ı
VDD (V)
/ / FIGURE 38-7: I , LFINT, Foss = 31 kHz, FIGURE 38-10: I D, ECM OSCIIiatol, I: FIGURE 38-8: I Typical, INT Oscillator, FIGURE 38-11: I D, ECH Oscillator, Typical, I:| FIGURE 38-9: lDD Maximum, INT Oscdlator, FIGURE 38-12: I D, ECH Oscillator,
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 624
PIC16(L)F18855/75
Note: Unless otherwise noted, VIN =5V, FOSC = 300 kHz, CIN =0.1µF, TA=25°C.
FIGURE 38-7: IDD, LFINT, Fosc = 31 kHz,
PIC16LF18855/75 Only.
FIGURE 38-8: IDD Typical, INT Oscillator,
PIC16LF18855/75 Only.
FIGURE 38-9: IDD Maximum, INT Oscillator,
PIC16LF18855/75 Only.
FIGURE 38-10: IDD, ECM Oscillator,
Fosc = 4 MHz, PIC16LF18855/75 Only.
FIGURE 38-11: IDD, ECH Oscillator, Typical,
PIC16LF18855/75 Only.
FIGURE 38-12: IDD, ECH Oscillator,
LP Mode, Maximum, PIC16LF18855/75 Only.
Typical
Max.
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
1.7 2.2 2.7 3.2 3.7
IDD (µA)
VDD (V)
Max: 85°C + 3ı
Typical: 25°C
VDD (V)
4 MHz
16 MHz
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
1.6 2.1 2.6 3.1 3.6
IDD (mA)
VDD (V)
Typical: 25°C
VDD (V)
4 MHz
16 MHz
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
1.6 2.1 2.6 3.1 3.6
IDD (mA)
VDD (V)
Max: 125°C + 3ı
VDD (V)
Typical
Max.
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
1.6 2.1 2.6 3.1 3.6
IDD (µA)
VDD (V)
Max: 125°C + 3ı
Typical: 25°C
VDD (V)
16 MHz
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1
1.2
1.6 2.1 2.6 3.1 3.6
IDD (mA)
VDD (V)
Typical: 25°C
VDD (V)
16 MHz
0
0.5
1
1.5
2
2.5
1.6 2.1 2.6 3.1 3.6
IDD (mA)
VDD (V)
Max: 125°C + 3ı
VDD (V)
FIGURE 38-13: V H vs. IOH Over FIGURE 38-14: V vs.I Over FIGURE 38-15: V H vs. IOH Over FIGURE 38-16: V vs. I Over FIGURE 38-17: V H vs. I Ova! r—L‘fi n; 5 FIGURE 38-18: V vs. I Over
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 625
PIC16(L)F18855/75
Note: Unless otherwise noted, VIN =5V, FOSC = 300 kHz, CIN =0.1µF, TA=25°C.
FIGURE 38-13: VOH vs. IOH Over
Temperature, VDD = 5.0V, PIC16F18855/75
Only.
FIGURE 38-14: VOL vs. IOL Over
Temperature, VDD = 5.0V, PIC16F18855/75
Only.
FIGURE 38-15: VOH vs. IOH Over
Temperature, VDD = 3.0V.
FIGURE 38-16: VOL vs. IOL Over
Temperature, VDD = 3.0V.
FIGURE 38-17: VOH vs. IOH Over
Temperature, VDD = 1.8V, PIC16LF18855/75
Only.
FIGURE 38-18: VOL vs. IOL Over
Temperature, VDD = 1.8V, PIC16LF18855/75
Only.
5
6
Graph represents 3ıLimits
-40°C
3
4
VOH (V)
25°C
125°C
1
2
0
-45 -40 -35 -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0
IOH (mA)
4
5
Graph represents 3ıLimits
3
VOL (V)
125°C
1
2
25°C
-40°C
0
0 102030405060708090100110
IOL (mA)
3.0
3.5
Graph represents 3ıLimits
-40°C
15
2.0
2.5
VOH (V)
Typical 125°C
0.5
1.0
1
.
5
0.0
-30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0
IOH (mA)
2.5
3.0
Graph represents 3ıLimits
T
yp
ical
1.5
2.0
VOL (V)
-40°C
125°C
yp
0.5
1.0
0.0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
IOL (mA)
1.6
1.8
2.0
Graph represents 3ıLimits
-40°C
Typical
125°C
1.0
1.2
1.4
VOH (V)
02
0.4
0.6
0.8
0.0
0
.
2
-8 -7.5 -7 -6.5 -6 -5.5 -5 -4.5 -4 -3.5 -3 -2.5 -2 -1.5 -1 -0.5 0
IOH (mA)
1.4
1.6
1.8
Graph represents 3ıLimits
-40°C
Typical
125°C
0.8
1
1.2
VOL (V)
02
0.4
0.6
0
0
.
2
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
IOL (mA)
\—— f \— E A: /— m / _vau\ 15 c _gswmm um _ 3mm um um _ _ _ FIGURE 38-19: LFINTOSC Frequency, FIGURE 38-22: WDT Time-Out Period, FIGURE 38-20: LFINTOSC Frequency, FIGURE 38-23: Brown-Out Reset Voltage, s n, /——_ R fi— ma \ FIGURE 38-21: WDT Time-Out Period, FIGURE 38-24: Brown-Out Reset Hysteresis,
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 626
PIC16(L)F18855/75
Note: Unless otherwise noted, VIN =5V, FOSC = 300 kHz, CIN =0.1µF, TA=25°C.
FIGURE 38-19: LFINTOSC Frequency,
PIC16LF18855/75 Only.
FIGURE 38-20: LFINTOSC Frequency,
PIC16F18855/75 Only.
FIGURE 38-21: WDT Time-Out Period,
PIC16F18855/75 Only.
FIGURE 38-22: WDT Time-Out Period,
PIC16LF18855/75 Only.
FIGURE 38-23: Brown-Out Reset Voltage,
Trip Point (BORV = 00).
FIGURE 38-24: Brown-Out Reset Hysteresis,
Low Trip Point (BORV = 00).
28,000
29,000
30,000
31,000
32,000
33,000
34,000
35,000
36,000
1.7 2.0 2.3 2.6 2.9 3.2 3.5
Frequency (Hz)
VDD (V)
Typical 25°C +3 Sigma (-40°C to 125°C) -3 Sigma (-40°C to 125°C)
Typical 25
C
+3 Sigma (
-
40
C to 125
C)
-
3 Sigma (
-
40
C to 125
C)
28,000
29,000
30,000
31,000
32,000
33,000
34,000
35,000
36,000
2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4 4.2 4.4 4.6 4.8 5 5.2 5.4 5.6
Frequency (Hz)
VDD (V)
Typical 25°C +3 Sigma (-40°C to 125°C) -3 Sigma (-40°C to 125°C)
4.2
40
4.1
m
s)
3.9
4
.
0
Time (
m
3.8
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
VDD (V)
Typical 25°C +3ı (-40°C to +125°C) -3ı (-40°C to +125°C)
4.2
40
4.1
m
s)
3.9
4
.
0
Time (
m
3.8
1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8
VDD (V)
Typical 25°C +3ı (-40°C to +125°C) -3ı (-40°C to +125°C)
2.80
2.85
2.90
2.95
3.00
3.05
Voltage (V)
2.75
2
.
80
-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Temperature (°C)
+3 Sigma -3 Sigma Typical
0.0
10.0
20.0
30.0
40.0
50.0
60.0
70.0
Voltage (mV)
0.0
-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Temperature (°C)
Typical +3 Sigma
\__. FIGURE 38-25: Brown-Out Reset Voltage, FIGURE 38-28: Brown-Out Reset \ FIGURE 38-26: Brown-Out Reset FIGURE 38-29: Brown-Out Reset Voltage, FIGURE 38-27: Brown-Out Reset Voltage, FIGURE 38-30: Brown-Out Reset
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 627
PIC16(L)F18855/75
Note: Unless otherwise noted, VIN =5V, FOSC = 300 kHz, CIN =0.1µF, TA=25°C.
FIGURE 38-25: Brown-Out Reset Voltage,
Trip Point (BORV = 01).
FIGURE 38-26: Brown-Out Reset
Hysteresis, Trip Point (BORV = 01).
FIGURE 38-27: Brown-Out Reset Voltage,
Trip Point (BORV = 1x).
FIGURE 38-28: Brown-Out Reset
Hysteresis, Trip Point (BORV = 1x).
FIGURE 38-29: Brown-Out Reset Voltage,
Trip Point (BORV = 11).
FIGURE 38-30: Brown-Out Reset
Hysteresis, Trip Point (BORV = 11),
PIC16LF18855/75 Only.
2.45
2.50
2.55
2.60
2.65
2.70
2.75
2.80
2.85
2.90
-
60
-
40
-
20
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
Voltage (V)
2.45
-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Temperature (°C)
+3 Sigma -3 Sigma Typical
0.0
5.0
10.0
15.0
20.0
25.0
30.0
35.0
40.0
60
40
20
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
Voltage (mV)
0.0
-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Temperature (°C)
Typical +3 Sigma
2.20
2.25
2.30
2.35
2.40
2.45
2.50
2.55
2.60
2.65
2.70
60
40
20
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
Voltage (V)
2.20
2
.
25
-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Temperature (°C)
+3 Sigma -3 Sigma Typical
5.0
10.0
15.0
20.0
25.0
30.0
35.0
40.0
Voltage (mV)
0.0
5.0
-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Temperature (°C)
Typical +3 Sigma
1.80
1.85
1.90
1.95
2.00
2.05
2.10
Voltage (V)
1.75
1
.
80
-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Temperature (°C)
+3 Sigma Typical -3 Sigma
5.0
10.0
15.0
20.0
25.0
30.0
35.0
40.0
45.0
50.0
Voltage (mV)
0.0
5.0
10.0
-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Temperature (°C)
+3 Sigma Typical
FIGURE 38-31: LPBOR Reset Voltage, FIGURE 38-34: PWRT Period, ? FIGURE 38-32: LPBOR Reset Hysteresis, FIGURE 38-33: PWRT Period, FIGURE 38-35: POR Release Voltage. /
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 628
PIC16(L)F18855/75
Note: Unless otherwise noted, VIN =5V, FOSC = 300 kHz, CIN =0.1µF, TA=25°C.
FIGURE 38-31: LPBOR Reset Voltage,
PIC16LF18855/75 Only.
FIGURE 38-32: LPBOR Reset Hysteresis,
PIC16LF18855/75 Only.
FIGURE 38-33: PWRT Period,
PIC16F18855/75 Only.
FIGURE 38-34: PWRT Period,
PIC16LF18855/75 Only.
FIGURE 38-35: POR Release Voltage.
FIGURE 38-36: POR Rearm Voltage,
VREGPM1 = 0, PIC16F18855/75 Only.
170
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.10
2.20
2.30
2.40
2.50
2.60
Voltage (V)
1.70
1.80
-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Temperature (°C)
+3 Sigma Typical -3 Sigma
0.0
10.0
20.0
30.0
40.0
50.0
60.0
-
60
-
40
-
20
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
Voltage (mV)
0.0
-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Temperature (°C)
Typical +3 Sigma
60.0
62.0
64.0
66.0
68.0
70.0
72.0
74.0
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
Time (ms)
VDD (V)
Typical 25°C + 3ı (-40°C to +125°C) -3ı (-40°C to +125°C)
57.0
59.0
61.0
63.0
65.0
67.0
69.0
71.0
73.0
75.0
1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8
Time (ms)
VDD (V)
Typical 25°C + 3ı (-40°C to +125°C) -3ı (-40°C to +125°C)
Typical
+3 Sigma
-3 Sigma
1.55
1.575
1.6
1.625
1.65
1.675
1.7
-40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Voltage (V)
Temperature (°C)
Typical
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1
1.2
1.4
1.6
-40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Voltage (V)
Temperature (°C)
Max: Typical + 3ı
Typical: 25°C
Min: Typical - 3ı
Typical
+3 Sigma
-3 Sigma
1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
-40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Voltage (V)
Temperature (°C)
Yempeulwe m \/ \/ FIGURE 38-37: POR Rearm Voltage, FIGURE 38-38: POR Rearm Voltage, é FIGURE 38-39: Wake me Sleep, FIGURE 38-40: Wake me Sleep, \—\ \ FIGURE 38-41: Wake me Sleep, J \/ FIGURE 38-42: Wake me Sleep,
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 629
PIC16(L)F18855/75
Note: Unless otherwise noted, VIN =5V, FOSC = 300 kHz, CIN =0.1µF, TA=25°C.
FIGURE 38-37: POR Rearm Voltage,
VREGPM1 = 1, PIC16F18855/75 Only.
FIGURE 38-38: POR Rearm Voltage,
Normal Power Mode, PIC16LF18855/75 Only.
FIGURE 38-39: Wake From Sleep,
VREGPM = 0, HFINTOSC = 4 MHz,
PIC16F18855/75 Only.
FIGURE 38-40: Wake From Sleep,
VREGPM = 1, HFINTOSC = 4 MHz,
PIC16F18855/75 Only.
FIGURE 38-41: Wake From Sleep,
VREGPM = 0, HFINTOSC = 16 MHz,
PIC16F18855/75 Only.
FIGURE 38-42: Wake From Sleep,
VREGPM = 1, HFINTOSC = 16 MHz,
PIC16F18855/75 Only.
Typical
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1
1.2
1.4
1.6
-40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Voltage (V)
Temperature (°C)
Max: Typical + 3ı
Typical: 25°C
Min: Typical - 3ı
Typical
+3 Sigma
-3 Sigma
0.7
0.8
0.9
1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
-40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Voltage (V)
Temperature (°C)
Temperature (
C)
Typical
+3 Sigma
-3 Sigma
0.6
0.8
1
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
-40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Voltage (V)
Temperature (°C)
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
Time (us)
VDD (V)
Typical 25°C +3ı (-40°C to +125°C)
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
Time (us)
VDD (V)
Typical 25°C +3ı (-40°C to +125°C)
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
Time (us)
VDD (V)
Typical 25°C +3ı (-40°C to +125°C)Typical 25°C +3ı (-40°C to +125°C)
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
Time (us)
VDD (V)
Typical 25°C +3ı (-40°C to +125°C)Typical 25°C +3ı (-40°C to +125°C)
\_,_.__ m m WWW mtpm m. FIGURE 38-43: Wake me Sleep, FIGURE 38-46: ADC, DNL, VDD = 3.0V, \ FIGURE 38-44: Wake me Sleep, WW FIGURE 38-47: ADC, INL, VDD = 3.0V, WWW mm a.“ FIGURE 38-45: ADC, DNL, VDD = 3.0V, MW FIGURE 38-48: ADC, INL, VDD = 3.0V,
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 630
PIC16(L)F18855/75
Note: Unless otherwise noted, VIN =5V, FOSC = 300 kHz, CIN =0.1µF, TA=25°C.
FIGURE 38-43: Wake From Sleep,
VREGPM = 1, LFINTOSC, PIC16F18855/75
Only.
FIGURE 38-44: Wake From Sleep,
LFINTOSC, PIC16LF18855/75 Only.
FIGURE 38-45: ADC, DNL, VDD = 3.0V,
TAD =1
S, 25°C.
FIGURE 38-46: ADC, DNL, VDD = 3.0V,
TAD =4
S, 25°C.
FIGURE 38-47: ADC, INL, VDD = 3.0V,
TAD =1
S, 25°C.
FIGURE 38-48: ADC, INL, VDD = 3.0V,
TAD =4
S, 25°C.
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0 4.2 4.4 4.6 4.8 5.0 5.2 5.4 5.6
Time (us)
VDD (V)
Typical 25°C + 3ı (-40°C to +125°C)
V
DD
(V)
Typical 25°C + 3ı (-40°C to +125°C)
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
1.7 2.2 2.7 3.2 3.7
Time (us)
VDD (V)
Typical 25°C + 3ı (-40°C to +125°C)Typical 25°C + 3ı (-40°C to +125°C)
-1.0
-0.5
0.0
0.5
1.0
0 128 256 384 512 640 768 896 1024
DNL (LSb)
Output Code
Output Code
-1.0
-0.5
0.0
0.5
1.0
0 128 256 384 512 640 768 896 1024
DNL (LSb)
Output Code
Output Code
-1.0
-0.5
0.0
0.5
1.0
0 128 256 384 512 640 768 896 1024
INL (LSb)
Output Code
O
u
t
pu
tC
o
d
e
-1.0
-0.5
0.0
0.5
1.0
0 128 256 384 512 640 768 896 1024
INL (LSb)
Output Code
P|C16(L)F18855/75 Note: Unless othenmse noled. Vw : 5V. Fosc : 300 kHz. CIN : 0 1 “F, TA : 25°C. A FIGURE 38-49: ADC 10-bit Mode, Single-Ended DNL, VDD = 3.0V, VREF = 3.0V ¥ //——4 FIGURE 38-50: ADC 10-bit Mode, Single-Ended INL, VDD = 3.0V, VREF = 3.0V FIGURE 38-52: ADC 10-bit Mode, Single-Ended INL, VDD = 3.0V, TAD = 1 p8. / FIGURE 38-53: Temp. Indicator Initial Offset, High Range, Temp. = 20"C, PIC16F18855/75 Only. my // {—1 FIGURE 38-51: ADC 10-bit Mode, Single-Ended DNL, VDD = 3.0V, TAD = 1 p8. FIGURE 38-54: Temp. Indicator Initial Offset, Low Range, Temp. = 20“C, PIC16F18855/75 2015-2015 Mlcmcmp Technmogy Inc. DS40001502F-page 531
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 631
PIC16(L)F18855/75
Note: Unless otherwise noted, VIN =5V, FOSC = 300 kHz, CIN =0.1µF, TA=25°C.
FIGURE 38-49: ADC 10-bit Mode,
Single-Ended DNL, VDD = 3.0V, VREF = 3.0V.
FIGURE 38-50: ADC 10-bit Mode,
Single-Ended INL, VDD = 3.0V, VREF = 3.0V.
FIGURE 38-51: ADC 10-bit Mode,
Single-Ended DNL, VDD = 3.0V, TAD =1
S.
FIGURE 38-52: ADC 10-bit Mode,
Single-Ended INL, VDD = 3.0V, TAD =1
S.
FIGURE 38-53: Temp. Indicator Initial Offset,
High Range, Temp. = 20°C, PIC16F18855/75
Only.
FIGURE 38-54: Temp. Indicator Initial Offset,
Low Range, Temp. = 20°C, PIC16F18855/75
Only.
Max
Min
-1.5
-1
-0.5
0
0.5
1
1.5
5.00E-07 1.00E-06 2.00E-06 4.00E-06 8.00E-06
DNL (LSb)
TAD (S)
Max
Min
-1.5
-1
-0.5
0
0.5
1
1.5
5.00E-07 1.00E-06 2.00E-06 4.00E-06 8.00E-06
INL (LSb)
TAD(S)
Min
Max
-1.5
-1
-0.5
0
0.5
1
1.5
1.8 2.3 3.0
DNL (LSb)
VREF
V
REF
Max
Min
-1.5
-1
-0.5
0
0.5
1
1.5
1.8 2.3 3.0
INL (LSb)
VREF
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
2.9 3.4 3.9 4.4 4.9 5.4
ADC Output Codes
VDD (V)
Typical +3 Sigma -3 Sigma
ADC VREF+ set to VDD
ADC VREF-set to Gnd
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1,000
2.2 2.6 3.0 3.4 3.8 4.2 4.6 5.0 5.4
ADC Output Codes
V
DD
(V)
Typical +3 Sigma -3 Sigma
ADC VREF+ set to VDD
ADC VREF-set to Gnd
/ — m. —usgm —i.~w. FIGURE 38-55: Temp. Indicator Initial Offset, FIGURE 38-58: Temp. Indicator Slope 7% _Ww _..s‘gm. —4S~gru /g _W.‘ —.4 59m —-.Siqm- FIGURE 38-56: Temp. Indicator Slope FIGURE 38-57: Temp. Indicator Slope FIGURE 38-59: Temp. Indicator Slope :I FIGURE 38-60: Temp. Indicator Slope
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 632
PIC16(L)F18855/75
Note: Unless otherwise noted, VIN =5V, FOSC = 300 kHz, CIN =0.1µF, TA=25°C.
FIGURE 38-55: Temp. Indicator Initial Offset,
Low Range, Temp. = 20°C, PIC16LF18855/75
Only.
FIGURE 38-56: Temp. Indicator Slope
Normalized to 20°C, High Range, VDD = 5.5V,
PIC16F18855/75 Only.
FIGURE 38-57: Temp. Indicator Slope
Normalized to 20°C, High Range, VDD = 3.6V.
FIGURE 38-58: Temp. Indicator Slope
Normalized to 20°C, High Range, VDD = 3.0V.
FIGURE 38-59: Temp. Indicator Slope
Normalized to 20°C, Low Range, VDD = 3.6V.
FIGURE 38-60: Temp. Indicator Slope
Normalized to 20°C, Low Range, VDD = 3.0V.
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
2.2 2.5 2.8 3.1 3.4 3.7
ADC Output Codes
VDD (V)
Typical Max Min
ADC VREF+ set to VDD
ADC VREF-set to Gnd
-75
-50
-25
0
25
50
75
100
125
150
-40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
ADC Output Codes
Temperature (°C)
Typical +3 Sigma -3 Sigma
ADC VREF+ set to VDD
ADC VREF-set to Gnd
Typical
+3
Sigma
-
3
Sigma
-120
-70
-20
30
80
130
180
230
-40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
ADC Output Codes
Temperature (°C)
Typical +3 Sigma -3 Sigma
ADC VREF+ set to VDD
ADC VREF-set to Gnd
Typical
+3
Sigma
-
3
Sigma
-150
-100
-50
0
50
100
150
200
250
-40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
ADC Output Codes
Temperature (°C)
Typical +3 Sigma -3 Sigma
ADC VREF+ set to VDD
ADC VREF-set to Gnd
Typical
+3
Sigma
-
3
Sigma
-60
-40
-20
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
-40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
ADC Output Codes
Temperature (°C)
Typical +3 Sigma -3 Sigma
ADC VREF+ set to VDD
ADC VREF-set to Gnd
Typical
+3
Sigma
-
3
Sigma
-100
-50
0
50
100
150
-40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
ADC Output Codes
Temperature (°C)
ADC VREF+ set to VDD
ADC VREF-set to Gnd
/: J—ffi— FIGURE 38-61: Temp. Indicator Slope FIGURE 38-64: Comparator Offset, FIGURE 38-62: Comparator Hysteresis, FIGURE 38-65: Comparator Hysteresis, \_/ /—r“ W FIGURE 38-63: Comparator Offset, FIGURE 38-66: Comparator Offset, NP Mode
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 633
PIC16(L)F18855/75
Note: Unless otherwise noted, VIN =5V, FOSC = 300 kHz, CIN =0.1µF, TA=25°C.
FIGURE 38-61: Temp. Indicator Slope
Normalized to 20°C, Low Range, VDD = 2.3V.
FIGURE 38-62: Comparator Hysteresis,
NP Mode (CxSP = 1), VDD = 3.0V, Typical
Measured Values.
FIGURE 38-63: Comparator Offset,
NP Mode (CxSP = 1), VDD = 3.0V, Typical
Measured Values at 25°C.
FIGURE 38-64: Comparator Offset,
NP Mode (CxSP = 1), VDD = 3.0V, Typical
Measured Values from -40°C to 125°C.
FIGURE 38-65: Comparator Hysteresis,
NP Mode (CxSP = 1), VDD = 5.5V, Typical
Measured Values, PIC16F18855/75 Only.
FIGURE 38-66: Comparator Offset, NP Mode
(CxSP = 1), VDD = 5.0V, Typical Measured Values
at 25°C, PIC16F18855/75 Only.
-100
-50
0
50
100
150
200
-40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
ADC Output Codes
Temperature (°C)
Typical +3 Sigma -3 Sigma
ADC VREF+ set to VDD
ADC VREF-set to Gnd
-40°C
25°C
125°
85°C
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
Hysteresis (mV)
25
27
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5
Common Mode Voltage (V)
MAX
MIN
-10
-5
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
Offset Voltage (mV)
-20
-15
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0
Common Mode Voltage (V)
MAX
MIN
-10
-5
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
Offset Voltage (mV)
-20
-15
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0
Common Mode Voltage (V)
-40°C
25°C
125°
85°
25
30
35
40
45
50
Hysteresis (mV)
20
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5
Common Mode Voltage (V)
MAX
MIN
-10
-5
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
Hysteresis (mV)
MIN
-20
-15
-10
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0
Common Mode Voltage (V)
My“. cm. FIGURE 38-67: Comparator Offset, NP Mode FIGURE 38-70: Typical DAC DNL Error, k FIGURE 38-68: Comparator Response Time FIGURE 38-71: Typical DAC INL Error, E fi FIGURE 38-72: Typical DAC DNL Error, FIGURE 38-69: Comparator Response Time
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 634
PIC16(L)F18855/75
Note: Unless otherwise noted, VIN =5V, FOSC = 300 kHz, CIN =0.1µF, TA=25°C.
FIGURE 38-67: Comparator Offset, NP Mode
(CxSP = 1), VDD = 5.5V, Typical Measured Values
from -40°C to 125°C, PIC16F18855/75 Only.
FIGURE 38-68: Comparator Response Time
Over Voltage, NP Mode (CxSP = 1), Typical
Measured Values, PIC16LF18855/75 Only.
FIGURE 38-69: Comparator Response Time
Over Voltage, NP Mode (CxSP = 1), Typical
Measured Values, PIC16F18855/75 Only.
FIGURE 38-70: Typical DAC DNL Error,
VDD = 3.0V, VREF = External 3V.
FIGURE 38-71: Typical DAC INL Error,
VDD = 3.0V, VREF = External 3V.
FIGURE 38-72: Typical DAC DNL Error,
VDD = 5.0V, VREF = External 5V,
PIC16F18855/75 Only.
MAX
MIN
-10
0
10
20
30
40
Offset Voltage (mV)
MIN
-20
-10
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5
Common Mode Voltage (V)
-40°C
25°C
125°C
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
Time (nS)
Max: Typical + 3ı(-40°C to +125°C)
Typical; statistical mean @ 25°C
Min: Typical - 3ı(-40°C to +125°C)
-40°C
0
20
1.7 2.0 2.3 2.6 2.9 3.2 3.5
V
DD
(V)
-40°C
25°C
125°C
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
Time (nS)
Max: Typical + 3ı(-40°C to +125°C)
Typical; statistical mean @ 25°C
Min: Typical - 3ı(-40°C to +125°C)
-40°C
0
10
20
2.2 2.5 2.8 3.1 3.4 3.7 4.0 4.3 4.6 4.9 5.2 5.5
V
DD
(V)
-0.02
-0.015
-0.01
-0.005
0
0.005
0.01
0.015
0.02
0.025
0 16 32 48 64 80 96 112 128 144 160 176 192 208 224 240
DNL (LSb)
Output Code
-40°C
25°C
85°C
125°C
Output Code
-0.45
-0.40
-0.35
-0.30
-0.25
-0.20
-0.15
-0.10
-0.05
0.00
0 14 28 42 56 70 84 98 112126140154 168182 196210224238 252
INL (LSb)
Output Code
-40°C
25°C
85°C
125°C
-0.015
-0.010
-0.005
0.000
0.005
0.010
0.015
0.020
0 14 28 42 56 70 84 98 112126140154168182196210224238252
DNL (LSb)
Output Code
-40°C
25°C
85°C
125°C
FIGURE 38-73: Typical DAC INL Error, / / /_ : DAC INL Error, FIGURE 38-74: —wvm-u:1 —~>v4aMuCzo~us'Cl FIGURE 38-75: ADC RC Oscillator Period, FIGURE 38-76: ADC RC Oscillator Period, FIGURE 38-77: Bandgap Ready Time, FIGURE 38-78: BOR Response Time,
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 635
PIC16(L)F18855/75
Note: Unless otherwise noted, VIN =5V, FOSC = 300 kHz, CIN =0.1µF, TA=25°C.
FIGURE 38-73: Typical DAC INL Error,
VDD = 5.0V, VREF = External 5V,
PIC16F18855/75 Only.
FIGURE 38-74: DAC INL Error,
VDD = 3.0V, PIC16LF18855/75 Only.
FIGURE 38-75: ADC RC Oscillator Period,
PIC16LF18855/75 Only.
FIGURE 38-76: ADC RC Oscillator Period,
PIC16F18855/75 Only.
FIGURE 38-77: Bandgap Ready Time,
PIC16LF18855/75 Only.
FIGURE 38-78: BOR Response Time,
PIC16LF18855/75 Only.
-0.45
-0.40
-0.35
-0.30
-0.25
-0.20
-0.15
-0.10
-0.05
0.00
0 14 28 42 56 70 84 98 112126140154 168182 196210224238 252
INL (LSb)
Output Code
-40°C
25°C
85°C
125°C
Typical
Max.
Min.
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8
DNL (LSb)
Output Code
Max: Typical + 3ı(-40°C to +125°C)
Typical; statistical mean @ 25°C
Min: Typical - 3ı(-40°C to +125°C)
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
1.7 1.9 2.1 2.3 2.5 2.7 2.9 3.1 3.3 3.5 3.7
Time (us)
VDD (V)
Typical 25°C +3ı (-40°C to +125°C) -3ı (-40°C to +125°C)
Typical
25
C
+3ı
(
-
40
C
to
+125
C)
-
3ı
(
-
40
C
to
+125
C)
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4 4.2 4.4 4.6 4.8 5 5.2 5.4 5.6
Time (us)
VDD (V)
Typical 25°C +3ı (-40°C to +125°C) -3ı (-40°C to +125°C)
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
1.6 1.8 2 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8
Time (us)
VDD (V)
Typical 25°C +3ı (-40°C to +125°C)
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 3.0 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7
Time (us)
VDD (V)
Typical 25°C +3 Sigma 125°CTypical 25°C +3 Sigma 125°C
//._d FIGURE 38-79: BOR Response Time, ComparatorResponse Time, FIGURE 38-80: FIGURE 38-81: ComparatorResponse Time, FIGURE 38-83: ComparatorResponse Time, \__/ S FIGURE 38-84: FVR Stabilization Period,
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 636
PIC16(L)F18855/75
Note: Unless otherwise noted, VIN =5V, FOSC = 300 kHz, CIN =0.1µF, TA=25°C.
FIGURE 38-79: BOR Response Time,
PIC16F18855/75 Only.
FIGURE 38-80: Comparator Response Time,
Falling Edge, PIC16LF18855/75 Only.
FIGURE 38-81: Comparator Response Time,
Falling Edge, PIC16F18855/75 Only.
FIGURE 38-82: Comparator Response Time,
Rising Edge, PIC16LF18855/75 Only.
FIGURE 38-83: Comparator Response Time,
Rising Edge, PIC16F18855/75 Only.
FIGURE 38-84: FVR Stabilization Period,
PIC16LF18855/75 Only.
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
2.6 2.8 3 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4 4.2 4.4 4.6 4.8 5 5.2 5.4 5.6
Time (us)
VDD (V)
2.6 2.8 3 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4 4.2 4.4 4.6 4.8 5 5.2 5.4 5.6
VDD (V)
Typical 25°C +3 Sigma 125°C
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
1.7 1.9 2.1 2.3 2.5 2.7 2.9 3.1 3.3 3.5 3.7
Time (ns)
VDD (V)
Typical 25°C +3 Sigma 125°CTypical 25°C +3 Sigma 125°C
0
50
100
150
200
250
2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0 4.2 4.4 4.6 4.8 5.0 5.2 5.4 5.6
Time (ns)
VDD (V)
2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0 4.2 4.4 4.6 4.8 5.0 5.2 5.4 5.6
VDD (V)
Typical 25°C +3 Sigma 125°C
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
1.7 1.9 2.1 2.3 2.5 2.7 2.9 3.1 3.3 3.5 3.7
Time (ns)
VDD (V)
1.7 1.9 2.1 2.3 2.5 2.7 2.9 3.1 3.3 3.5 3.7
VDD (V)
Typical 25°C +3 Sigma 125°C
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0 4.2 4.4 4.6 4.8 5.0 5.2 5.4 5.6
Time (ns)
VDD (V)VDD (V)
Typical 25°C +3 Sigma 125°C
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8
Time (us)
VDD (MV)
Typical 25°C +3ı (-40°C to +125°C)
Note:
The FVR Stabiliztion Period applies when coming out of
RESET or exiting sleep mode.
/ /—P"’— / //—— \M—d‘ mm FIGURE 38-85: Typlcal FVR Voltage 1x, FIGURE 38-89: FVR Voltage Error 4x, FIGURE 38-87: FVR Voltage Em)! 2x, FIGURE 38-90: HFINTOSC Typical
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 637
PIC16(L)F18855/75
Note: Unless otherwise noted, VIN =5V, FOSC = 300 kHz, CIN =0.1µF, TA=25°C.
FIGURE 38-85: Typical FVR Voltage 1x,
PIC16LF18855/75 Only.
FIGURE 38-86: FVR Voltage Error 1x,
PIC16F18855/75 Only.
FIGURE 38-87: FVR Voltage Error 2x,
PIC16LF18855/75 Only.
FIGURE 38-88: FVR Voltage Error 2x,
PIC16F18855/75 Only.
FIGURE 38-89: FVR Voltage Error 4x,
PIC16F18855/75 Only.
FIGURE 38-90: HFINTOSC Typical
Frequency Error, PIC16LF18855/75 Only.
0.0%
0.1%
0.2%
0.3%
0.4%
0.5%
0.6%
0.7%
0.8%
0.9%
1.0%
1.1%
2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 3.0 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7
Error (%)
VDD (V)
Typical -40°C Typical 25°C Typical 85°C Typical 125°C
V
DD
(V)
Typical -40°C Typical 25°C Typical 85°C Typical 125°C
0.0%
0.2%
0.4%
0.6%
0.8%
1.0%
1.2%
2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0 4.2 4.4 4.6 4.8 5.0 5.2 5.4 5.6
Error (%)
V
DD
(V)
0
.
0%
2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0 4.2 4.4 4.6 4.8 5.0 5.2 5.4 5.6
VDD (V)
Typical -40°C Typical 25°C Typical 85°C Typical 125°C
-0.4%
-0.2%
0.0%
0.2%
0.4%
0.6%
0.8%
1.0%
2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 3.0 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7
Error (%)
VDD (V)
2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 3.0 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7
VDD (V)
Typical -40°C Typical 25°C Typical 85°C Typical 125°C
-0.2%
0.0%
0.2%
0.4%
0.6%
0.8%
1.0%
2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0 4.2 4.4 4.6 4.8 5.0 5.2 5.4 5.6
Error (%)
VDD (V)
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
3.2
3.4
3.6
3.8
4.0
4.2
4.4
4.6
4.8
5.0
5.2
5.4
5.6
VDD (V)
Typical -40°C Typical 25°C Typical 85°C Typical 125°C
-0.4%
-0.2%
0.0%
0.2%
0.4%
0.6%
0.8%
1.0%
4.7 4.8 4.9 5.0 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 5.6
Error (%)
VDD (V)
Typical
40
°
C
Typical 25
°
C
Typical 85
°
C
Typical 125
°
C
VDD (V)
Typical -40°C Typical 25°C Typical 85°C Typical 125°C
-5.0%
-4.0%
-3.0%
-2.0%
-1.0%
0.0%
1.0%
2.0%
3.0%
1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8
Error (%)
VDD (V)
Typical 25°C +3ı (-40°C to +125°C) -3ı (-40°C to +125°C)Typical 25°C +3ı (-40°C to +125°C) -3ı (-40°C to +125°C)
_r my: —3n(me1zs'Cv —3nrmm1zrcv FIGURE 38-91: HFINTOSC Typical v /\ FIGURE 38-92: HFINTOSC Frequency FIGURE 38-93: Schmitt Trigger High Values. _ ‘2 / // / / uz FIGURE 38-95: Input Level, TTL. \ \ FIGURE 38-96: RISE Time, Slew Rate
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 638
PIC16(L)F18855/75
Note: Unless otherwise noted, VIN =5V, FOSC = 300 kHz, CIN =0.1µF, TA=25°C.
FIGURE 38-91: HFINTOSC Typical
Frequency Error, PIC16F18855/75 Only.
FIGURE 38-92: HFINTOSC Frequency
Error, VDD = 3.0V.
FIGURE 38-93: Schmitt Trigger High Values.
FIGURE 38-94: Schmitt Trigger Low Values.
FIGURE 38-95: Input Level, TTL.
FIGURE 38-96: Rise Time, Slew Rate
Control Enabled.
-4.0%
-3.0%
-2.0%
-1.0%
0.0%
1.0%
2.0%
3.0%
2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4 4.2 4.4 4.6 4.8 5 5.2 5.4 5.6
Error (%)
VDD (V)
Typical 25°C +3ı (-40°C to +125°C) -3ı (-40°C to +125°C)
T
yp
i
ca
l
25
°
C
+
3
ı
(
-
40
°
C
t
o +
125
°
C)
-
3
ı
(
-
40
°
C
t
o +
125
°
C)
-2.0%
-1.5%
-1.0%
-0.5%
0.0%
0.5%
1.0%
1.5%
2.0%
2.5%
3.0%
-50 0 50 100 150
Error (%)
Temperature (°C)
Typical +3 Sigma -3 SigmaTypical +3 Sigma -3 Sigma
3
3.5
4
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
Voltage (V)
0
0.5
1
1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
VDD (V)
Til25
°
C
3(
40
°
C t 125
°
C)
3(
40
°
C t 125
°
C)
V
DD (V)
Typical 25°C +3ı (-40°C to +125°C) -3ı (-40°C to +125°C)
gg
2.5
1
1.5
2
2.5
V
oltage (V)
0
0.5
1
1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5
Voltag
e
0
1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5
VDD (V)
Typical 25°C +3ı (-40°C to +125°C) -3ı (-40°C to +125°C)
1
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
ltage (V)
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1
1
.
2
Voltage
(
0
0
.
2
1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5
VDD (V)
Typical 25°C +3ı (-40°C to +125°C) -3ı (-40°C to +125°C)
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5
Time (ns)
VDD (V)
Typical 25°C +3 Sigma (-40°C to 125°C)
\ 2m FIGURE 38-97: Fall Time, Slew Rate Control FIGURE 38-98: FIGURE 38-99: Rise Time, Slew Rate Fall Time, Slew Rate Control / / / 2// m 2‘ 2. 27 :n :3 16 39 u ‘5 45 51 5‘ 57 FIGURE 38-101: Weak Pull-up Current, FIGURE 38-102: Weak Pull-up Current,
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 639
PIC16(L)F18855/75
Note: Unless otherwise noted, VIN =5V, FOSC = 300 kHz, CIN =0.1µF, TA=25°C.
FIGURE 38-97: Fall Time, Slew Rate Control
Enabled.
FIGURE 38-98: Rise Time, Slew Rate
Control Disabled.
FIGURE 38-99: Fall Time, Slew Rate Control
Disabled.
FIGURE 38-100: OSCTUNE Center
Frequency, PIC16LF18855/75 Only.
FIGURE 38-101: Weak Pull-up Current,
PIC16F18855/75 Only.
FIGURE 38-102: Weak Pull-up Current,
PIC16LF18855/75 Only.
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5
Time (ns)
VDD (V)
Typical 25°C +3 Sigma (-40°C to 125°C)
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5
Time (ns)
VDD (V)
Typical 25°C +3 Sigma (-40°C to 125°C)
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5
Time (ns)
VDD (V)
Typical 25°C +3 Sigma (-40°C to 125°C)
1 00%
2.00%
3.00%
4.00%
Max: Typical + 3ı(-40°C to +125°C)
Typical; statistical mean @ 25°C
Min: Typical - 3ı(-40°C to +125°C)
-2.00%
-1.00%
0.00%
1.00%
2
.
00%
Error (%)
Max
Min
Average
-4.00%
-3.00%
-2.00%
-32 -24 -16 -8 0 8 16 24 32
OSCTUNE Setting
Cente
r
Min Max
25.0
30.0
35.0
(
uA)
10.0
15.0
20.0
25.0
Pull-Up Current (uA)
0.0
5.0
10.0
2.1 2.4 2.7 3.0 3.3 3.6 3.9 4.2 4.5 4.8 5.1 5.4 5.7
P
u
VDD (V)
2.1
2.4
2.7
3.0
3.3
3.6
3.9
4.2
4.5
4.8
5.1
5.4
5.7
VDD (V)
Typical 25°C + 3ı (-40°C to +125°C) -3ı (-40°C to +125°C)
25.0
15.0
20.0
25.0
Current (uA)
5.0
10.0
15.0
Pull-Up Curre
0.0
1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8
VDD (V)
Typical 25°C + 3ı (-40°C to +125°C) -3ı (-40°C to +125°C)
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 640
PIC16(L)F18855/75
39.0 DEVELOPMENT SUPPORT
The PIC® microcontrollers (MCU) and dsPIC® digital
signal controllers (DSC) are supported with a full range
of software and hardware development tools:
• Integrated Development Environment
- MPLAB® X IDE Software
• Compilers/Assemblers/Linkers
- MPLAB XC Compiler
- MPASMTM Assembler
-MPLINK
TM Object Linker/
MPLIBTM Object Librarian
- MPLAB Assembler/Linker/Librarian for
Various Device Families
• Simulators
- MPLAB X SIM Software Simulator
• Emulators
- MPLAB REAL ICE™ In-Circuit Emulator
• In-Circuit Debuggers/Programmers
- MPLAB ICD 3
- PICkit™ 3
• Device Programmers
- MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer
• Low-Cost Demonstration/Development Boards,
Evaluation Kits and Starter Kits
• Third-party development tools
39.1 MPLAB X Integrated Development
Environment Software
The MPLAB X IDE is a single, unified graphical user
interface for Microchip and third-party software, and
hardware development tool that runs on Windows®,
Linux and Mac OS® X. Based on the NetBeans IDE,
MPLAB X IDE is an entirely new IDE with a host of free
software components and plug-ins for high-
performance application development and debugging.
Moving between tools and upgrading from software
simulators to hardware debugging and programming
tools is simple with the seamless user interface.
With complete project management, visual call graphs,
a configurable watch window and a feature-rich editor
that includes code completion and context menus,
MPLAB X IDE is flexible and friendly enough for new
users. With the ability to support multiple tools on
multiple projects with simultaneous debugging, MPLAB
X IDE is also suitable for the needs of experienced
users.
Feature-Rich Editor:
• Color syntax highlighting
• Smart code completion makes suggestions and
provides hints as you type
• Automatic code formatting based on user-defined
rules
•Live parsing
User-Friendly, Customizable Interface:
• Fully customizable interface: toolbars, toolbar
buttons, windows, window placement, etc.
• Call graph window
Project-Based Workspaces:
• Multiple projects
• Multiple tools
• Multiple configurations
• Simultaneous debugging sessions
File History and Bug Tracking:
• Local file history feature
• Built-in support for Bugzilla issue tracker
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 641
PIC16(L)F18855/75
39.2 MPLAB XC Compilers
The MPLAB XC Compilers are complete ANSI C
compilers for all of Microchip’s 8, 16, and 32-bit MCU
and DSC devices. These compilers provide powerful
integration capabilities, superior code optimization and
ease of use. MPLAB XC Compilers run on Windows,
Linux or MAC OS X.
For easy source level debugging, the compilers provide
debug information that is optimized to the MPLAB X
IDE.
The free MPLAB XC Compiler editions support all
devices and commands, with no time or memory
restrictions, and offer sufficient code optimization for
most applications.
MPLAB XC Compilers include an assembler, linker and
utilities. The assembler generates relocatable object
files that can then be archived or linked with other relo-
catable object files and archives to create an execut-
able file. MPLAB XC Compiler uses the assembler to
produce its object file. Notable features of the assem-
bler include:
• Support for the entire device instruction set
• Support for fixed-point and floating-point data
• Command-line interface
• Rich directive set
• Flexible macro language
• MPLAB X IDE compatibility
39.3 MPASM Assembler
The MPASM Assembler is a full-featured, universal
macro assembler for PIC10/12/16/18 MCUs.
The MPASM Assembler generates relocatable object
files for the MPLINK Object Linker, Intel® standard HEX
files, MAP files to detail memory usage and symbol
reference, absolute LST files that contain source lines
and generated machine code, and COFF files for
debugging.
The MPASM Assembler features include:
• Integration into MPLAB X IDE projects
• User-defined macros to streamline
assembly code
• Conditional assembly for multipurpose
source files
• Directives that allow complete control over the
assembly process
39.4 MPLINK Object Linker/
MPLIB Object Librarian
The MPLINK Object Linker combines relocatable
objects created by the MPASM Assembler. It can link
relocatable objects from precompiled libraries, using
directives from a linker script.
The MPLIB Object Librarian manages the creation and
modification of library files of precompiled code. When
a routine from a library is called from a source file, only
the modules that contain that routine will be linked in
with the application. This allows large libraries to be
used efficiently in many different applications.
The object linker/library features include:
• Efficient linking of single libraries instead of many
smaller files
• Enhanced code maintainability by grouping
related modules together
• Flexible creation of libraries with easy module
listing, replacement, deletion and extraction
39.5 MPLAB Assembler, Linker and
Librarian for Various Device
Families
MPLAB Assembler produces relocatable machine
code from symbolic assembly language for PIC24,
PIC32 and dsPIC DSC devices. MPLAB XC Compiler
uses the assembler to produce its object file. The
assembler generates relocatable object files that can
then be archived or linked with other relocatable object
files and archives to create an executable file. Notable
features of the assembler include:
• Support for the entire device instruction set
• Support for fixed-point and floating-point data
• Command-line interface
• Rich directive set
• Flexible macro language
• MPLAB X IDE compatibility
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 642
PIC16(L)F18855/75
39.6 MPLAB X SIM Software Simulator
The MPLAB X SIM Software Simulator allows code
development in a PC-hosted environment by simulat-
ing the PIC MCUs and dsPIC DSCs on an instruction
level. On any given instruction, the data areas can be
examined or modified and stimuli can be applied from
a comprehensive stimulus controller. Registers can be
logged to files for further run-time analysis. The trace
buffer and logic analyzer display extend the power of
the simulator to record and track program execution,
actions on I/O, most peripherals and internal registers.
The MPLAB X SIM Software Simulator fully supports
symbolic debugging using the MPLAB XC Compilers,
and the MPASM and MPLAB Assemblers. The soft-
ware simulator offers the flexibility to develop and
debug code outside of the hardware laboratory envi-
ronment, making it an excellent, economical software
development tool.
39.7 MPLAB REAL ICE In-Circuit
Emulator System
The MPLAB REAL ICE In-Circuit Emulator System is
Microchip’s next generation high-speed emulator for
Microchip Flash DSC and MCU devices. It debugs and
programs all 8, 16 and 32-bit MCU, and DSC devices
with the easy-to-use, powerful graphical user interface of
the MPLAB X IDE.
The emulator is connected to the design engineer’s
PC using a high-speed USB 2.0 interface and is
connected to the target with either a connector
compatible with in-circuit debugger systems (RJ-11)
or with the new high-speed, noise tolerant, Low-
Voltage Differential Signal (LVDS) interconnection
(CAT5).
The emulator is field upgradeable through future firm-
ware downloads in MPLAB X IDE. MPLAB REAL ICE
offers significant advantages over competitive emulators
including full-speed emulation, run-time variable
watches, trace analysis, complex breakpoints, logic
probes, a ruggedized probe interface and long (up to
three meters) interconnection cables.
39.8 MPLAB ICD 3 In-Circuit Debugger
System
The MPLAB ICD 3 In-Circuit Debugger System is
Microchip’s most cost-effective, high-speed hardware
debugger/programmer for Microchip Flash DSC and
MCU devices. It debugs and programs PIC Flash
microcontrollers and dsPIC DSCs with the powerful,
yet easy-to-use graphical user interface of the MPLAB
IDE.
The MPLAB ICD 3 In-Circuit Debugger probe is
connected to the design engineer’s PC using a high-
speed USB 2.0 interface and is connected to the target
with a connector compatible with the MPLAB ICD 2 or
MPLAB REAL ICE systems (RJ-11). MPLAB ICD 3
supports all MPLAB ICD 2 headers.
39.9 PICkit 3 In-Circuit Debugger/
Programmer
The MPLAB PICkit 3 allows debugging and program-
ming of PIC and dsPIC Flash microcontrollers at a most
affordable price point using the powerful graphical user
interface of the MPLAB IDE. The MPLAB PICkit 3 is
connected to the design engineer’s PC using a full-
speed USB interface and can be connected to the tar-
get via a Microchip debug (RJ-11) connector (compati-
ble with MPLAB ICD 3 and MPLAB REAL ICE). The
connector uses two device I/O pins and the Reset line
to implement in-circuit debugging and In-Circuit Serial
Programming™ (ICSP™).
39.10 MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer
The MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer is a universal,
CE compliant device programmer with programmable
voltage verification at VDDMIN and VDDMAX for
maximum reliability. It features a large LCD display
(128 x 64) for menus and error messages, and a mod-
ular, detachable socket assembly to support various
package types. The ICSP cable assembly is included
as a standard item. In Stand-Alone mode, the MPLAB
PM3 Device Programmer can read, verify and program
PIC devices without a PC connection. It can also set
code protection in this mode. The MPLAB PM3
connects to the host PC via an RS-232 or USB cable.
The MPLAB PM3 has high-speed communications and
optimized algorithms for quick programming of large
memory devices, and incorporates an MMC card for file
storage and data applications.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 643
PIC16(L)F18855/75
39.11 Demonstration/Development
Boards, Evaluation Kits, and
Starter Kits
A wide variety of demonstration, development and
evaluation boards for various PIC MCUs and dsPIC
DSCs allows quick application development on fully
functional systems. Most boards include prototyping
areas for adding custom circuitry and provide applica-
tion firmware and source code for examination and
modification.
The boards support a variety of features, including LEDs,
temperature sensors, switches, speakers, RS-232
interfaces, LCD displays, potentiometers and additional
EEPROM memory.
The demonstration and development boards can be
used in teaching environments, for prototyping custom
circuits and for learning about various microcontroller
applications.
In addition to the PICDEM™ and dsPICDEM™
demonstration/development board series of circuits,
Microchip has a line of evaluation kits and demonstra-
tion software for analog filter design, KEELOQ® security
ICs, CAN, IrDA®, PowerSmart battery management,
SEEVAL® evaluation system, Sigma-Delta ADC, flow
rate sensing, plus many more.
Also available are starter kits that contain everything
needed to experience the specified device. This usually
includes a single application and debug capability, all
on one board.
Check the Microchip web page (www.microchip.com)
for the complete list of demonstration, development
and evaluation kits.
39.12 Third-Party Development Tools
Microchip also offers a great collection of tools from
third-party vendors. These tools are carefully selected
to offer good value and unique functionality.
• Device Programmers and Gang Programmers
from companies, such as SoftLog and CCS
• Software Tools from companies, such as Gimpel
and Trace Systems
• Protocol Analyzers from companies, such as
Saleae and Total Phase
• Demonstration Boards from companies, such as
MikroElektronika, Digilent® and Olimex
• Embedded Ethernet Solutions from companies,
such as EZ Web Lynx, WIZnet and IPLogika®
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa % XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX # PIC16F O xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx O O a[SP O Q YYWWNNN vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv HHHHHHHHHHHHHH HHHHHHHHHHHHHH 1 o 0 o 0 UUUUUUUUUUUUUU UUUUUUUUUUUUUU HHHHHHHHHHHHHH HHHHHHHHHHHHHH xxoomxwomx Pm1 wqwanmwa C)Q§YWNWNNN CDQ9 UUHHHUHHUHHHHU UUHHHUHHUHHHHU NNN alor ( )
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 644
PIC16(L)F18855/75
40.0 PACKAGING INFORMATION
40.1 Package Marking Information
28-Lead SPDIP (.300”) Example
PIC16F18855
/SP
1525017
3
e
28-Lead SOIC (7.50 mm) Example
YYWWNNN
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
PIC16LF18855
/SO
1525017
3
e
28-Lead SSOP (5.30 mm) Example
PIC16F18855
/SS
1525017
3
e
Legend: XX...X Customer-specific information
Y Year code (last digit of calendar year)
YY Year code (last 2 digits of calendar year)
WW Week code (week of January 1 is week ‘01’)
NNN Alphanumeric traceability code
Pb-free JEDEC® designator for Matte Tin (Sn)
*This package is Pb-free. The Pb-free JEDEC designator ( )
can be found on the outer packaging for this package.
Note: In the event the full Microchip part number cannot be marked on one line, it will
be carried over to the next line, thus limiting the number of available
characters for customer-specific information.
3
e
3
e
°XXXXX XXXXXX XXXXXX EYWWNNNC 3/MV 3525017 E
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 645
PIC16(L)F18855/75
40.1 Package Marking Information (Continued)
28-Lead QFN (6x6 mm) Example
XXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX
YYWWNNN
PIN 1 PIN 1
LF18855
/ML
1525017
3
e
28-Lead UQFN (4x4x0.5 mm) Example
PIN 1 PIN 1
PIC16
/MV
525017
F18855
3
e
Legend: XX...X Customer-specific information
Y Year code (last digit of calendar year)
YY Year code (last 2 digits of calendar year)
WW Week code (week of January 1 is week ‘01’)
NNN Alphanumeric traceability code
Pb-free JEDEC® designator for Matte Tin (Sn)
*This package is Pb-free. The Pb-free JEDEC designator ( )
can be found on the outer packaging for this package.
Note: In the event the full Microchip part number cannot be marked on one line, it will
be carried over to the next line, thus limiting the number of available
characters for customer-specific information.
3
e
nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 1/ E. Q 11") Q rXxxxxxx r xxxxxxx LF18 xxxxxxx IMV YYWWNNN 152501
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 646
PIC16(L)F18855/75
40.1 Package Marking Information (Continued)
40-Lead PDIP (600 mil) Example
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
YYWWNNN
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
PIC16F18875
/P
1525017
3
e
40-Lead UQFN (5x5x0.5 mm) Example
PIN 1 PIN 1
LF18875
/MV
1525017
PIC16
3
e
Legend: XX...X Customer-specific information
Y Year code (last digit of calendar year)
YY Year code (last 2 digits of calendar year)
WW Week code (week of January 1 is week ‘01’)
NNN Alphanumeric traceability code
Pb-free JEDEC® designator for Matte Tin (Sn)
*This package is Pb-free. The Pb-free JEDEC designator ( )
can be found on the outer packaging for this package.
Note: In the event the full Microchip part number cannot be marked on one line, it will
be carried over to the next line, thus limiting the number of available
characters for customer-specific information.
3
e
33333333333 33333333333 ‘5‘ anucmp
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 647
PIC16(L)F18855/75
40.1 Package Marking Information (Continued)
44-Lead TQFP (10x10x1 mm) Example
XXXXXXXXXX
YYWWNNN
XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXX
16F18875
/PT
1525017
3
e
44-Lead QFN (8x8x0.9 mm) Example
XXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXX
YYWWNNN
XXXXXXXXXXX
PIN 1 PIN 1
16LF18875
/ML
1525017
Legend: XX...X Customer-specific information
Y Year code (last digit of calendar year)
YY Year code (last 2 digits of calendar year)
WW Week code (week of January 1 is week ‘01’)
NNN Alphanumeric traceability code
Pb-free JEDEC® designator for Matte Tin (Sn)
*This package is Pb-free. The Pb-free JEDEC designator ( )
can be found on the outer packaging for this package.
Note: In the event the full Microchip part number cannot be marked on one line, it will
be carried over to the next line, thus limiting the number of available
characters for customer-specific information.
3
e
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 648
PIC16(L)F18855/75
40.2 Package Details
The following sections give the technical details of the packages.
!
"#
 
 
 
 
 
"# 

 
   
  
  
   
    
  
    
    
   
    
    
    
    
   
NOTE 1
N
12
D
E1
eB
c
E
L
A2
eb
b1
A1
A
3
   
28-Lead Plasfic Small Outline (50) -Wide, 7.50 mm Body [SOIC] 'F' |_l N ‘NOTES nnnnnnnnnnnnnn *7/07 \ ,x;g¢i,+ ,,,,, mmco w HULWIJUUIJULI 2X 123 I 2X N/2 TIPS NOTE 1 ‘ I I | NOTE 5 TOP VIEW I-I-\ Q 0.10 C SEATING PLANE A1— SIDEVIEW A - SEE vwa c jF VIEW A-A Mmcmp Technology Drawmg 00470520 Sheek 1 m2
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 649
PIC16(L)F18855/75
Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at
http://www.microchip.com/packaging
28-Lead Plastic Small Outline (50) -Wide, 7.50 mm Body [SOIC] Unils MILLIMETERS Dimension lells MlN | NONI l MAX Number of Pins N 25 Pilch e 1.27 BSC Overall Heighl A - - 2 es Molded Package Thlckness A2 2.05 . . Slandori § A1 0.10 - o 30 Overall width E is 30 BSC Molded Package Widlh E1 7.50 BSC Overall Lenglti D l7 90 BSC Chamfer (Optlonal) n o 25 - u 75 Foot Length L 0.40 . ‘l 27 Footprint L1 l 40 REF Lead Angle e o" - - Foot Angle l0 0“ . 8' Lead Thlckness c ms - 0 33 Lead widln o o 31 - u 51 Mold Drait Angle Top cl 5“ . 15“ Mold Drait Angle Baltom fl 5‘ - 15“ Noles: 1 2. 3. Pin 1 visual lndex ieature may vary‘ oul niusl oe located Wilhin the nalctied area § Signiricant Characteristic Dimension B does not include mold flash. prclrusions or gale burrs, which shall not exceed 015 mm per erid Dimension E‘l does ricl include interlead flash or protrusion. which shall not exceed 0 25 mm per side. Dimensioning and loleraneino per ASME Yl4 5M ESC Baslc Dimension Theoretlcally exact value shown witnout tolerances REF Rererence Dimension, usually wrlnoul tolerance. for inlonnalion purposes only Dalurns A at a to be delerrnineo at Dalurn H Microchip Technology Drawing cmeoszc Sheet 2 ol 2
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 650
PIC16(L)F18855/75
Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at
http://www.microchip.com/packaging
28-Lead Plasfic Small Oufline (SO) - Wide, 7.50 mm Body [SOIC] —>‘ ‘—— Gx —:;:HDHDDHHDHDHHHD C SILK / SCREEN —— — v :HWWHUDDDDDDDDD , e+\p_ EMEX RECOMMENDED LAND PATTERN Units MILLIMETERS Dwmenswon Lumns Mm \ NONI \ MAX Conlan Pitch E 1 27 BSC Cameo: Pad Spacing c 9.40 Cohzam Pad Width (X23) X 0 60 Centae: Fad Length (X28) Y 2.00 Dwstance Between Pads (Ex 0 67 Dwstance Between Pads G 7 40 Noles 1. Dwmenslumng and lulerancmg perASME v14.5M BSC Bash: Dwmenslon ThenrehcaHy exact va‘ue shown wnhom tolerances chrochlp Technmogy Drawing No 004-2052;;
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 651
PIC16(L)F18855/75
Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at
http://www.microchip.com/packaging
28-Lead Plastic Shrink Small Outline (SS) — 5.30 mm Body [SSOP] HHHHHHHHHHHHHH \ L
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 652
PIC16(L)F18855/75
$%&'*&!
"#
 
 
 
 
 
"# 

 
   
  
  
   
    
  
    
    
    
    
  
   
   
   
L
L1
c
A2
A1
A
E
E1
D
N
12
NOTE 1 b
e
φ
   
28-Lead Plastic Shrink Small Oufiine (SS) - 5.30 mm Body [SSOP] fiHfiHDUUDDDHHHH SILK SCREEN c o J _ G ‘ ‘ A L x1 _, .— E RECOMMENDED LAND PATTERN Units MILLIMETERS Dmensmn Limits MIN \ NOM | MAX Contact Pm E o 65 BSC Cumacl Fad Spacing C 7 20 Contad Pad Wwdth (x23) x1 0 45 Contact Pad Length (X25) Y1 1 75 Dwstance Between Pads 5 0.20 NMes. 1 Dwmenswoning and Iolerancmg per ASME v14 5M BSC. Basic Dwmensmn. Thearehcal‘y exact value shown withaul m‘erances. Mmmcmp Technomgy Drawmg Nu. 004-20734
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 653
PIC16(L)F18855/75
Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at
http://www.microchip.com/packaging
28-Lead Plastic Quad Flat, No Lead Package (ML) - 6x6 mm Body [QFN] With 0.55 mm Terminal Length Note: For the most Current package drawmgs, please see the Microchip Packaging Specificauon located at http //www mTcrochip.com/packaging NOTET // / / / 1 7&9; 2 W (DATUM A) 7' /// (DATUM B) ——/ 2X DOWSC I | <—fl——>—fl 2X 5- 0 TOP VIEW J 6 SEAT‘NG —;n—n—n—n—n—n—n= F PLANEA3J AWJ f r ZBXK ? N H ZSXL — _> <_ zbxd="" q}="" o.1o®="" c="" a‘bi="" bottom="" view="" 00563="" c="" mtcmcmp="" technolugy="" drawing="" cm-msc="" sheem="" of="" 2="">
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 654
PIC16(L)F18855/75
28-Lead Plastic Quad Flat, No Lead Package (ML) - 6x6 mm Body [QFN] With 0.55 mm Terminal Length Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at nttp:/iwww microchip.com/packaging Units MlLLlMETERS Dimensio Limits MIN | NOM | MAX Number of Pins N 28 Pitch e 0.55 Bsc Overall Height A o 80 o 90 1 on Slandnfl Ai o oo o 02 0.05 Tenninai Thickness A3 a 20 REF Overall Width E 5.00 asc Exposed Pad Widtn E2 3 55 l 3 70 l 4.20 Overall Lenglh D 5.00 asc Exposed Pad Lengtn D2 3 65 3 70 4.20 Terminal wiutn n u 23 o 30 o 35 Terminal Lengtn L o 50 o 55 0.70 TerminalrlurExpcsed Pad K o 20 . . Notes: i. Pin i Visual index feature may vary. but must be luca|ed within the natcned area. 2 Package IS saw singuiated 3. Dimensioning arid Iolerancing per ASME Yi4.5M 550. 535i: Dimensmn Theoretically exam value shown without tolerances REF Relerence Dimension, usually wilhuul tulerance. for inimmatiun purpnses only Microchip Technology Drawing comiosc Sheet 2 at 2
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 655
PIC16(L)F18855/75
Notes. I W2 , ' ‘ }|:| D D D D |: II (:2 |:| |:| T2 \:| |:| f 7 7 7 }|:| D |:| D D |: v‘ X1 _.| ._ S‘LK SCREEN RECOMMENDED LAND PATTERN UnNs M‘LLIMETERS Dwmensmn mums MIN \ NOM \ MAX Contact Push E 0.65 as: Opiiona‘ Cemer Pad delh W2 4 25 Opilcna‘ Center Pad Leng‘h T2 4 25 Games! Pad Spacmg C1 5 70 Contact Pad Spacmg c2 5 70 Contact Pad Wldlh (X28) X1 0 37 Games! Pad Length (X28) Y1 1 00 Dwstance Be|ween Pads 6 0.20 1. Dwmensiomng and lolerancing per ASME YM SM 850' Easlc D‘mens‘on Thearel‘cal‘y exac‘ Va‘ue shown wwthuul mlerances chmcmp Technology Drawmg No. C0472105A
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 656
PIC16(L)F18855/75
+,4"579;9+,"!
<$*''=5$
"# 

28-Lead Plastic Ultra Thin Quad Flat, No Lead Package (MV) — 4x4x0.5 mm Body [UQFN] NOTE1 2X 5 010 C TOP VIEW (DATUM B) \\ F\\\\ 7 E2 7 x +\ k ,\ 7 K 7 al ‘i ZBXb oo7® c AIBI 4’ oos® c BOTTOM VIEW chrochip Technomgy Drawing 004.152A Sheet 1 012
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 657
PIC16(L)F18855/75
Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at
http://www.microchip.com/packaging
28-Lead Plastic Ultra Thin Quad Flat, No Lead Package (MV) — 4x4x0.5 mm Body [UQFN] Units MILLIMETERS Dimension Limits MW | NOM \ MAX Number oi Pins N 23 Pitch e o 40 BSC Overs“ Height A o 45 o 50 o 55 Slandufl A1 D 00 0 02 0 05 Canlaci Thickness A3 0 127 REF avereii Width E 4 00 BSC Exposed Pad Width E2 2.55 | 2 65 i 2 75 everaii Length D 4 00 BSC Exposed Pad Length D2 2 55 2 65 2 75 Canlact Width b D 15 0 20 0 25 Coniaci Lengm L 0.30 a 40 o 50 ContacHoVExposed Pad K 0.20 , , Notes: 1 Pin 1 visuai index leature may vary‘ bu| musi be iocaiea within Ihe halched area 2 Package is saw singuiaied. 3 Dimensmning and mierancmg perASME v14.5M. BSC Basic Dimension. Theoreiicaiiy exam vaiue shown wi|houi ioierances. REF Reference Dimensian, usuaHy minouiioierance, iar informant)" purposes eniy Microchip Technology Drawing 004-152A Sheel 2 of 2
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 658
PIC16(L)F18855/75
Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at
http://www.microchip.com/packaging
28-Lead Ultra Thin Plastic Quad Flat, No Lead Package (MV) - 4x4 mm Body [UQFN] With 0.40 mm Contact Length http://www.microchmourn/packaging Note: For the most current package drawtngs. piease see the Microchip Packaging SpeCificaIion iocated at ——Ci—> . i i J W2 MUM ]_ 4—] C2 [HUM *’*:JEiH U H U U HIE X. _,i i._ SILK SCREEN HHHHUHH RECOMMENDED LAND PATTERN Units MILLiMETERS Dimension Limits MIN i Noivi i MAX Contact Pitch E o 40 550 Optionai Center Pad Width w2 2.35 Optionai Center Pad Length 12 2.35 Contact Pad Spacing C1 4.00 Contact Pad Spacing C2 4.00 Contact Pad Width (X28) Xi 0.20 Contact Pad Length (X28) Yi 0.80 Distance Between Pads G 0.20 Notes 1 Dimensiuning and toierancing pei ASME v14 SM 350 Basic Dimension Theoreticaily exact value shown Without taieranCes Microchip Technology Drawing No. cotztszA
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 659
PIC16(L)F18855/75
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 660
PIC16(L)F18855/75
>9!
"#
 
 
 
 
 
"# 

 
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
N
NOTE 1
E1
D
123
A
A1 b1
be
c
eB
E
L
A2
   
40-Lead Ultra Thin Plastic Quad Flat, No Lead Package (MV) — 5x5x0.5 mm Body [UQFN] 59mm: PLANE oc7® c A‘BI ‘9 004® c EO'I'I'OM VIEW chlocmp Technology Drawmg COIM56A SheeM m 2
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 661
PIC16(L)F18855/75
Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at
http://www.microchip.com/packaging
40-Lead Ultra Thin Plastic Quad Flat, No Lead Package (MV) — 5x5x0.5 mm Body [UQFN] Units MILLIMETERS Dtmehstoh Ltmtts MIN \ NONI | MAX Number et Pins N 40 Pttch e o 40 ass Overan Helgm A o 45 0.51: n 55 Slandofl A1 0 oo 0.02 o 05 Contact Tmckness A3 0127 REF Overs“ Wteth E 5 00 BSC Exposed Pad Wtelh £2 3 so \ 3.70 | 3 an everan Length D 5 00 856 Exposed Pad Lenglh D2 3 so 3.70 3 30 Contact wmth b 015 0.20 0 25 Contact Length L o 30 0 4n 0 so ContacHosExposed Fad K o 20 , , Notes: 1. PW 1 vtsual Index feature may vary‘ but must he Iaeatee wtthtn the hatehee area 2 Package ts saw smgulateu 3 Dimensmnmg aha lolerancing perASME Y1A 5M BSC Baste Dtmension Theoreneauy exact vatue shown without lolerances REF Reference Dimehstoh, usuauy wtmout toterenee, for informahon purposes only. Mtcrechtp Technutegy Drawthg 004-15“ Sheet 2 of 2
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 662
PIC16(L)F18855/75
Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at
http://www.microchip.com/packaging
40-Lead Plastic Ultra Thin Quad Flat, No Lead Package (MV) - 5x5 mm Body [UQFN] I E E ’E |:I |:| i, 02 |:I |:| |:l |:| r G T2 |:l |:| |:I |:| f |:I |:| |:I |:| *fi—flHHHHHM— W X1 _,| L_ S‘LK SCREEN RECOMMENDED LAND PATTERN Umls MILUMETERS Dimension lells MIN \ NONI \ MAX Comact Pmch E 0.40 530 Opkiona‘ Center Pad Wwdth wz 3.80 Opuona‘ Cemer Pad Length T2 3.80 Camacl Pad Spacing c1 5 no Camacl Fad Spacing 62 5 no Contact Pad wmm (x40) x1 0.20 Comacl Pad Length (x40) v1 0.75 Dwstance Between Pads :3 o 20 Notes: 1 Dwmenswomng and lolerancing per ASME Y14.5M ESC Easlc D‘mens‘on Thearehcal‘y Exact Value shown wwthcu‘ mlerances chrocmp Technology Drawing No. (304721568
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 663
PIC16(L)F18855/75
Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at
http://www.microchip.com/packaging
‘---{}--->>{] <--£]--’ a="" hhhhh$hhhhh="" $hhhhh="" 77p+="" hhhhh="" l.="" z/i/f/="" \="" hh="" hh="" hh$hhhhh4,="" qozohab="">
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 664
PIC16(L)F18855/75
B
A
0.20 H A B
0.20 H A B
44 X b
0.20 C A B
(DATUM B)
(DATUM A)
C
SEATING PLANE
2X
TOP VIEW
SIDE VIEW
BOTTOM VIEW
Microchip Technology Drawing C04-076C Sheet 1 of 2
For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at
http://www.microchip.com/packaging
Note:
e
NOTE 1
12
N
D
D1
EE1
2X
A2
A1
A
0.10 C
3
N
AA
0.20 C A B
4X 11 TIPS
123
44-Lead Plastic Thin Quad Flatpack (PT) - 10x10x1.0 mm Body [TQFP]
NOTE 1
NOTE 2
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 665
PIC16(L)F18855/75
Microchip Technology Drawing C04-076C Sheet 2 of 2
For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at
http://www.microchip.com/packaging
Note:
L
(L1)
c
θ
SECTION A-A
H
Number of Leads
Overall Height
Lead Width
Overall Width
Overall Length
Lead Length
Molded Package Width
Molded Package Length
Molded Package Thickness
Lead Pitch
Standoff
Units
Dimension Limits
A1
A
b
D
E1
D1
A2
e
L
E
N
0.80 BSC
0.45
0.30
-
0.05
0.37
12.00 BSC
0.60
10.00 BSC
10.00 BSC
-
-
12.00 BSC
MILLIMETERS
MIN NOM
44
0.75
0.45
1.20
0.15
MAX
0.95 1.00 1.05
REF: Reference Dimension, usually without tolerance, for information purposes only.
BSC: Basic Dimension. Theoretically exact value shown without tolerances.
1.
2.
3.
Notes:
Pin 1 visual index feature may vary, but must be located within the hatched area.
Exact shape of each corner is optional.
Dimensioning and tolerancing per ASME Y14.5M
Footprint L1 1.00 REF
θ3.5°0° 7°Foot Angle
Lead Thickness c0.09 - 0.20
44-Lead Plastic Thin Quad Flatpack (PT) - 10x10x1.0 mm Body [TQFP]
‘_ EEEEEEEEEEE _ 4L 4gp \ UHDHDDHDMD of? DDDDDDDDDDD |:| |:| |:| |:| |:| |:| |:| |:| |:| |:| |:|
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 666
PIC16(L)F18855/75
RECOMMENDED LAND PATTERN
44-Lead Plastic Thin Quad Flatpack (PT) - 10X10X1 mm Body, 2.00 mm Footprint [TQFP]
SILK SCREEN
1
2
44
C1
E
G
Y1
X1
C2
Contact Pad Width (X44)
0.25
Contact Pad Length (X44)
Distance Between Pads
X1
Y1
G
1.50
Contact Pad Spacing
Contact Pitch
C1
E
Units
Dimension Limits
11.40
0.55
0.80 BSC
MILLIMETERS
MAXMIN NOM
11.40C2Contact Pad Spacing
BSC: Basic Dimension. Theoretically exact value shown without tolerances.
1. Dimensioning and tolerancing per ASME Y14.5M
Notes:
Microchip Technology Drawing No. C04-2076B
For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at
http://www.microchip.com/packaging
Note:
M—Lead Plastic Quad Fla‘, No Lead Package (ML) - 8x8 mm Body [QFN] Note: For :he mosl current package drawings, p‘ease see Ihe Microcmp Packagmg Specificahun locan-zd al http://www.mwcrochipxom/packagmg .3 / / 1 /// // 2 //////////4 \%;////j ////////‘ 7,44 ,4» ,,,,, 7 E (DATUM B) — ‘ (DATUM A) — Q 0.20 c \4 \ 2x @020 c TOP VIEW SEATING , PLANE A3 — ‘9 007®CA‘E‘ $ 005® Ei+ BOTTOM VIEW chrocmp Techna‘ogy Drawing comma Sheel 1 cl 2 o
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 667
PIC16(L)F18855/75
44-Lead Plasfiic Quad Fla‘, Na Lead Package (ML) - 8x8 mm Body [QFN] Note: For the most currem package drawings. mease see me Microchip Packagmg Specmcation located at hltp'//www microcmp com/packaging um MILUMETERS D1men51un L1m1ls MIN \ NDM \ MAX Number of Pins N 44 Pm e o 65 BSC Overa1|He1gm A 0 an o 90 1 00 sands” A1 0.00 o 02 a 05 Termina1 Tmckness A3 0 20 REF Overs” W1dlh E a 00 BSC Exposed Pad Wldm E2 6 25 \ 6 45 \ 6 60 Oman Lengm D 3.00 350 Exposed Pad Length D2 6.25 6 45 e 60 Termina1wmm a o 20 0 30 a 35 Termma1 Lengm L 0 an o 40 o 50 TerminaHo-Exposed-Pad K 0.20 - - Notes: 1 Pin 1 wsual index feature may vary, am must be located within me hatched area 2. Fackage1s saw smgu‘aled 3. Dimensmning and m1erancmg perASME Y14 5M BSC B3510 D1men31un TheoreticaHy exact value shown wuhcuk tolerances REF' Relerence D1mens1on. usuauv wmrom (olerance. lor Informaflon Dumoses omv M1crochip Tecnnmagy Drawmg coaemsc Sheet 2 012
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 668
PIC16(L)F18855/75
44-Lead Plastic Quad Flat, No Lead Package (ML) - 8x8 mm Body [QFN] Note: For the mosl current package orawtngs, please see the Mtcrocntp Packagmg Spectftcatton tocated at hupJ/wwwmtcrochtp.com/packaging C1 W2 t t —-fiFHE-E|DDDDDDD[EE _E Lu |:| |:| 7* |:| |:| —- |:| |:| CZ |:| |:| — G |:| CI 7, T2 |:| CI 7, |:| |:| |:| |:| E El 7 v1 |_IL |:| DDDDDDDDDlPi: X1 —>| “— S‘LK SCREEN RECOMMENDED LAND PATTERN Umts M‘LLIMETERS Dtmenston Limits MW | NOM \ MAX Contact Push E 0.65 BSC Opttonat Center Pad Wldlh W2 6 60 ooltanat Center Pad Lenglh T2 6 60 Contact Pad Spacmg m 5.00 Contact Pad Spacmg cz 5.00 Contact Pad Wldlh (x44) x1 0 35 Contact Pad Length (x44) v1 0 35 Dtstance EeMeen Pads G 0.25 Notes 1 Dtmensionmg and Iolerancing per ASME v14 SM 330. Basic Dtmenston Theoreticauy exact value shown wttnout toterances Mlcmcmp Tecnnology Drawmg No 004-21033
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 669
PIC16(L)F18855/75
Revision F108/20181 Revision A 07/2015 Revision B 10/2015 Revision 0 01/2016 Revision D [4/20171 Revision E101/20181
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 670
PIC16(L)F18855/75
APPENDIX A: DATA SHEET
REVISION HISTORY
Revision A (07/2015)
Initial release of the document.
Revision B (10/2015)
Multiple register and bit name updates. Changed from
an Advanced DS to a Preliminary DS.
Added Table 1 and 31-17.
Updated Register 6-7, 12-10, 12-11, 12-14, 12-15,
12-17 through 12-21, 12-25, 12-46, 12-51, 23-3, 23-5,
23-14, 23-22, and 26-3. Updated Section 10.0, 23.5.1,
33.0, 37.1. Updated Table 1-1, 8-1, 23-3, 23-4, 37-3,
37-5, 37-7, 37-8, 37-9, 37-11, 37-12, 37-14.
Revision C (01/2016)
Updated CCIO description of “Constant Current” to
“Current Controlled” throughout document. Miscella-
neous typos corrected.
Updated Cover page and Figure 27-1. Updated Regis-
ter 32-6. Updated Table 37-17.
Revision D (4/2017)
Removed Preliminary Status - Added Char Graphs;
Updated Figures 6-1, 23-2, 27-1, 28-1, 29-2, 29-3,
29-8, 29-9, 29-10, 29-11, 29-12, 29-13, 32-14, 32-15,
32-18, and 37-10; Registers 4-1, 4-3, 6-3, 8-2, 9-2,
12-2, 12-4, 12-6, 12-12, 12-14, 12-16, 12-32, 12-33,
12-34, 12-35, 12-36, 12-37, 12-43, 12-45, 12-49, 20-9,
23-1, 23-2, 23-3, 23-4, 27-2, 28-1, 28-3, 29-1, 31-4,
31-5, 31-6, 31-7, 34-1, and 34-2; Sections 9.1, 10.4.3,
21.5, 23.1.1, 23.1.4, 23.4.4, 23.5.2, 23.5.3, 29.1, 29.2,
31.6, 32.1.1, 32.6.9, 34.2, and 34.4; Tables 10-2, 20-2,
23-1, 31-3, 36-4, 37-3, 37.5, 37-11 and 37-13.
Added Figure 37-11. Added Section 6.2.2.4
MFINTOSC, 21.5.1 Correction by AC Coupling. Added
Section 28.4: Timer1 16-Bit Read/Write Mode.
Updated Instruction Sets MOVWF and NOP.
Removed Figure 37-11.
Revision E (01/2018)
Updated Registers 4-2 and 23-8; Sections 12.0, 12.3
and 29.1; and Tables 1-2, 1-3, 3-6, 3-10, 3-11, 12-2,
12-3, 12-4, 12-5, 12-8, 22-2, 29-3, 37-2, 37-3 and
37-12. Updated the PIS page. Corrected various typos.
Removed Sections 12.1, 12.4.8, 12.6.8, 12.8.8,
12.10.8, and 12.14.8 (Current-Control related).
Removed Section 12.14.10 (duplicate). Removed Reg-
isters 12-3, 12-10, and 12-11, 12-20, 12-21, 12-30,
12-31, 12-40, 12-41, 12-53, 12-54.
Revision F (08/2018)
Updated Table 37-2 and 37-3, updating specifications
D100, D102, D103 and D203 to properly match silicon
data.
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 671
PIC16(L)F18855/75
THE MICROCHIP WEBSITE
Microchip provides online support via our website at
www.microchip.com. This website is used as a means
to make files and information easily available to
customers. Accessible by using your favorite Internet
browser, the website contains the following information:
•Product Support – Data sheets and errata,
application notes and sample programs, design
resources, user’s guides and hardware support
documents, latest software releases and archived
software
•General Technical Support – Frequently Asked
Questions (FAQ), technical support requests,
online discussion groups, Microchip consultant
program member listing
•Business of Microchip – Product selector and
ordering guides, latest Microchip press releases,
listing of seminars and events, listings of
Microchip sales offices, distributors and factory
representatives
CUSTOMER CHANGE NOTIFICATION
SERVICE
Microchip’s customer notification service helps keep
customers current on Microchip products. Subscribers
will receive e-mail notification whenever there are
changes, updates, revisions or errata related to a
specified product family or development tool of interest.
To register, access the Microchip website at
www.microchip.com. Under “Support”, click on
“Customer Change Notification” and follow the
registration instructions.
CUSTOMER SUPPORT
Users of Microchip products can receive assistance
through several channels:
• Distributor or Representative
• Local Sales Office
• Field Application Engineer (FAE)
• Technical Support
Customers should contact their distributor,
representative or Field Application Engineer (FAE) for
support. Local sales offices are also available to help
customers. A listing of sales offices and locations is
included in the back of this document.
Technical support is available through the website
at: http://www.microchip.com/support
PART No. v “'44 41x >7 >< www="" mmruchlg="" cam/qackagmg="">
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 672
PIC16(L)F18855/75
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM
To order or obtain information, e.g., on pricing or delivery, refer to the factory or the listed sales office.
PART NO. X/XX XXX
PatternPackageTemperature
Range
Device
Device: PIC16F18855; PIC16LF18855;
PIC16F18875; PIC16LF18875
Tape and Reel
Option:
Blank = Standard packaging (tube or tray)
T = Tape and Reel(1)
Temperature
Range:
I= -40C to +85C (Industrial)
E= -40C to +125C (Extended)
Package:(2) ML = 28-lead QFN 6x6mm
ML = 44-lead QFN 8x8mm
MV = 28-lead UQFN 4x4x0.5mm
MV = 40-lead UQFN 5x5x0.5mm
P = 40-lead PDIP
PT = 44-lead TQFP 10x10x1
SO = 28-lead SOIC
SP = 28-lead SPDIP
SS = 28-lead SSOP
Pattern: QTP, SQTP, Code or Special Requirements
(blank otherwise)
Examples:
a) PIC16F18855- E/SP
Extended temperature
SPDIP package
b) PIC16F18875- I/P
Industrial temperature
PDIP package
Note 1: Tape and Reel identifier only appears in
the catalog part number description. This
identifier is used for ordering purposes and
is not printed on the device package.
Check with your Microchip Sales Office
for package availability with the Tape and
Reel option.
2: Small form-factor packaging options may
be available. Please check
www.microchip.com/packaging for
small-form factor package availability, or
contact your local Sales Office.
[X](1)
Tape and Reel
Option
-
YSTEM
2015-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 673
Information contained in this publication regarding device
applications and the like is provided only for your convenience
and may be superseded by updates. It is your responsibility to
ensure that your application meets with your specifications.
MICROCHIP MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR
WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND WHETHER EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, WRITTEN OR ORAL, STATUTORY OR
OTHERWISE, RELATED TO THE INFORMATION,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ITS CONDITION,
QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY OR
FITNESS FOR PURPOSE. Microchip disclaims all liability
arising from this information and its use. Use of Microchip
devices in life support and/or safety applications is entirely at
the buyer’s risk, and the buyer agrees to defend, indemnify and
hold harmless Microchip from any and all damages, claims,
suits, or expenses resulting from such use. No licenses are
conveyed, implicitly or otherwise, under any Microchip
intellectual property rights unless otherwise stated.
Trademarks
The Microchip name and logo, the Microchip logo, AnyRate, AVR,
AVR logo, AVR Freaks, BeaconThings, BitCloud, chipKIT, chipKIT
logo, CryptoMemory, CryptoRF, dsPIC, FlashFlex, flexPWR,
Heldo, JukeBlox, KEELOQ, KEELOQ logo, Kleer, LANCheck, LINK
MD, maXStylus, maXTouch, MediaLB, megaAVR, MOST, MOST
logo, MPLAB, OptoLyzer, PIC, picoPower, PICSTART, PIC32
logo, Prochip Designer, QTouch, RightTouch, SAM-BA, SpyNIC,
SST, SST Logo, SuperFlash, tinyAVR, UNI/O, and XMEGA are
registered trademarks of Microchip Technology Incorporated in
the U.S.A. and other countries.
ClockWorks, The Embedded Control Solutions Company,
EtherSynch, Hyper Speed Control, HyperLight Load, IntelliMOS,
mTouch, Precision Edge, and Quiet-Wire are registered
trademarks of Microchip Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A.
Adjacent Key Suppression, AKS, Analog-for-the-Digital Age, Any
Capacitor, AnyIn, AnyOut, BodyCom, CodeGuard,
CryptoAuthentication, CryptoCompanion, CryptoController,
dsPICDEM, dsPICDEM.net, Dynamic Average Matching, DAM,
ECAN, EtherGREEN, In-Circuit Serial Programming, ICSP, Inter-
Chip Connectivity, JitterBlocker, KleerNet, KleerNet logo, Mindi,
MiWi, motorBench, MPASM, MPF, MPLAB Certified logo, MPLIB,
MPLINK, MultiTRAK, NetDetach, Omniscient Code Generation,
PICDEM, PICDEM.net, PICkit, PICtail, PureSilicon, QMatrix,
RightTouch logo, REAL ICE, Ripple Blocker, SAM-ICE, Serial
Quad I/O, SMART-I.S., SQI, SuperSwitcher, SuperSwitcher II,
Total Endurance, TSHARC, USBCheck, VariSense, ViewSpan,
WiperLock, Wireless DNA, and ZENA are trademarks of Microchip
Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A. and other countries.
SQTP is a service mark of Microchip Technology Incorporated in
the U.S.A.
Silicon Storage Technology is a registered trademark of Microchip
Technology Inc. in other countries.
GestIC is a registered trademark of Microchip Technology
Germany II GmbH & Co. KG, a subsidiary of Microchip Technology
Inc., in other countries.
All other trademarks mentioned herein are property of their
respective companies.
© 2016-2018, Microchip Technology Incorporated, All Rights
Reserved.
ISBN: 978-1-5224-3377-4
Note the following details of the code protection feature on Microchip devices:
• Microchip products meet the specification contained in their particular Microchip Data Sheet.
• Microchip believes that its family of products is one of the most secure families of its kind on the market today, when used in the
intended manner and under normal conditions.
• There are dishonest and possibly illegal methods used to breach the code protection feature. All of these methods, to our
knowledge, require using the Microchip products in a manner outside the operating specifications contained in Microchip’s Data
Sheets. Most likely, the person doing so is engaged in theft of intellectual property.
• Microchip is willing to work with the customer who is concerned about the integrity of their code.
• Neither Microchip nor any other semiconductor manufacturer can guarantee the security of their code. Code protection does not
mean that we are guaranteeing the product as “unbreakable.”
Code protection is constantly evolving. We at Microchip are committed to continuously improving the code protection features of our
products. Attempts to break Microchip’s code protection feature may be a violation of the Digital Millennium Copyright Act. If such acts
allow unauthorized access to your software or other copyrighted work, you may have a right to sue for relief under that Act.
Microchip received ISO/TS-16949:2009 certification for its worldwide
headquarters, design and wafer fabrication facilities in Chandler and
Tempe, Arizona; Gresham, Oregon and design centers in California
and India. The Company’s quality system processes and procedures
are for its PIC® MCUs and dsPIC® DSCs, KEELOQ® code hopping
devices, Serial EEPROMs, microperipherals, nonvolatile memory and
analog products. In addition, Microchip’s quality system for the design
and manufacture of development systems is ISO 9001:2000 certified.
QUALITYMANAGEMENTS
YSTEM
CERTIFIEDBYDNV
== ISO/TS16949==
6‘ ‘MICROCHIP AMERICAS ASIA/PACIFIC ASIA/PACIFIC EUROPE
2016-2018 Microchip Technology Inc. DS40001802F-page 674
AMERICAS
Corporate Office
2355 West Chandler Blvd.
Chandler, AZ 85224-6199
Tel: 480-792-7200
Fax: 480-792-7277
Technical Support:
http://www.microchip.com/
support
Web Address:
www.microchip.com
Atlanta
Duluth, GA
Tel: 678-957-9614
Fax: 678-957-1455
Austin, TX
Tel: 512-257-3370
Boston
Westborough, MA
Tel: 774-760-0087
Fax: 774-760-0088
Chicago
Itasca, IL
Tel: 630-285-0071
Fax: 630-285-0075
Dallas
Addison, TX
Tel: 972-818-7423
Fax: 972-818-2924
Detroit
Novi, MI
Tel: 248-848-4000
Houston, TX
Tel: 281-894-5983
Indianapolis
Noblesville, IN
Tel: 317-773-8323
Fax: 317-773-5453
Tel: 317-536-2380
Los Angeles
Mission Viejo, CA
Tel: 949-462-9523
Fax: 949-462-9608
Tel: 951-273-7800
Raleigh, NC
Tel: 919-844-7510
New York, NY
Tel: 631-435-6000
San Jose, CA
Tel: 408-735-9110
Tel: 408-436-4270
Canada - Toronto
Tel: 905-695-1980
Fax: 905-695-2078
ASIA/PACIFIC
Australia - Sydney
Tel: 61-2-9868-6733
China - Beijing
Tel: 86-10-8569-7000
China - Chengdu
Tel: 86-28-8665-5511
China - Chongqing
Tel: 86-23-8980-9588
China - Dongguan
Tel: 86-769-8702-9880
China - Guangzhou
Tel: 86-20-8755-8029
China - Hangzhou
Tel: 86-571-8792-8115
China - Hong Kong SAR
Tel: 852-2943-5100
China - Nanjing
Tel: 86-25-8473-2460
China - Qingdao
Tel: 86-532-8502-7355
China - Shanghai
Tel: 86-21-3326-8000
China - Shenyang
Tel: 86-24-2334-2829
China - Shenzhen
Tel: 86-755-8864-2200
China - Suzhou
Tel: 86-186-6233-1526
China - Wuhan
Tel: 86-27-5980-5300
China - Xian
Tel: 86-29-8833-7252
China - Xiamen
Tel: 86-592-2388138
China - Zhuhai
Tel: 86-756-3210040
ASIA/PACIFIC
India - Bangalore
Tel: 91-80-3090-4444
India - New Delhi
Tel: 91-11-4160-8631
India - Pune
Tel: 91-20-4121-0141
Japan - Osaka
Tel: 81-6-6152-7160
Japan - Tokyo
Tel: 81-3-6880- 3770
Korea - Daegu
Tel: 82-53-744-4301
Korea - Seoul
Tel: 82-2-554-7200
Malaysia - Kuala Lumpur
Tel: 60-3-7651-7906
Malaysia - Penang
Tel: 60-4-227-8870
Philippines - Manila
Tel: 63-2-634-9065
Singapore
Tel: 65-6334-8870
Taiwan - Hsin Chu
Tel: 886-3-577-8366
Taiwan - Kaohsiung
Tel: 886-7-213-7830
Taiwan - Taipei
Tel: 886-2-2508-8600
Thailand - Bangkok
Tel: 66-2-694-1351
Vietnam - Ho Chi Minh
Tel: 84-28-5448-2100
EUROPE
Austria - Wels
Tel: 43-7242-2244-39
Fax: 43-7242-2244-393
Denmark - Copenhagen
Tel: 45-4450-2828
Fax: 45-4485-2829
Finland - Espoo
Tel: 358-9-4520-820
France - Paris
Tel: 33-1-69-53-63-20
Fax: 33-1-69-30-90-79
Germany - Garching
Tel: 49-8931-9700
Germany - Haan
Tel: 49-2129-3766400
Germany - Heilbronn
Tel: 49-7131-67-3636
Germany - Karlsruhe
Tel: 49-721-625370
Germany - Munich
Tel: 49-89-627-144-0
Fax: 49-89-627-144-44
Germany - Rosenheim
Tel: 49-8031-354-560
Israel - Ra’anana
Tel: 972-9-744-7705
Italy - Milan
Tel: 39-0331-742611
Fax: 39-0331-466781
Italy - Padova
Tel: 39-049-7625286
Netherlands - Drunen
Tel: 31-416-690399
Fax: 31-416-690340
Norway - Trondheim
Tel: 47-7289-7561
Poland - Warsaw
Tel: 48-22-3325737
Romania - Bucharest
Tel: 40-21-407-87-50
Spain - Madrid
Tel: 34-91-708-08-90
Fax: 34-91-708-08-91
Sweden - Gothenberg
Tel: 46-31-704-60-40
Sweden - Stockholm
Tel: 46-8-5090-4654
UK - Wokingham
Tel: 44-118-921-5800
Fax: 44-118-921-5820
Worldwide Sales and Service
10/25/17